Read Traulsen.pdf text version

Traulsen

Model: G10000

Item#: 1

Project Model Specified:

Quantity

Item # CSI Section 11400

G-Series Reach-In Refrigerators/ Self-Contained

Equipped with an easy to use microprocessor control!

One, Two & Three Section Models, 32" Deep

G

SERIES

Stainless Steel Front & Door(s)

Traulsen's G-Series product line includes one, two and three section reach-in refrigerator and freezer models, available with either full or half length doors and the convenience of a variety of different door hingings to choose from. These products are designed to address several important issues concerning the foodservice operator of today. Such critical issues of concern as: Food Safety, Energy Efficiency and Reliability are all important features of the G-Series overall design philosophy. Built with durable exteriors, reliable controls, balanced, efficient refrigeration systems and a variety of user-friendly features, these products are the right fit for nearly any application. They are designed and built to the highest standards, and epitomize the quality Traulsen is known for.

AVAILABLE MODELS

Single Section

(Formerly Model GHT132WUT)

Two Section

(Formerly Model GHT232NUT)

Three Section

(Formerly Model GHT332NUT)

Model G20010

Model # G10000 G10001 G10010 G10011

Door Half Half Full Full

Hinging Right Left Right Left

Model G30010

Model G10010

Model # G20000 G20001 G20002 G20003 G20010 G20011 G20012 G20013

Door Half Half Half Half Full Full Full Full

Hinging Left-Right Right-Left Right-Right Left-Left Left-Right Right-Left Right-Right Left-Left

Model # G30000 G30001 G30002 G30003 G30010 G30011 G30012 G30013

Door Half Half Half Half Full Full Full Full

Hinging Left-Right-Right Left-Left-Right Right-Right-Right Left-Left-Left Left-Right-Right Left-Left-Right Right-Right-Right Left-Left-Left

Standard Product Features

· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · High Quality Stainless Steel Exterior Front and Door(s) Corrosion Resistant Anodized Aluminum One-Piece Sides Durable Anodized Aluminum Interior Microprocessor Control With LED Temperature Readout Top-Mounted, Balanced, Self-Contained Refrigeration System Large High Humidity Evaporator Coil Outside The Food Zone Full or Half Length Stainless Steel Doors With Locks Self-Closing Doors With Stay Open Feature At 120 Degrees Guaranteed For Life Cam-Lift Hinges Guaranteed For Life Horizontal Work Flow Door Handle(s) Automatically Activated Incandescent Lights Damage Resistant Stainless Steel Breaker Caps Three (3) Adjustable Epoxy Coated Shelves Per Section, Supported On Shelf Pins (installed at the factory) Energy Saving Automatic Non-Electric Condensate Evaporator Magnetic Snap-In Door Gaskets Gasket Protecting Anodized Aluminum Door Liner Anti-Condensate Door Perimeter Heaters Thermostatic Expansion Valve Metering Device Provides Quick Refrigeration Recovery Times Stainless Steel One-Piece Louver Assembly 9' Cord & Plug Attached Set of Four (4) 6" High Casters With Locks One Year Parts And Labor Warranty Five Year Compressor Warranty

Optional Accessory Kits

· · Set of Three (3) Additional Epoxy Coated Shelves With Shelf Pins TK1 Kit: Four (4) Pairs of No. 1 Type Tray Slides To Accommodate either: (1) 18" x 26" or (2) 14" x 18" Sheet Pans, Adjustable To 2" O.C. TK2 Kit: Two (2) Pairs of No. 4 Type Tray Slides To Accommodate (1) 18" x 26" Sheet Pans (equips one full section) TK4 Kit: Four (4) Pairs of Universal Type Tray Slides To Accommodate Either (1) 18" x 26" or (2) 14" x 18" Sheet Pans, or (2) 12" x 20" Steam Table Pans, Adjustable To 4" O.C. Set of Three (3) Chrome Plated Shelves With Shelf Pins LK1 Kit: Set of Four (4) 6" High Adjustable Legs Two Year Service/Labor Warranty Available

·

·

· · ·

NOTE: All optional accessory kits are shipped separately for later installation by others at the jobsite.

All Traulsen solid door G-Series models are ENERGY STAR® listed!

Listed by Underwriters Laboratories Inc., to U.S. and Canadian safety standards and Listed by NSF International.

Approval: ___________________________________

TRAULSEN 4401 BLUE MOUND RD. PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 Website: www.traulsen.com

FT. WORTH, TX 76106 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302

SECTION 4-1

Traulsen

Restaurant Depot #134

Page: 1-1

Traulsen

Model: G10000

Item#: 1

Project Model Specified:

Quantity

Item # CSI Section 11400

Specifications

Construction, Hardware and Insulation Cabinet exterior front, louver assembly and doors are constructed of 20 gauge stainless steel. Cabinet sides (including returns), interior and door liners are constructed of anodized aluminum. The exterior cabinet top, back and bottom are constructed of heavy gauge aluminized steel. A set of four (4) 6" high casters are included. Doors are equipped with a gasket protecting metal door pan, removable plug cylinder locks and guaranteed for life cam-lift, gravity action, self-closing metal, glide hinges with stay open feature at 120 degrees. Hinges include a concealed switch to automatically activate the interior incandescent lighting. Guaranteed for life, work flow door handles are mounted horizontally over recess in door which limits protrusion from door face into aisleways. Easily removable for cleaning, vinyl magnetic door gasket assures tight door seal. Anti condensate heaters are located behind each door opening. Both the cabinet and door(s) are insulated with an average of 2" thick high density, non-CFC, foamed in place polyurethane. Refrigeration System A top mounted, self-contained, balanced refrigeration system using R-134a refrigerant is conveniently located behind the one piece louver assembly. It features an easy to clean front facing condenser, thermostatic expansion valve, air-cooled hermetic compressor, large, high humidity evaporator coil located outside the food zone and a top mounted non-electric condensate evaporator. A 9' cord and plug is provided. Standard operating temperature is 34 to 38°F. Controller The easy to use water resistant microprocessor control system is supplied standard. It includes a 3-Digit LED Display, and a Fahrenheit or Celsius Temperature Scale Display Capability. Interior Standard interior arrangements include three (3) epoxy coated wire shelves per section, mounted on shelf pins, installed at the factory. Shelves are full-width, and do not have any large gaps between them requiring the use of "bridge" or "junior shelves." Recommended load limit per shelf should not exceed 225 lbs. Warranties Both a one year parts and labor warranty and a five year compressor warranty (selfcontained models only) are provided standard. An optional 2nd year extended parts and labor warranty is also available.

DIMENSIONAL DATA Net capacity cu. ft. Length - overall in. Depth - overall in. Depth - over body in. Depth - door open 90° in. Clear door width in. Clear half-door height in. Clear full-door height in. Height-overall on 6" casters No. Standard Shelves Shelf area sq. ft.1 ELECTRICAL DATA Voltage Feed wires with Ground Full load amperes REFRIGERATION DATA Refrigerant BTU/HR H.P.2 SHIPPING DATA Length - crated in. Depth - crated in. Height - crated in. Volume - crated cu. ft. Net Wt. lbs. Gross Wt. lbs.

1-Section Models 24.2 (686 cu l) 297/8 (75.9 cm) 35 (88.8 cm) 32 (81.3 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 211/8 (53.6 cm) 271/2 (69.9 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 831/4 (211.5 cm) 3 13.5 (1.3 sq m) 115/60/1 3 7.0 R-134a 2400 (1/3 HP) 35 (89 cm) 43 (109 cm) 831/2 (212 cm) 71 (2011 cu l) 305 (138 kg) 395 (179 kg)

2-Section Models 46.0 (1303 cu l) 521/8 (132.4 cm) 35 (88.8 cm) 32 (81.3 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 211/8 (53.6 cm) 271/2 (69.9 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 831/4 (211.5 cm) 6 25.6 (2.4 sq m) 115/60/1 3 8.5 R-134a 2400 (1/3 HP) 63 (160 cm) 43 (109 cm) 831/2 (212 cm) 131 (3711 cu l) 450 (204 kg) 590 (268 kg)

3-Section Models 69.1 (1958 cu l) 765/16 (193.8 cm) 35 (88.8 cm) 32 (81.3 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 211/8 (53.6 cm) 271/2 (69.9 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 831/4 (211.5 cm) 9 39.2 (3.6 sq m) 115/60/1 3 10.9 R-134a 4360 (1/2 HP) 91 (231 cm) 43 (109 cm) 831/2 (212 cm) 189 (5354 cu l) 610 (277 kg) 790 (358 kg)

Elevation One-Section

Elevation Two-Section

Elevation Three-Section

NOTES NOTE: Figures in parentheses reflect metric equivalents. 1= Area of standard shelf compliment only, does not include storage area of additional shelves or available on cabinet bottom. 2= Based on a 90 degree F ambient and 20 degree F evaporator.

Plan - One-Section

Plan - Two-Section

Equipped With One NEMA 5-15 P Plug

REQUIRED CLEARANCES In order to assure optimum performance, the condensing unit MUST have an adequate supply of air for cooling purposes. Therefore, the operating location must either have a minimum of 12" clearance overhead of the condensing unit or allow for unrestricted air flow at the back of the unit. Clearance of at least 12" above is required in order to perform certain maintenance tasks.

NOTE: When ordering please specify: Voltage, Hinging, Door Size, Options and any additional warranties. Continued product development may necessitate specification changes without notice. Part No. TR35787 (revised 1/05)

Plan - Three-Section Section - All Models

SECTION 4-1

TRAULSEN 4401 BLUE MOUND RD. PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 Website: www.traulsen.com

FT. WORTH, TX 76106 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302

Traulsen

Restaurant Depot #134

Page: 1-2

Traulsen

Model: G10001

Item#: 2

Project Model Specified:

Quantity

Item # CSI Section 11400

G-Series Reach-In Refrigerators/ Self-Contained

Equipped with an easy to use microprocessor control!

One, Two & Three Section Models, 32" Deep

G

SERIES

Stainless Steel Front & Door(s)

Traulsen's G-Series product line includes one, two and three section reach-in refrigerator and freezer models, available with either full or half length doors and the convenience of a variety of different door hingings to choose from. These products are designed to address several important issues concerning the foodservice operator of today. Such critical issues of concern as: Food Safety, Energy Efficiency and Reliability are all important features of the G-Series overall design philosophy. Built with durable exteriors, reliable controls, balanced, efficient refrigeration systems and a variety of user-friendly features, these products are the right fit for nearly any application. They are designed and built to the highest standards, and epitomize the quality Traulsen is known for.

AVAILABLE MODELS

Single Section

(Formerly Model GHT132WUT)

Two Section

(Formerly Model GHT232NUT)

Three Section

(Formerly Model GHT332NUT)

Model G20010

Model # G10000 G10001 G10010 G10011

Door Half Half Full Full

Hinging Right Left Right Left

Model G30010

Model G10010

Model # G20000 G20001 G20002 G20003 G20010 G20011 G20012 G20013

Door Half Half Half Half Full Full Full Full

Hinging Left-Right Right-Left Right-Right Left-Left Left-Right Right-Left Right-Right Left-Left

Model # G30000 G30001 G30002 G30003 G30010 G30011 G30012 G30013

Door Half Half Half Half Full Full Full Full

Hinging Left-Right-Right Left-Left-Right Right-Right-Right Left-Left-Left Left-Right-Right Left-Left-Right Right-Right-Right Left-Left-Left

Standard Product Features

· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · High Quality Stainless Steel Exterior Front and Door(s) Corrosion Resistant Anodized Aluminum One-Piece Sides Durable Anodized Aluminum Interior Microprocessor Control With LED Temperature Readout Top-Mounted, Balanced, Self-Contained Refrigeration System Large High Humidity Evaporator Coil Outside The Food Zone Full or Half Length Stainless Steel Doors With Locks Self-Closing Doors With Stay Open Feature At 120 Degrees Guaranteed For Life Cam-Lift Hinges Guaranteed For Life Horizontal Work Flow Door Handle(s) Automatically Activated Incandescent Lights Damage Resistant Stainless Steel Breaker Caps Three (3) Adjustable Epoxy Coated Shelves Per Section, Supported On Shelf Pins (installed at the factory) Energy Saving Automatic Non-Electric Condensate Evaporator Magnetic Snap-In Door Gaskets Gasket Protecting Anodized Aluminum Door Liner Anti-Condensate Door Perimeter Heaters Thermostatic Expansion Valve Metering Device Provides Quick Refrigeration Recovery Times Stainless Steel One-Piece Louver Assembly 9' Cord & Plug Attached Set of Four (4) 6" High Casters With Locks One Year Parts And Labor Warranty Five Year Compressor Warranty

Optional Accessory Kits

· · Set of Three (3) Additional Epoxy Coated Shelves With Shelf Pins TK1 Kit: Four (4) Pairs of No. 1 Type Tray Slides To Accommodate either: (1) 18" x 26" or (2) 14" x 18" Sheet Pans, Adjustable To 2" O.C. TK2 Kit: Two (2) Pairs of No. 4 Type Tray Slides To Accommodate (1) 18" x 26" Sheet Pans (equips one full section) TK4 Kit: Four (4) Pairs of Universal Type Tray Slides To Accommodate Either (1) 18" x 26" or (2) 14" x 18" Sheet Pans, or (2) 12" x 20" Steam Table Pans, Adjustable To 4" O.C. Set of Three (3) Chrome Plated Shelves With Shelf Pins LK1 Kit: Set of Four (4) 6" High Adjustable Legs Two Year Service/Labor Warranty Available

·

·

· · ·

NOTE: All optional accessory kits are shipped separately for later installation by others at the jobsite.

All Traulsen solid door G-Series models are ENERGY STAR® listed!

Listed by Underwriters Laboratories Inc., to U.S. and Canadian safety standards and Listed by NSF International.

Approval: ___________________________________

TRAULSEN 4401 BLUE MOUND RD. PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 Website: www.traulsen.com

FT. WORTH, TX 76106 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302

SECTION 4-1

Traulsen

Restaurant Depot #134

Page: 2-1

Traulsen

Model: G10001

Item#: 2

Project Model Specified:

Quantity

Item # CSI Section 11400

Specifications

Construction, Hardware and Insulation Cabinet exterior front, louver assembly and doors are constructed of 20 gauge stainless steel. Cabinet sides (including returns), interior and door liners are constructed of anodized aluminum. The exterior cabinet top, back and bottom are constructed of heavy gauge aluminized steel. A set of four (4) 6" high casters are included. Doors are equipped with a gasket protecting metal door pan, removable plug cylinder locks and guaranteed for life cam-lift, gravity action, self-closing metal, glide hinges with stay open feature at 120 degrees. Hinges include a concealed switch to automatically activate the interior incandescent lighting. Guaranteed for life, work flow door handles are mounted horizontally over recess in door which limits protrusion from door face into aisleways. Easily removable for cleaning, vinyl magnetic door gasket assures tight door seal. Anti condensate heaters are located behind each door opening. Both the cabinet and door(s) are insulated with an average of 2" thick high density, non-CFC, foamed in place polyurethane. Refrigeration System A top mounted, self-contained, balanced refrigeration system using R-134a refrigerant is conveniently located behind the one piece louver assembly. It features an easy to clean front facing condenser, thermostatic expansion valve, air-cooled hermetic compressor, large, high humidity evaporator coil located outside the food zone and a top mounted non-electric condensate evaporator. A 9' cord and plug is provided. Standard operating temperature is 34 to 38°F. Controller The easy to use water resistant microprocessor control system is supplied standard. It includes a 3-Digit LED Display, and a Fahrenheit or Celsius Temperature Scale Display Capability. Interior Standard interior arrangements include three (3) epoxy coated wire shelves per section, mounted on shelf pins, installed at the factory. Shelves are full-width, and do not have any large gaps between them requiring the use of "bridge" or "junior shelves." Recommended load limit per shelf should not exceed 225 lbs. Warranties Both a one year parts and labor warranty and a five year compressor warranty (selfcontained models only) are provided standard. An optional 2nd year extended parts and labor warranty is also available.

DIMENSIONAL DATA Net capacity cu. ft. Length - overall in. Depth - overall in. Depth - over body in. Depth - door open 90° in. Clear door width in. Clear half-door height in. Clear full-door height in. Height-overall on 6" casters No. Standard Shelves Shelf area sq. ft.1 ELECTRICAL DATA Voltage Feed wires with Ground Full load amperes REFRIGERATION DATA Refrigerant BTU/HR H.P.2 SHIPPING DATA Length - crated in. Depth - crated in. Height - crated in. Volume - crated cu. ft. Net Wt. lbs. Gross Wt. lbs.

1-Section Models 24.2 (686 cu l) 297/8 (75.9 cm) 35 (88.8 cm) 32 (81.3 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 211/8 (53.6 cm) 271/2 (69.9 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 831/4 (211.5 cm) 3 13.5 (1.3 sq m) 115/60/1 3 7.0 R-134a 2400 (1/3 HP) 35 (89 cm) 43 (109 cm) 831/2 (212 cm) 71 (2011 cu l) 305 (138 kg) 395 (179 kg)

2-Section Models 46.0 (1303 cu l) 521/8 (132.4 cm) 35 (88.8 cm) 32 (81.3 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 211/8 (53.6 cm) 271/2 (69.9 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 831/4 (211.5 cm) 6 25.6 (2.4 sq m) 115/60/1 3 8.5 R-134a 2400 (1/3 HP) 63 (160 cm) 43 (109 cm) 831/2 (212 cm) 131 (3711 cu l) 450 (204 kg) 590 (268 kg)

3-Section Models 69.1 (1958 cu l) 765/16 (193.8 cm) 35 (88.8 cm) 32 (81.3 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 211/8 (53.6 cm) 271/2 (69.9 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 831/4 (211.5 cm) 9 39.2 (3.6 sq m) 115/60/1 3 10.9 R-134a 4360 (1/2 HP) 91 (231 cm) 43 (109 cm) 831/2 (212 cm) 189 (5354 cu l) 610 (277 kg) 790 (358 kg)

Elevation One-Section

Elevation Two-Section

Elevation Three-Section

NOTES NOTE: Figures in parentheses reflect metric equivalents. 1= Area of standard shelf compliment only, does not include storage area of additional shelves or available on cabinet bottom. 2= Based on a 90 degree F ambient and 20 degree F evaporator.

Plan - One-Section

Plan - Two-Section

Equipped With One NEMA 5-15 P Plug

REQUIRED CLEARANCES In order to assure optimum performance, the condensing unit MUST have an adequate supply of air for cooling purposes. Therefore, the operating location must either have a minimum of 12" clearance overhead of the condensing unit or allow for unrestricted air flow at the back of the unit. Clearance of at least 12" above is required in order to perform certain maintenance tasks.

NOTE: When ordering please specify: Voltage, Hinging, Door Size, Options and any additional warranties. Continued product development may necessitate specification changes without notice. Part No. TR35787 (revised 1/05)

Plan - Three-Section Section - All Models

SECTION 4-1

TRAULSEN 4401 BLUE MOUND RD. PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 Website: www.traulsen.com

FT. WORTH, TX 76106 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302

Traulsen

Restaurant Depot #134

Page: 2-2

Traulsen

Model: G10010

Item#: 3

Project Model Specified:

Quantity

Item # CSI Section 11400

G-Series Reach-In Refrigerators/ Self-Contained

Equipped with an easy to use microprocessor control!

One, Two & Three Section Models, 32" Deep

G

SERIES

Stainless Steel Front & Door(s)

Traulsen's G-Series product line includes one, two and three section reach-in refrigerator and freezer models, available with either full or half length doors and the convenience of a variety of different door hingings to choose from. These products are designed to address several important issues concerning the foodservice operator of today. Such critical issues of concern as: Food Safety, Energy Efficiency and Reliability are all important features of the G-Series overall design philosophy. Built with durable exteriors, reliable controls, balanced, efficient refrigeration systems and a variety of user-friendly features, these products are the right fit for nearly any application. They are designed and built to the highest standards, and epitomize the quality Traulsen is known for.

AVAILABLE MODELS

Single Section

(Formerly Model GHT132WUT)

Two Section

(Formerly Model GHT232NUT)

Three Section

(Formerly Model GHT332NUT)

Model G20010

Model # G10000 G10001 G10010 G10011

Door Half Half Full Full

Hinging Right Left Right Left

Model G30010

Model G10010

Model # G20000 G20001 G20002 G20003 G20010 G20011 G20012 G20013

Door Half Half Half Half Full Full Full Full

Hinging Left-Right Right-Left Right-Right Left-Left Left-Right Right-Left Right-Right Left-Left

Model # G30000 G30001 G30002 G30003 G30010 G30011 G30012 G30013

Door Half Half Half Half Full Full Full Full

Hinging Left-Right-Right Left-Left-Right Right-Right-Right Left-Left-Left Left-Right-Right Left-Left-Right Right-Right-Right Left-Left-Left

Standard Product Features

· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · High Quality Stainless Steel Exterior Front and Door(s) Corrosion Resistant Anodized Aluminum One-Piece Sides Durable Anodized Aluminum Interior Microprocessor Control With LED Temperature Readout Top-Mounted, Balanced, Self-Contained Refrigeration System Large High Humidity Evaporator Coil Outside The Food Zone Full or Half Length Stainless Steel Doors With Locks Self-Closing Doors With Stay Open Feature At 120 Degrees Guaranteed For Life Cam-Lift Hinges Guaranteed For Life Horizontal Work Flow Door Handle(s) Automatically Activated Incandescent Lights Damage Resistant Stainless Steel Breaker Caps Three (3) Adjustable Epoxy Coated Shelves Per Section, Supported On Shelf Pins (installed at the factory) Energy Saving Automatic Non-Electric Condensate Evaporator Magnetic Snap-In Door Gaskets Gasket Protecting Anodized Aluminum Door Liner Anti-Condensate Door Perimeter Heaters Thermostatic Expansion Valve Metering Device Provides Quick Refrigeration Recovery Times Stainless Steel One-Piece Louver Assembly 9' Cord & Plug Attached Set of Four (4) 6" High Casters With Locks One Year Parts And Labor Warranty Five Year Compressor Warranty

Optional Accessory Kits

· · Set of Three (3) Additional Epoxy Coated Shelves With Shelf Pins TK1 Kit: Four (4) Pairs of No. 1 Type Tray Slides To Accommodate either: (1) 18" x 26" or (2) 14" x 18" Sheet Pans, Adjustable To 2" O.C. TK2 Kit: Two (2) Pairs of No. 4 Type Tray Slides To Accommodate (1) 18" x 26" Sheet Pans (equips one full section) TK4 Kit: Four (4) Pairs of Universal Type Tray Slides To Accommodate Either (1) 18" x 26" or (2) 14" x 18" Sheet Pans, or (2) 12" x 20" Steam Table Pans, Adjustable To 4" O.C. Set of Three (3) Chrome Plated Shelves With Shelf Pins LK1 Kit: Set of Four (4) 6" High Adjustable Legs Two Year Service/Labor Warranty Available

·

·

· · ·

NOTE: All optional accessory kits are shipped separately for later installation by others at the jobsite.

All Traulsen solid door G-Series models are ENERGY STAR® listed!

Listed by Underwriters Laboratories Inc., to U.S. and Canadian safety standards and Listed by NSF International.

Approval: ___________________________________

TRAULSEN 4401 BLUE MOUND RD. PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 Website: www.traulsen.com

FT. WORTH, TX 76106 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302

SECTION 4-1

Traulsen

Restaurant Depot #134

Page: 3-1

Traulsen

Model: G10010

Item#: 3

Project Model Specified:

Quantity

Item # CSI Section 11400

Specifications

Construction, Hardware and Insulation Cabinet exterior front, louver assembly and doors are constructed of 20 gauge stainless steel. Cabinet sides (including returns), interior and door liners are constructed of anodized aluminum. The exterior cabinet top, back and bottom are constructed of heavy gauge aluminized steel. A set of four (4) 6" high casters are included. Doors are equipped with a gasket protecting metal door pan, removable plug cylinder locks and guaranteed for life cam-lift, gravity action, self-closing metal, glide hinges with stay open feature at 120 degrees. Hinges include a concealed switch to automatically activate the interior incandescent lighting. Guaranteed for life, work flow door handles are mounted horizontally over recess in door which limits protrusion from door face into aisleways. Easily removable for cleaning, vinyl magnetic door gasket assures tight door seal. Anti condensate heaters are located behind each door opening. Both the cabinet and door(s) are insulated with an average of 2" thick high density, non-CFC, foamed in place polyurethane. Refrigeration System A top mounted, self-contained, balanced refrigeration system using R-134a refrigerant is conveniently located behind the one piece louver assembly. It features an easy to clean front facing condenser, thermostatic expansion valve, air-cooled hermetic compressor, large, high humidity evaporator coil located outside the food zone and a top mounted non-electric condensate evaporator. A 9' cord and plug is provided. Standard operating temperature is 34 to 38°F. Controller The easy to use water resistant microprocessor control system is supplied standard. It includes a 3-Digit LED Display, and a Fahrenheit or Celsius Temperature Scale Display Capability. Interior Standard interior arrangements include three (3) epoxy coated wire shelves per section, mounted on shelf pins, installed at the factory. Shelves are full-width, and do not have any large gaps between them requiring the use of "bridge" or "junior shelves." Recommended load limit per shelf should not exceed 225 lbs. Warranties Both a one year parts and labor warranty and a five year compressor warranty (selfcontained models only) are provided standard. An optional 2nd year extended parts and labor warranty is also available.

DIMENSIONAL DATA Net capacity cu. ft. Length - overall in. Depth - overall in. Depth - over body in. Depth - door open 90° in. Clear door width in. Clear half-door height in. Clear full-door height in. Height-overall on 6" casters No. Standard Shelves Shelf area sq. ft.1 ELECTRICAL DATA Voltage Feed wires with Ground Full load amperes REFRIGERATION DATA Refrigerant BTU/HR H.P.2 SHIPPING DATA Length - crated in. Depth - crated in. Height - crated in. Volume - crated cu. ft. Net Wt. lbs. Gross Wt. lbs.

1-Section Models 24.2 (686 cu l) 297/8 (75.9 cm) 35 (88.8 cm) 32 (81.3 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 211/8 (53.6 cm) 271/2 (69.9 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 831/4 (211.5 cm) 3 13.5 (1.3 sq m) 115/60/1 3 7.0 R-134a 2400 (1/3 HP) 35 (89 cm) 43 (109 cm) 831/2 (212 cm) 71 (2011 cu l) 305 (138 kg) 395 (179 kg)

2-Section Models 46.0 (1303 cu l) 521/8 (132.4 cm) 35 (88.8 cm) 32 (81.3 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 211/8 (53.6 cm) 271/2 (69.9 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 831/4 (211.5 cm) 6 25.6 (2.4 sq m) 115/60/1 3 8.5 R-134a 2400 (1/3 HP) 63 (160 cm) 43 (109 cm) 831/2 (212 cm) 131 (3711 cu l) 450 (204 kg) 590 (268 kg)

3-Section Models 69.1 (1958 cu l) 765/16 (193.8 cm) 35 (88.8 cm) 32 (81.3 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 211/8 (53.6 cm) 271/2 (69.9 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 831/4 (211.5 cm) 9 39.2 (3.6 sq m) 115/60/1 3 10.9 R-134a 4360 (1/2 HP) 91 (231 cm) 43 (109 cm) 831/2 (212 cm) 189 (5354 cu l) 610 (277 kg) 790 (358 kg)

Elevation One-Section

Elevation Two-Section

Elevation Three-Section

NOTES NOTE: Figures in parentheses reflect metric equivalents. 1= Area of standard shelf compliment only, does not include storage area of additional shelves or available on cabinet bottom. 2= Based on a 90 degree F ambient and 20 degree F evaporator.

Plan - One-Section

Plan - Two-Section

Equipped With One NEMA 5-15 P Plug

REQUIRED CLEARANCES In order to assure optimum performance, the condensing unit MUST have an adequate supply of air for cooling purposes. Therefore, the operating location must either have a minimum of 12" clearance overhead of the condensing unit or allow for unrestricted air flow at the back of the unit. Clearance of at least 12" above is required in order to perform certain maintenance tasks.

NOTE: When ordering please specify: Voltage, Hinging, Door Size, Options and any additional warranties. Continued product development may necessitate specification changes without notice. Part No. TR35787 (revised 1/05)

Plan - Three-Section Section - All Models

SECTION 4-1

TRAULSEN 4401 BLUE MOUND RD. PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 Website: www.traulsen.com

FT. WORTH, TX 76106 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302

Traulsen

Restaurant Depot #134

Page: 3-2

Traulsen

Model: G10011

Item#: 4

Project Model Specified:

Quantity

Item # CSI Section 11400

G-Series Reach-In Refrigerators/ Self-Contained

Equipped with an easy to use microprocessor control!

One, Two & Three Section Models, 32" Deep

G

SERIES

Stainless Steel Front & Door(s)

Traulsen's G-Series product line includes one, two and three section reach-in refrigerator and freezer models, available with either full or half length doors and the convenience of a variety of different door hingings to choose from. These products are designed to address several important issues concerning the foodservice operator of today. Such critical issues of concern as: Food Safety, Energy Efficiency and Reliability are all important features of the G-Series overall design philosophy. Built with durable exteriors, reliable controls, balanced, efficient refrigeration systems and a variety of user-friendly features, these products are the right fit for nearly any application. They are designed and built to the highest standards, and epitomize the quality Traulsen is known for.

AVAILABLE MODELS

Single Section

(Formerly Model GHT132WUT)

Two Section

(Formerly Model GHT232NUT)

Three Section

(Formerly Model GHT332NUT)

Model G20010

Model # G10000 G10001 G10010 G10011

Door Half Half Full Full

Hinging Right Left Right Left

Model G30010

Model G10010

Model # G20000 G20001 G20002 G20003 G20010 G20011 G20012 G20013

Door Half Half Half Half Full Full Full Full

Hinging Left-Right Right-Left Right-Right Left-Left Left-Right Right-Left Right-Right Left-Left

Model # G30000 G30001 G30002 G30003 G30010 G30011 G30012 G30013

Door Half Half Half Half Full Full Full Full

Hinging Left-Right-Right Left-Left-Right Right-Right-Right Left-Left-Left Left-Right-Right Left-Left-Right Right-Right-Right Left-Left-Left

Standard Product Features

· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · High Quality Stainless Steel Exterior Front and Door(s) Corrosion Resistant Anodized Aluminum One-Piece Sides Durable Anodized Aluminum Interior Microprocessor Control With LED Temperature Readout Top-Mounted, Balanced, Self-Contained Refrigeration System Large High Humidity Evaporator Coil Outside The Food Zone Full or Half Length Stainless Steel Doors With Locks Self-Closing Doors With Stay Open Feature At 120 Degrees Guaranteed For Life Cam-Lift Hinges Guaranteed For Life Horizontal Work Flow Door Handle(s) Automatically Activated Incandescent Lights Damage Resistant Stainless Steel Breaker Caps Three (3) Adjustable Epoxy Coated Shelves Per Section, Supported On Shelf Pins (installed at the factory) Energy Saving Automatic Non-Electric Condensate Evaporator Magnetic Snap-In Door Gaskets Gasket Protecting Anodized Aluminum Door Liner Anti-Condensate Door Perimeter Heaters Thermostatic Expansion Valve Metering Device Provides Quick Refrigeration Recovery Times Stainless Steel One-Piece Louver Assembly 9' Cord & Plug Attached Set of Four (4) 6" High Casters With Locks One Year Parts And Labor Warranty Five Year Compressor Warranty

Optional Accessory Kits

· · Set of Three (3) Additional Epoxy Coated Shelves With Shelf Pins TK1 Kit: Four (4) Pairs of No. 1 Type Tray Slides To Accommodate either: (1) 18" x 26" or (2) 14" x 18" Sheet Pans, Adjustable To 2" O.C. TK2 Kit: Two (2) Pairs of No. 4 Type Tray Slides To Accommodate (1) 18" x 26" Sheet Pans (equips one full section) TK4 Kit: Four (4) Pairs of Universal Type Tray Slides To Accommodate Either (1) 18" x 26" or (2) 14" x 18" Sheet Pans, or (2) 12" x 20" Steam Table Pans, Adjustable To 4" O.C. Set of Three (3) Chrome Plated Shelves With Shelf Pins LK1 Kit: Set of Four (4) 6" High Adjustable Legs Two Year Service/Labor Warranty Available

·

·

· · ·

NOTE: All optional accessory kits are shipped separately for later installation by others at the jobsite.

All Traulsen solid door G-Series models are ENERGY STAR® listed!

Listed by Underwriters Laboratories Inc., to U.S. and Canadian safety standards and Listed by NSF International.

Approval: ___________________________________

TRAULSEN 4401 BLUE MOUND RD. PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 Website: www.traulsen.com

FT. WORTH, TX 76106 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302

SECTION 4-1

Traulsen

Restaurant Depot #134

Page: 4-1

Traulsen

Model: G10011

Item#: 4

Project Model Specified:

Quantity

Item # CSI Section 11400

Specifications

Construction, Hardware and Insulation Cabinet exterior front, louver assembly and doors are constructed of 20 gauge stainless steel. Cabinet sides (including returns), interior and door liners are constructed of anodized aluminum. The exterior cabinet top, back and bottom are constructed of heavy gauge aluminized steel. A set of four (4) 6" high casters are included. Doors are equipped with a gasket protecting metal door pan, removable plug cylinder locks and guaranteed for life cam-lift, gravity action, self-closing metal, glide hinges with stay open feature at 120 degrees. Hinges include a concealed switch to automatically activate the interior incandescent lighting. Guaranteed for life, work flow door handles are mounted horizontally over recess in door which limits protrusion from door face into aisleways. Easily removable for cleaning, vinyl magnetic door gasket assures tight door seal. Anti condensate heaters are located behind each door opening. Both the cabinet and door(s) are insulated with an average of 2" thick high density, non-CFC, foamed in place polyurethane. Refrigeration System A top mounted, self-contained, balanced refrigeration system using R-134a refrigerant is conveniently located behind the one piece louver assembly. It features an easy to clean front facing condenser, thermostatic expansion valve, air-cooled hermetic compressor, large, high humidity evaporator coil located outside the food zone and a top mounted non-electric condensate evaporator. A 9' cord and plug is provided. Standard operating temperature is 34 to 38°F. Controller The easy to use water resistant microprocessor control system is supplied standard. It includes a 3-Digit LED Display, and a Fahrenheit or Celsius Temperature Scale Display Capability. Interior Standard interior arrangements include three (3) epoxy coated wire shelves per section, mounted on shelf pins, installed at the factory. Shelves are full-width, and do not have any large gaps between them requiring the use of "bridge" or "junior shelves." Recommended load limit per shelf should not exceed 225 lbs. Warranties Both a one year parts and labor warranty and a five year compressor warranty (selfcontained models only) are provided standard. An optional 2nd year extended parts and labor warranty is also available.

DIMENSIONAL DATA Net capacity cu. ft. Length - overall in. Depth - overall in. Depth - over body in. Depth - door open 90° in. Clear door width in. Clear half-door height in. Clear full-door height in. Height-overall on 6" casters No. Standard Shelves Shelf area sq. ft.1 ELECTRICAL DATA Voltage Feed wires with Ground Full load amperes REFRIGERATION DATA Refrigerant BTU/HR H.P.2 SHIPPING DATA Length - crated in. Depth - crated in. Height - crated in. Volume - crated cu. ft. Net Wt. lbs. Gross Wt. lbs.

1-Section Models 24.2 (686 cu l) 297/8 (75.9 cm) 35 (88.8 cm) 32 (81.3 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 211/8 (53.6 cm) 271/2 (69.9 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 831/4 (211.5 cm) 3 13.5 (1.3 sq m) 115/60/1 3 7.0 R-134a 2400 (1/3 HP) 35 (89 cm) 43 (109 cm) 831/2 (212 cm) 71 (2011 cu l) 305 (138 kg) 395 (179 kg)

2-Section Models 46.0 (1303 cu l) 521/8 (132.4 cm) 35 (88.8 cm) 32 (81.3 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 211/8 (53.6 cm) 271/2 (69.9 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 831/4 (211.5 cm) 6 25.6 (2.4 sq m) 115/60/1 3 8.5 R-134a 2400 (1/3 HP) 63 (160 cm) 43 (109 cm) 831/2 (212 cm) 131 (3711 cu l) 450 (204 kg) 590 (268 kg)

3-Section Models 69.1 (1958 cu l) 765/16 (193.8 cm) 35 (88.8 cm) 32 (81.3 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 211/8 (53.6 cm) 271/2 (69.9 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 831/4 (211.5 cm) 9 39.2 (3.6 sq m) 115/60/1 3 10.9 R-134a 4360 (1/2 HP) 91 (231 cm) 43 (109 cm) 831/2 (212 cm) 189 (5354 cu l) 610 (277 kg) 790 (358 kg)

Elevation One-Section

Elevation Two-Section

Elevation Three-Section

NOTES NOTE: Figures in parentheses reflect metric equivalents. 1= Area of standard shelf compliment only, does not include storage area of additional shelves or available on cabinet bottom. 2= Based on a 90 degree F ambient and 20 degree F evaporator.

Plan - One-Section

Plan - Two-Section

Equipped With One NEMA 5-15 P Plug

REQUIRED CLEARANCES In order to assure optimum performance, the condensing unit MUST have an adequate supply of air for cooling purposes. Therefore, the operating location must either have a minimum of 12" clearance overhead of the condensing unit or allow for unrestricted air flow at the back of the unit. Clearance of at least 12" above is required in order to perform certain maintenance tasks.

NOTE: When ordering please specify: Voltage, Hinging, Door Size, Options and any additional warranties. Continued product development may necessitate specification changes without notice. Part No. TR35787 (revised 1/05)

Plan - Three-Section Section - All Models

SECTION 4-1

TRAULSEN 4401 BLUE MOUND RD. PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 Website: www.traulsen.com

FT. WORTH, TX 76106 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302

Traulsen

Restaurant Depot #134

Page: 4-2

Traulsen

Model: G20000

Item#: 5

Project Model Specified:

Quantity

Item # CSI Section 11400

G-Series Reach-In Refrigerators/ Self-Contained

Equipped with an easy to use microprocessor control!

One, Two & Three Section Models, 32" Deep

G

SERIES

Stainless Steel Front & Door(s)

Traulsen's G-Series product line includes one, two and three section reach-in refrigerator and freezer models, available with either full or half length doors and the convenience of a variety of different door hingings to choose from. These products are designed to address several important issues concerning the foodservice operator of today. Such critical issues of concern as: Food Safety, Energy Efficiency and Reliability are all important features of the G-Series overall design philosophy. Built with durable exteriors, reliable controls, balanced, efficient refrigeration systems and a variety of user-friendly features, these products are the right fit for nearly any application. They are designed and built to the highest standards, and epitomize the quality Traulsen is known for.

AVAILABLE MODELS

Single Section

(Formerly Model GHT132WUT)

Two Section

(Formerly Model GHT232NUT)

Three Section

(Formerly Model GHT332NUT)

Model G20010

Model # G10000 G10001 G10010 G10011

Door Half Half Full Full

Hinging Right Left Right Left

Model G30010

Model G10010

Model # G20000 G20001 G20002 G20003 G20010 G20011 G20012 G20013

Door Half Half Half Half Full Full Full Full

Hinging Left-Right Right-Left Right-Right Left-Left Left-Right Right-Left Right-Right Left-Left

Model # G30000 G30001 G30002 G30003 G30010 G30011 G30012 G30013

Door Half Half Half Half Full Full Full Full

Hinging Left-Right-Right Left-Left-Right Right-Right-Right Left-Left-Left Left-Right-Right Left-Left-Right Right-Right-Right Left-Left-Left

Standard Product Features

· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · High Quality Stainless Steel Exterior Front and Door(s) Corrosion Resistant Anodized Aluminum One-Piece Sides Durable Anodized Aluminum Interior Microprocessor Control With LED Temperature Readout Top-Mounted, Balanced, Self-Contained Refrigeration System Large High Humidity Evaporator Coil Outside The Food Zone Full or Half Length Stainless Steel Doors With Locks Self-Closing Doors With Stay Open Feature At 120 Degrees Guaranteed For Life Cam-Lift Hinges Guaranteed For Life Horizontal Work Flow Door Handle(s) Automatically Activated Incandescent Lights Damage Resistant Stainless Steel Breaker Caps Three (3) Adjustable Epoxy Coated Shelves Per Section, Supported On Shelf Pins (installed at the factory) Energy Saving Automatic Non-Electric Condensate Evaporator Magnetic Snap-In Door Gaskets Gasket Protecting Anodized Aluminum Door Liner Anti-Condensate Door Perimeter Heaters Thermostatic Expansion Valve Metering Device Provides Quick Refrigeration Recovery Times Stainless Steel One-Piece Louver Assembly 9' Cord & Plug Attached Set of Four (4) 6" High Casters With Locks One Year Parts And Labor Warranty Five Year Compressor Warranty

Optional Accessory Kits

· · Set of Three (3) Additional Epoxy Coated Shelves With Shelf Pins TK1 Kit: Four (4) Pairs of No. 1 Type Tray Slides To Accommodate either: (1) 18" x 26" or (2) 14" x 18" Sheet Pans, Adjustable To 2" O.C. TK2 Kit: Two (2) Pairs of No. 4 Type Tray Slides To Accommodate (1) 18" x 26" Sheet Pans (equips one full section) TK4 Kit: Four (4) Pairs of Universal Type Tray Slides To Accommodate Either (1) 18" x 26" or (2) 14" x 18" Sheet Pans, or (2) 12" x 20" Steam Table Pans, Adjustable To 4" O.C. Set of Three (3) Chrome Plated Shelves With Shelf Pins LK1 Kit: Set of Four (4) 6" High Adjustable Legs Two Year Service/Labor Warranty Available

·

·

· · ·

NOTE: All optional accessory kits are shipped separately for later installation by others at the jobsite.

All Traulsen solid door G-Series models are ENERGY STAR® listed!

Listed by Underwriters Laboratories Inc., to U.S. and Canadian safety standards and Listed by NSF International.

Approval: ___________________________________

TRAULSEN 4401 BLUE MOUND RD. PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 Website: www.traulsen.com

FT. WORTH, TX 76106 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302

SECTION 4-1

Traulsen

Restaurant Depot #134

Page: 5-1

Traulsen

Model: G20000

Item#: 5

Project Model Specified:

Quantity

Item # CSI Section 11400

Specifications

Construction, Hardware and Insulation Cabinet exterior front, louver assembly and doors are constructed of 20 gauge stainless steel. Cabinet sides (including returns), interior and door liners are constructed of anodized aluminum. The exterior cabinet top, back and bottom are constructed of heavy gauge aluminized steel. A set of four (4) 6" high casters are included. Doors are equipped with a gasket protecting metal door pan, removable plug cylinder locks and guaranteed for life cam-lift, gravity action, self-closing metal, glide hinges with stay open feature at 120 degrees. Hinges include a concealed switch to automatically activate the interior incandescent lighting. Guaranteed for life, work flow door handles are mounted horizontally over recess in door which limits protrusion from door face into aisleways. Easily removable for cleaning, vinyl magnetic door gasket assures tight door seal. Anti condensate heaters are located behind each door opening. Both the cabinet and door(s) are insulated with an average of 2" thick high density, non-CFC, foamed in place polyurethane. Refrigeration System A top mounted, self-contained, balanced refrigeration system using R-134a refrigerant is conveniently located behind the one piece louver assembly. It features an easy to clean front facing condenser, thermostatic expansion valve, air-cooled hermetic compressor, large, high humidity evaporator coil located outside the food zone and a top mounted non-electric condensate evaporator. A 9' cord and plug is provided. Standard operating temperature is 34 to 38°F. Controller The easy to use water resistant microprocessor control system is supplied standard. It includes a 3-Digit LED Display, and a Fahrenheit or Celsius Temperature Scale Display Capability. Interior Standard interior arrangements include three (3) epoxy coated wire shelves per section, mounted on shelf pins, installed at the factory. Shelves are full-width, and do not have any large gaps between them requiring the use of "bridge" or "junior shelves." Recommended load limit per shelf should not exceed 225 lbs. Warranties Both a one year parts and labor warranty and a five year compressor warranty (selfcontained models only) are provided standard. An optional 2nd year extended parts and labor warranty is also available.

DIMENSIONAL DATA Net capacity cu. ft. Length - overall in. Depth - overall in. Depth - over body in. Depth - door open 90° in. Clear door width in. Clear half-door height in. Clear full-door height in. Height-overall on 6" casters No. Standard Shelves Shelf area sq. ft.1 ELECTRICAL DATA Voltage Feed wires with Ground Full load amperes REFRIGERATION DATA Refrigerant BTU/HR H.P.2 SHIPPING DATA Length - crated in. Depth - crated in. Height - crated in. Volume - crated cu. ft. Net Wt. lbs. Gross Wt. lbs.

1-Section Models 24.2 (686 cu l) 297/8 (75.9 cm) 35 (88.8 cm) 32 (81.3 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 211/8 (53.6 cm) 271/2 (69.9 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 831/4 (211.5 cm) 3 13.5 (1.3 sq m) 115/60/1 3 7.0 R-134a 2400 (1/3 HP) 35 (89 cm) 43 (109 cm) 831/2 (212 cm) 71 (2011 cu l) 305 (138 kg) 395 (179 kg)

2-Section Models 46.0 (1303 cu l) 521/8 (132.4 cm) 35 (88.8 cm) 32 (81.3 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 211/8 (53.6 cm) 271/2 (69.9 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 831/4 (211.5 cm) 6 25.6 (2.4 sq m) 115/60/1 3 8.5 R-134a 2400 (1/3 HP) 63 (160 cm) 43 (109 cm) 831/2 (212 cm) 131 (3711 cu l) 450 (204 kg) 590 (268 kg)

3-Section Models 69.1 (1958 cu l) 765/16 (193.8 cm) 35 (88.8 cm) 32 (81.3 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 211/8 (53.6 cm) 271/2 (69.9 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 831/4 (211.5 cm) 9 39.2 (3.6 sq m) 115/60/1 3 10.9 R-134a 4360 (1/2 HP) 91 (231 cm) 43 (109 cm) 831/2 (212 cm) 189 (5354 cu l) 610 (277 kg) 790 (358 kg)

Elevation One-Section

Elevation Two-Section

Elevation Three-Section

NOTES NOTE: Figures in parentheses reflect metric equivalents. 1= Area of standard shelf compliment only, does not include storage area of additional shelves or available on cabinet bottom. 2= Based on a 90 degree F ambient and 20 degree F evaporator.

Plan - One-Section

Plan - Two-Section

Equipped With One NEMA 5-15 P Plug

REQUIRED CLEARANCES In order to assure optimum performance, the condensing unit MUST have an adequate supply of air for cooling purposes. Therefore, the operating location must either have a minimum of 12" clearance overhead of the condensing unit or allow for unrestricted air flow at the back of the unit. Clearance of at least 12" above is required in order to perform certain maintenance tasks.

NOTE: When ordering please specify: Voltage, Hinging, Door Size, Options and any additional warranties. Continued product development may necessitate specification changes without notice. Part No. TR35787 (revised 1/05)

Plan - Three-Section Section - All Models

SECTION 4-1

TRAULSEN 4401 BLUE MOUND RD. PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 Website: www.traulsen.com

FT. WORTH, TX 76106 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302

Traulsen

Restaurant Depot #134

Page: 5-2

Traulsen

Model: G20001

Item#: 6

Project Model Specified:

Quantity

Item # CSI Section 11400

G-Series Reach-In Refrigerators/ Self-Contained

Equipped with an easy to use microprocessor control!

One, Two & Three Section Models, 32" Deep

G

SERIES

Stainless Steel Front & Door(s)

Traulsen's G-Series product line includes one, two and three section reach-in refrigerator and freezer models, available with either full or half length doors and the convenience of a variety of different door hingings to choose from. These products are designed to address several important issues concerning the foodservice operator of today. Such critical issues of concern as: Food Safety, Energy Efficiency and Reliability are all important features of the G-Series overall design philosophy. Built with durable exteriors, reliable controls, balanced, efficient refrigeration systems and a variety of user-friendly features, these products are the right fit for nearly any application. They are designed and built to the highest standards, and epitomize the quality Traulsen is known for.

AVAILABLE MODELS

Single Section

(Formerly Model GHT132WUT)

Two Section

(Formerly Model GHT232NUT)

Three Section

(Formerly Model GHT332NUT)

Model G20010

Model # G10000 G10001 G10010 G10011

Door Half Half Full Full

Hinging Right Left Right Left

Model G30010

Model G10010

Model # G20000 G20001 G20002 G20003 G20010 G20011 G20012 G20013

Door Half Half Half Half Full Full Full Full

Hinging Left-Right Right-Left Right-Right Left-Left Left-Right Right-Left Right-Right Left-Left

Model # G30000 G30001 G30002 G30003 G30010 G30011 G30012 G30013

Door Half Half Half Half Full Full Full Full

Hinging Left-Right-Right Left-Left-Right Right-Right-Right Left-Left-Left Left-Right-Right Left-Left-Right Right-Right-Right Left-Left-Left

Standard Product Features

· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · High Quality Stainless Steel Exterior Front and Door(s) Corrosion Resistant Anodized Aluminum One-Piece Sides Durable Anodized Aluminum Interior Microprocessor Control With LED Temperature Readout Top-Mounted, Balanced, Self-Contained Refrigeration System Large High Humidity Evaporator Coil Outside The Food Zone Full or Half Length Stainless Steel Doors With Locks Self-Closing Doors With Stay Open Feature At 120 Degrees Guaranteed For Life Cam-Lift Hinges Guaranteed For Life Horizontal Work Flow Door Handle(s) Automatically Activated Incandescent Lights Damage Resistant Stainless Steel Breaker Caps Three (3) Adjustable Epoxy Coated Shelves Per Section, Supported On Shelf Pins (installed at the factory) Energy Saving Automatic Non-Electric Condensate Evaporator Magnetic Snap-In Door Gaskets Gasket Protecting Anodized Aluminum Door Liner Anti-Condensate Door Perimeter Heaters Thermostatic Expansion Valve Metering Device Provides Quick Refrigeration Recovery Times Stainless Steel One-Piece Louver Assembly 9' Cord & Plug Attached Set of Four (4) 6" High Casters With Locks One Year Parts And Labor Warranty Five Year Compressor Warranty

Optional Accessory Kits

· · Set of Three (3) Additional Epoxy Coated Shelves With Shelf Pins TK1 Kit: Four (4) Pairs of No. 1 Type Tray Slides To Accommodate either: (1) 18" x 26" or (2) 14" x 18" Sheet Pans, Adjustable To 2" O.C. TK2 Kit: Two (2) Pairs of No. 4 Type Tray Slides To Accommodate (1) 18" x 26" Sheet Pans (equips one full section) TK4 Kit: Four (4) Pairs of Universal Type Tray Slides To Accommodate Either (1) 18" x 26" or (2) 14" x 18" Sheet Pans, or (2) 12" x 20" Steam Table Pans, Adjustable To 4" O.C. Set of Three (3) Chrome Plated Shelves With Shelf Pins LK1 Kit: Set of Four (4) 6" High Adjustable Legs Two Year Service/Labor Warranty Available

·

·

· · ·

NOTE: All optional accessory kits are shipped separately for later installation by others at the jobsite.

All Traulsen solid door G-Series models are ENERGY STAR® listed!

Listed by Underwriters Laboratories Inc., to U.S. and Canadian safety standards and Listed by NSF International.

Approval: ___________________________________

TRAULSEN 4401 BLUE MOUND RD. PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 Website: www.traulsen.com

FT. WORTH, TX 76106 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302

SECTION 4-1

Traulsen

Restaurant Depot #134

Page: 6-1

Traulsen

Model: G20001

Item#: 6

Project Model Specified:

Quantity

Item # CSI Section 11400

Specifications

Construction, Hardware and Insulation Cabinet exterior front, louver assembly and doors are constructed of 20 gauge stainless steel. Cabinet sides (including returns), interior and door liners are constructed of anodized aluminum. The exterior cabinet top, back and bottom are constructed of heavy gauge aluminized steel. A set of four (4) 6" high casters are included. Doors are equipped with a gasket protecting metal door pan, removable plug cylinder locks and guaranteed for life cam-lift, gravity action, self-closing metal, glide hinges with stay open feature at 120 degrees. Hinges include a concealed switch to automatically activate the interior incandescent lighting. Guaranteed for life, work flow door handles are mounted horizontally over recess in door which limits protrusion from door face into aisleways. Easily removable for cleaning, vinyl magnetic door gasket assures tight door seal. Anti condensate heaters are located behind each door opening. Both the cabinet and door(s) are insulated with an average of 2" thick high density, non-CFC, foamed in place polyurethane. Refrigeration System A top mounted, self-contained, balanced refrigeration system using R-134a refrigerant is conveniently located behind the one piece louver assembly. It features an easy to clean front facing condenser, thermostatic expansion valve, air-cooled hermetic compressor, large, high humidity evaporator coil located outside the food zone and a top mounted non-electric condensate evaporator. A 9' cord and plug is provided. Standard operating temperature is 34 to 38°F. Controller The easy to use water resistant microprocessor control system is supplied standard. It includes a 3-Digit LED Display, and a Fahrenheit or Celsius Temperature Scale Display Capability. Interior Standard interior arrangements include three (3) epoxy coated wire shelves per section, mounted on shelf pins, installed at the factory. Shelves are full-width, and do not have any large gaps between them requiring the use of "bridge" or "junior shelves." Recommended load limit per shelf should not exceed 225 lbs. Warranties Both a one year parts and labor warranty and a five year compressor warranty (selfcontained models only) are provided standard. An optional 2nd year extended parts and labor warranty is also available.

DIMENSIONAL DATA Net capacity cu. ft. Length - overall in. Depth - overall in. Depth - over body in. Depth - door open 90° in. Clear door width in. Clear half-door height in. Clear full-door height in. Height-overall on 6" casters No. Standard Shelves Shelf area sq. ft.1 ELECTRICAL DATA Voltage Feed wires with Ground Full load amperes REFRIGERATION DATA Refrigerant BTU/HR H.P.2 SHIPPING DATA Length - crated in. Depth - crated in. Height - crated in. Volume - crated cu. ft. Net Wt. lbs. Gross Wt. lbs.

1-Section Models 24.2 (686 cu l) 297/8 (75.9 cm) 35 (88.8 cm) 32 (81.3 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 211/8 (53.6 cm) 271/2 (69.9 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 831/4 (211.5 cm) 3 13.5 (1.3 sq m) 115/60/1 3 7.0 R-134a 2400 (1/3 HP) 35 (89 cm) 43 (109 cm) 831/2 (212 cm) 71 (2011 cu l) 305 (138 kg) 395 (179 kg)

2-Section Models 46.0 (1303 cu l) 521/8 (132.4 cm) 35 (88.8 cm) 32 (81.3 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 211/8 (53.6 cm) 271/2 (69.9 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 831/4 (211.5 cm) 6 25.6 (2.4 sq m) 115/60/1 3 8.5 R-134a 2400 (1/3 HP) 63 (160 cm) 43 (109 cm) 831/2 (212 cm) 131 (3711 cu l) 450 (204 kg) 590 (268 kg)

3-Section Models 69.1 (1958 cu l) 765/16 (193.8 cm) 35 (88.8 cm) 32 (81.3 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 211/8 (53.6 cm) 271/2 (69.9 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 831/4 (211.5 cm) 9 39.2 (3.6 sq m) 115/60/1 3 10.9 R-134a 4360 (1/2 HP) 91 (231 cm) 43 (109 cm) 831/2 (212 cm) 189 (5354 cu l) 610 (277 kg) 790 (358 kg)

Elevation One-Section

Elevation Two-Section

Elevation Three-Section

NOTES NOTE: Figures in parentheses reflect metric equivalents. 1= Area of standard shelf compliment only, does not include storage area of additional shelves or available on cabinet bottom. 2= Based on a 90 degree F ambient and 20 degree F evaporator.

Plan - One-Section

Plan - Two-Section

Equipped With One NEMA 5-15 P Plug

REQUIRED CLEARANCES In order to assure optimum performance, the condensing unit MUST have an adequate supply of air for cooling purposes. Therefore, the operating location must either have a minimum of 12" clearance overhead of the condensing unit or allow for unrestricted air flow at the back of the unit. Clearance of at least 12" above is required in order to perform certain maintenance tasks.

NOTE: When ordering please specify: Voltage, Hinging, Door Size, Options and any additional warranties. Continued product development may necessitate specification changes without notice. Part No. TR35787 (revised 1/05)

Plan - Three-Section Section - All Models

SECTION 4-1

TRAULSEN 4401 BLUE MOUND RD. PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 Website: www.traulsen.com

FT. WORTH, TX 76106 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302

Traulsen

Restaurant Depot #134

Page: 6-2

Traulsen

Model: G20002

Item#: 7

Project Model Specified:

Quantity

Item # CSI Section 11400

G-Series Reach-In Refrigerators/ Self-Contained

Equipped with an easy to use microprocessor control!

One, Two & Three Section Models, 32" Deep

G

SERIES

Stainless Steel Front & Door(s)

Traulsen's G-Series product line includes one, two and three section reach-in refrigerator and freezer models, available with either full or half length doors and the convenience of a variety of different door hingings to choose from. These products are designed to address several important issues concerning the foodservice operator of today. Such critical issues of concern as: Food Safety, Energy Efficiency and Reliability are all important features of the G-Series overall design philosophy. Built with durable exteriors, reliable controls, balanced, efficient refrigeration systems and a variety of user-friendly features, these products are the right fit for nearly any application. They are designed and built to the highest standards, and epitomize the quality Traulsen is known for.

AVAILABLE MODELS

Single Section

(Formerly Model GHT132WUT)

Two Section

(Formerly Model GHT232NUT)

Three Section

(Formerly Model GHT332NUT)

Model G20010

Model # G10000 G10001 G10010 G10011

Door Half Half Full Full

Hinging Right Left Right Left

Model G30010

Model G10010

Model # G20000 G20001 G20002 G20003 G20010 G20011 G20012 G20013

Door Half Half Half Half Full Full Full Full

Hinging Left-Right Right-Left Right-Right Left-Left Left-Right Right-Left Right-Right Left-Left

Model # G30000 G30001 G30002 G30003 G30010 G30011 G30012 G30013

Door Half Half Half Half Full Full Full Full

Hinging Left-Right-Right Left-Left-Right Right-Right-Right Left-Left-Left Left-Right-Right Left-Left-Right Right-Right-Right Left-Left-Left

Standard Product Features

· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · High Quality Stainless Steel Exterior Front and Door(s) Corrosion Resistant Anodized Aluminum One-Piece Sides Durable Anodized Aluminum Interior Microprocessor Control With LED Temperature Readout Top-Mounted, Balanced, Self-Contained Refrigeration System Large High Humidity Evaporator Coil Outside The Food Zone Full or Half Length Stainless Steel Doors With Locks Self-Closing Doors With Stay Open Feature At 120 Degrees Guaranteed For Life Cam-Lift Hinges Guaranteed For Life Horizontal Work Flow Door Handle(s) Automatically Activated Incandescent Lights Damage Resistant Stainless Steel Breaker Caps Three (3) Adjustable Epoxy Coated Shelves Per Section, Supported On Shelf Pins (installed at the factory) Energy Saving Automatic Non-Electric Condensate Evaporator Magnetic Snap-In Door Gaskets Gasket Protecting Anodized Aluminum Door Liner Anti-Condensate Door Perimeter Heaters Thermostatic Expansion Valve Metering Device Provides Quick Refrigeration Recovery Times Stainless Steel One-Piece Louver Assembly 9' Cord & Plug Attached Set of Four (4) 6" High Casters With Locks One Year Parts And Labor Warranty Five Year Compressor Warranty

Optional Accessory Kits

· · Set of Three (3) Additional Epoxy Coated Shelves With Shelf Pins TK1 Kit: Four (4) Pairs of No. 1 Type Tray Slides To Accommodate either: (1) 18" x 26" or (2) 14" x 18" Sheet Pans, Adjustable To 2" O.C. TK2 Kit: Two (2) Pairs of No. 4 Type Tray Slides To Accommodate (1) 18" x 26" Sheet Pans (equips one full section) TK4 Kit: Four (4) Pairs of Universal Type Tray Slides To Accommodate Either (1) 18" x 26" or (2) 14" x 18" Sheet Pans, or (2) 12" x 20" Steam Table Pans, Adjustable To 4" O.C. Set of Three (3) Chrome Plated Shelves With Shelf Pins LK1 Kit: Set of Four (4) 6" High Adjustable Legs Two Year Service/Labor Warranty Available

·

·

· · ·

NOTE: All optional accessory kits are shipped separately for later installation by others at the jobsite.

All Traulsen solid door G-Series models are ENERGY STAR® listed!

Listed by Underwriters Laboratories Inc., to U.S. and Canadian safety standards and Listed by NSF International.

Approval: ___________________________________

TRAULSEN 4401 BLUE MOUND RD. PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 Website: www.traulsen.com

FT. WORTH, TX 76106 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302

SECTION 4-1

Traulsen

Restaurant Depot #134

Page: 7-1

Traulsen

Model: G20002

Item#: 7

Project Model Specified:

Quantity

Item # CSI Section 11400

Specifications

Construction, Hardware and Insulation Cabinet exterior front, louver assembly and doors are constructed of 20 gauge stainless steel. Cabinet sides (including returns), interior and door liners are constructed of anodized aluminum. The exterior cabinet top, back and bottom are constructed of heavy gauge aluminized steel. A set of four (4) 6" high casters are included. Doors are equipped with a gasket protecting metal door pan, removable plug cylinder locks and guaranteed for life cam-lift, gravity action, self-closing metal, glide hinges with stay open feature at 120 degrees. Hinges include a concealed switch to automatically activate the interior incandescent lighting. Guaranteed for life, work flow door handles are mounted horizontally over recess in door which limits protrusion from door face into aisleways. Easily removable for cleaning, vinyl magnetic door gasket assures tight door seal. Anti condensate heaters are located behind each door opening. Both the cabinet and door(s) are insulated with an average of 2" thick high density, non-CFC, foamed in place polyurethane. Refrigeration System A top mounted, self-contained, balanced refrigeration system using R-134a refrigerant is conveniently located behind the one piece louver assembly. It features an easy to clean front facing condenser, thermostatic expansion valve, air-cooled hermetic compressor, large, high humidity evaporator coil located outside the food zone and a top mounted non-electric condensate evaporator. A 9' cord and plug is provided. Standard operating temperature is 34 to 38°F. Controller The easy to use water resistant microprocessor control system is supplied standard. It includes a 3-Digit LED Display, and a Fahrenheit or Celsius Temperature Scale Display Capability. Interior Standard interior arrangements include three (3) epoxy coated wire shelves per section, mounted on shelf pins, installed at the factory. Shelves are full-width, and do not have any large gaps between them requiring the use of "bridge" or "junior shelves." Recommended load limit per shelf should not exceed 225 lbs. Warranties Both a one year parts and labor warranty and a five year compressor warranty (selfcontained models only) are provided standard. An optional 2nd year extended parts and labor warranty is also available.

DIMENSIONAL DATA Net capacity cu. ft. Length - overall in. Depth - overall in. Depth - over body in. Depth - door open 90° in. Clear door width in. Clear half-door height in. Clear full-door height in. Height-overall on 6" casters No. Standard Shelves Shelf area sq. ft.1 ELECTRICAL DATA Voltage Feed wires with Ground Full load amperes REFRIGERATION DATA Refrigerant BTU/HR H.P.2 SHIPPING DATA Length - crated in. Depth - crated in. Height - crated in. Volume - crated cu. ft. Net Wt. lbs. Gross Wt. lbs.

1-Section Models 24.2 (686 cu l) 297/8 (75.9 cm) 35 (88.8 cm) 32 (81.3 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 211/8 (53.6 cm) 271/2 (69.9 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 831/4 (211.5 cm) 3 13.5 (1.3 sq m) 115/60/1 3 7.0 R-134a 2400 (1/3 HP) 35 (89 cm) 43 (109 cm) 831/2 (212 cm) 71 (2011 cu l) 305 (138 kg) 395 (179 kg)

2-Section Models 46.0 (1303 cu l) 521/8 (132.4 cm) 35 (88.8 cm) 32 (81.3 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 211/8 (53.6 cm) 271/2 (69.9 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 831/4 (211.5 cm) 6 25.6 (2.4 sq m) 115/60/1 3 8.5 R-134a 2400 (1/3 HP) 63 (160 cm) 43 (109 cm) 831/2 (212 cm) 131 (3711 cu l) 450 (204 kg) 590 (268 kg)

3-Section Models 69.1 (1958 cu l) 765/16 (193.8 cm) 35 (88.8 cm) 32 (81.3 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 211/8 (53.6 cm) 271/2 (69.9 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 831/4 (211.5 cm) 9 39.2 (3.6 sq m) 115/60/1 3 10.9 R-134a 4360 (1/2 HP) 91 (231 cm) 43 (109 cm) 831/2 (212 cm) 189 (5354 cu l) 610 (277 kg) 790 (358 kg)

Elevation One-Section

Elevation Two-Section

Elevation Three-Section

NOTES NOTE: Figures in parentheses reflect metric equivalents. 1= Area of standard shelf compliment only, does not include storage area of additional shelves or available on cabinet bottom. 2= Based on a 90 degree F ambient and 20 degree F evaporator.

Plan - One-Section

Plan - Two-Section

Equipped With One NEMA 5-15 P Plug

REQUIRED CLEARANCES In order to assure optimum performance, the condensing unit MUST have an adequate supply of air for cooling purposes. Therefore, the operating location must either have a minimum of 12" clearance overhead of the condensing unit or allow for unrestricted air flow at the back of the unit. Clearance of at least 12" above is required in order to perform certain maintenance tasks.

NOTE: When ordering please specify: Voltage, Hinging, Door Size, Options and any additional warranties. Continued product development may necessitate specification changes without notice. Part No. TR35787 (revised 1/05)

Plan - Three-Section Section - All Models

SECTION 4-1

TRAULSEN 4401 BLUE MOUND RD. PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 Website: www.traulsen.com

FT. WORTH, TX 76106 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302

Traulsen

Restaurant Depot #134

Page: 7-2

Traulsen

Model: G20003

Item#: 8

Project Model Specified:

Quantity

Item # CSI Section 11400

G-Series Reach-In Refrigerators/ Self-Contained

Equipped with an easy to use microprocessor control!

One, Two & Three Section Models, 32" Deep

G

SERIES

Stainless Steel Front & Door(s)

Traulsen's G-Series product line includes one, two and three section reach-in refrigerator and freezer models, available with either full or half length doors and the convenience of a variety of different door hingings to choose from. These products are designed to address several important issues concerning the foodservice operator of today. Such critical issues of concern as: Food Safety, Energy Efficiency and Reliability are all important features of the G-Series overall design philosophy. Built with durable exteriors, reliable controls, balanced, efficient refrigeration systems and a variety of user-friendly features, these products are the right fit for nearly any application. They are designed and built to the highest standards, and epitomize the quality Traulsen is known for.

AVAILABLE MODELS

Single Section

(Formerly Model GHT132WUT)

Two Section

(Formerly Model GHT232NUT)

Three Section

(Formerly Model GHT332NUT)

Model G20010

Model # G10000 G10001 G10010 G10011

Door Half Half Full Full

Hinging Right Left Right Left

Model G30010

Model G10010

Model # G20000 G20001 G20002 G20003 G20010 G20011 G20012 G20013

Door Half Half Half Half Full Full Full Full

Hinging Left-Right Right-Left Right-Right Left-Left Left-Right Right-Left Right-Right Left-Left

Model # G30000 G30001 G30002 G30003 G30010 G30011 G30012 G30013

Door Half Half Half Half Full Full Full Full

Hinging Left-Right-Right Left-Left-Right Right-Right-Right Left-Left-Left Left-Right-Right Left-Left-Right Right-Right-Right Left-Left-Left

Standard Product Features

· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · High Quality Stainless Steel Exterior Front and Door(s) Corrosion Resistant Anodized Aluminum One-Piece Sides Durable Anodized Aluminum Interior Microprocessor Control With LED Temperature Readout Top-Mounted, Balanced, Self-Contained Refrigeration System Large High Humidity Evaporator Coil Outside The Food Zone Full or Half Length Stainless Steel Doors With Locks Self-Closing Doors With Stay Open Feature At 120 Degrees Guaranteed For Life Cam-Lift Hinges Guaranteed For Life Horizontal Work Flow Door Handle(s) Automatically Activated Incandescent Lights Damage Resistant Stainless Steel Breaker Caps Three (3) Adjustable Epoxy Coated Shelves Per Section, Supported On Shelf Pins (installed at the factory) Energy Saving Automatic Non-Electric Condensate Evaporator Magnetic Snap-In Door Gaskets Gasket Protecting Anodized Aluminum Door Liner Anti-Condensate Door Perimeter Heaters Thermostatic Expansion Valve Metering Device Provides Quick Refrigeration Recovery Times Stainless Steel One-Piece Louver Assembly 9' Cord & Plug Attached Set of Four (4) 6" High Casters With Locks One Year Parts And Labor Warranty Five Year Compressor Warranty

Optional Accessory Kits

· · Set of Three (3) Additional Epoxy Coated Shelves With Shelf Pins TK1 Kit: Four (4) Pairs of No. 1 Type Tray Slides To Accommodate either: (1) 18" x 26" or (2) 14" x 18" Sheet Pans, Adjustable To 2" O.C. TK2 Kit: Two (2) Pairs of No. 4 Type Tray Slides To Accommodate (1) 18" x 26" Sheet Pans (equips one full section) TK4 Kit: Four (4) Pairs of Universal Type Tray Slides To Accommodate Either (1) 18" x 26" or (2) 14" x 18" Sheet Pans, or (2) 12" x 20" Steam Table Pans, Adjustable To 4" O.C. Set of Three (3) Chrome Plated Shelves With Shelf Pins LK1 Kit: Set of Four (4) 6" High Adjustable Legs Two Year Service/Labor Warranty Available

·

·

· · ·

NOTE: All optional accessory kits are shipped separately for later installation by others at the jobsite.

All Traulsen solid door G-Series models are ENERGY STAR® listed!

Listed by Underwriters Laboratories Inc., to U.S. and Canadian safety standards and Listed by NSF International.

Approval: ___________________________________

TRAULSEN 4401 BLUE MOUND RD. PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 Website: www.traulsen.com

FT. WORTH, TX 76106 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302

SECTION 4-1

Traulsen

Restaurant Depot #134

Page: 8-1

Traulsen

Model: G20003

Item#: 8

Project Model Specified:

Quantity

Item # CSI Section 11400

Specifications

Construction, Hardware and Insulation Cabinet exterior front, louver assembly and doors are constructed of 20 gauge stainless steel. Cabinet sides (including returns), interior and door liners are constructed of anodized aluminum. The exterior cabinet top, back and bottom are constructed of heavy gauge aluminized steel. A set of four (4) 6" high casters are included. Doors are equipped with a gasket protecting metal door pan, removable plug cylinder locks and guaranteed for life cam-lift, gravity action, self-closing metal, glide hinges with stay open feature at 120 degrees. Hinges include a concealed switch to automatically activate the interior incandescent lighting. Guaranteed for life, work flow door handles are mounted horizontally over recess in door which limits protrusion from door face into aisleways. Easily removable for cleaning, vinyl magnetic door gasket assures tight door seal. Anti condensate heaters are located behind each door opening. Both the cabinet and door(s) are insulated with an average of 2" thick high density, non-CFC, foamed in place polyurethane. Refrigeration System A top mounted, self-contained, balanced refrigeration system using R-134a refrigerant is conveniently located behind the one piece louver assembly. It features an easy to clean front facing condenser, thermostatic expansion valve, air-cooled hermetic compressor, large, high humidity evaporator coil located outside the food zone and a top mounted non-electric condensate evaporator. A 9' cord and plug is provided. Standard operating temperature is 34 to 38°F. Controller The easy to use water resistant microprocessor control system is supplied standard. It includes a 3-Digit LED Display, and a Fahrenheit or Celsius Temperature Scale Display Capability. Interior Standard interior arrangements include three (3) epoxy coated wire shelves per section, mounted on shelf pins, installed at the factory. Shelves are full-width, and do not have any large gaps between them requiring the use of "bridge" or "junior shelves." Recommended load limit per shelf should not exceed 225 lbs. Warranties Both a one year parts and labor warranty and a five year compressor warranty (selfcontained models only) are provided standard. An optional 2nd year extended parts and labor warranty is also available.

DIMENSIONAL DATA Net capacity cu. ft. Length - overall in. Depth - overall in. Depth - over body in. Depth - door open 90° in. Clear door width in. Clear half-door height in. Clear full-door height in. Height-overall on 6" casters No. Standard Shelves Shelf area sq. ft.1 ELECTRICAL DATA Voltage Feed wires with Ground Full load amperes REFRIGERATION DATA Refrigerant BTU/HR H.P.2 SHIPPING DATA Length - crated in. Depth - crated in. Height - crated in. Volume - crated cu. ft. Net Wt. lbs. Gross Wt. lbs.

1-Section Models 24.2 (686 cu l) 297/8 (75.9 cm) 35 (88.8 cm) 32 (81.3 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 211/8 (53.6 cm) 271/2 (69.9 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 831/4 (211.5 cm) 3 13.5 (1.3 sq m) 115/60/1 3 7.0 R-134a 2400 (1/3 HP) 35 (89 cm) 43 (109 cm) 831/2 (212 cm) 71 (2011 cu l) 305 (138 kg) 395 (179 kg)

2-Section Models 46.0 (1303 cu l) 521/8 (132.4 cm) 35 (88.8 cm) 32 (81.3 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 211/8 (53.6 cm) 271/2 (69.9 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 831/4 (211.5 cm) 6 25.6 (2.4 sq m) 115/60/1 3 8.5 R-134a 2400 (1/3 HP) 63 (160 cm) 43 (109 cm) 831/2 (212 cm) 131 (3711 cu l) 450 (204 kg) 590 (268 kg)

3-Section Models 69.1 (1958 cu l) 765/16 (193.8 cm) 35 (88.8 cm) 32 (81.3 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 211/8 (53.6 cm) 271/2 (69.9 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 831/4 (211.5 cm) 9 39.2 (3.6 sq m) 115/60/1 3 10.9 R-134a 4360 (1/2 HP) 91 (231 cm) 43 (109 cm) 831/2 (212 cm) 189 (5354 cu l) 610 (277 kg) 790 (358 kg)

Elevation One-Section

Elevation Two-Section

Elevation Three-Section

NOTES NOTE: Figures in parentheses reflect metric equivalents. 1= Area of standard shelf compliment only, does not include storage area of additional shelves or available on cabinet bottom. 2= Based on a 90 degree F ambient and 20 degree F evaporator.

Plan - One-Section

Plan - Two-Section

Equipped With One NEMA 5-15 P Plug

REQUIRED CLEARANCES In order to assure optimum performance, the condensing unit MUST have an adequate supply of air for cooling purposes. Therefore, the operating location must either have a minimum of 12" clearance overhead of the condensing unit or allow for unrestricted air flow at the back of the unit. Clearance of at least 12" above is required in order to perform certain maintenance tasks.

NOTE: When ordering please specify: Voltage, Hinging, Door Size, Options and any additional warranties. Continued product development may necessitate specification changes without notice. Part No. TR35787 (revised 1/05)

Plan - Three-Section Section - All Models

SECTION 4-1

TRAULSEN 4401 BLUE MOUND RD. PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 Website: www.traulsen.com

FT. WORTH, TX 76106 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302

Traulsen

Restaurant Depot #134

Page: 8-2

Traulsen

Model: G20010

Item#: 9

Project Model Specified:

Quantity

Item # CSI Section 11400

G-Series Reach-In Refrigerators/ Self-Contained

Equipped with an easy to use microprocessor control!

One, Two & Three Section Models, 32" Deep

G

SERIES

Stainless Steel Front & Door(s)

Traulsen's G-Series product line includes one, two and three section reach-in refrigerator and freezer models, available with either full or half length doors and the convenience of a variety of different door hingings to choose from. These products are designed to address several important issues concerning the foodservice operator of today. Such critical issues of concern as: Food Safety, Energy Efficiency and Reliability are all important features of the G-Series overall design philosophy. Built with durable exteriors, reliable controls, balanced, efficient refrigeration systems and a variety of user-friendly features, these products are the right fit for nearly any application. They are designed and built to the highest standards, and epitomize the quality Traulsen is known for.

AVAILABLE MODELS

Single Section

(Formerly Model GHT132WUT)

Two Section

(Formerly Model GHT232NUT)

Three Section

(Formerly Model GHT332NUT)

Model G20010

Model # G10000 G10001 G10010 G10011

Door Half Half Full Full

Hinging Right Left Right Left

Model G30010

Model G10010

Model # G20000 G20001 G20002 G20003 G20010 G20011 G20012 G20013

Door Half Half Half Half Full Full Full Full

Hinging Left-Right Right-Left Right-Right Left-Left Left-Right Right-Left Right-Right Left-Left

Model # G30000 G30001 G30002 G30003 G30010 G30011 G30012 G30013

Door Half Half Half Half Full Full Full Full

Hinging Left-Right-Right Left-Left-Right Right-Right-Right Left-Left-Left Left-Right-Right Left-Left-Right Right-Right-Right Left-Left-Left

Standard Product Features

· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · High Quality Stainless Steel Exterior Front and Door(s) Corrosion Resistant Anodized Aluminum One-Piece Sides Durable Anodized Aluminum Interior Microprocessor Control With LED Temperature Readout Top-Mounted, Balanced, Self-Contained Refrigeration System Large High Humidity Evaporator Coil Outside The Food Zone Full or Half Length Stainless Steel Doors With Locks Self-Closing Doors With Stay Open Feature At 120 Degrees Guaranteed For Life Cam-Lift Hinges Guaranteed For Life Horizontal Work Flow Door Handle(s) Automatically Activated Incandescent Lights Damage Resistant Stainless Steel Breaker Caps Three (3) Adjustable Epoxy Coated Shelves Per Section, Supported On Shelf Pins (installed at the factory) Energy Saving Automatic Non-Electric Condensate Evaporator Magnetic Snap-In Door Gaskets Gasket Protecting Anodized Aluminum Door Liner Anti-Condensate Door Perimeter Heaters Thermostatic Expansion Valve Metering Device Provides Quick Refrigeration Recovery Times Stainless Steel One-Piece Louver Assembly 9' Cord & Plug Attached Set of Four (4) 6" High Casters With Locks One Year Parts And Labor Warranty Five Year Compressor Warranty

Optional Accessory Kits

· · Set of Three (3) Additional Epoxy Coated Shelves With Shelf Pins TK1 Kit: Four (4) Pairs of No. 1 Type Tray Slides To Accommodate either: (1) 18" x 26" or (2) 14" x 18" Sheet Pans, Adjustable To 2" O.C. TK2 Kit: Two (2) Pairs of No. 4 Type Tray Slides To Accommodate (1) 18" x 26" Sheet Pans (equips one full section) TK4 Kit: Four (4) Pairs of Universal Type Tray Slides To Accommodate Either (1) 18" x 26" or (2) 14" x 18" Sheet Pans, or (2) 12" x 20" Steam Table Pans, Adjustable To 4" O.C. Set of Three (3) Chrome Plated Shelves With Shelf Pins LK1 Kit: Set of Four (4) 6" High Adjustable Legs Two Year Service/Labor Warranty Available

·

·

· · ·

NOTE: All optional accessory kits are shipped separately for later installation by others at the jobsite.

All Traulsen solid door G-Series models are ENERGY STAR® listed!

Listed by Underwriters Laboratories Inc., to U.S. and Canadian safety standards and Listed by NSF International.

Approval: ___________________________________

TRAULSEN 4401 BLUE MOUND RD. PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 Website: www.traulsen.com

FT. WORTH, TX 76106 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302

SECTION 4-1

Traulsen

Restaurant Depot #134

Page: 9-1

Traulsen

Model: G20010

Item#: 9

Project Model Specified:

Quantity

Item # CSI Section 11400

Specifications

Construction, Hardware and Insulation Cabinet exterior front, louver assembly and doors are constructed of 20 gauge stainless steel. Cabinet sides (including returns), interior and door liners are constructed of anodized aluminum. The exterior cabinet top, back and bottom are constructed of heavy gauge aluminized steel. A set of four (4) 6" high casters are included. Doors are equipped with a gasket protecting metal door pan, removable plug cylinder locks and guaranteed for life cam-lift, gravity action, self-closing metal, glide hinges with stay open feature at 120 degrees. Hinges include a concealed switch to automatically activate the interior incandescent lighting. Guaranteed for life, work flow door handles are mounted horizontally over recess in door which limits protrusion from door face into aisleways. Easily removable for cleaning, vinyl magnetic door gasket assures tight door seal. Anti condensate heaters are located behind each door opening. Both the cabinet and door(s) are insulated with an average of 2" thick high density, non-CFC, foamed in place polyurethane. Refrigeration System A top mounted, self-contained, balanced refrigeration system using R-134a refrigerant is conveniently located behind the one piece louver assembly. It features an easy to clean front facing condenser, thermostatic expansion valve, air-cooled hermetic compressor, large, high humidity evaporator coil located outside the food zone and a top mounted non-electric condensate evaporator. A 9' cord and plug is provided. Standard operating temperature is 34 to 38°F. Controller The easy to use water resistant microprocessor control system is supplied standard. It includes a 3-Digit LED Display, and a Fahrenheit or Celsius Temperature Scale Display Capability. Interior Standard interior arrangements include three (3) epoxy coated wire shelves per section, mounted on shelf pins, installed at the factory. Shelves are full-width, and do not have any large gaps between them requiring the use of "bridge" or "junior shelves." Recommended load limit per shelf should not exceed 225 lbs. Warranties Both a one year parts and labor warranty and a five year compressor warranty (selfcontained models only) are provided standard. An optional 2nd year extended parts and labor warranty is also available.

DIMENSIONAL DATA Net capacity cu. ft. Length - overall in. Depth - overall in. Depth - over body in. Depth - door open 90° in. Clear door width in. Clear half-door height in. Clear full-door height in. Height-overall on 6" casters No. Standard Shelves Shelf area sq. ft.1 ELECTRICAL DATA Voltage Feed wires with Ground Full load amperes REFRIGERATION DATA Refrigerant BTU/HR H.P.2 SHIPPING DATA Length - crated in. Depth - crated in. Height - crated in. Volume - crated cu. ft. Net Wt. lbs. Gross Wt. lbs.

1-Section Models 24.2 (686 cu l) 297/8 (75.9 cm) 35 (88.8 cm) 32 (81.3 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 211/8 (53.6 cm) 271/2 (69.9 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 831/4 (211.5 cm) 3 13.5 (1.3 sq m) 115/60/1 3 7.0 R-134a 2400 (1/3 HP) 35 (89 cm) 43 (109 cm) 831/2 (212 cm) 71 (2011 cu l) 305 (138 kg) 395 (179 kg)

2-Section Models 46.0 (1303 cu l) 521/8 (132.4 cm) 35 (88.8 cm) 32 (81.3 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 211/8 (53.6 cm) 271/2 (69.9 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 831/4 (211.5 cm) 6 25.6 (2.4 sq m) 115/60/1 3 8.5 R-134a 2400 (1/3 HP) 63 (160 cm) 43 (109 cm) 831/2 (212 cm) 131 (3711 cu l) 450 (204 kg) 590 (268 kg)

3-Section Models 69.1 (1958 cu l) 765/16 (193.8 cm) 35 (88.8 cm) 32 (81.3 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 211/8 (53.6 cm) 271/2 (69.9 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 831/4 (211.5 cm) 9 39.2 (3.6 sq m) 115/60/1 3 10.9 R-134a 4360 (1/2 HP) 91 (231 cm) 43 (109 cm) 831/2 (212 cm) 189 (5354 cu l) 610 (277 kg) 790 (358 kg)

Elevation One-Section

Elevation Two-Section

Elevation Three-Section

NOTES NOTE: Figures in parentheses reflect metric equivalents. 1= Area of standard shelf compliment only, does not include storage area of additional shelves or available on cabinet bottom. 2= Based on a 90 degree F ambient and 20 degree F evaporator.

Plan - One-Section

Plan - Two-Section

Equipped With One NEMA 5-15 P Plug

REQUIRED CLEARANCES In order to assure optimum performance, the condensing unit MUST have an adequate supply of air for cooling purposes. Therefore, the operating location must either have a minimum of 12" clearance overhead of the condensing unit or allow for unrestricted air flow at the back of the unit. Clearance of at least 12" above is required in order to perform certain maintenance tasks.

NOTE: When ordering please specify: Voltage, Hinging, Door Size, Options and any additional warranties. Continued product development may necessitate specification changes without notice. Part No. TR35787 (revised 1/05)

Plan - Three-Section Section - All Models

SECTION 4-1

TRAULSEN 4401 BLUE MOUND RD. PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 Website: www.traulsen.com

FT. WORTH, TX 76106 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302

Traulsen

Restaurant Depot #134

Page: 9-2

Traulsen

Model: G20011

Item#: 10

Project Model Specified:

Quantity

Item # CSI Section 11400

G-Series Reach-In Refrigerators/ Self-Contained

Equipped with an easy to use microprocessor control!

One, Two & Three Section Models, 32" Deep

G

SERIES

Stainless Steel Front & Door(s)

Traulsen's G-Series product line includes one, two and three section reach-in refrigerator and freezer models, available with either full or half length doors and the convenience of a variety of different door hingings to choose from. These products are designed to address several important issues concerning the foodservice operator of today. Such critical issues of concern as: Food Safety, Energy Efficiency and Reliability are all important features of the G-Series overall design philosophy. Built with durable exteriors, reliable controls, balanced, efficient refrigeration systems and a variety of user-friendly features, these products are the right fit for nearly any application. They are designed and built to the highest standards, and epitomize the quality Traulsen is known for.

AVAILABLE MODELS

Single Section

(Formerly Model GHT132WUT)

Two Section

(Formerly Model GHT232NUT)

Three Section

(Formerly Model GHT332NUT)

Model G20010

Model # G10000 G10001 G10010 G10011

Door Half Half Full Full

Hinging Right Left Right Left

Model G30010

Model G10010

Model # G20000 G20001 G20002 G20003 G20010 G20011 G20012 G20013

Door Half Half Half Half Full Full Full Full

Hinging Left-Right Right-Left Right-Right Left-Left Left-Right Right-Left Right-Right Left-Left

Model # G30000 G30001 G30002 G30003 G30010 G30011 G30012 G30013

Door Half Half Half Half Full Full Full Full

Hinging Left-Right-Right Left-Left-Right Right-Right-Right Left-Left-Left Left-Right-Right Left-Left-Right Right-Right-Right Left-Left-Left

Standard Product Features

· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · High Quality Stainless Steel Exterior Front and Door(s) Corrosion Resistant Anodized Aluminum One-Piece Sides Durable Anodized Aluminum Interior Microprocessor Control With LED Temperature Readout Top-Mounted, Balanced, Self-Contained Refrigeration System Large High Humidity Evaporator Coil Outside The Food Zone Full or Half Length Stainless Steel Doors With Locks Self-Closing Doors With Stay Open Feature At 120 Degrees Guaranteed For Life Cam-Lift Hinges Guaranteed For Life Horizontal Work Flow Door Handle(s) Automatically Activated Incandescent Lights Damage Resistant Stainless Steel Breaker Caps Three (3) Adjustable Epoxy Coated Shelves Per Section, Supported On Shelf Pins (installed at the factory) Energy Saving Automatic Non-Electric Condensate Evaporator Magnetic Snap-In Door Gaskets Gasket Protecting Anodized Aluminum Door Liner Anti-Condensate Door Perimeter Heaters Thermostatic Expansion Valve Metering Device Provides Quick Refrigeration Recovery Times Stainless Steel One-Piece Louver Assembly 9' Cord & Plug Attached Set of Four (4) 6" High Casters With Locks One Year Parts And Labor Warranty Five Year Compressor Warranty

Optional Accessory Kits

· · Set of Three (3) Additional Epoxy Coated Shelves With Shelf Pins TK1 Kit: Four (4) Pairs of No. 1 Type Tray Slides To Accommodate either: (1) 18" x 26" or (2) 14" x 18" Sheet Pans, Adjustable To 2" O.C. TK2 Kit: Two (2) Pairs of No. 4 Type Tray Slides To Accommodate (1) 18" x 26" Sheet Pans (equips one full section) TK4 Kit: Four (4) Pairs of Universal Type Tray Slides To Accommodate Either (1) 18" x 26" or (2) 14" x 18" Sheet Pans, or (2) 12" x 20" Steam Table Pans, Adjustable To 4" O.C. Set of Three (3) Chrome Plated Shelves With Shelf Pins LK1 Kit: Set of Four (4) 6" High Adjustable Legs Two Year Service/Labor Warranty Available

·

·

· · ·

NOTE: All optional accessory kits are shipped separately for later installation by others at the jobsite.

All Traulsen solid door G-Series models are ENERGY STAR® listed!

Listed by Underwriters Laboratories Inc., to U.S. and Canadian safety standards and Listed by NSF International.

Approval: ___________________________________

TRAULSEN 4401 BLUE MOUND RD. PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 Website: www.traulsen.com

FT. WORTH, TX 76106 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302

SECTION 4-1

Traulsen

Restaurant Depot #134

Page: 10-1

Traulsen

Model: G20011

Item#: 10

Project Model Specified:

Quantity

Item # CSI Section 11400

Specifications

Construction, Hardware and Insulation Cabinet exterior front, louver assembly and doors are constructed of 20 gauge stainless steel. Cabinet sides (including returns), interior and door liners are constructed of anodized aluminum. The exterior cabinet top, back and bottom are constructed of heavy gauge aluminized steel. A set of four (4) 6" high casters are included. Doors are equipped with a gasket protecting metal door pan, removable plug cylinder locks and guaranteed for life cam-lift, gravity action, self-closing metal, glide hinges with stay open feature at 120 degrees. Hinges include a concealed switch to automatically activate the interior incandescent lighting. Guaranteed for life, work flow door handles are mounted horizontally over recess in door which limits protrusion from door face into aisleways. Easily removable for cleaning, vinyl magnetic door gasket assures tight door seal. Anti condensate heaters are located behind each door opening. Both the cabinet and door(s) are insulated with an average of 2" thick high density, non-CFC, foamed in place polyurethane. Refrigeration System A top mounted, self-contained, balanced refrigeration system using R-134a refrigerant is conveniently located behind the one piece louver assembly. It features an easy to clean front facing condenser, thermostatic expansion valve, air-cooled hermetic compressor, large, high humidity evaporator coil located outside the food zone and a top mounted non-electric condensate evaporator. A 9' cord and plug is provided. Standard operating temperature is 34 to 38°F. Controller The easy to use water resistant microprocessor control system is supplied standard. It includes a 3-Digit LED Display, and a Fahrenheit or Celsius Temperature Scale Display Capability. Interior Standard interior arrangements include three (3) epoxy coated wire shelves per section, mounted on shelf pins, installed at the factory. Shelves are full-width, and do not have any large gaps between them requiring the use of "bridge" or "junior shelves." Recommended load limit per shelf should not exceed 225 lbs. Warranties Both a one year parts and labor warranty and a five year compressor warranty (selfcontained models only) are provided standard. An optional 2nd year extended parts and labor warranty is also available.

DIMENSIONAL DATA Net capacity cu. ft. Length - overall in. Depth - overall in. Depth - over body in. Depth - door open 90° in. Clear door width in. Clear half-door height in. Clear full-door height in. Height-overall on 6" casters No. Standard Shelves Shelf area sq. ft.1 ELECTRICAL DATA Voltage Feed wires with Ground Full load amperes REFRIGERATION DATA Refrigerant BTU/HR H.P.2 SHIPPING DATA Length - crated in. Depth - crated in. Height - crated in. Volume - crated cu. ft. Net Wt. lbs. Gross Wt. lbs.

1-Section Models 24.2 (686 cu l) 297/8 (75.9 cm) 35 (88.8 cm) 32 (81.3 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 211/8 (53.6 cm) 271/2 (69.9 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 831/4 (211.5 cm) 3 13.5 (1.3 sq m) 115/60/1 3 7.0 R-134a 2400 (1/3 HP) 35 (89 cm) 43 (109 cm) 831/2 (212 cm) 71 (2011 cu l) 305 (138 kg) 395 (179 kg)

2-Section Models 46.0 (1303 cu l) 521/8 (132.4 cm) 35 (88.8 cm) 32 (81.3 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 211/8 (53.6 cm) 271/2 (69.9 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 831/4 (211.5 cm) 6 25.6 (2.4 sq m) 115/60/1 3 8.5 R-134a 2400 (1/3 HP) 63 (160 cm) 43 (109 cm) 831/2 (212 cm) 131 (3711 cu l) 450 (204 kg) 590 (268 kg)

3-Section Models 69.1 (1958 cu l) 765/16 (193.8 cm) 35 (88.8 cm) 32 (81.3 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 211/8 (53.6 cm) 271/2 (69.9 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 831/4 (211.5 cm) 9 39.2 (3.6 sq m) 115/60/1 3 10.9 R-134a 4360 (1/2 HP) 91 (231 cm) 43 (109 cm) 831/2 (212 cm) 189 (5354 cu l) 610 (277 kg) 790 (358 kg)

Elevation One-Section

Elevation Two-Section

Elevation Three-Section

NOTES NOTE: Figures in parentheses reflect metric equivalents. 1= Area of standard shelf compliment only, does not include storage area of additional shelves or available on cabinet bottom. 2= Based on a 90 degree F ambient and 20 degree F evaporator.

Plan - One-Section

Plan - Two-Section

Equipped With One NEMA 5-15 P Plug

REQUIRED CLEARANCES In order to assure optimum performance, the condensing unit MUST have an adequate supply of air for cooling purposes. Therefore, the operating location must either have a minimum of 12" clearance overhead of the condensing unit or allow for unrestricted air flow at the back of the unit. Clearance of at least 12" above is required in order to perform certain maintenance tasks.

NOTE: When ordering please specify: Voltage, Hinging, Door Size, Options and any additional warranties. Continued product development may necessitate specification changes without notice. Part No. TR35787 (revised 1/05)

Plan - Three-Section Section - All Models

SECTION 4-1

TRAULSEN 4401 BLUE MOUND RD. PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 Website: www.traulsen.com

FT. WORTH, TX 76106 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302

Traulsen

Restaurant Depot #134

Page: 10-2

Traulsen

Model: G20012

Item#: 11

Project Model Specified:

Quantity

Item # CSI Section 11400

G-Series Reach-In Refrigerators/ Self-Contained

Equipped with an easy to use microprocessor control!

One, Two & Three Section Models, 32" Deep

G

SERIES

Stainless Steel Front & Door(s)

Traulsen's G-Series product line includes one, two and three section reach-in refrigerator and freezer models, available with either full or half length doors and the convenience of a variety of different door hingings to choose from. These products are designed to address several important issues concerning the foodservice operator of today. Such critical issues of concern as: Food Safety, Energy Efficiency and Reliability are all important features of the G-Series overall design philosophy. Built with durable exteriors, reliable controls, balanced, efficient refrigeration systems and a variety of user-friendly features, these products are the right fit for nearly any application. They are designed and built to the highest standards, and epitomize the quality Traulsen is known for.

AVAILABLE MODELS

Single Section

(Formerly Model GHT132WUT)

Two Section

(Formerly Model GHT232NUT)

Three Section

(Formerly Model GHT332NUT)

Model G20010

Model # G10000 G10001 G10010 G10011

Door Half Half Full Full

Hinging Right Left Right Left

Model G30010

Model G10010

Model # G20000 G20001 G20002 G20003 G20010 G20011 G20012 G20013

Door Half Half Half Half Full Full Full Full

Hinging Left-Right Right-Left Right-Right Left-Left Left-Right Right-Left Right-Right Left-Left

Model # G30000 G30001 G30002 G30003 G30010 G30011 G30012 G30013

Door Half Half Half Half Full Full Full Full

Hinging Left-Right-Right Left-Left-Right Right-Right-Right Left-Left-Left Left-Right-Right Left-Left-Right Right-Right-Right Left-Left-Left

Standard Product Features

· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · High Quality Stainless Steel Exterior Front and Door(s) Corrosion Resistant Anodized Aluminum One-Piece Sides Durable Anodized Aluminum Interior Microprocessor Control With LED Temperature Readout Top-Mounted, Balanced, Self-Contained Refrigeration System Large High Humidity Evaporator Coil Outside The Food Zone Full or Half Length Stainless Steel Doors With Locks Self-Closing Doors With Stay Open Feature At 120 Degrees Guaranteed For Life Cam-Lift Hinges Guaranteed For Life Horizontal Work Flow Door Handle(s) Automatically Activated Incandescent Lights Damage Resistant Stainless Steel Breaker Caps Three (3) Adjustable Epoxy Coated Shelves Per Section, Supported On Shelf Pins (installed at the factory) Energy Saving Automatic Non-Electric Condensate Evaporator Magnetic Snap-In Door Gaskets Gasket Protecting Anodized Aluminum Door Liner Anti-Condensate Door Perimeter Heaters Thermostatic Expansion Valve Metering Device Provides Quick Refrigeration Recovery Times Stainless Steel One-Piece Louver Assembly 9' Cord & Plug Attached Set of Four (4) 6" High Casters With Locks One Year Parts And Labor Warranty Five Year Compressor Warranty

Optional Accessory Kits

· · Set of Three (3) Additional Epoxy Coated Shelves With Shelf Pins TK1 Kit: Four (4) Pairs of No. 1 Type Tray Slides To Accommodate either: (1) 18" x 26" or (2) 14" x 18" Sheet Pans, Adjustable To 2" O.C. TK2 Kit: Two (2) Pairs of No. 4 Type Tray Slides To Accommodate (1) 18" x 26" Sheet Pans (equips one full section) TK4 Kit: Four (4) Pairs of Universal Type Tray Slides To Accommodate Either (1) 18" x 26" or (2) 14" x 18" Sheet Pans, or (2) 12" x 20" Steam Table Pans, Adjustable To 4" O.C. Set of Three (3) Chrome Plated Shelves With Shelf Pins LK1 Kit: Set of Four (4) 6" High Adjustable Legs Two Year Service/Labor Warranty Available

·

·

· · ·

NOTE: All optional accessory kits are shipped separately for later installation by others at the jobsite.

All Traulsen solid door G-Series models are ENERGY STAR® listed!

Listed by Underwriters Laboratories Inc., to U.S. and Canadian safety standards and Listed by NSF International.

Approval: ___________________________________

TRAULSEN 4401 BLUE MOUND RD. PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 Website: www.traulsen.com

FT. WORTH, TX 76106 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302

SECTION 4-1

Traulsen

Restaurant Depot #134

Page: 11-1

Traulsen

Model: G20012

Item#: 11

Project Model Specified:

Quantity

Item # CSI Section 11400

Specifications

Construction, Hardware and Insulation Cabinet exterior front, louver assembly and doors are constructed of 20 gauge stainless steel. Cabinet sides (including returns), interior and door liners are constructed of anodized aluminum. The exterior cabinet top, back and bottom are constructed of heavy gauge aluminized steel. A set of four (4) 6" high casters are included. Doors are equipped with a gasket protecting metal door pan, removable plug cylinder locks and guaranteed for life cam-lift, gravity action, self-closing metal, glide hinges with stay open feature at 120 degrees. Hinges include a concealed switch to automatically activate the interior incandescent lighting. Guaranteed for life, work flow door handles are mounted horizontally over recess in door which limits protrusion from door face into aisleways. Easily removable for cleaning, vinyl magnetic door gasket assures tight door seal. Anti condensate heaters are located behind each door opening. Both the cabinet and door(s) are insulated with an average of 2" thick high density, non-CFC, foamed in place polyurethane. Refrigeration System A top mounted, self-contained, balanced refrigeration system using R-134a refrigerant is conveniently located behind the one piece louver assembly. It features an easy to clean front facing condenser, thermostatic expansion valve, air-cooled hermetic compressor, large, high humidity evaporator coil located outside the food zone and a top mounted non-electric condensate evaporator. A 9' cord and plug is provided. Standard operating temperature is 34 to 38°F. Controller The easy to use water resistant microprocessor control system is supplied standard. It includes a 3-Digit LED Display, and a Fahrenheit or Celsius Temperature Scale Display Capability. Interior Standard interior arrangements include three (3) epoxy coated wire shelves per section, mounted on shelf pins, installed at the factory. Shelves are full-width, and do not have any large gaps between them requiring the use of "bridge" or "junior shelves." Recommended load limit per shelf should not exceed 225 lbs. Warranties Both a one year parts and labor warranty and a five year compressor warranty (selfcontained models only) are provided standard. An optional 2nd year extended parts and labor warranty is also available.

DIMENSIONAL DATA Net capacity cu. ft. Length - overall in. Depth - overall in. Depth - over body in. Depth - door open 90° in. Clear door width in. Clear half-door height in. Clear full-door height in. Height-overall on 6" casters No. Standard Shelves Shelf area sq. ft.1 ELECTRICAL DATA Voltage Feed wires with Ground Full load amperes REFRIGERATION DATA Refrigerant BTU/HR H.P.2 SHIPPING DATA Length - crated in. Depth - crated in. Height - crated in. Volume - crated cu. ft. Net Wt. lbs. Gross Wt. lbs.

1-Section Models 24.2 (686 cu l) 297/8 (75.9 cm) 35 (88.8 cm) 32 (81.3 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 211/8 (53.6 cm) 271/2 (69.9 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 831/4 (211.5 cm) 3 13.5 (1.3 sq m) 115/60/1 3 7.0 R-134a 2400 (1/3 HP) 35 (89 cm) 43 (109 cm) 831/2 (212 cm) 71 (2011 cu l) 305 (138 kg) 395 (179 kg)

2-Section Models 46.0 (1303 cu l) 521/8 (132.4 cm) 35 (88.8 cm) 32 (81.3 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 211/8 (53.6 cm) 271/2 (69.9 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 831/4 (211.5 cm) 6 25.6 (2.4 sq m) 115/60/1 3 8.5 R-134a 2400 (1/3 HP) 63 (160 cm) 43 (109 cm) 831/2 (212 cm) 131 (3711 cu l) 450 (204 kg) 590 (268 kg)

3-Section Models 69.1 (1958 cu l) 765/16 (193.8 cm) 35 (88.8 cm) 32 (81.3 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 211/8 (53.6 cm) 271/2 (69.9 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 831/4 (211.5 cm) 9 39.2 (3.6 sq m) 115/60/1 3 10.9 R-134a 4360 (1/2 HP) 91 (231 cm) 43 (109 cm) 831/2 (212 cm) 189 (5354 cu l) 610 (277 kg) 790 (358 kg)

Elevation One-Section

Elevation Two-Section

Elevation Three-Section

NOTES NOTE: Figures in parentheses reflect metric equivalents. 1= Area of standard shelf compliment only, does not include storage area of additional shelves or available on cabinet bottom. 2= Based on a 90 degree F ambient and 20 degree F evaporator.

Plan - One-Section

Plan - Two-Section

Equipped With One NEMA 5-15 P Plug

REQUIRED CLEARANCES In order to assure optimum performance, the condensing unit MUST have an adequate supply of air for cooling purposes. Therefore, the operating location must either have a minimum of 12" clearance overhead of the condensing unit or allow for unrestricted air flow at the back of the unit. Clearance of at least 12" above is required in order to perform certain maintenance tasks.

NOTE: When ordering please specify: Voltage, Hinging, Door Size, Options and any additional warranties. Continued product development may necessitate specification changes without notice. Part No. TR35787 (revised 1/05)

Plan - Three-Section Section - All Models

SECTION 4-1

TRAULSEN 4401 BLUE MOUND RD. PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 Website: www.traulsen.com

FT. WORTH, TX 76106 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302

Traulsen

Restaurant Depot #134

Page: 11-2

Traulsen

Model: G20013

Item#: 12

Project Model Specified:

Quantity

Item # CSI Section 11400

G-Series Reach-In Refrigerators/ Self-Contained

Equipped with an easy to use microprocessor control!

One, Two & Three Section Models, 32" Deep

G

SERIES

Stainless Steel Front & Door(s)

Traulsen's G-Series product line includes one, two and three section reach-in refrigerator and freezer models, available with either full or half length doors and the convenience of a variety of different door hingings to choose from. These products are designed to address several important issues concerning the foodservice operator of today. Such critical issues of concern as: Food Safety, Energy Efficiency and Reliability are all important features of the G-Series overall design philosophy. Built with durable exteriors, reliable controls, balanced, efficient refrigeration systems and a variety of user-friendly features, these products are the right fit for nearly any application. They are designed and built to the highest standards, and epitomize the quality Traulsen is known for.

AVAILABLE MODELS

Single Section

(Formerly Model GHT132WUT)

Two Section

(Formerly Model GHT232NUT)

Three Section

(Formerly Model GHT332NUT)

Model G20010

Model # G10000 G10001 G10010 G10011

Door Half Half Full Full

Hinging Right Left Right Left

Model G30010

Model G10010

Model # G20000 G20001 G20002 G20003 G20010 G20011 G20012 G20013

Door Half Half Half Half Full Full Full Full

Hinging Left-Right Right-Left Right-Right Left-Left Left-Right Right-Left Right-Right Left-Left

Model # G30000 G30001 G30002 G30003 G30010 G30011 G30012 G30013

Door Half Half Half Half Full Full Full Full

Hinging Left-Right-Right Left-Left-Right Right-Right-Right Left-Left-Left Left-Right-Right Left-Left-Right Right-Right-Right Left-Left-Left

Standard Product Features

· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · High Quality Stainless Steel Exterior Front and Door(s) Corrosion Resistant Anodized Aluminum One-Piece Sides Durable Anodized Aluminum Interior Microprocessor Control With LED Temperature Readout Top-Mounted, Balanced, Self-Contained Refrigeration System Large High Humidity Evaporator Coil Outside The Food Zone Full or Half Length Stainless Steel Doors With Locks Self-Closing Doors With Stay Open Feature At 120 Degrees Guaranteed For Life Cam-Lift Hinges Guaranteed For Life Horizontal Work Flow Door Handle(s) Automatically Activated Incandescent Lights Damage Resistant Stainless Steel Breaker Caps Three (3) Adjustable Epoxy Coated Shelves Per Section, Supported On Shelf Pins (installed at the factory) Energy Saving Automatic Non-Electric Condensate Evaporator Magnetic Snap-In Door Gaskets Gasket Protecting Anodized Aluminum Door Liner Anti-Condensate Door Perimeter Heaters Thermostatic Expansion Valve Metering Device Provides Quick Refrigeration Recovery Times Stainless Steel One-Piece Louver Assembly 9' Cord & Plug Attached Set of Four (4) 6" High Casters With Locks One Year Parts And Labor Warranty Five Year Compressor Warranty

Optional Accessory Kits

· · Set of Three (3) Additional Epoxy Coated Shelves With Shelf Pins TK1 Kit: Four (4) Pairs of No. 1 Type Tray Slides To Accommodate either: (1) 18" x 26" or (2) 14" x 18" Sheet Pans, Adjustable To 2" O.C. TK2 Kit: Two (2) Pairs of No. 4 Type Tray Slides To Accommodate (1) 18" x 26" Sheet Pans (equips one full section) TK4 Kit: Four (4) Pairs of Universal Type Tray Slides To Accommodate Either (1) 18" x 26" or (2) 14" x 18" Sheet Pans, or (2) 12" x 20" Steam Table Pans, Adjustable To 4" O.C. Set of Three (3) Chrome Plated Shelves With Shelf Pins LK1 Kit: Set of Four (4) 6" High Adjustable Legs Two Year Service/Labor Warranty Available

·

·

· · ·

NOTE: All optional accessory kits are shipped separately for later installation by others at the jobsite.

All Traulsen solid door G-Series models are ENERGY STAR® listed!

Listed by Underwriters Laboratories Inc., to U.S. and Canadian safety standards and Listed by NSF International.

Approval: ___________________________________

TRAULSEN 4401 BLUE MOUND RD. PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 Website: www.traulsen.com

FT. WORTH, TX 76106 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302

SECTION 4-1

Traulsen

Restaurant Depot #134

Page: 12-1

Traulsen

Model: G20013

Item#: 12

Project Model Specified:

Quantity

Item # CSI Section 11400

Specifications

Construction, Hardware and Insulation Cabinet exterior front, louver assembly and doors are constructed of 20 gauge stainless steel. Cabinet sides (including returns), interior and door liners are constructed of anodized aluminum. The exterior cabinet top, back and bottom are constructed of heavy gauge aluminized steel. A set of four (4) 6" high casters are included. Doors are equipped with a gasket protecting metal door pan, removable plug cylinder locks and guaranteed for life cam-lift, gravity action, self-closing metal, glide hinges with stay open feature at 120 degrees. Hinges include a concealed switch to automatically activate the interior incandescent lighting. Guaranteed for life, work flow door handles are mounted horizontally over recess in door which limits protrusion from door face into aisleways. Easily removable for cleaning, vinyl magnetic door gasket assures tight door seal. Anti condensate heaters are located behind each door opening. Both the cabinet and door(s) are insulated with an average of 2" thick high density, non-CFC, foamed in place polyurethane. Refrigeration System A top mounted, self-contained, balanced refrigeration system using R-134a refrigerant is conveniently located behind the one piece louver assembly. It features an easy to clean front facing condenser, thermostatic expansion valve, air-cooled hermetic compressor, large, high humidity evaporator coil located outside the food zone and a top mounted non-electric condensate evaporator. A 9' cord and plug is provided. Standard operating temperature is 34 to 38°F. Controller The easy to use water resistant microprocessor control system is supplied standard. It includes a 3-Digit LED Display, and a Fahrenheit or Celsius Temperature Scale Display Capability. Interior Standard interior arrangements include three (3) epoxy coated wire shelves per section, mounted on shelf pins, installed at the factory. Shelves are full-width, and do not have any large gaps between them requiring the use of "bridge" or "junior shelves." Recommended load limit per shelf should not exceed 225 lbs. Warranties Both a one year parts and labor warranty and a five year compressor warranty (selfcontained models only) are provided standard. An optional 2nd year extended parts and labor warranty is also available.

DIMENSIONAL DATA Net capacity cu. ft. Length - overall in. Depth - overall in. Depth - over body in. Depth - door open 90° in. Clear door width in. Clear half-door height in. Clear full-door height in. Height-overall on 6" casters No. Standard Shelves Shelf area sq. ft.1 ELECTRICAL DATA Voltage Feed wires with Ground Full load amperes REFRIGERATION DATA Refrigerant BTU/HR H.P.2 SHIPPING DATA Length - crated in. Depth - crated in. Height - crated in. Volume - crated cu. ft. Net Wt. lbs. Gross Wt. lbs.

1-Section Models 24.2 (686 cu l) 297/8 (75.9 cm) 35 (88.8 cm) 32 (81.3 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 211/8 (53.6 cm) 271/2 (69.9 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 831/4 (211.5 cm) 3 13.5 (1.3 sq m) 115/60/1 3 7.0 R-134a 2400 (1/3 HP) 35 (89 cm) 43 (109 cm) 831/2 (212 cm) 71 (2011 cu l) 305 (138 kg) 395 (179 kg)

2-Section Models 46.0 (1303 cu l) 521/8 (132.4 cm) 35 (88.8 cm) 32 (81.3 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 211/8 (53.6 cm) 271/2 (69.9 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 831/4 (211.5 cm) 6 25.6 (2.4 sq m) 115/60/1 3 8.5 R-134a 2400 (1/3 HP) 63 (160 cm) 43 (109 cm) 831/2 (212 cm) 131 (3711 cu l) 450 (204 kg) 590 (268 kg)

3-Section Models 69.1 (1958 cu l) 765/16 (193.8 cm) 35 (88.8 cm) 32 (81.3 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 211/8 (53.6 cm) 271/2 (69.9 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 831/4 (211.5 cm) 9 39.2 (3.6 sq m) 115/60/1 3 10.9 R-134a 4360 (1/2 HP) 91 (231 cm) 43 (109 cm) 831/2 (212 cm) 189 (5354 cu l) 610 (277 kg) 790 (358 kg)

Elevation One-Section

Elevation Two-Section

Elevation Three-Section

NOTES NOTE: Figures in parentheses reflect metric equivalents. 1= Area of standard shelf compliment only, does not include storage area of additional shelves or available on cabinet bottom. 2= Based on a 90 degree F ambient and 20 degree F evaporator.

Plan - One-Section

Plan - Two-Section

Equipped With One NEMA 5-15 P Plug

REQUIRED CLEARANCES In order to assure optimum performance, the condensing unit MUST have an adequate supply of air for cooling purposes. Therefore, the operating location must either have a minimum of 12" clearance overhead of the condensing unit or allow for unrestricted air flow at the back of the unit. Clearance of at least 12" above is required in order to perform certain maintenance tasks.

NOTE: When ordering please specify: Voltage, Hinging, Door Size, Options and any additional warranties. Continued product development may necessitate specification changes without notice. Part No. TR35787 (revised 1/05)

Plan - Three-Section Section - All Models

SECTION 4-1

TRAULSEN 4401 BLUE MOUND RD. PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 Website: www.traulsen.com

FT. WORTH, TX 76106 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302

Traulsen

Restaurant Depot #134

Page: 12-2

Traulsen

Model: G30000

Item#: 13

Project Model Specified:

Quantity

Item # CSI Section 11400

G-Series Reach-In Refrigerators/ Self-Contained

Equipped with an easy to use microprocessor control!

One, Two & Three Section Models, 32" Deep

G

SERIES

Stainless Steel Front & Door(s)

Traulsen's G-Series product line includes one, two and three section reach-in refrigerator and freezer models, available with either full or half length doors and the convenience of a variety of different door hingings to choose from. These products are designed to address several important issues concerning the foodservice operator of today. Such critical issues of concern as: Food Safety, Energy Efficiency and Reliability are all important features of the G-Series overall design philosophy. Built with durable exteriors, reliable controls, balanced, efficient refrigeration systems and a variety of user-friendly features, these products are the right fit for nearly any application. They are designed and built to the highest standards, and epitomize the quality Traulsen is known for.

AVAILABLE MODELS

Single Section

(Formerly Model GHT132WUT)

Two Section

(Formerly Model GHT232NUT)

Three Section

(Formerly Model GHT332NUT)

Model G20010

Model # G10000 G10001 G10010 G10011

Door Half Half Full Full

Hinging Right Left Right Left

Model G30010

Model G10010

Model # G20000 G20001 G20002 G20003 G20010 G20011 G20012 G20013

Door Half Half Half Half Full Full Full Full

Hinging Left-Right Right-Left Right-Right Left-Left Left-Right Right-Left Right-Right Left-Left

Model # G30000 G30001 G30002 G30003 G30010 G30011 G30012 G30013

Door Half Half Half Half Full Full Full Full

Hinging Left-Right-Right Left-Left-Right Right-Right-Right Left-Left-Left Left-Right-Right Left-Left-Right Right-Right-Right Left-Left-Left

Standard Product Features

· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · High Quality Stainless Steel Exterior Front and Door(s) Corrosion Resistant Anodized Aluminum One-Piece Sides Durable Anodized Aluminum Interior Microprocessor Control With LED Temperature Readout Top-Mounted, Balanced, Self-Contained Refrigeration System Large High Humidity Evaporator Coil Outside The Food Zone Full or Half Length Stainless Steel Doors With Locks Self-Closing Doors With Stay Open Feature At 120 Degrees Guaranteed For Life Cam-Lift Hinges Guaranteed For Life Horizontal Work Flow Door Handle(s) Automatically Activated Incandescent Lights Damage Resistant Stainless Steel Breaker Caps Three (3) Adjustable Epoxy Coated Shelves Per Section, Supported On Shelf Pins (installed at the factory) Energy Saving Automatic Non-Electric Condensate Evaporator Magnetic Snap-In Door Gaskets Gasket Protecting Anodized Aluminum Door Liner Anti-Condensate Door Perimeter Heaters Thermostatic Expansion Valve Metering Device Provides Quick Refrigeration Recovery Times Stainless Steel One-Piece Louver Assembly 9' Cord & Plug Attached Set of Four (4) 6" High Casters With Locks One Year Parts And Labor Warranty Five Year Compressor Warranty

Optional Accessory Kits

· · Set of Three (3) Additional Epoxy Coated Shelves With Shelf Pins TK1 Kit: Four (4) Pairs of No. 1 Type Tray Slides To Accommodate either: (1) 18" x 26" or (2) 14" x 18" Sheet Pans, Adjustable To 2" O.C. TK2 Kit: Two (2) Pairs of No. 4 Type Tray Slides To Accommodate (1) 18" x 26" Sheet Pans (equips one full section) TK4 Kit: Four (4) Pairs of Universal Type Tray Slides To Accommodate Either (1) 18" x 26" or (2) 14" x 18" Sheet Pans, or (2) 12" x 20" Steam Table Pans, Adjustable To 4" O.C. Set of Three (3) Chrome Plated Shelves With Shelf Pins LK1 Kit: Set of Four (4) 6" High Adjustable Legs Two Year Service/Labor Warranty Available

·

·

· · ·

NOTE: All optional accessory kits are shipped separately for later installation by others at the jobsite.

All Traulsen solid door G-Series models are ENERGY STAR® listed!

Listed by Underwriters Laboratories Inc., to U.S. and Canadian safety standards and Listed by NSF International.

Approval: ___________________________________

TRAULSEN 4401 BLUE MOUND RD. PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 Website: www.traulsen.com

FT. WORTH, TX 76106 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302

SECTION 4-1

Traulsen

Restaurant Depot #134

Page: 13-1

Traulsen

Model: G30000

Item#: 13

Project Model Specified:

Quantity

Item # CSI Section 11400

Specifications

Construction, Hardware and Insulation Cabinet exterior front, louver assembly and doors are constructed of 20 gauge stainless steel. Cabinet sides (including returns), interior and door liners are constructed of anodized aluminum. The exterior cabinet top, back and bottom are constructed of heavy gauge aluminized steel. A set of four (4) 6" high casters are included. Doors are equipped with a gasket protecting metal door pan, removable plug cylinder locks and guaranteed for life cam-lift, gravity action, self-closing metal, glide hinges with stay open feature at 120 degrees. Hinges include a concealed switch to automatically activate the interior incandescent lighting. Guaranteed for life, work flow door handles are mounted horizontally over recess in door which limits protrusion from door face into aisleways. Easily removable for cleaning, vinyl magnetic door gasket assures tight door seal. Anti condensate heaters are located behind each door opening. Both the cabinet and door(s) are insulated with an average of 2" thick high density, non-CFC, foamed in place polyurethane. Refrigeration System A top mounted, self-contained, balanced refrigeration system using R-134a refrigerant is conveniently located behind the one piece louver assembly. It features an easy to clean front facing condenser, thermostatic expansion valve, air-cooled hermetic compressor, large, high humidity evaporator coil located outside the food zone and a top mounted non-electric condensate evaporator. A 9' cord and plug is provided. Standard operating temperature is 34 to 38°F. Controller The easy to use water resistant microprocessor control system is supplied standard. It includes a 3-Digit LED Display, and a Fahrenheit or Celsius Temperature Scale Display Capability. Interior Standard interior arrangements include three (3) epoxy coated wire shelves per section, mounted on shelf pins, installed at the factory. Shelves are full-width, and do not have any large gaps between them requiring the use of "bridge" or "junior shelves." Recommended load limit per shelf should not exceed 225 lbs. Warranties Both a one year parts and labor warranty and a five year compressor warranty (selfcontained models only) are provided standard. An optional 2nd year extended parts and labor warranty is also available.

DIMENSIONAL DATA Net capacity cu. ft. Length - overall in. Depth - overall in. Depth - over body in. Depth - door open 90° in. Clear door width in. Clear half-door height in. Clear full-door height in. Height-overall on 6" casters No. Standard Shelves Shelf area sq. ft.1 ELECTRICAL DATA Voltage Feed wires with Ground Full load amperes REFRIGERATION DATA Refrigerant BTU/HR H.P.2 SHIPPING DATA Length - crated in. Depth - crated in. Height - crated in. Volume - crated cu. ft. Net Wt. lbs. Gross Wt. lbs.

1-Section Models 24.2 (686 cu l) 297/8 (75.9 cm) 35 (88.8 cm) 32 (81.3 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 211/8 (53.6 cm) 271/2 (69.9 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 831/4 (211.5 cm) 3 13.5 (1.3 sq m) 115/60/1 3 7.0 R-134a 2400 (1/3 HP) 35 (89 cm) 43 (109 cm) 831/2 (212 cm) 71 (2011 cu l) 305 (138 kg) 395 (179 kg)

2-Section Models 46.0 (1303 cu l) 521/8 (132.4 cm) 35 (88.8 cm) 32 (81.3 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 211/8 (53.6 cm) 271/2 (69.9 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 831/4 (211.5 cm) 6 25.6 (2.4 sq m) 115/60/1 3 8.5 R-134a 2400 (1/3 HP) 63 (160 cm) 43 (109 cm) 831/2 (212 cm) 131 (3711 cu l) 450 (204 kg) 590 (268 kg)

3-Section Models 69.1 (1958 cu l) 765/16 (193.8 cm) 35 (88.8 cm) 32 (81.3 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 211/8 (53.6 cm) 271/2 (69.9 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 831/4 (211.5 cm) 9 39.2 (3.6 sq m) 115/60/1 3 10.9 R-134a 4360 (1/2 HP) 91 (231 cm) 43 (109 cm) 831/2 (212 cm) 189 (5354 cu l) 610 (277 kg) 790 (358 kg)

Elevation One-Section

Elevation Two-Section

Elevation Three-Section

NOTES NOTE: Figures in parentheses reflect metric equivalents. 1= Area of standard shelf compliment only, does not include storage area of additional shelves or available on cabinet bottom. 2= Based on a 90 degree F ambient and 20 degree F evaporator.

Plan - One-Section

Plan - Two-Section

Equipped With One NEMA 5-15 P Plug

REQUIRED CLEARANCES In order to assure optimum performance, the condensing unit MUST have an adequate supply of air for cooling purposes. Therefore, the operating location must either have a minimum of 12" clearance overhead of the condensing unit or allow for unrestricted air flow at the back of the unit. Clearance of at least 12" above is required in order to perform certain maintenance tasks.

NOTE: When ordering please specify: Voltage, Hinging, Door Size, Options and any additional warranties. Continued product development may necessitate specification changes without notice. Part No. TR35787 (revised 1/05)

Plan - Three-Section Section - All Models

SECTION 4-1

TRAULSEN 4401 BLUE MOUND RD. PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 Website: www.traulsen.com

FT. WORTH, TX 76106 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302

Traulsen

Restaurant Depot #134

Page: 13-2

Traulsen

Model: G30001

Item#: 14

Project Model Specified:

Quantity

Item # CSI Section 11400

G-Series Reach-In Refrigerators/ Self-Contained

Equipped with an easy to use microprocessor control!

One, Two & Three Section Models, 32" Deep

G

SERIES

Stainless Steel Front & Door(s)

Traulsen's G-Series product line includes one, two and three section reach-in refrigerator and freezer models, available with either full or half length doors and the convenience of a variety of different door hingings to choose from. These products are designed to address several important issues concerning the foodservice operator of today. Such critical issues of concern as: Food Safety, Energy Efficiency and Reliability are all important features of the G-Series overall design philosophy. Built with durable exteriors, reliable controls, balanced, efficient refrigeration systems and a variety of user-friendly features, these products are the right fit for nearly any application. They are designed and built to the highest standards, and epitomize the quality Traulsen is known for.

AVAILABLE MODELS

Single Section

(Formerly Model GHT132WUT)

Two Section

(Formerly Model GHT232NUT)

Three Section

(Formerly Model GHT332NUT)

Model G20010

Model # G10000 G10001 G10010 G10011

Door Half Half Full Full

Hinging Right Left Right Left

Model G30010

Model G10010

Model # G20000 G20001 G20002 G20003 G20010 G20011 G20012 G20013

Door Half Half Half Half Full Full Full Full

Hinging Left-Right Right-Left Right-Right Left-Left Left-Right Right-Left Right-Right Left-Left

Model # G30000 G30001 G30002 G30003 G30010 G30011 G30012 G30013

Door Half Half Half Half Full Full Full Full

Hinging Left-Right-Right Left-Left-Right Right-Right-Right Left-Left-Left Left-Right-Right Left-Left-Right Right-Right-Right Left-Left-Left

Standard Product Features

· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · High Quality Stainless Steel Exterior Front and Door(s) Corrosion Resistant Anodized Aluminum One-Piece Sides Durable Anodized Aluminum Interior Microprocessor Control With LED Temperature Readout Top-Mounted, Balanced, Self-Contained Refrigeration System Large High Humidity Evaporator Coil Outside The Food Zone Full or Half Length Stainless Steel Doors With Locks Self-Closing Doors With Stay Open Feature At 120 Degrees Guaranteed For Life Cam-Lift Hinges Guaranteed For Life Horizontal Work Flow Door Handle(s) Automatically Activated Incandescent Lights Damage Resistant Stainless Steel Breaker Caps Three (3) Adjustable Epoxy Coated Shelves Per Section, Supported On Shelf Pins (installed at the factory) Energy Saving Automatic Non-Electric Condensate Evaporator Magnetic Snap-In Door Gaskets Gasket Protecting Anodized Aluminum Door Liner Anti-Condensate Door Perimeter Heaters Thermostatic Expansion Valve Metering Device Provides Quick Refrigeration Recovery Times Stainless Steel One-Piece Louver Assembly 9' Cord & Plug Attached Set of Four (4) 6" High Casters With Locks One Year Parts And Labor Warranty Five Year Compressor Warranty

Optional Accessory Kits

· · Set of Three (3) Additional Epoxy Coated Shelves With Shelf Pins TK1 Kit: Four (4) Pairs of No. 1 Type Tray Slides To Accommodate either: (1) 18" x 26" or (2) 14" x 18" Sheet Pans, Adjustable To 2" O.C. TK2 Kit: Two (2) Pairs of No. 4 Type Tray Slides To Accommodate (1) 18" x 26" Sheet Pans (equips one full section) TK4 Kit: Four (4) Pairs of Universal Type Tray Slides To Accommodate Either (1) 18" x 26" or (2) 14" x 18" Sheet Pans, or (2) 12" x 20" Steam Table Pans, Adjustable To 4" O.C. Set of Three (3) Chrome Plated Shelves With Shelf Pins LK1 Kit: Set of Four (4) 6" High Adjustable Legs Two Year Service/Labor Warranty Available

·

·

· · ·

NOTE: All optional accessory kits are shipped separately for later installation by others at the jobsite.

All Traulsen solid door G-Series models are ENERGY STAR® listed!

Listed by Underwriters Laboratories Inc., to U.S. and Canadian safety standards and Listed by NSF International.

Approval: ___________________________________

TRAULSEN 4401 BLUE MOUND RD. PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 Website: www.traulsen.com

FT. WORTH, TX 76106 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302

SECTION 4-1

Traulsen

Restaurant Depot #134

Page: 14-1

Traulsen

Model: G30001

Item#: 14

Project Model Specified:

Quantity

Item # CSI Section 11400

Specifications

Construction, Hardware and Insulation Cabinet exterior front, louver assembly and doors are constructed of 20 gauge stainless steel. Cabinet sides (including returns), interior and door liners are constructed of anodized aluminum. The exterior cabinet top, back and bottom are constructed of heavy gauge aluminized steel. A set of four (4) 6" high casters are included. Doors are equipped with a gasket protecting metal door pan, removable plug cylinder locks and guaranteed for life cam-lift, gravity action, self-closing metal, glide hinges with stay open feature at 120 degrees. Hinges include a concealed switch to automatically activate the interior incandescent lighting. Guaranteed for life, work flow door handles are mounted horizontally over recess in door which limits protrusion from door face into aisleways. Easily removable for cleaning, vinyl magnetic door gasket assures tight door seal. Anti condensate heaters are located behind each door opening. Both the cabinet and door(s) are insulated with an average of 2" thick high density, non-CFC, foamed in place polyurethane. Refrigeration System A top mounted, self-contained, balanced refrigeration system using R-134a refrigerant is conveniently located behind the one piece louver assembly. It features an easy to clean front facing condenser, thermostatic expansion valve, air-cooled hermetic compressor, large, high humidity evaporator coil located outside the food zone and a top mounted non-electric condensate evaporator. A 9' cord and plug is provided. Standard operating temperature is 34 to 38°F. Controller The easy to use water resistant microprocessor control system is supplied standard. It includes a 3-Digit LED Display, and a Fahrenheit or Celsius Temperature Scale Display Capability. Interior Standard interior arrangements include three (3) epoxy coated wire shelves per section, mounted on shelf pins, installed at the factory. Shelves are full-width, and do not have any large gaps between them requiring the use of "bridge" or "junior shelves." Recommended load limit per shelf should not exceed 225 lbs. Warranties Both a one year parts and labor warranty and a five year compressor warranty (selfcontained models only) are provided standard. An optional 2nd year extended parts and labor warranty is also available.

DIMENSIONAL DATA Net capacity cu. ft. Length - overall in. Depth - overall in. Depth - over body in. Depth - door open 90° in. Clear door width in. Clear half-door height in. Clear full-door height in. Height-overall on 6" casters No. Standard Shelves Shelf area sq. ft.1 ELECTRICAL DATA Voltage Feed wires with Ground Full load amperes REFRIGERATION DATA Refrigerant BTU/HR H.P.2 SHIPPING DATA Length - crated in. Depth - crated in. Height - crated in. Volume - crated cu. ft. Net Wt. lbs. Gross Wt. lbs.

1-Section Models 24.2 (686 cu l) 297/8 (75.9 cm) 35 (88.8 cm) 32 (81.3 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 211/8 (53.6 cm) 271/2 (69.9 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 831/4 (211.5 cm) 3 13.5 (1.3 sq m) 115/60/1 3 7.0 R-134a 2400 (1/3 HP) 35 (89 cm) 43 (109 cm) 831/2 (212 cm) 71 (2011 cu l) 305 (138 kg) 395 (179 kg)

2-Section Models 46.0 (1303 cu l) 521/8 (132.4 cm) 35 (88.8 cm) 32 (81.3 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 211/8 (53.6 cm) 271/2 (69.9 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 831/4 (211.5 cm) 6 25.6 (2.4 sq m) 115/60/1 3 8.5 R-134a 2400 (1/3 HP) 63 (160 cm) 43 (109 cm) 831/2 (212 cm) 131 (3711 cu l) 450 (204 kg) 590 (268 kg)

3-Section Models 69.1 (1958 cu l) 765/16 (193.8 cm) 35 (88.8 cm) 32 (81.3 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 211/8 (53.6 cm) 271/2 (69.9 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 831/4 (211.5 cm) 9 39.2 (3.6 sq m) 115/60/1 3 10.9 R-134a 4360 (1/2 HP) 91 (231 cm) 43 (109 cm) 831/2 (212 cm) 189 (5354 cu l) 610 (277 kg) 790 (358 kg)

Elevation One-Section

Elevation Two-Section

Elevation Three-Section

NOTES NOTE: Figures in parentheses reflect metric equivalents. 1= Area of standard shelf compliment only, does not include storage area of additional shelves or available on cabinet bottom. 2= Based on a 90 degree F ambient and 20 degree F evaporator.

Plan - One-Section

Plan - Two-Section

Equipped With One NEMA 5-15 P Plug

REQUIRED CLEARANCES In order to assure optimum performance, the condensing unit MUST have an adequate supply of air for cooling purposes. Therefore, the operating location must either have a minimum of 12" clearance overhead of the condensing unit or allow for unrestricted air flow at the back of the unit. Clearance of at least 12" above is required in order to perform certain maintenance tasks.

NOTE: When ordering please specify: Voltage, Hinging, Door Size, Options and any additional warranties. Continued product development may necessitate specification changes without notice. Part No. TR35787 (revised 1/05)

Plan - Three-Section Section - All Models

SECTION 4-1

TRAULSEN 4401 BLUE MOUND RD. PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 Website: www.traulsen.com

FT. WORTH, TX 76106 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302

Traulsen

Restaurant Depot #134

Page: 14-2

Traulsen

Model: G30002

Item#: 15

Project Model Specified:

Quantity

Item # CSI Section 11400

G-Series Reach-In Refrigerators/ Self-Contained

Equipped with an easy to use microprocessor control!

One, Two & Three Section Models, 32" Deep

G

SERIES

Stainless Steel Front & Door(s)

Traulsen's G-Series product line includes one, two and three section reach-in refrigerator and freezer models, available with either full or half length doors and the convenience of a variety of different door hingings to choose from. These products are designed to address several important issues concerning the foodservice operator of today. Such critical issues of concern as: Food Safety, Energy Efficiency and Reliability are all important features of the G-Series overall design philosophy. Built with durable exteriors, reliable controls, balanced, efficient refrigeration systems and a variety of user-friendly features, these products are the right fit for nearly any application. They are designed and built to the highest standards, and epitomize the quality Traulsen is known for.

AVAILABLE MODELS

Single Section

(Formerly Model GHT132WUT)

Two Section

(Formerly Model GHT232NUT)

Three Section

(Formerly Model GHT332NUT)

Model G20010

Model # G10000 G10001 G10010 G10011

Door Half Half Full Full

Hinging Right Left Right Left

Model G30010

Model G10010

Model # G20000 G20001 G20002 G20003 G20010 G20011 G20012 G20013

Door Half Half Half Half Full Full Full Full

Hinging Left-Right Right-Left Right-Right Left-Left Left-Right Right-Left Right-Right Left-Left

Model # G30000 G30001 G30002 G30003 G30010 G30011 G30012 G30013

Door Half Half Half Half Full Full Full Full

Hinging Left-Right-Right Left-Left-Right Right-Right-Right Left-Left-Left Left-Right-Right Left-Left-Right Right-Right-Right Left-Left-Left

Standard Product Features

· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · High Quality Stainless Steel Exterior Front and Door(s) Corrosion Resistant Anodized Aluminum One-Piece Sides Durable Anodized Aluminum Interior Microprocessor Control With LED Temperature Readout Top-Mounted, Balanced, Self-Contained Refrigeration System Large High Humidity Evaporator Coil Outside The Food Zone Full or Half Length Stainless Steel Doors With Locks Self-Closing Doors With Stay Open Feature At 120 Degrees Guaranteed For Life Cam-Lift Hinges Guaranteed For Life Horizontal Work Flow Door Handle(s) Automatically Activated Incandescent Lights Damage Resistant Stainless Steel Breaker Caps Three (3) Adjustable Epoxy Coated Shelves Per Section, Supported On Shelf Pins (installed at the factory) Energy Saving Automatic Non-Electric Condensate Evaporator Magnetic Snap-In Door Gaskets Gasket Protecting Anodized Aluminum Door Liner Anti-Condensate Door Perimeter Heaters Thermostatic Expansion Valve Metering Device Provides Quick Refrigeration Recovery Times Stainless Steel One-Piece Louver Assembly 9' Cord & Plug Attached Set of Four (4) 6" High Casters With Locks One Year Parts And Labor Warranty Five Year Compressor Warranty

Optional Accessory Kits

· · Set of Three (3) Additional Epoxy Coated Shelves With Shelf Pins TK1 Kit: Four (4) Pairs of No. 1 Type Tray Slides To Accommodate either: (1) 18" x 26" or (2) 14" x 18" Sheet Pans, Adjustable To 2" O.C. TK2 Kit: Two (2) Pairs of No. 4 Type Tray Slides To Accommodate (1) 18" x 26" Sheet Pans (equips one full section) TK4 Kit: Four (4) Pairs of Universal Type Tray Slides To Accommodate Either (1) 18" x 26" or (2) 14" x 18" Sheet Pans, or (2) 12" x 20" Steam Table Pans, Adjustable To 4" O.C. Set of Three (3) Chrome Plated Shelves With Shelf Pins LK1 Kit: Set of Four (4) 6" High Adjustable Legs Two Year Service/Labor Warranty Available

·

·

· · ·

NOTE: All optional accessory kits are shipped separately for later installation by others at the jobsite.

All Traulsen solid door G-Series models are ENERGY STAR® listed!

Listed by Underwriters Laboratories Inc., to U.S. and Canadian safety standards and Listed by NSF International.

Approval: ___________________________________

TRAULSEN 4401 BLUE MOUND RD. PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 Website: www.traulsen.com

FT. WORTH, TX 76106 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302

SECTION 4-1

Traulsen

Restaurant Depot #134

Page: 15-1

Traulsen

Model: G30002

Item#: 15

Project Model Specified:

Quantity

Item # CSI Section 11400

Specifications

Construction, Hardware and Insulation Cabinet exterior front, louver assembly and doors are constructed of 20 gauge stainless steel. Cabinet sides (including returns), interior and door liners are constructed of anodized aluminum. The exterior cabinet top, back and bottom are constructed of heavy gauge aluminized steel. A set of four (4) 6" high casters are included. Doors are equipped with a gasket protecting metal door pan, removable plug cylinder locks and guaranteed for life cam-lift, gravity action, self-closing metal, glide hinges with stay open feature at 120 degrees. Hinges include a concealed switch to automatically activate the interior incandescent lighting. Guaranteed for life, work flow door handles are mounted horizontally over recess in door which limits protrusion from door face into aisleways. Easily removable for cleaning, vinyl magnetic door gasket assures tight door seal. Anti condensate heaters are located behind each door opening. Both the cabinet and door(s) are insulated with an average of 2" thick high density, non-CFC, foamed in place polyurethane. Refrigeration System A top mounted, self-contained, balanced refrigeration system using R-134a refrigerant is conveniently located behind the one piece louver assembly. It features an easy to clean front facing condenser, thermostatic expansion valve, air-cooled hermetic compressor, large, high humidity evaporator coil located outside the food zone and a top mounted non-electric condensate evaporator. A 9' cord and plug is provided. Standard operating temperature is 34 to 38°F. Controller The easy to use water resistant microprocessor control system is supplied standard. It includes a 3-Digit LED Display, and a Fahrenheit or Celsius Temperature Scale Display Capability. Interior Standard interior arrangements include three (3) epoxy coated wire shelves per section, mounted on shelf pins, installed at the factory. Shelves are full-width, and do not have any large gaps between them requiring the use of "bridge" or "junior shelves." Recommended load limit per shelf should not exceed 225 lbs. Warranties Both a one year parts and labor warranty and a five year compressor warranty (selfcontained models only) are provided standard. An optional 2nd year extended parts and labor warranty is also available.

DIMENSIONAL DATA Net capacity cu. ft. Length - overall in. Depth - overall in. Depth - over body in. Depth - door open 90° in. Clear door width in. Clear half-door height in. Clear full-door height in. Height-overall on 6" casters No. Standard Shelves Shelf area sq. ft.1 ELECTRICAL DATA Voltage Feed wires with Ground Full load amperes REFRIGERATION DATA Refrigerant BTU/HR H.P.2 SHIPPING DATA Length - crated in. Depth - crated in. Height - crated in. Volume - crated cu. ft. Net Wt. lbs. Gross Wt. lbs.

1-Section Models 24.2 (686 cu l) 297/8 (75.9 cm) 35 (88.8 cm) 32 (81.3 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 211/8 (53.6 cm) 271/2 (69.9 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 831/4 (211.5 cm) 3 13.5 (1.3 sq m) 115/60/1 3 7.0 R-134a 2400 (1/3 HP) 35 (89 cm) 43 (109 cm) 831/2 (212 cm) 71 (2011 cu l) 305 (138 kg) 395 (179 kg)

2-Section Models 46.0 (1303 cu l) 521/8 (132.4 cm) 35 (88.8 cm) 32 (81.3 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 211/8 (53.6 cm) 271/2 (69.9 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 831/4 (211.5 cm) 6 25.6 (2.4 sq m) 115/60/1 3 8.5 R-134a 2400 (1/3 HP) 63 (160 cm) 43 (109 cm) 831/2 (212 cm) 131 (3711 cu l) 450 (204 kg) 590 (268 kg)

3-Section Models 69.1 (1958 cu l) 765/16 (193.8 cm) 35 (88.8 cm) 32 (81.3 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 211/8 (53.6 cm) 271/2 (69.9 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 831/4 (211.5 cm) 9 39.2 (3.6 sq m) 115/60/1 3 10.9 R-134a 4360 (1/2 HP) 91 (231 cm) 43 (109 cm) 831/2 (212 cm) 189 (5354 cu l) 610 (277 kg) 790 (358 kg)

Elevation One-Section

Elevation Two-Section

Elevation Three-Section

NOTES NOTE: Figures in parentheses reflect metric equivalents. 1= Area of standard shelf compliment only, does not include storage area of additional shelves or available on cabinet bottom. 2= Based on a 90 degree F ambient and 20 degree F evaporator.

Plan - One-Section

Plan - Two-Section

Equipped With One NEMA 5-15 P Plug

REQUIRED CLEARANCES In order to assure optimum performance, the condensing unit MUST have an adequate supply of air for cooling purposes. Therefore, the operating location must either have a minimum of 12" clearance overhead of the condensing unit or allow for unrestricted air flow at the back of the unit. Clearance of at least 12" above is required in order to perform certain maintenance tasks.

NOTE: When ordering please specify: Voltage, Hinging, Door Size, Options and any additional warranties. Continued product development may necessitate specification changes without notice. Part No. TR35787 (revised 1/05)

Plan - Three-Section Section - All Models

SECTION 4-1

TRAULSEN 4401 BLUE MOUND RD. PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 Website: www.traulsen.com

FT. WORTH, TX 76106 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302

Traulsen

Restaurant Depot #134

Page: 15-2

Traulsen

Model: G30003

Item#: 16

Project Model Specified:

Quantity

Item # CSI Section 11400

G-Series Reach-In Refrigerators/ Self-Contained

Equipped with an easy to use microprocessor control!

One, Two & Three Section Models, 32" Deep

G

SERIES

Stainless Steel Front & Door(s)

Traulsen's G-Series product line includes one, two and three section reach-in refrigerator and freezer models, available with either full or half length doors and the convenience of a variety of different door hingings to choose from. These products are designed to address several important issues concerning the foodservice operator of today. Such critical issues of concern as: Food Safety, Energy Efficiency and Reliability are all important features of the G-Series overall design philosophy. Built with durable exteriors, reliable controls, balanced, efficient refrigeration systems and a variety of user-friendly features, these products are the right fit for nearly any application. They are designed and built to the highest standards, and epitomize the quality Traulsen is known for.

AVAILABLE MODELS

Single Section

(Formerly Model GHT132WUT)

Two Section

(Formerly Model GHT232NUT)

Three Section

(Formerly Model GHT332NUT)

Model G20010

Model # G10000 G10001 G10010 G10011

Door Half Half Full Full

Hinging Right Left Right Left

Model G30010

Model G10010

Model # G20000 G20001 G20002 G20003 G20010 G20011 G20012 G20013

Door Half Half Half Half Full Full Full Full

Hinging Left-Right Right-Left Right-Right Left-Left Left-Right Right-Left Right-Right Left-Left

Model # G30000 G30001 G30002 G30003 G30010 G30011 G30012 G30013

Door Half Half Half Half Full Full Full Full

Hinging Left-Right-Right Left-Left-Right Right-Right-Right Left-Left-Left Left-Right-Right Left-Left-Right Right-Right-Right Left-Left-Left

Standard Product Features

· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · High Quality Stainless Steel Exterior Front and Door(s) Corrosion Resistant Anodized Aluminum One-Piece Sides Durable Anodized Aluminum Interior Microprocessor Control With LED Temperature Readout Top-Mounted, Balanced, Self-Contained Refrigeration System Large High Humidity Evaporator Coil Outside The Food Zone Full or Half Length Stainless Steel Doors With Locks Self-Closing Doors With Stay Open Feature At 120 Degrees Guaranteed For Life Cam-Lift Hinges Guaranteed For Life Horizontal Work Flow Door Handle(s) Automatically Activated Incandescent Lights Damage Resistant Stainless Steel Breaker Caps Three (3) Adjustable Epoxy Coated Shelves Per Section, Supported On Shelf Pins (installed at the factory) Energy Saving Automatic Non-Electric Condensate Evaporator Magnetic Snap-In Door Gaskets Gasket Protecting Anodized Aluminum Door Liner Anti-Condensate Door Perimeter Heaters Thermostatic Expansion Valve Metering Device Provides Quick Refrigeration Recovery Times Stainless Steel One-Piece Louver Assembly 9' Cord & Plug Attached Set of Four (4) 6" High Casters With Locks One Year Parts And Labor Warranty Five Year Compressor Warranty

Optional Accessory Kits

· · Set of Three (3) Additional Epoxy Coated Shelves With Shelf Pins TK1 Kit: Four (4) Pairs of No. 1 Type Tray Slides To Accommodate either: (1) 18" x 26" or (2) 14" x 18" Sheet Pans, Adjustable To 2" O.C. TK2 Kit: Two (2) Pairs of No. 4 Type Tray Slides To Accommodate (1) 18" x 26" Sheet Pans (equips one full section) TK4 Kit: Four (4) Pairs of Universal Type Tray Slides To Accommodate Either (1) 18" x 26" or (2) 14" x 18" Sheet Pans, or (2) 12" x 20" Steam Table Pans, Adjustable To 4" O.C. Set of Three (3) Chrome Plated Shelves With Shelf Pins LK1 Kit: Set of Four (4) 6" High Adjustable Legs Two Year Service/Labor Warranty Available

·

·

· · ·

NOTE: All optional accessory kits are shipped separately for later installation by others at the jobsite.

All Traulsen solid door G-Series models are ENERGY STAR® listed!

Listed by Underwriters Laboratories Inc., to U.S. and Canadian safety standards and Listed by NSF International.

Approval: ___________________________________

TRAULSEN 4401 BLUE MOUND RD. PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 Website: www.traulsen.com

FT. WORTH, TX 76106 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302

SECTION 4-1

Traulsen

Restaurant Depot #134

Page: 16-1

Traulsen

Model: G30003

Item#: 16

Project Model Specified:

Quantity

Item # CSI Section 11400

Specifications

Construction, Hardware and Insulation Cabinet exterior front, louver assembly and doors are constructed of 20 gauge stainless steel. Cabinet sides (including returns), interior and door liners are constructed of anodized aluminum. The exterior cabinet top, back and bottom are constructed of heavy gauge aluminized steel. A set of four (4) 6" high casters are included. Doors are equipped with a gasket protecting metal door pan, removable plug cylinder locks and guaranteed for life cam-lift, gravity action, self-closing metal, glide hinges with stay open feature at 120 degrees. Hinges include a concealed switch to automatically activate the interior incandescent lighting. Guaranteed for life, work flow door handles are mounted horizontally over recess in door which limits protrusion from door face into aisleways. Easily removable for cleaning, vinyl magnetic door gasket assures tight door seal. Anti condensate heaters are located behind each door opening. Both the cabinet and door(s) are insulated with an average of 2" thick high density, non-CFC, foamed in place polyurethane. Refrigeration System A top mounted, self-contained, balanced refrigeration system using R-134a refrigerant is conveniently located behind the one piece louver assembly. It features an easy to clean front facing condenser, thermostatic expansion valve, air-cooled hermetic compressor, large, high humidity evaporator coil located outside the food zone and a top mounted non-electric condensate evaporator. A 9' cord and plug is provided. Standard operating temperature is 34 to 38°F. Controller The easy to use water resistant microprocessor control system is supplied standard. It includes a 3-Digit LED Display, and a Fahrenheit or Celsius Temperature Scale Display Capability. Interior Standard interior arrangements include three (3) epoxy coated wire shelves per section, mounted on shelf pins, installed at the factory. Shelves are full-width, and do not have any large gaps between them requiring the use of "bridge" or "junior shelves." Recommended load limit per shelf should not exceed 225 lbs. Warranties Both a one year parts and labor warranty and a five year compressor warranty (selfcontained models only) are provided standard. An optional 2nd year extended parts and labor warranty is also available.

DIMENSIONAL DATA Net capacity cu. ft. Length - overall in. Depth - overall in. Depth - over body in. Depth - door open 90° in. Clear door width in. Clear half-door height in. Clear full-door height in. Height-overall on 6" casters No. Standard Shelves Shelf area sq. ft.1 ELECTRICAL DATA Voltage Feed wires with Ground Full load amperes REFRIGERATION DATA Refrigerant BTU/HR H.P.2 SHIPPING DATA Length - crated in. Depth - crated in. Height - crated in. Volume - crated cu. ft. Net Wt. lbs. Gross Wt. lbs.

1-Section Models 24.2 (686 cu l) 297/8 (75.9 cm) 35 (88.8 cm) 32 (81.3 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 211/8 (53.6 cm) 271/2 (69.9 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 831/4 (211.5 cm) 3 13.5 (1.3 sq m) 115/60/1 3 7.0 R-134a 2400 (1/3 HP) 35 (89 cm) 43 (109 cm) 831/2 (212 cm) 71 (2011 cu l) 305 (138 kg) 395 (179 kg)

2-Section Models 46.0 (1303 cu l) 521/8 (132.4 cm) 35 (88.8 cm) 32 (81.3 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 211/8 (53.6 cm) 271/2 (69.9 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 831/4 (211.5 cm) 6 25.6 (2.4 sq m) 115/60/1 3 8.5 R-134a 2400 (1/3 HP) 63 (160 cm) 43 (109 cm) 831/2 (212 cm) 131 (3711 cu l) 450 (204 kg) 590 (268 kg)

3-Section Models 69.1 (1958 cu l) 765/16 (193.8 cm) 35 (88.8 cm) 32 (81.3 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 211/8 (53.6 cm) 271/2 (69.9 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 831/4 (211.5 cm) 9 39.2 (3.6 sq m) 115/60/1 3 10.9 R-134a 4360 (1/2 HP) 91 (231 cm) 43 (109 cm) 831/2 (212 cm) 189 (5354 cu l) 610 (277 kg) 790 (358 kg)

Elevation One-Section

Elevation Two-Section

Elevation Three-Section

NOTES NOTE: Figures in parentheses reflect metric equivalents. 1= Area of standard shelf compliment only, does not include storage area of additional shelves or available on cabinet bottom. 2= Based on a 90 degree F ambient and 20 degree F evaporator.

Plan - One-Section

Plan - Two-Section

Equipped With One NEMA 5-15 P Plug

REQUIRED CLEARANCES In order to assure optimum performance, the condensing unit MUST have an adequate supply of air for cooling purposes. Therefore, the operating location must either have a minimum of 12" clearance overhead of the condensing unit or allow for unrestricted air flow at the back of the unit. Clearance of at least 12" above is required in order to perform certain maintenance tasks.

NOTE: When ordering please specify: Voltage, Hinging, Door Size, Options and any additional warranties. Continued product development may necessitate specification changes without notice. Part No. TR35787 (revised 1/05)

Plan - Three-Section Section - All Models

SECTION 4-1

TRAULSEN 4401 BLUE MOUND RD. PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 Website: www.traulsen.com

FT. WORTH, TX 76106 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302

Traulsen

Restaurant Depot #134

Page: 16-2

Traulsen

Model: G30010

Item#: 17

Project Model Specified:

Quantity

Item # CSI Section 11400

G-Series Reach-In Refrigerators/ Self-Contained

Equipped with an easy to use microprocessor control!

One, Two & Three Section Models, 32" Deep

G

SERIES

Stainless Steel Front & Door(s)

Traulsen's G-Series product line includes one, two and three section reach-in refrigerator and freezer models, available with either full or half length doors and the convenience of a variety of different door hingings to choose from. These products are designed to address several important issues concerning the foodservice operator of today. Such critical issues of concern as: Food Safety, Energy Efficiency and Reliability are all important features of the G-Series overall design philosophy. Built with durable exteriors, reliable controls, balanced, efficient refrigeration systems and a variety of user-friendly features, these products are the right fit for nearly any application. They are designed and built to the highest standards, and epitomize the quality Traulsen is known for.

AVAILABLE MODELS

Single Section

(Formerly Model GHT132WUT)

Two Section

(Formerly Model GHT232NUT)

Three Section

(Formerly Model GHT332NUT)

Model G20010

Model # G10000 G10001 G10010 G10011

Door Half Half Full Full

Hinging Right Left Right Left

Model G30010

Model G10010

Model # G20000 G20001 G20002 G20003 G20010 G20011 G20012 G20013

Door Half Half Half Half Full Full Full Full

Hinging Left-Right Right-Left Right-Right Left-Left Left-Right Right-Left Right-Right Left-Left

Model # G30000 G30001 G30002 G30003 G30010 G30011 G30012 G30013

Door Half Half Half Half Full Full Full Full

Hinging Left-Right-Right Left-Left-Right Right-Right-Right Left-Left-Left Left-Right-Right Left-Left-Right Right-Right-Right Left-Left-Left

Standard Product Features

· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · High Quality Stainless Steel Exterior Front and Door(s) Corrosion Resistant Anodized Aluminum One-Piece Sides Durable Anodized Aluminum Interior Microprocessor Control With LED Temperature Readout Top-Mounted, Balanced, Self-Contained Refrigeration System Large High Humidity Evaporator Coil Outside The Food Zone Full or Half Length Stainless Steel Doors With Locks Self-Closing Doors With Stay Open Feature At 120 Degrees Guaranteed For Life Cam-Lift Hinges Guaranteed For Life Horizontal Work Flow Door Handle(s) Automatically Activated Incandescent Lights Damage Resistant Stainless Steel Breaker Caps Three (3) Adjustable Epoxy Coated Shelves Per Section, Supported On Shelf Pins (installed at the factory) Energy Saving Automatic Non-Electric Condensate Evaporator Magnetic Snap-In Door Gaskets Gasket Protecting Anodized Aluminum Door Liner Anti-Condensate Door Perimeter Heaters Thermostatic Expansion Valve Metering Device Provides Quick Refrigeration Recovery Times Stainless Steel One-Piece Louver Assembly 9' Cord & Plug Attached Set of Four (4) 6" High Casters With Locks One Year Parts And Labor Warranty Five Year Compressor Warranty

Optional Accessory Kits

· · Set of Three (3) Additional Epoxy Coated Shelves With Shelf Pins TK1 Kit: Four (4) Pairs of No. 1 Type Tray Slides To Accommodate either: (1) 18" x 26" or (2) 14" x 18" Sheet Pans, Adjustable To 2" O.C. TK2 Kit: Two (2) Pairs of No. 4 Type Tray Slides To Accommodate (1) 18" x 26" Sheet Pans (equips one full section) TK4 Kit: Four (4) Pairs of Universal Type Tray Slides To Accommodate Either (1) 18" x 26" or (2) 14" x 18" Sheet Pans, or (2) 12" x 20" Steam Table Pans, Adjustable To 4" O.C. Set of Three (3) Chrome Plated Shelves With Shelf Pins LK1 Kit: Set of Four (4) 6" High Adjustable Legs Two Year Service/Labor Warranty Available

·

·

· · ·

NOTE: All optional accessory kits are shipped separately for later installation by others at the jobsite.

All Traulsen solid door G-Series models are ENERGY STAR® listed!

Listed by Underwriters Laboratories Inc., to U.S. and Canadian safety standards and Listed by NSF International.

Approval: ___________________________________

TRAULSEN 4401 BLUE MOUND RD. PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 Website: www.traulsen.com

FT. WORTH, TX 76106 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302

SECTION 4-1

Traulsen

Restaurant Depot #134

Page: 17-1

Traulsen

Model: G30010

Item#: 17

Project Model Specified:

Quantity

Item # CSI Section 11400

Specifications

Construction, Hardware and Insulation Cabinet exterior front, louver assembly and doors are constructed of 20 gauge stainless steel. Cabinet sides (including returns), interior and door liners are constructed of anodized aluminum. The exterior cabinet top, back and bottom are constructed of heavy gauge aluminized steel. A set of four (4) 6" high casters are included. Doors are equipped with a gasket protecting metal door pan, removable plug cylinder locks and guaranteed for life cam-lift, gravity action, self-closing metal, glide hinges with stay open feature at 120 degrees. Hinges include a concealed switch to automatically activate the interior incandescent lighting. Guaranteed for life, work flow door handles are mounted horizontally over recess in door which limits protrusion from door face into aisleways. Easily removable for cleaning, vinyl magnetic door gasket assures tight door seal. Anti condensate heaters are located behind each door opening. Both the cabinet and door(s) are insulated with an average of 2" thick high density, non-CFC, foamed in place polyurethane. Refrigeration System A top mounted, self-contained, balanced refrigeration system using R-134a refrigerant is conveniently located behind the one piece louver assembly. It features an easy to clean front facing condenser, thermostatic expansion valve, air-cooled hermetic compressor, large, high humidity evaporator coil located outside the food zone and a top mounted non-electric condensate evaporator. A 9' cord and plug is provided. Standard operating temperature is 34 to 38°F. Controller The easy to use water resistant microprocessor control system is supplied standard. It includes a 3-Digit LED Display, and a Fahrenheit or Celsius Temperature Scale Display Capability. Interior Standard interior arrangements include three (3) epoxy coated wire shelves per section, mounted on shelf pins, installed at the factory. Shelves are full-width, and do not have any large gaps between them requiring the use of "bridge" or "junior shelves." Recommended load limit per shelf should not exceed 225 lbs. Warranties Both a one year parts and labor warranty and a five year compressor warranty (selfcontained models only) are provided standard. An optional 2nd year extended parts and labor warranty is also available.

DIMENSIONAL DATA Net capacity cu. ft. Length - overall in. Depth - overall in. Depth - over body in. Depth - door open 90° in. Clear door width in. Clear half-door height in. Clear full-door height in. Height-overall on 6" casters No. Standard Shelves Shelf area sq. ft.1 ELECTRICAL DATA Voltage Feed wires with Ground Full load amperes REFRIGERATION DATA Refrigerant BTU/HR H.P.2 SHIPPING DATA Length - crated in. Depth - crated in. Height - crated in. Volume - crated cu. ft. Net Wt. lbs. Gross Wt. lbs.

1-Section Models 24.2 (686 cu l) 297/8 (75.9 cm) 35 (88.8 cm) 32 (81.3 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 211/8 (53.6 cm) 271/2 (69.9 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 831/4 (211.5 cm) 3 13.5 (1.3 sq m) 115/60/1 3 7.0 R-134a 2400 (1/3 HP) 35 (89 cm) 43 (109 cm) 831/2 (212 cm) 71 (2011 cu l) 305 (138 kg) 395 (179 kg)

2-Section Models 46.0 (1303 cu l) 521/8 (132.4 cm) 35 (88.8 cm) 32 (81.3 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 211/8 (53.6 cm) 271/2 (69.9 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 831/4 (211.5 cm) 6 25.6 (2.4 sq m) 115/60/1 3 8.5 R-134a 2400 (1/3 HP) 63 (160 cm) 43 (109 cm) 831/2 (212 cm) 131 (3711 cu l) 450 (204 kg) 590 (268 kg)

3-Section Models 69.1 (1958 cu l) 765/16 (193.8 cm) 35 (88.8 cm) 32 (81.3 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 211/8 (53.6 cm) 271/2 (69.9 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 831/4 (211.5 cm) 9 39.2 (3.6 sq m) 115/60/1 3 10.9 R-134a 4360 (1/2 HP) 91 (231 cm) 43 (109 cm) 831/2 (212 cm) 189 (5354 cu l) 610 (277 kg) 790 (358 kg)

Elevation One-Section

Elevation Two-Section

Elevation Three-Section

NOTES NOTE: Figures in parentheses reflect metric equivalents. 1= Area of standard shelf compliment only, does not include storage area of additional shelves or available on cabinet bottom. 2= Based on a 90 degree F ambient and 20 degree F evaporator.

Plan - One-Section

Plan - Two-Section

Equipped With One NEMA 5-15 P Plug

REQUIRED CLEARANCES In order to assure optimum performance, the condensing unit MUST have an adequate supply of air for cooling purposes. Therefore, the operating location must either have a minimum of 12" clearance overhead of the condensing unit or allow for unrestricted air flow at the back of the unit. Clearance of at least 12" above is required in order to perform certain maintenance tasks.

NOTE: When ordering please specify: Voltage, Hinging, Door Size, Options and any additional warranties. Continued product development may necessitate specification changes without notice. Part No. TR35787 (revised 1/05)

Plan - Three-Section Section - All Models

SECTION 4-1

TRAULSEN 4401 BLUE MOUND RD. PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 Website: www.traulsen.com

FT. WORTH, TX 76106 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302

Traulsen

Restaurant Depot #134

Page: 17-2

Traulsen

Model: G30011

Item#: 18

Project Model Specified:

Quantity

Item # CSI Section 11400

G-Series Reach-In Refrigerators/ Self-Contained

Equipped with an easy to use microprocessor control!

One, Two & Three Section Models, 32" Deep

G

SERIES

Stainless Steel Front & Door(s)

Traulsen's G-Series product line includes one, two and three section reach-in refrigerator and freezer models, available with either full or half length doors and the convenience of a variety of different door hingings to choose from. These products are designed to address several important issues concerning the foodservice operator of today. Such critical issues of concern as: Food Safety, Energy Efficiency and Reliability are all important features of the G-Series overall design philosophy. Built with durable exteriors, reliable controls, balanced, efficient refrigeration systems and a variety of user-friendly features, these products are the right fit for nearly any application. They are designed and built to the highest standards, and epitomize the quality Traulsen is known for.

AVAILABLE MODELS

Single Section

(Formerly Model GHT132WUT)

Two Section

(Formerly Model GHT232NUT)

Three Section

(Formerly Model GHT332NUT)

Model G20010

Model # G10000 G10001 G10010 G10011

Door Half Half Full Full

Hinging Right Left Right Left

Model G30010

Model G10010

Model # G20000 G20001 G20002 G20003 G20010 G20011 G20012 G20013

Door Half Half Half Half Full Full Full Full

Hinging Left-Right Right-Left Right-Right Left-Left Left-Right Right-Left Right-Right Left-Left

Model # G30000 G30001 G30002 G30003 G30010 G30011 G30012 G30013

Door Half Half Half Half Full Full Full Full

Hinging Left-Right-Right Left-Left-Right Right-Right-Right Left-Left-Left Left-Right-Right Left-Left-Right Right-Right-Right Left-Left-Left

Standard Product Features

· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · High Quality Stainless Steel Exterior Front and Door(s) Corrosion Resistant Anodized Aluminum One-Piece Sides Durable Anodized Aluminum Interior Microprocessor Control With LED Temperature Readout Top-Mounted, Balanced, Self-Contained Refrigeration System Large High Humidity Evaporator Coil Outside The Food Zone Full or Half Length Stainless Steel Doors With Locks Self-Closing Doors With Stay Open Feature At 120 Degrees Guaranteed For Life Cam-Lift Hinges Guaranteed For Life Horizontal Work Flow Door Handle(s) Automatically Activated Incandescent Lights Damage Resistant Stainless Steel Breaker Caps Three (3) Adjustable Epoxy Coated Shelves Per Section, Supported On Shelf Pins (installed at the factory) Energy Saving Automatic Non-Electric Condensate Evaporator Magnetic Snap-In Door Gaskets Gasket Protecting Anodized Aluminum Door Liner Anti-Condensate Door Perimeter Heaters Thermostatic Expansion Valve Metering Device Provides Quick Refrigeration Recovery Times Stainless Steel One-Piece Louver Assembly 9' Cord & Plug Attached Set of Four (4) 6" High Casters With Locks One Year Parts And Labor Warranty Five Year Compressor Warranty

Optional Accessory Kits

· · Set of Three (3) Additional Epoxy Coated Shelves With Shelf Pins TK1 Kit: Four (4) Pairs of No. 1 Type Tray Slides To Accommodate either: (1) 18" x 26" or (2) 14" x 18" Sheet Pans, Adjustable To 2" O.C. TK2 Kit: Two (2) Pairs of No. 4 Type Tray Slides To Accommodate (1) 18" x 26" Sheet Pans (equips one full section) TK4 Kit: Four (4) Pairs of Universal Type Tray Slides To Accommodate Either (1) 18" x 26" or (2) 14" x 18" Sheet Pans, or (2) 12" x 20" Steam Table Pans, Adjustable To 4" O.C. Set of Three (3) Chrome Plated Shelves With Shelf Pins LK1 Kit: Set of Four (4) 6" High Adjustable Legs Two Year Service/Labor Warranty Available

·

·

· · ·

NOTE: All optional accessory kits are shipped separately for later installation by others at the jobsite.

All Traulsen solid door G-Series models are ENERGY STAR® listed!

Listed by Underwriters Laboratories Inc., to U.S. and Canadian safety standards and Listed by NSF International.

Approval: ___________________________________

TRAULSEN 4401 BLUE MOUND RD. PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 Website: www.traulsen.com

FT. WORTH, TX 76106 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302

SECTION 4-1

Traulsen

Restaurant Depot #134

Page: 18-1

Traulsen

Model: G30011

Item#: 18

Project Model Specified:

Quantity

Item # CSI Section 11400

Specifications

Construction, Hardware and Insulation Cabinet exterior front, louver assembly and doors are constructed of 20 gauge stainless steel. Cabinet sides (including returns), interior and door liners are constructed of anodized aluminum. The exterior cabinet top, back and bottom are constructed of heavy gauge aluminized steel. A set of four (4) 6" high casters are included. Doors are equipped with a gasket protecting metal door pan, removable plug cylinder locks and guaranteed for life cam-lift, gravity action, self-closing metal, glide hinges with stay open feature at 120 degrees. Hinges include a concealed switch to automatically activate the interior incandescent lighting. Guaranteed for life, work flow door handles are mounted horizontally over recess in door which limits protrusion from door face into aisleways. Easily removable for cleaning, vinyl magnetic door gasket assures tight door seal. Anti condensate heaters are located behind each door opening. Both the cabinet and door(s) are insulated with an average of 2" thick high density, non-CFC, foamed in place polyurethane. Refrigeration System A top mounted, self-contained, balanced refrigeration system using R-134a refrigerant is conveniently located behind the one piece louver assembly. It features an easy to clean front facing condenser, thermostatic expansion valve, air-cooled hermetic compressor, large, high humidity evaporator coil located outside the food zone and a top mounted non-electric condensate evaporator. A 9' cord and plug is provided. Standard operating temperature is 34 to 38°F. Controller The easy to use water resistant microprocessor control system is supplied standard. It includes a 3-Digit LED Display, and a Fahrenheit or Celsius Temperature Scale Display Capability. Interior Standard interior arrangements include three (3) epoxy coated wire shelves per section, mounted on shelf pins, installed at the factory. Shelves are full-width, and do not have any large gaps between them requiring the use of "bridge" or "junior shelves." Recommended load limit per shelf should not exceed 225 lbs. Warranties Both a one year parts and labor warranty and a five year compressor warranty (selfcontained models only) are provided standard. An optional 2nd year extended parts and labor warranty is also available.

DIMENSIONAL DATA Net capacity cu. ft. Length - overall in. Depth - overall in. Depth - over body in. Depth - door open 90° in. Clear door width in. Clear half-door height in. Clear full-door height in. Height-overall on 6" casters No. Standard Shelves Shelf area sq. ft.1 ELECTRICAL DATA Voltage Feed wires with Ground Full load amperes REFRIGERATION DATA Refrigerant BTU/HR H.P.2 SHIPPING DATA Length - crated in. Depth - crated in. Height - crated in. Volume - crated cu. ft. Net Wt. lbs. Gross Wt. lbs.

1-Section Models 24.2 (686 cu l) 297/8 (75.9 cm) 35 (88.8 cm) 32 (81.3 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 211/8 (53.6 cm) 271/2 (69.9 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 831/4 (211.5 cm) 3 13.5 (1.3 sq m) 115/60/1 3 7.0 R-134a 2400 (1/3 HP) 35 (89 cm) 43 (109 cm) 831/2 (212 cm) 71 (2011 cu l) 305 (138 kg) 395 (179 kg)

2-Section Models 46.0 (1303 cu l) 521/8 (132.4 cm) 35 (88.8 cm) 32 (81.3 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 211/8 (53.6 cm) 271/2 (69.9 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 831/4 (211.5 cm) 6 25.6 (2.4 sq m) 115/60/1 3 8.5 R-134a 2400 (1/3 HP) 63 (160 cm) 43 (109 cm) 831/2 (212 cm) 131 (3711 cu l) 450 (204 kg) 590 (268 kg)

3-Section Models 69.1 (1958 cu l) 765/16 (193.8 cm) 35 (88.8 cm) 32 (81.3 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 211/8 (53.6 cm) 271/2 (69.9 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 831/4 (211.5 cm) 9 39.2 (3.6 sq m) 115/60/1 3 10.9 R-134a 4360 (1/2 HP) 91 (231 cm) 43 (109 cm) 831/2 (212 cm) 189 (5354 cu l) 610 (277 kg) 790 (358 kg)

Elevation One-Section

Elevation Two-Section

Elevation Three-Section

NOTES NOTE: Figures in parentheses reflect metric equivalents. 1= Area of standard shelf compliment only, does not include storage area of additional shelves or available on cabinet bottom. 2= Based on a 90 degree F ambient and 20 degree F evaporator.

Plan - One-Section

Plan - Two-Section

Equipped With One NEMA 5-15 P Plug

REQUIRED CLEARANCES In order to assure optimum performance, the condensing unit MUST have an adequate supply of air for cooling purposes. Therefore, the operating location must either have a minimum of 12" clearance overhead of the condensing unit or allow for unrestricted air flow at the back of the unit. Clearance of at least 12" above is required in order to perform certain maintenance tasks.

NOTE: When ordering please specify: Voltage, Hinging, Door Size, Options and any additional warranties. Continued product development may necessitate specification changes without notice. Part No. TR35787 (revised 1/05)

Plan - Three-Section Section - All Models

SECTION 4-1

TRAULSEN 4401 BLUE MOUND RD. PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 Website: www.traulsen.com

FT. WORTH, TX 76106 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302

Traulsen

Restaurant Depot #134

Page: 18-2

Traulsen

Model: G30012

Item#: 19

Project Model Specified:

Quantity

Item # CSI Section 11400

G-Series Reach-In Refrigerators/ Self-Contained

Equipped with an easy to use microprocessor control!

One, Two & Three Section Models, 32" Deep

G

SERIES

Stainless Steel Front & Door(s)

Traulsen's G-Series product line includes one, two and three section reach-in refrigerator and freezer models, available with either full or half length doors and the convenience of a variety of different door hingings to choose from. These products are designed to address several important issues concerning the foodservice operator of today. Such critical issues of concern as: Food Safety, Energy Efficiency and Reliability are all important features of the G-Series overall design philosophy. Built with durable exteriors, reliable controls, balanced, efficient refrigeration systems and a variety of user-friendly features, these products are the right fit for nearly any application. They are designed and built to the highest standards, and epitomize the quality Traulsen is known for.

AVAILABLE MODELS

Single Section

(Formerly Model GHT132WUT)

Two Section

(Formerly Model GHT232NUT)

Three Section

(Formerly Model GHT332NUT)

Model G20010

Model # G10000 G10001 G10010 G10011

Door Half Half Full Full

Hinging Right Left Right Left

Model G30010

Model G10010

Model # G20000 G20001 G20002 G20003 G20010 G20011 G20012 G20013

Door Half Half Half Half Full Full Full Full

Hinging Left-Right Right-Left Right-Right Left-Left Left-Right Right-Left Right-Right Left-Left

Model # G30000 G30001 G30002 G30003 G30010 G30011 G30012 G30013

Door Half Half Half Half Full Full Full Full

Hinging Left-Right-Right Left-Left-Right Right-Right-Right Left-Left-Left Left-Right-Right Left-Left-Right Right-Right-Right Left-Left-Left

Standard Product Features

· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · High Quality Stainless Steel Exterior Front and Door(s) Corrosion Resistant Anodized Aluminum One-Piece Sides Durable Anodized Aluminum Interior Microprocessor Control With LED Temperature Readout Top-Mounted, Balanced, Self-Contained Refrigeration System Large High Humidity Evaporator Coil Outside The Food Zone Full or Half Length Stainless Steel Doors With Locks Self-Closing Doors With Stay Open Feature At 120 Degrees Guaranteed For Life Cam-Lift Hinges Guaranteed For Life Horizontal Work Flow Door Handle(s) Automatically Activated Incandescent Lights Damage Resistant Stainless Steel Breaker Caps Three (3) Adjustable Epoxy Coated Shelves Per Section, Supported On Shelf Pins (installed at the factory) Energy Saving Automatic Non-Electric Condensate Evaporator Magnetic Snap-In Door Gaskets Gasket Protecting Anodized Aluminum Door Liner Anti-Condensate Door Perimeter Heaters Thermostatic Expansion Valve Metering Device Provides Quick Refrigeration Recovery Times Stainless Steel One-Piece Louver Assembly 9' Cord & Plug Attached Set of Four (4) 6" High Casters With Locks One Year Parts And Labor Warranty Five Year Compressor Warranty

Optional Accessory Kits

· · Set of Three (3) Additional Epoxy Coated Shelves With Shelf Pins TK1 Kit: Four (4) Pairs of No. 1 Type Tray Slides To Accommodate either: (1) 18" x 26" or (2) 14" x 18" Sheet Pans, Adjustable To 2" O.C. TK2 Kit: Two (2) Pairs of No. 4 Type Tray Slides To Accommodate (1) 18" x 26" Sheet Pans (equips one full section) TK4 Kit: Four (4) Pairs of Universal Type Tray Slides To Accommodate Either (1) 18" x 26" or (2) 14" x 18" Sheet Pans, or (2) 12" x 20" Steam Table Pans, Adjustable To 4" O.C. Set of Three (3) Chrome Plated Shelves With Shelf Pins LK1 Kit: Set of Four (4) 6" High Adjustable Legs Two Year Service/Labor Warranty Available

·

·

· · ·

NOTE: All optional accessory kits are shipped separately for later installation by others at the jobsite.

All Traulsen solid door G-Series models are ENERGY STAR® listed!

Listed by Underwriters Laboratories Inc., to U.S. and Canadian safety standards and Listed by NSF International.

Approval: ___________________________________

TRAULSEN 4401 BLUE MOUND RD. PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 Website: www.traulsen.com

FT. WORTH, TX 76106 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302

SECTION 4-1

Traulsen

Restaurant Depot #134

Page: 19-1

Traulsen

Model: G30012

Item#: 19

Project Model Specified:

Quantity

Item # CSI Section 11400

Specifications

Construction, Hardware and Insulation Cabinet exterior front, louver assembly and doors are constructed of 20 gauge stainless steel. Cabinet sides (including returns), interior and door liners are constructed of anodized aluminum. The exterior cabinet top, back and bottom are constructed of heavy gauge aluminized steel. A set of four (4) 6" high casters are included. Doors are equipped with a gasket protecting metal door pan, removable plug cylinder locks and guaranteed for life cam-lift, gravity action, self-closing metal, glide hinges with stay open feature at 120 degrees. Hinges include a concealed switch to automatically activate the interior incandescent lighting. Guaranteed for life, work flow door handles are mounted horizontally over recess in door which limits protrusion from door face into aisleways. Easily removable for cleaning, vinyl magnetic door gasket assures tight door seal. Anti condensate heaters are located behind each door opening. Both the cabinet and door(s) are insulated with an average of 2" thick high density, non-CFC, foamed in place polyurethane. Refrigeration System A top mounted, self-contained, balanced refrigeration system using R-134a refrigerant is conveniently located behind the one piece louver assembly. It features an easy to clean front facing condenser, thermostatic expansion valve, air-cooled hermetic compressor, large, high humidity evaporator coil located outside the food zone and a top mounted non-electric condensate evaporator. A 9' cord and plug is provided. Standard operating temperature is 34 to 38°F. Controller The easy to use water resistant microprocessor control system is supplied standard. It includes a 3-Digit LED Display, and a Fahrenheit or Celsius Temperature Scale Display Capability. Interior Standard interior arrangements include three (3) epoxy coated wire shelves per section, mounted on shelf pins, installed at the factory. Shelves are full-width, and do not have any large gaps between them requiring the use of "bridge" or "junior shelves." Recommended load limit per shelf should not exceed 225 lbs. Warranties Both a one year parts and labor warranty and a five year compressor warranty (selfcontained models only) are provided standard. An optional 2nd year extended parts and labor warranty is also available.

DIMENSIONAL DATA Net capacity cu. ft. Length - overall in. Depth - overall in. Depth - over body in. Depth - door open 90° in. Clear door width in. Clear half-door height in. Clear full-door height in. Height-overall on 6" casters No. Standard Shelves Shelf area sq. ft.1 ELECTRICAL DATA Voltage Feed wires with Ground Full load amperes REFRIGERATION DATA Refrigerant BTU/HR H.P.2 SHIPPING DATA Length - crated in. Depth - crated in. Height - crated in. Volume - crated cu. ft. Net Wt. lbs. Gross Wt. lbs.

1-Section Models 24.2 (686 cu l) 297/8 (75.9 cm) 35 (88.8 cm) 32 (81.3 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 211/8 (53.6 cm) 271/2 (69.9 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 831/4 (211.5 cm) 3 13.5 (1.3 sq m) 115/60/1 3 7.0 R-134a 2400 (1/3 HP) 35 (89 cm) 43 (109 cm) 831/2 (212 cm) 71 (2011 cu l) 305 (138 kg) 395 (179 kg)

2-Section Models 46.0 (1303 cu l) 521/8 (132.4 cm) 35 (88.8 cm) 32 (81.3 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 211/8 (53.6 cm) 271/2 (69.9 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 831/4 (211.5 cm) 6 25.6 (2.4 sq m) 115/60/1 3 8.5 R-134a 2400 (1/3 HP) 63 (160 cm) 43 (109 cm) 831/2 (212 cm) 131 (3711 cu l) 450 (204 kg) 590 (268 kg)

3-Section Models 69.1 (1958 cu l) 765/16 (193.8 cm) 35 (88.8 cm) 32 (81.3 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 211/8 (53.6 cm) 271/2 (69.9 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 831/4 (211.5 cm) 9 39.2 (3.6 sq m) 115/60/1 3 10.9 R-134a 4360 (1/2 HP) 91 (231 cm) 43 (109 cm) 831/2 (212 cm) 189 (5354 cu l) 610 (277 kg) 790 (358 kg)

Elevation One-Section

Elevation Two-Section

Elevation Three-Section

NOTES NOTE: Figures in parentheses reflect metric equivalents. 1= Area of standard shelf compliment only, does not include storage area of additional shelves or available on cabinet bottom. 2= Based on a 90 degree F ambient and 20 degree F evaporator.

Plan - One-Section

Plan - Two-Section

Equipped With One NEMA 5-15 P Plug

REQUIRED CLEARANCES In order to assure optimum performance, the condensing unit MUST have an adequate supply of air for cooling purposes. Therefore, the operating location must either have a minimum of 12" clearance overhead of the condensing unit or allow for unrestricted air flow at the back of the unit. Clearance of at least 12" above is required in order to perform certain maintenance tasks.

NOTE: When ordering please specify: Voltage, Hinging, Door Size, Options and any additional warranties. Continued product development may necessitate specification changes without notice. Part No. TR35787 (revised 1/05)

Plan - Three-Section Section - All Models

SECTION 4-1

TRAULSEN 4401 BLUE MOUND RD. PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 Website: www.traulsen.com

FT. WORTH, TX 76106 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302

Traulsen

Restaurant Depot #134

Page: 19-2

Traulsen

Model: G30013

Item#: 20

Project Model Specified:

Quantity

Item # CSI Section 11400

G-Series Reach-In Refrigerators/ Self-Contained

Equipped with an easy to use microprocessor control!

One, Two & Three Section Models, 32" Deep

G

SERIES

Stainless Steel Front & Door(s)

Traulsen's G-Series product line includes one, two and three section reach-in refrigerator and freezer models, available with either full or half length doors and the convenience of a variety of different door hingings to choose from. These products are designed to address several important issues concerning the foodservice operator of today. Such critical issues of concern as: Food Safety, Energy Efficiency and Reliability are all important features of the G-Series overall design philosophy. Built with durable exteriors, reliable controls, balanced, efficient refrigeration systems and a variety of user-friendly features, these products are the right fit for nearly any application. They are designed and built to the highest standards, and epitomize the quality Traulsen is known for.

AVAILABLE MODELS

Single Section

(Formerly Model GHT132WUT)

Two Section

(Formerly Model GHT232NUT)

Three Section

(Formerly Model GHT332NUT)

Model G20010

Model # G10000 G10001 G10010 G10011

Door Half Half Full Full

Hinging Right Left Right Left

Model G30010

Model G10010

Model # G20000 G20001 G20002 G20003 G20010 G20011 G20012 G20013

Door Half Half Half Half Full Full Full Full

Hinging Left-Right Right-Left Right-Right Left-Left Left-Right Right-Left Right-Right Left-Left

Model # G30000 G30001 G30002 G30003 G30010 G30011 G30012 G30013

Door Half Half Half Half Full Full Full Full

Hinging Left-Right-Right Left-Left-Right Right-Right-Right Left-Left-Left Left-Right-Right Left-Left-Right Right-Right-Right Left-Left-Left

Standard Product Features

· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · High Quality Stainless Steel Exterior Front and Door(s) Corrosion Resistant Anodized Aluminum One-Piece Sides Durable Anodized Aluminum Interior Microprocessor Control With LED Temperature Readout Top-Mounted, Balanced, Self-Contained Refrigeration System Large High Humidity Evaporator Coil Outside The Food Zone Full or Half Length Stainless Steel Doors With Locks Self-Closing Doors With Stay Open Feature At 120 Degrees Guaranteed For Life Cam-Lift Hinges Guaranteed For Life Horizontal Work Flow Door Handle(s) Automatically Activated Incandescent Lights Damage Resistant Stainless Steel Breaker Caps Three (3) Adjustable Epoxy Coated Shelves Per Section, Supported On Shelf Pins (installed at the factory) Energy Saving Automatic Non-Electric Condensate Evaporator Magnetic Snap-In Door Gaskets Gasket Protecting Anodized Aluminum Door Liner Anti-Condensate Door Perimeter Heaters Thermostatic Expansion Valve Metering Device Provides Quick Refrigeration Recovery Times Stainless Steel One-Piece Louver Assembly 9' Cord & Plug Attached Set of Four (4) 6" High Casters With Locks One Year Parts And Labor Warranty Five Year Compressor Warranty

Optional Accessory Kits

· · Set of Three (3) Additional Epoxy Coated Shelves With Shelf Pins TK1 Kit: Four (4) Pairs of No. 1 Type Tray Slides To Accommodate either: (1) 18" x 26" or (2) 14" x 18" Sheet Pans, Adjustable To 2" O.C. TK2 Kit: Two (2) Pairs of No. 4 Type Tray Slides To Accommodate (1) 18" x 26" Sheet Pans (equips one full section) TK4 Kit: Four (4) Pairs of Universal Type Tray Slides To Accommodate Either (1) 18" x 26" or (2) 14" x 18" Sheet Pans, or (2) 12" x 20" Steam Table Pans, Adjustable To 4" O.C. Set of Three (3) Chrome Plated Shelves With Shelf Pins LK1 Kit: Set of Four (4) 6" High Adjustable Legs Two Year Service/Labor Warranty Available

·

·

· · ·

NOTE: All optional accessory kits are shipped separately for later installation by others at the jobsite.

All Traulsen solid door G-Series models are ENERGY STAR® listed!

Listed by Underwriters Laboratories Inc., to U.S. and Canadian safety standards and Listed by NSF International.

Approval: ___________________________________

TRAULSEN 4401 BLUE MOUND RD. PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 Website: www.traulsen.com

FT. WORTH, TX 76106 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302

SECTION 4-1

Traulsen

Restaurant Depot #134

Page: 20-1

Traulsen

Model: G30013

Item#: 20

Project Model Specified:

Quantity

Item # CSI Section 11400

Specifications

Construction, Hardware and Insulation Cabinet exterior front, louver assembly and doors are constructed of 20 gauge stainless steel. Cabinet sides (including returns), interior and door liners are constructed of anodized aluminum. The exterior cabinet top, back and bottom are constructed of heavy gauge aluminized steel. A set of four (4) 6" high casters are included. Doors are equipped with a gasket protecting metal door pan, removable plug cylinder locks and guaranteed for life cam-lift, gravity action, self-closing metal, glide hinges with stay open feature at 120 degrees. Hinges include a concealed switch to automatically activate the interior incandescent lighting. Guaranteed for life, work flow door handles are mounted horizontally over recess in door which limits protrusion from door face into aisleways. Easily removable for cleaning, vinyl magnetic door gasket assures tight door seal. Anti condensate heaters are located behind each door opening. Both the cabinet and door(s) are insulated with an average of 2" thick high density, non-CFC, foamed in place polyurethane. Refrigeration System A top mounted, self-contained, balanced refrigeration system using R-134a refrigerant is conveniently located behind the one piece louver assembly. It features an easy to clean front facing condenser, thermostatic expansion valve, air-cooled hermetic compressor, large, high humidity evaporator coil located outside the food zone and a top mounted non-electric condensate evaporator. A 9' cord and plug is provided. Standard operating temperature is 34 to 38°F. Controller The easy to use water resistant microprocessor control system is supplied standard. It includes a 3-Digit LED Display, and a Fahrenheit or Celsius Temperature Scale Display Capability. Interior Standard interior arrangements include three (3) epoxy coated wire shelves per section, mounted on shelf pins, installed at the factory. Shelves are full-width, and do not have any large gaps between them requiring the use of "bridge" or "junior shelves." Recommended load limit per shelf should not exceed 225 lbs. Warranties Both a one year parts and labor warranty and a five year compressor warranty (selfcontained models only) are provided standard. An optional 2nd year extended parts and labor warranty is also available.

DIMENSIONAL DATA Net capacity cu. ft. Length - overall in. Depth - overall in. Depth - over body in. Depth - door open 90° in. Clear door width in. Clear half-door height in. Clear full-door height in. Height-overall on 6" casters No. Standard Shelves Shelf area sq. ft.1 ELECTRICAL DATA Voltage Feed wires with Ground Full load amperes REFRIGERATION DATA Refrigerant BTU/HR H.P.2 SHIPPING DATA Length - crated in. Depth - crated in. Height - crated in. Volume - crated cu. ft. Net Wt. lbs. Gross Wt. lbs.

1-Section Models 24.2 (686 cu l) 297/8 (75.9 cm) 35 (88.8 cm) 32 (81.3 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 211/8 (53.6 cm) 271/2 (69.9 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 831/4 (211.5 cm) 3 13.5 (1.3 sq m) 115/60/1 3 7.0 R-134a 2400 (1/3 HP) 35 (89 cm) 43 (109 cm) 831/2 (212 cm) 71 (2011 cu l) 305 (138 kg) 395 (179 kg)

2-Section Models 46.0 (1303 cu l) 521/8 (132.4 cm) 35 (88.8 cm) 32 (81.3 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 211/8 (53.6 cm) 271/2 (69.9 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 831/4 (211.5 cm) 6 25.6 (2.4 sq m) 115/60/1 3 8.5 R-134a 2400 (1/3 HP) 63 (160 cm) 43 (109 cm) 831/2 (212 cm) 131 (3711 cu l) 450 (204 kg) 590 (268 kg)

3-Section Models 69.1 (1958 cu l) 765/16 (193.8 cm) 35 (88.8 cm) 32 (81.3 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 211/8 (53.6 cm) 271/2 (69.9 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 831/4 (211.5 cm) 9 39.2 (3.6 sq m) 115/60/1 3 10.9 R-134a 4360 (1/2 HP) 91 (231 cm) 43 (109 cm) 831/2 (212 cm) 189 (5354 cu l) 610 (277 kg) 790 (358 kg)

Elevation One-Section

Elevation Two-Section

Elevation Three-Section

NOTES NOTE: Figures in parentheses reflect metric equivalents. 1= Area of standard shelf compliment only, does not include storage area of additional shelves or available on cabinet bottom. 2= Based on a 90 degree F ambient and 20 degree F evaporator.

Plan - One-Section

Plan - Two-Section

Equipped With One NEMA 5-15 P Plug

REQUIRED CLEARANCES In order to assure optimum performance, the condensing unit MUST have an adequate supply of air for cooling purposes. Therefore, the operating location must either have a minimum of 12" clearance overhead of the condensing unit or allow for unrestricted air flow at the back of the unit. Clearance of at least 12" above is required in order to perform certain maintenance tasks.

NOTE: When ordering please specify: Voltage, Hinging, Door Size, Options and any additional warranties. Continued product development may necessitate specification changes without notice. Part No. TR35787 (revised 1/05)

Plan - Three-Section Section - All Models

SECTION 4-1

TRAULSEN 4401 BLUE MOUND RD. PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 Website: www.traulsen.com

FT. WORTH, TX 76106 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302

Traulsen

Restaurant Depot #134

Page: 20-2

Traulsen

Model: G12000

Item#: 21

Project Model Specified:

Quantity

Item # CSI Section 11400

G-Series Reach-In Freezers/ Self-Contained

Equipped with an easy to use microprocessor control!

One, Two & Three Section Models, 32" Deep

G

SERIES

Stainless Steel Front & Door(s)

Traulsen's G-Series product line includes one, two and three section reach-in refrigerator and freezer models, available with either full or half length doors and the convenience of a variety of different door hingings to choose from. These products are designed to address several important issues concerning the foodservice operator of today. Such critical issues of concern as: Food Safety, Energy Efficiency and Reliability are all important features of the G-Series overall design philosophy. Built with durable exteriors, reliable controls, balanced, efficient refrigeration systems and a variety of user-friendly features, these products are the right fit for nearly any application. They are designed and built to the highest standards, and epitomize the quality Traulsen is known for.

AVAILABLE MODELS

Single Section

(Formerly Model GLT132WUT)

Two Section

(Formerly Model GLT232NUT)

Three Section

(Formerly Model GLT332NUT)

Model G22010

Model # G12000 G12001 G12010 G12011

Door Half Half Full Full

Hinging Right Left Right Left

Model G31310

Model G12010

Model # G22000 G22001 G22002 G22003 G22010 G22011 G22012 G22013

Door Half Half Half Half Full Full Full Full

Hinging Left-Right Right-Left Right-Right Left-Left Left-Right Right-Left Right-Right Left-Left

Model # G31300 G31301 G31302 G31303 G31310 G31311 G31312 G31313

Door Half Half Half Half Full Full Full Full

Hinging Left-Right-Right Left-Left-Right Right-Right-Right Left-Left-Left Left-Right-Right Left-Left-Right Right-Right-Right Left-Left-Left

Standard Product Features

· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · High Quality Stainless Steel Exterior Front and Door(s) Corrosion Resistant Anodized Aluminum One-Piece Sides Durable Anodized Aluminum Interior Microprocessor Control With LED Temperature Readout Top-Mounted, Balanced, Self-Contained Refrigeration System Large High Humidity Evaporator Coil Outside The Food Zone Full or Half Length Stainless Steel Doors With Locks Self-Closing Doors With Stay Open Feature At 120 Degrees Guaranteed For Life Cam-Lift Hinges Guaranteed For Life Horizontal Work Flow Door Handle(s) Automatically Activated Incandescent Lights Damage Resistant Stainless Steel Breaker Caps Three (3) Adjustable Epoxy Coated Shelves Per Section, Supported On Shelf Pins (installed at the factory) Energy Saving Automatic Non-Electric Condensate Evaporator Magnetic Snap-In Door Gaskets Gasket Protecting Anodized Aluminum Door Liner Anti-Condensate Door Perimeter Heaters Thermostatic Expansion Valve Metering Device Provides Quick Refrigeration Recovery Times Stainless Steel One-Piece Louver Assembly 9' Cord & Plug Attached Set of Four (4) 6" High Casters With Locks One Year Parts And Labor Warranty Five Year Compressor Warranty

Optional Accessory Kits

· · Set of Three (3) Additional Epoxy Coated Shelves With Shelf Pins TK1 Kit: Four (4) Pairs of No. 1 Type Tray Slides To Accommodate either: (1) 18" x 26" or (2) 14" x 18" Sheet Pans, Adjustable To 2" O.C. TK2 Kit: Two (2) Pairs of No. 4 Type Tray Slides To Accommodate (1) 18" x 26" Sheet Pans (equips one full section) TK4 Kit: Four (4) Pairs of Universal Type Tray Slides To Accommodate Either (1) 18" x 26" or (2) 14" x 18" Sheet Pans, or (2) 12" x 20" Steam Table Pans, Adjustable To 4" O.C. Set of Three (3) Chrome Plated Shelves With Shelf Pins LK1 Kit: Set of Four (4) 6" High Adjustable Legs Two Year Service/Labor Warranty Available

·

·

· · ·

NOTE: All optional accessory kits are shipped separately for later installation by others at the jobsite.

All Traulsen solid door G-Series models are ENERGY STAR® listed!

Listed by Underwriters Laboratories Inc., to U.S. and Canadian safety standards and Listed by NSF International.

Approval: ___________________________________

TRAULSEN 4401 BLUE MOUND RD. PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 Website: www.traulsen.com

FT. WORTH, TX 76106 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302

SECTION 4-2

Traulsen

Restaurant Depot #134

Page: 21-1

Traulsen

Model: G12000

Item#: 21

Project Model Specified:

Quantity

Item # CSI Section 11400

Specifications

Construction, Hardware and Insulation Cabinet exterior front, louver assembly and doors are constructed of 20 gauge stainless steel. Cabinet sides (including returns), interior and door liners are constructed of anodized aluminum. The exterior cabinet top, back and bottom are constructed of heavy gauge aluminized steel. A set of four (4) 6" high casters are included. Doors are equipped with a gasket protecting metal door pan, removable plug cylinder locks and guaranteed for life cam-lift, gravity action, self-closing metal, glide hinges with stay open feature at 120 degrees. Hinges include a concealed switch to automatically activate the interior incandescent lighting. Guaranteed for life, work flow door handles are mounted horizontally over recess in door which limits protrusion from door face into aisleways. Easily removable for cleaning, vinyl magnetic door gasket assures tight door seal. Anti condensate heaters are located behind each door opening. Both the cabinet and door(s) are insulated with an average of 2" thick high density, non-CFC, foamed in place polyurethane. Refrigeration System A top mounted, self-contained, balanced refrigeration system using R-404A refrigerant is conveniently located behind the one piece louver assembly. It features an easy to clean front facing condenser, thermostatic expansion valve, air-cooled, hermetic compressor, large, high humidity evaporator coil located outside the food zone and a top mounted non-electric condensate evaporator. A 9' cord and plug is provided. Standard operating temperature is 0 to -5°F. Controller The easy to use water resistant microprocessor control system is supplied standard. It includes a 3-Digit LED Display, and a Fahrenheit or Celsius Temperature Scale Display Capability. Interior Standard interior arrangements include three (3) epoxy coated wire shelves per section, mounted on shelf pins, installed at the factory. Shelves are full-width, and do not have any large gaps between them requiring the use of "bridge" or "junior shelves." Recommended load limit per shelf should not exceed 225 lbs. Warranties Both a one year parts and labor warranty and a five year compressor warranty (selfcontained models only) are provided standard. An optional 2nd year extended parts and labor warranty is also available.

DIMENSIONAL DATA Net capacity cu. ft. Length - overall in. Depth - overall in. Depth - over body in. Depth - door open 90° in. Clear door width in. Clear half-door height in. Clear full-door height in. Height-overall on 6" casters No. Standard Shelves Shelf area sq. ft.1 ELECTRICAL DATA Voltage Feed wires with Ground Full load amperes REFRIGERATION DATA Refrigerant BTU/HR H.P.2 SHIPPING DATA Length - crated in. Depth - crated in. Height - crated in. Volume - crated cu. ft. Net Wt. lbs. Gross Wt. lbs.

1-Section Models 24.2 (686 cu l) 297/8 (75.9 cm) 35 (88.8 cm) 32 (81.3 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 211/8 (53.6 cm) 271/2 (69.9 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 831/4 (211.5 cm) 3 13.5 (1.3 sq m) 115/60/1 3 11.3 R-404A 2160 (1/2 HP) 35 (89 cm) 43 (109 cm) 831/2 (212 cm) 71 (2011 cu l) 320 (145 kg) 410 (186 kg)

2-Section Models 46.0 (1303 cu l) 521/8 (132.4 cm) 35 (88.8 cm) 32 (81.3 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 211/8 (53.6 cm) 271/2 (69.9 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 831/4 (211.5 cm) 6 25.6 (2.4 sq m) 115/60/1 3 14.9 R-404A 3790 (3/4 HP) 63 (160 cm) 43 (109 cm) 831/2 (212 cm) 131 (3711 cu l) 650 (295 kg) 700 (318 kg)

3-Section Models 69.1 (1958 cu l) 765/16 (193.8 cm) 35 (88.8 cm) 32 (81.3 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 211/8 (53.6 cm) 271/2 (69.9 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 831/4 (211.5 cm) 9 39.2 (3.6 sq m) 208-230/115/60/1 4 10.8 R-404A 4710 (1 HP) 91 (231 cm) 43 (109 cm) 831/2 (212 cm) 189 (5354 cu l) 690 (313 kg) 870 (395 kg)

Elevation One-Section

Elevation Two-Section

Elevation Three-Section

NOTES NOTE: Figures in parentheses reflect metric equivalents. 1= Area of standard shelf compliment only, does not include storage area of additional shelves or available on cabinet bottom. 2= Based on a 90 degree F ambient and -10 degree F evaporator.

Plan - One-Section

Plan - Two-Section

1-Section Models equipped with one NEMA 5-15P Plug

3-Section Models equipped with one NEMA L14-20P Plug

2-Section Models equipped with one NEMA 5-20P Plug

REQUIRED CLEARANCES In order to assure optimum performance, the condensing unit MUST have an adequate supply of air for cooling purposes. Therefore, the operating location must either have a minimum of 12" clearance overhead of the condensing unit or allow for unrestricted air flow at the back of the unit. Clearance of at least 12" above is required in order to perform certain maintenance tasks.

NOTE: When ordering please specify: Voltage, Hinging, Door Size, Options and any additional warranties. Continued product development may necessitate specification changes without notice. Part No. TR35788 (revised 1/05)

Plan - Three-Section

Section - All Models

SECTION 4-2

TRAULSEN 4401 BLUE MOUND RD. PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 Website: www.traulsen.com

FT. WORTH, TX 76106 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302

Traulsen

Restaurant Depot #134

Page: 21-2

Traulsen

Model: G12001

Item#: 22

Project Model Specified:

Quantity

Item # CSI Section 11400

G-Series Reach-In Freezers/ Self-Contained

Equipped with an easy to use microprocessor control!

One, Two & Three Section Models, 32" Deep

G

SERIES

Stainless Steel Front & Door(s)

Traulsen's G-Series product line includes one, two and three section reach-in refrigerator and freezer models, available with either full or half length doors and the convenience of a variety of different door hingings to choose from. These products are designed to address several important issues concerning the foodservice operator of today. Such critical issues of concern as: Food Safety, Energy Efficiency and Reliability are all important features of the G-Series overall design philosophy. Built with durable exteriors, reliable controls, balanced, efficient refrigeration systems and a variety of user-friendly features, these products are the right fit for nearly any application. They are designed and built to the highest standards, and epitomize the quality Traulsen is known for.

AVAILABLE MODELS

Single Section

(Formerly Model GLT132WUT)

Two Section

(Formerly Model GLT232NUT)

Three Section

(Formerly Model GLT332NUT)

Model G22010

Model # G12000 G12001 G12010 G12011

Door Half Half Full Full

Hinging Right Left Right Left

Model G31310

Model G12010

Model # G22000 G22001 G22002 G22003 G22010 G22011 G22012 G22013

Door Half Half Half Half Full Full Full Full

Hinging Left-Right Right-Left Right-Right Left-Left Left-Right Right-Left Right-Right Left-Left

Model # G31300 G31301 G31302 G31303 G31310 G31311 G31312 G31313

Door Half Half Half Half Full Full Full Full

Hinging Left-Right-Right Left-Left-Right Right-Right-Right Left-Left-Left Left-Right-Right Left-Left-Right Right-Right-Right Left-Left-Left

Standard Product Features

· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · High Quality Stainless Steel Exterior Front and Door(s) Corrosion Resistant Anodized Aluminum One-Piece Sides Durable Anodized Aluminum Interior Microprocessor Control With LED Temperature Readout Top-Mounted, Balanced, Self-Contained Refrigeration System Large High Humidity Evaporator Coil Outside The Food Zone Full or Half Length Stainless Steel Doors With Locks Self-Closing Doors With Stay Open Feature At 120 Degrees Guaranteed For Life Cam-Lift Hinges Guaranteed For Life Horizontal Work Flow Door Handle(s) Automatically Activated Incandescent Lights Damage Resistant Stainless Steel Breaker Caps Three (3) Adjustable Epoxy Coated Shelves Per Section, Supported On Shelf Pins (installed at the factory) Energy Saving Automatic Non-Electric Condensate Evaporator Magnetic Snap-In Door Gaskets Gasket Protecting Anodized Aluminum Door Liner Anti-Condensate Door Perimeter Heaters Thermostatic Expansion Valve Metering Device Provides Quick Refrigeration Recovery Times Stainless Steel One-Piece Louver Assembly 9' Cord & Plug Attached Set of Four (4) 6" High Casters With Locks One Year Parts And Labor Warranty Five Year Compressor Warranty

Optional Accessory Kits

· · Set of Three (3) Additional Epoxy Coated Shelves With Shelf Pins TK1 Kit: Four (4) Pairs of No. 1 Type Tray Slides To Accommodate either: (1) 18" x 26" or (2) 14" x 18" Sheet Pans, Adjustable To 2" O.C. TK2 Kit: Two (2) Pairs of No. 4 Type Tray Slides To Accommodate (1) 18" x 26" Sheet Pans (equips one full section) TK4 Kit: Four (4) Pairs of Universal Type Tray Slides To Accommodate Either (1) 18" x 26" or (2) 14" x 18" Sheet Pans, or (2) 12" x 20" Steam Table Pans, Adjustable To 4" O.C. Set of Three (3) Chrome Plated Shelves With Shelf Pins LK1 Kit: Set of Four (4) 6" High Adjustable Legs Two Year Service/Labor Warranty Available

·

·

· · ·

NOTE: All optional accessory kits are shipped separately for later installation by others at the jobsite.

All Traulsen solid door G-Series models are ENERGY STAR® listed!

Listed by Underwriters Laboratories Inc., to U.S. and Canadian safety standards and Listed by NSF International.

Approval: ___________________________________

TRAULSEN 4401 BLUE MOUND RD. PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 Website: www.traulsen.com

FT. WORTH, TX 76106 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302

SECTION 4-2

Traulsen

Restaurant Depot #134

Page: 22-1

Traulsen

Model: G12001

Item#: 22

Project Model Specified:

Quantity

Item # CSI Section 11400

Specifications

Construction, Hardware and Insulation Cabinet exterior front, louver assembly and doors are constructed of 20 gauge stainless steel. Cabinet sides (including returns), interior and door liners are constructed of anodized aluminum. The exterior cabinet top, back and bottom are constructed of heavy gauge aluminized steel. A set of four (4) 6" high casters are included. Doors are equipped with a gasket protecting metal door pan, removable plug cylinder locks and guaranteed for life cam-lift, gravity action, self-closing metal, glide hinges with stay open feature at 120 degrees. Hinges include a concealed switch to automatically activate the interior incandescent lighting. Guaranteed for life, work flow door handles are mounted horizontally over recess in door which limits protrusion from door face into aisleways. Easily removable for cleaning, vinyl magnetic door gasket assures tight door seal. Anti condensate heaters are located behind each door opening. Both the cabinet and door(s) are insulated with an average of 2" thick high density, non-CFC, foamed in place polyurethane. Refrigeration System A top mounted, self-contained, balanced refrigeration system using R-404A refrigerant is conveniently located behind the one piece louver assembly. It features an easy to clean front facing condenser, thermostatic expansion valve, air-cooled, hermetic compressor, large, high humidity evaporator coil located outside the food zone and a top mounted non-electric condensate evaporator. A 9' cord and plug is provided. Standard operating temperature is 0 to -5°F. Controller The easy to use water resistant microprocessor control system is supplied standard. It includes a 3-Digit LED Display, and a Fahrenheit or Celsius Temperature Scale Display Capability. Interior Standard interior arrangements include three (3) epoxy coated wire shelves per section, mounted on shelf pins, installed at the factory. Shelves are full-width, and do not have any large gaps between them requiring the use of "bridge" or "junior shelves." Recommended load limit per shelf should not exceed 225 lbs. Warranties Both a one year parts and labor warranty and a five year compressor warranty (selfcontained models only) are provided standard. An optional 2nd year extended parts and labor warranty is also available.

DIMENSIONAL DATA Net capacity cu. ft. Length - overall in. Depth - overall in. Depth - over body in. Depth - door open 90° in. Clear door width in. Clear half-door height in. Clear full-door height in. Height-overall on 6" casters No. Standard Shelves Shelf area sq. ft.1 ELECTRICAL DATA Voltage Feed wires with Ground Full load amperes REFRIGERATION DATA Refrigerant BTU/HR H.P.2 SHIPPING DATA Length - crated in. Depth - crated in. Height - crated in. Volume - crated cu. ft. Net Wt. lbs. Gross Wt. lbs.

1-Section Models 24.2 (686 cu l) 297/8 (75.9 cm) 35 (88.8 cm) 32 (81.3 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 211/8 (53.6 cm) 271/2 (69.9 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 831/4 (211.5 cm) 3 13.5 (1.3 sq m) 115/60/1 3 11.3 R-404A 2160 (1/2 HP) 35 (89 cm) 43 (109 cm) 831/2 (212 cm) 71 (2011 cu l) 320 (145 kg) 410 (186 kg)

2-Section Models 46.0 (1303 cu l) 521/8 (132.4 cm) 35 (88.8 cm) 32 (81.3 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 211/8 (53.6 cm) 271/2 (69.9 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 831/4 (211.5 cm) 6 25.6 (2.4 sq m) 115/60/1 3 14.9 R-404A 3790 (3/4 HP) 63 (160 cm) 43 (109 cm) 831/2 (212 cm) 131 (3711 cu l) 650 (295 kg) 700 (318 kg)

3-Section Models 69.1 (1958 cu l) 765/16 (193.8 cm) 35 (88.8 cm) 32 (81.3 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 211/8 (53.6 cm) 271/2 (69.9 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 831/4 (211.5 cm) 9 39.2 (3.6 sq m) 208-230/115/60/1 4 10.8 R-404A 4710 (1 HP) 91 (231 cm) 43 (109 cm) 831/2 (212 cm) 189 (5354 cu l) 690 (313 kg) 870 (395 kg)

Elevation One-Section

Elevation Two-Section

Elevation Three-Section

NOTES NOTE: Figures in parentheses reflect metric equivalents. 1= Area of standard shelf compliment only, does not include storage area of additional shelves or available on cabinet bottom. 2= Based on a 90 degree F ambient and -10 degree F evaporator.

Plan - One-Section

Plan - Two-Section

1-Section Models equipped with one NEMA 5-15P Plug

3-Section Models equipped with one NEMA L14-20P Plug

2-Section Models equipped with one NEMA 5-20P Plug

REQUIRED CLEARANCES In order to assure optimum performance, the condensing unit MUST have an adequate supply of air for cooling purposes. Therefore, the operating location must either have a minimum of 12" clearance overhead of the condensing unit or allow for unrestricted air flow at the back of the unit. Clearance of at least 12" above is required in order to perform certain maintenance tasks.

NOTE: When ordering please specify: Voltage, Hinging, Door Size, Options and any additional warranties. Continued product development may necessitate specification changes without notice. Part No. TR35788 (revised 1/05)

Plan - Three-Section

Section - All Models

SECTION 4-2

TRAULSEN 4401 BLUE MOUND RD. PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 Website: www.traulsen.com

FT. WORTH, TX 76106 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302

Traulsen

Restaurant Depot #134

Page: 22-2

Traulsen

Model: G12010

Item#: 23

Project Model Specified:

Quantity

Item # CSI Section 11400

G-Series Reach-In Freezers/ Self-Contained

Equipped with an easy to use microprocessor control!

One, Two & Three Section Models, 32" Deep

G

SERIES

Stainless Steel Front & Door(s)

Traulsen's G-Series product line includes one, two and three section reach-in refrigerator and freezer models, available with either full or half length doors and the convenience of a variety of different door hingings to choose from. These products are designed to address several important issues concerning the foodservice operator of today. Such critical issues of concern as: Food Safety, Energy Efficiency and Reliability are all important features of the G-Series overall design philosophy. Built with durable exteriors, reliable controls, balanced, efficient refrigeration systems and a variety of user-friendly features, these products are the right fit for nearly any application. They are designed and built to the highest standards, and epitomize the quality Traulsen is known for.

AVAILABLE MODELS

Single Section

(Formerly Model GLT132WUT)

Two Section

(Formerly Model GLT232NUT)

Three Section

(Formerly Model GLT332NUT)

Model G22010

Model # G12000 G12001 G12010 G12011

Door Half Half Full Full

Hinging Right Left Right Left

Model G31310

Model G12010

Model # G22000 G22001 G22002 G22003 G22010 G22011 G22012 G22013

Door Half Half Half Half Full Full Full Full

Hinging Left-Right Right-Left Right-Right Left-Left Left-Right Right-Left Right-Right Left-Left

Model # G31300 G31301 G31302 G31303 G31310 G31311 G31312 G31313

Door Half Half Half Half Full Full Full Full

Hinging Left-Right-Right Left-Left-Right Right-Right-Right Left-Left-Left Left-Right-Right Left-Left-Right Right-Right-Right Left-Left-Left

Standard Product Features

· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · High Quality Stainless Steel Exterior Front and Door(s) Corrosion Resistant Anodized Aluminum One-Piece Sides Durable Anodized Aluminum Interior Microprocessor Control With LED Temperature Readout Top-Mounted, Balanced, Self-Contained Refrigeration System Large High Humidity Evaporator Coil Outside The Food Zone Full or Half Length Stainless Steel Doors With Locks Self-Closing Doors With Stay Open Feature At 120 Degrees Guaranteed For Life Cam-Lift Hinges Guaranteed For Life Horizontal Work Flow Door Handle(s) Automatically Activated Incandescent Lights Damage Resistant Stainless Steel Breaker Caps Three (3) Adjustable Epoxy Coated Shelves Per Section, Supported On Shelf Pins (installed at the factory) Energy Saving Automatic Non-Electric Condensate Evaporator Magnetic Snap-In Door Gaskets Gasket Protecting Anodized Aluminum Door Liner Anti-Condensate Door Perimeter Heaters Thermostatic Expansion Valve Metering Device Provides Quick Refrigeration Recovery Times Stainless Steel One-Piece Louver Assembly 9' Cord & Plug Attached Set of Four (4) 6" High Casters With Locks One Year Parts And Labor Warranty Five Year Compressor Warranty

Optional Accessory Kits

· · Set of Three (3) Additional Epoxy Coated Shelves With Shelf Pins TK1 Kit: Four (4) Pairs of No. 1 Type Tray Slides To Accommodate either: (1) 18" x 26" or (2) 14" x 18" Sheet Pans, Adjustable To 2" O.C. TK2 Kit: Two (2) Pairs of No. 4 Type Tray Slides To Accommodate (1) 18" x 26" Sheet Pans (equips one full section) TK4 Kit: Four (4) Pairs of Universal Type Tray Slides To Accommodate Either (1) 18" x 26" or (2) 14" x 18" Sheet Pans, or (2) 12" x 20" Steam Table Pans, Adjustable To 4" O.C. Set of Three (3) Chrome Plated Shelves With Shelf Pins LK1 Kit: Set of Four (4) 6" High Adjustable Legs Two Year Service/Labor Warranty Available

·

·

· · ·

NOTE: All optional accessory kits are shipped separately for later installation by others at the jobsite.

All Traulsen solid door G-Series models are ENERGY STAR® listed!

Listed by Underwriters Laboratories Inc., to U.S. and Canadian safety standards and Listed by NSF International.

Approval: ___________________________________

TRAULSEN 4401 BLUE MOUND RD. PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 Website: www.traulsen.com

FT. WORTH, TX 76106 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302

SECTION 4-2

Traulsen

Restaurant Depot #134

Page: 23-1

Traulsen

Model: G12010

Item#: 23

Project Model Specified:

Quantity

Item # CSI Section 11400

Specifications

Construction, Hardware and Insulation Cabinet exterior front, louver assembly and doors are constructed of 20 gauge stainless steel. Cabinet sides (including returns), interior and door liners are constructed of anodized aluminum. The exterior cabinet top, back and bottom are constructed of heavy gauge aluminized steel. A set of four (4) 6" high casters are included. Doors are equipped with a gasket protecting metal door pan, removable plug cylinder locks and guaranteed for life cam-lift, gravity action, self-closing metal, glide hinges with stay open feature at 120 degrees. Hinges include a concealed switch to automatically activate the interior incandescent lighting. Guaranteed for life, work flow door handles are mounted horizontally over recess in door which limits protrusion from door face into aisleways. Easily removable for cleaning, vinyl magnetic door gasket assures tight door seal. Anti condensate heaters are located behind each door opening. Both the cabinet and door(s) are insulated with an average of 2" thick high density, non-CFC, foamed in place polyurethane. Refrigeration System A top mounted, self-contained, balanced refrigeration system using R-404A refrigerant is conveniently located behind the one piece louver assembly. It features an easy to clean front facing condenser, thermostatic expansion valve, air-cooled, hermetic compressor, large, high humidity evaporator coil located outside the food zone and a top mounted non-electric condensate evaporator. A 9' cord and plug is provided. Standard operating temperature is 0 to -5°F. Controller The easy to use water resistant microprocessor control system is supplied standard. It includes a 3-Digit LED Display, and a Fahrenheit or Celsius Temperature Scale Display Capability. Interior Standard interior arrangements include three (3) epoxy coated wire shelves per section, mounted on shelf pins, installed at the factory. Shelves are full-width, and do not have any large gaps between them requiring the use of "bridge" or "junior shelves." Recommended load limit per shelf should not exceed 225 lbs. Warranties Both a one year parts and labor warranty and a five year compressor warranty (selfcontained models only) are provided standard. An optional 2nd year extended parts and labor warranty is also available.

DIMENSIONAL DATA Net capacity cu. ft. Length - overall in. Depth - overall in. Depth - over body in. Depth - door open 90° in. Clear door width in. Clear half-door height in. Clear full-door height in. Height-overall on 6" casters No. Standard Shelves Shelf area sq. ft.1 ELECTRICAL DATA Voltage Feed wires with Ground Full load amperes REFRIGERATION DATA Refrigerant BTU/HR H.P.2 SHIPPING DATA Length - crated in. Depth - crated in. Height - crated in. Volume - crated cu. ft. Net Wt. lbs. Gross Wt. lbs.

1-Section Models 24.2 (686 cu l) 297/8 (75.9 cm) 35 (88.8 cm) 32 (81.3 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 211/8 (53.6 cm) 271/2 (69.9 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 831/4 (211.5 cm) 3 13.5 (1.3 sq m) 115/60/1 3 11.3 R-404A 2160 (1/2 HP) 35 (89 cm) 43 (109 cm) 831/2 (212 cm) 71 (2011 cu l) 320 (145 kg) 410 (186 kg)

2-Section Models 46.0 (1303 cu l) 521/8 (132.4 cm) 35 (88.8 cm) 32 (81.3 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 211/8 (53.6 cm) 271/2 (69.9 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 831/4 (211.5 cm) 6 25.6 (2.4 sq m) 115/60/1 3 14.9 R-404A 3790 (3/4 HP) 63 (160 cm) 43 (109 cm) 831/2 (212 cm) 131 (3711 cu l) 650 (295 kg) 700 (318 kg)

3-Section Models 69.1 (1958 cu l) 765/16 (193.8 cm) 35 (88.8 cm) 32 (81.3 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 211/8 (53.6 cm) 271/2 (69.9 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 831/4 (211.5 cm) 9 39.2 (3.6 sq m) 208-230/115/60/1 4 10.8 R-404A 4710 (1 HP) 91 (231 cm) 43 (109 cm) 831/2 (212 cm) 189 (5354 cu l) 690 (313 kg) 870 (395 kg)

Elevation One-Section

Elevation Two-Section

Elevation Three-Section

NOTES NOTE: Figures in parentheses reflect metric equivalents. 1= Area of standard shelf compliment only, does not include storage area of additional shelves or available on cabinet bottom. 2= Based on a 90 degree F ambient and -10 degree F evaporator.

Plan - One-Section

Plan - Two-Section

1-Section Models equipped with one NEMA 5-15P Plug

3-Section Models equipped with one NEMA L14-20P Plug

2-Section Models equipped with one NEMA 5-20P Plug

REQUIRED CLEARANCES In order to assure optimum performance, the condensing unit MUST have an adequate supply of air for cooling purposes. Therefore, the operating location must either have a minimum of 12" clearance overhead of the condensing unit or allow for unrestricted air flow at the back of the unit. Clearance of at least 12" above is required in order to perform certain maintenance tasks.

NOTE: When ordering please specify: Voltage, Hinging, Door Size, Options and any additional warranties. Continued product development may necessitate specification changes without notice. Part No. TR35788 (revised 1/05)

Plan - Three-Section

Section - All Models

SECTION 4-2

TRAULSEN 4401 BLUE MOUND RD. PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 Website: www.traulsen.com

FT. WORTH, TX 76106 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302

Traulsen

Restaurant Depot #134

Page: 23-2

Traulsen

Model: G12011

Item#: 24

Project Model Specified:

Quantity

Item # CSI Section 11400

G-Series Reach-In Freezers/ Self-Contained

Equipped with an easy to use microprocessor control!

One, Two & Three Section Models, 32" Deep

G

SERIES

Stainless Steel Front & Door(s)

Traulsen's G-Series product line includes one, two and three section reach-in refrigerator and freezer models, available with either full or half length doors and the convenience of a variety of different door hingings to choose from. These products are designed to address several important issues concerning the foodservice operator of today. Such critical issues of concern as: Food Safety, Energy Efficiency and Reliability are all important features of the G-Series overall design philosophy. Built with durable exteriors, reliable controls, balanced, efficient refrigeration systems and a variety of user-friendly features, these products are the right fit for nearly any application. They are designed and built to the highest standards, and epitomize the quality Traulsen is known for.

AVAILABLE MODELS

Single Section

(Formerly Model GLT132WUT)

Two Section

(Formerly Model GLT232NUT)

Three Section

(Formerly Model GLT332NUT)

Model G22010

Model # G12000 G12001 G12010 G12011

Door Half Half Full Full

Hinging Right Left Right Left

Model G31310

Model G12010

Model # G22000 G22001 G22002 G22003 G22010 G22011 G22012 G22013

Door Half Half Half Half Full Full Full Full

Hinging Left-Right Right-Left Right-Right Left-Left Left-Right Right-Left Right-Right Left-Left

Model # G31300 G31301 G31302 G31303 G31310 G31311 G31312 G31313

Door Half Half Half Half Full Full Full Full

Hinging Left-Right-Right Left-Left-Right Right-Right-Right Left-Left-Left Left-Right-Right Left-Left-Right Right-Right-Right Left-Left-Left

Standard Product Features

· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · High Quality Stainless Steel Exterior Front and Door(s) Corrosion Resistant Anodized Aluminum One-Piece Sides Durable Anodized Aluminum Interior Microprocessor Control With LED Temperature Readout Top-Mounted, Balanced, Self-Contained Refrigeration System Large High Humidity Evaporator Coil Outside The Food Zone Full or Half Length Stainless Steel Doors With Locks Self-Closing Doors With Stay Open Feature At 120 Degrees Guaranteed For Life Cam-Lift Hinges Guaranteed For Life Horizontal Work Flow Door Handle(s) Automatically Activated Incandescent Lights Damage Resistant Stainless Steel Breaker Caps Three (3) Adjustable Epoxy Coated Shelves Per Section, Supported On Shelf Pins (installed at the factory) Energy Saving Automatic Non-Electric Condensate Evaporator Magnetic Snap-In Door Gaskets Gasket Protecting Anodized Aluminum Door Liner Anti-Condensate Door Perimeter Heaters Thermostatic Expansion Valve Metering Device Provides Quick Refrigeration Recovery Times Stainless Steel One-Piece Louver Assembly 9' Cord & Plug Attached Set of Four (4) 6" High Casters With Locks One Year Parts And Labor Warranty Five Year Compressor Warranty

Optional Accessory Kits

· · Set of Three (3) Additional Epoxy Coated Shelves With Shelf Pins TK1 Kit: Four (4) Pairs of No. 1 Type Tray Slides To Accommodate either: (1) 18" x 26" or (2) 14" x 18" Sheet Pans, Adjustable To 2" O.C. TK2 Kit: Two (2) Pairs of No. 4 Type Tray Slides To Accommodate (1) 18" x 26" Sheet Pans (equips one full section) TK4 Kit: Four (4) Pairs of Universal Type Tray Slides To Accommodate Either (1) 18" x 26" or (2) 14" x 18" Sheet Pans, or (2) 12" x 20" Steam Table Pans, Adjustable To 4" O.C. Set of Three (3) Chrome Plated Shelves With Shelf Pins LK1 Kit: Set of Four (4) 6" High Adjustable Legs Two Year Service/Labor Warranty Available

·

·

· · ·

NOTE: All optional accessory kits are shipped separately for later installation by others at the jobsite.

All Traulsen solid door G-Series models are ENERGY STAR® listed!

Listed by Underwriters Laboratories Inc., to U.S. and Canadian safety standards and Listed by NSF International.

Approval: ___________________________________

TRAULSEN 4401 BLUE MOUND RD. PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 Website: www.traulsen.com

FT. WORTH, TX 76106 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302

SECTION 4-2

Traulsen

Restaurant Depot #134

Page: 24-1

Traulsen

Model: G12011

Item#: 24

Project Model Specified:

Quantity

Item # CSI Section 11400

Specifications

Construction, Hardware and Insulation Cabinet exterior front, louver assembly and doors are constructed of 20 gauge stainless steel. Cabinet sides (including returns), interior and door liners are constructed of anodized aluminum. The exterior cabinet top, back and bottom are constructed of heavy gauge aluminized steel. A set of four (4) 6" high casters are included. Doors are equipped with a gasket protecting metal door pan, removable plug cylinder locks and guaranteed for life cam-lift, gravity action, self-closing metal, glide hinges with stay open feature at 120 degrees. Hinges include a concealed switch to automatically activate the interior incandescent lighting. Guaranteed for life, work flow door handles are mounted horizontally over recess in door which limits protrusion from door face into aisleways. Easily removable for cleaning, vinyl magnetic door gasket assures tight door seal. Anti condensate heaters are located behind each door opening. Both the cabinet and door(s) are insulated with an average of 2" thick high density, non-CFC, foamed in place polyurethane. Refrigeration System A top mounted, self-contained, balanced refrigeration system using R-404A refrigerant is conveniently located behind the one piece louver assembly. It features an easy to clean front facing condenser, thermostatic expansion valve, air-cooled, hermetic compressor, large, high humidity evaporator coil located outside the food zone and a top mounted non-electric condensate evaporator. A 9' cord and plug is provided. Standard operating temperature is 0 to -5°F. Controller The easy to use water resistant microprocessor control system is supplied standard. It includes a 3-Digit LED Display, and a Fahrenheit or Celsius Temperature Scale Display Capability. Interior Standard interior arrangements include three (3) epoxy coated wire shelves per section, mounted on shelf pins, installed at the factory. Shelves are full-width, and do not have any large gaps between them requiring the use of "bridge" or "junior shelves." Recommended load limit per shelf should not exceed 225 lbs. Warranties Both a one year parts and labor warranty and a five year compressor warranty (selfcontained models only) are provided standard. An optional 2nd year extended parts and labor warranty is also available.

DIMENSIONAL DATA Net capacity cu. ft. Length - overall in. Depth - overall in. Depth - over body in. Depth - door open 90° in. Clear door width in. Clear half-door height in. Clear full-door height in. Height-overall on 6" casters No. Standard Shelves Shelf area sq. ft.1 ELECTRICAL DATA Voltage Feed wires with Ground Full load amperes REFRIGERATION DATA Refrigerant BTU/HR H.P.2 SHIPPING DATA Length - crated in. Depth - crated in. Height - crated in. Volume - crated cu. ft. Net Wt. lbs. Gross Wt. lbs.

1-Section Models 24.2 (686 cu l) 297/8 (75.9 cm) 35 (88.8 cm) 32 (81.3 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 211/8 (53.6 cm) 271/2 (69.9 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 831/4 (211.5 cm) 3 13.5 (1.3 sq m) 115/60/1 3 11.3 R-404A 2160 (1/2 HP) 35 (89 cm) 43 (109 cm) 831/2 (212 cm) 71 (2011 cu l) 320 (145 kg) 410 (186 kg)

2-Section Models 46.0 (1303 cu l) 521/8 (132.4 cm) 35 (88.8 cm) 32 (81.3 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 211/8 (53.6 cm) 271/2 (69.9 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 831/4 (211.5 cm) 6 25.6 (2.4 sq m) 115/60/1 3 14.9 R-404A 3790 (3/4 HP) 63 (160 cm) 43 (109 cm) 831/2 (212 cm) 131 (3711 cu l) 650 (295 kg) 700 (318 kg)

3-Section Models 69.1 (1958 cu l) 765/16 (193.8 cm) 35 (88.8 cm) 32 (81.3 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 211/8 (53.6 cm) 271/2 (69.9 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 831/4 (211.5 cm) 9 39.2 (3.6 sq m) 208-230/115/60/1 4 10.8 R-404A 4710 (1 HP) 91 (231 cm) 43 (109 cm) 831/2 (212 cm) 189 (5354 cu l) 690 (313 kg) 870 (395 kg)

Elevation One-Section

Elevation Two-Section

Elevation Three-Section

NOTES NOTE: Figures in parentheses reflect metric equivalents. 1= Area of standard shelf compliment only, does not include storage area of additional shelves or available on cabinet bottom. 2= Based on a 90 degree F ambient and -10 degree F evaporator.

Plan - One-Section

Plan - Two-Section

1-Section Models equipped with one NEMA 5-15P Plug

3-Section Models equipped with one NEMA L14-20P Plug

2-Section Models equipped with one NEMA 5-20P Plug

REQUIRED CLEARANCES In order to assure optimum performance, the condensing unit MUST have an adequate supply of air for cooling purposes. Therefore, the operating location must either have a minimum of 12" clearance overhead of the condensing unit or allow for unrestricted air flow at the back of the unit. Clearance of at least 12" above is required in order to perform certain maintenance tasks.

NOTE: When ordering please specify: Voltage, Hinging, Door Size, Options and any additional warranties. Continued product development may necessitate specification changes without notice. Part No. TR35788 (revised 1/05)

Plan - Three-Section

Section - All Models

SECTION 4-2

TRAULSEN 4401 BLUE MOUND RD. PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 Website: www.traulsen.com

FT. WORTH, TX 76106 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302

Traulsen

Restaurant Depot #134

Page: 24-2

Traulsen

Model: G22000

Item#: 25

Project Model Specified:

Quantity

Item # CSI Section 11400

G-Series Reach-In Freezers/ Self-Contained

Equipped with an easy to use microprocessor control!

One, Two & Three Section Models, 32" Deep

G

SERIES

Stainless Steel Front & Door(s)

Traulsen's G-Series product line includes one, two and three section reach-in refrigerator and freezer models, available with either full or half length doors and the convenience of a variety of different door hingings to choose from. These products are designed to address several important issues concerning the foodservice operator of today. Such critical issues of concern as: Food Safety, Energy Efficiency and Reliability are all important features of the G-Series overall design philosophy. Built with durable exteriors, reliable controls, balanced, efficient refrigeration systems and a variety of user-friendly features, these products are the right fit for nearly any application. They are designed and built to the highest standards, and epitomize the quality Traulsen is known for.

AVAILABLE MODELS

Single Section

(Formerly Model GLT132WUT)

Two Section

(Formerly Model GLT232NUT)

Three Section

(Formerly Model GLT332NUT)

Model G22010

Model # G12000 G12001 G12010 G12011

Door Half Half Full Full

Hinging Right Left Right Left

Model G31310

Model G12010

Model # G22000 G22001 G22002 G22003 G22010 G22011 G22012 G22013

Door Half Half Half Half Full Full Full Full

Hinging Left-Right Right-Left Right-Right Left-Left Left-Right Right-Left Right-Right Left-Left

Model # G31300 G31301 G31302 G31303 G31310 G31311 G31312 G31313

Door Half Half Half Half Full Full Full Full

Hinging Left-Right-Right Left-Left-Right Right-Right-Right Left-Left-Left Left-Right-Right Left-Left-Right Right-Right-Right Left-Left-Left

Standard Product Features

· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · High Quality Stainless Steel Exterior Front and Door(s) Corrosion Resistant Anodized Aluminum One-Piece Sides Durable Anodized Aluminum Interior Microprocessor Control With LED Temperature Readout Top-Mounted, Balanced, Self-Contained Refrigeration System Large High Humidity Evaporator Coil Outside The Food Zone Full or Half Length Stainless Steel Doors With Locks Self-Closing Doors With Stay Open Feature At 120 Degrees Guaranteed For Life Cam-Lift Hinges Guaranteed For Life Horizontal Work Flow Door Handle(s) Automatically Activated Incandescent Lights Damage Resistant Stainless Steel Breaker Caps Three (3) Adjustable Epoxy Coated Shelves Per Section, Supported On Shelf Pins (installed at the factory) Energy Saving Automatic Non-Electric Condensate Evaporator Magnetic Snap-In Door Gaskets Gasket Protecting Anodized Aluminum Door Liner Anti-Condensate Door Perimeter Heaters Thermostatic Expansion Valve Metering Device Provides Quick Refrigeration Recovery Times Stainless Steel One-Piece Louver Assembly 9' Cord & Plug Attached Set of Four (4) 6" High Casters With Locks One Year Parts And Labor Warranty Five Year Compressor Warranty

Optional Accessory Kits

· · Set of Three (3) Additional Epoxy Coated Shelves With Shelf Pins TK1 Kit: Four (4) Pairs of No. 1 Type Tray Slides To Accommodate either: (1) 18" x 26" or (2) 14" x 18" Sheet Pans, Adjustable To 2" O.C. TK2 Kit: Two (2) Pairs of No. 4 Type Tray Slides To Accommodate (1) 18" x 26" Sheet Pans (equips one full section) TK4 Kit: Four (4) Pairs of Universal Type Tray Slides To Accommodate Either (1) 18" x 26" or (2) 14" x 18" Sheet Pans, or (2) 12" x 20" Steam Table Pans, Adjustable To 4" O.C. Set of Three (3) Chrome Plated Shelves With Shelf Pins LK1 Kit: Set of Four (4) 6" High Adjustable Legs Two Year Service/Labor Warranty Available

·

·

· · ·

NOTE: All optional accessory kits are shipped separately for later installation by others at the jobsite.

All Traulsen solid door G-Series models are ENERGY STAR® listed!

Listed by Underwriters Laboratories Inc., to U.S. and Canadian safety standards and Listed by NSF International.

Approval: ___________________________________

TRAULSEN 4401 BLUE MOUND RD. PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 Website: www.traulsen.com

FT. WORTH, TX 76106 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302

SECTION 4-2

Traulsen

Restaurant Depot #134

Page: 25-1

Traulsen

Model: G22000

Item#: 25

Project Model Specified:

Quantity

Item # CSI Section 11400

Specifications

Construction, Hardware and Insulation Cabinet exterior front, louver assembly and doors are constructed of 20 gauge stainless steel. Cabinet sides (including returns), interior and door liners are constructed of anodized aluminum. The exterior cabinet top, back and bottom are constructed of heavy gauge aluminized steel. A set of four (4) 6" high casters are included. Doors are equipped with a gasket protecting metal door pan, removable plug cylinder locks and guaranteed for life cam-lift, gravity action, self-closing metal, glide hinges with stay open feature at 120 degrees. Hinges include a concealed switch to automatically activate the interior incandescent lighting. Guaranteed for life, work flow door handles are mounted horizontally over recess in door which limits protrusion from door face into aisleways. Easily removable for cleaning, vinyl magnetic door gasket assures tight door seal. Anti condensate heaters are located behind each door opening. Both the cabinet and door(s) are insulated with an average of 2" thick high density, non-CFC, foamed in place polyurethane. Refrigeration System A top mounted, self-contained, balanced refrigeration system using R-404A refrigerant is conveniently located behind the one piece louver assembly. It features an easy to clean front facing condenser, thermostatic expansion valve, air-cooled, hermetic compressor, large, high humidity evaporator coil located outside the food zone and a top mounted non-electric condensate evaporator. A 9' cord and plug is provided. Standard operating temperature is 0 to -5°F. Controller The easy to use water resistant microprocessor control system is supplied standard. It includes a 3-Digit LED Display, and a Fahrenheit or Celsius Temperature Scale Display Capability. Interior Standard interior arrangements include three (3) epoxy coated wire shelves per section, mounted on shelf pins, installed at the factory. Shelves are full-width, and do not have any large gaps between them requiring the use of "bridge" or "junior shelves." Recommended load limit per shelf should not exceed 225 lbs. Warranties Both a one year parts and labor warranty and a five year compressor warranty (selfcontained models only) are provided standard. An optional 2nd year extended parts and labor warranty is also available.

DIMENSIONAL DATA Net capacity cu. ft. Length - overall in. Depth - overall in. Depth - over body in. Depth - door open 90° in. Clear door width in. Clear half-door height in. Clear full-door height in. Height-overall on 6" casters No. Standard Shelves Shelf area sq. ft.1 ELECTRICAL DATA Voltage Feed wires with Ground Full load amperes REFRIGERATION DATA Refrigerant BTU/HR H.P.2 SHIPPING DATA Length - crated in. Depth - crated in. Height - crated in. Volume - crated cu. ft. Net Wt. lbs. Gross Wt. lbs.

1-Section Models 24.2 (686 cu l) 297/8 (75.9 cm) 35 (88.8 cm) 32 (81.3 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 211/8 (53.6 cm) 271/2 (69.9 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 831/4 (211.5 cm) 3 13.5 (1.3 sq m) 115/60/1 3 11.3 R-404A 2160 (1/2 HP) 35 (89 cm) 43 (109 cm) 831/2 (212 cm) 71 (2011 cu l) 320 (145 kg) 410 (186 kg)

2-Section Models 46.0 (1303 cu l) 521/8 (132.4 cm) 35 (88.8 cm) 32 (81.3 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 211/8 (53.6 cm) 271/2 (69.9 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 831/4 (211.5 cm) 6 25.6 (2.4 sq m) 115/60/1 3 14.9 R-404A 3790 (3/4 HP) 63 (160 cm) 43 (109 cm) 831/2 (212 cm) 131 (3711 cu l) 650 (295 kg) 700 (318 kg)

3-Section Models 69.1 (1958 cu l) 765/16 (193.8 cm) 35 (88.8 cm) 32 (81.3 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 211/8 (53.6 cm) 271/2 (69.9 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 831/4 (211.5 cm) 9 39.2 (3.6 sq m) 208-230/115/60/1 4 10.8 R-404A 4710 (1 HP) 91 (231 cm) 43 (109 cm) 831/2 (212 cm) 189 (5354 cu l) 690 (313 kg) 870 (395 kg)

Elevation One-Section

Elevation Two-Section

Elevation Three-Section

NOTES NOTE: Figures in parentheses reflect metric equivalents. 1= Area of standard shelf compliment only, does not include storage area of additional shelves or available on cabinet bottom. 2= Based on a 90 degree F ambient and -10 degree F evaporator.

Plan - One-Section

Plan - Two-Section

1-Section Models equipped with one NEMA 5-15P Plug

3-Section Models equipped with one NEMA L14-20P Plug

2-Section Models equipped with one NEMA 5-20P Plug

REQUIRED CLEARANCES In order to assure optimum performance, the condensing unit MUST have an adequate supply of air for cooling purposes. Therefore, the operating location must either have a minimum of 12" clearance overhead of the condensing unit or allow for unrestricted air flow at the back of the unit. Clearance of at least 12" above is required in order to perform certain maintenance tasks.

NOTE: When ordering please specify: Voltage, Hinging, Door Size, Options and any additional warranties. Continued product development may necessitate specification changes without notice. Part No. TR35788 (revised 1/05)

Plan - Three-Section

Section - All Models

SECTION 4-2

TRAULSEN 4401 BLUE MOUND RD. PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 Website: www.traulsen.com

FT. WORTH, TX 76106 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302

Traulsen

Restaurant Depot #134

Page: 25-2

Traulsen

Model: G22001

Item#: 26

Project Model Specified:

Quantity

Item # CSI Section 11400

G-Series Reach-In Freezers/ Self-Contained

Equipped with an easy to use microprocessor control!

One, Two & Three Section Models, 32" Deep

G

SERIES

Stainless Steel Front & Door(s)

Traulsen's G-Series product line includes one, two and three section reach-in refrigerator and freezer models, available with either full or half length doors and the convenience of a variety of different door hingings to choose from. These products are designed to address several important issues concerning the foodservice operator of today. Such critical issues of concern as: Food Safety, Energy Efficiency and Reliability are all important features of the G-Series overall design philosophy. Built with durable exteriors, reliable controls, balanced, efficient refrigeration systems and a variety of user-friendly features, these products are the right fit for nearly any application. They are designed and built to the highest standards, and epitomize the quality Traulsen is known for.

AVAILABLE MODELS

Single Section

(Formerly Model GLT132WUT)

Two Section

(Formerly Model GLT232NUT)

Three Section

(Formerly Model GLT332NUT)

Model G22010

Model # G12000 G12001 G12010 G12011

Door Half Half Full Full

Hinging Right Left Right Left

Model G31310

Model G12010

Model # G22000 G22001 G22002 G22003 G22010 G22011 G22012 G22013

Door Half Half Half Half Full Full Full Full

Hinging Left-Right Right-Left Right-Right Left-Left Left-Right Right-Left Right-Right Left-Left

Model # G31300 G31301 G31302 G31303 G31310 G31311 G31312 G31313

Door Half Half Half Half Full Full Full Full

Hinging Left-Right-Right Left-Left-Right Right-Right-Right Left-Left-Left Left-Right-Right Left-Left-Right Right-Right-Right Left-Left-Left

Standard Product Features

· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · High Quality Stainless Steel Exterior Front and Door(s) Corrosion Resistant Anodized Aluminum One-Piece Sides Durable Anodized Aluminum Interior Microprocessor Control With LED Temperature Readout Top-Mounted, Balanced, Self-Contained Refrigeration System Large High Humidity Evaporator Coil Outside The Food Zone Full or Half Length Stainless Steel Doors With Locks Self-Closing Doors With Stay Open Feature At 120 Degrees Guaranteed For Life Cam-Lift Hinges Guaranteed For Life Horizontal Work Flow Door Handle(s) Automatically Activated Incandescent Lights Damage Resistant Stainless Steel Breaker Caps Three (3) Adjustable Epoxy Coated Shelves Per Section, Supported On Shelf Pins (installed at the factory) Energy Saving Automatic Non-Electric Condensate Evaporator Magnetic Snap-In Door Gaskets Gasket Protecting Anodized Aluminum Door Liner Anti-Condensate Door Perimeter Heaters Thermostatic Expansion Valve Metering Device Provides Quick Refrigeration Recovery Times Stainless Steel One-Piece Louver Assembly 9' Cord & Plug Attached Set of Four (4) 6" High Casters With Locks One Year Parts And Labor Warranty Five Year Compressor Warranty

Optional Accessory Kits

· · Set of Three (3) Additional Epoxy Coated Shelves With Shelf Pins TK1 Kit: Four (4) Pairs of No. 1 Type Tray Slides To Accommodate either: (1) 18" x 26" or (2) 14" x 18" Sheet Pans, Adjustable To 2" O.C. TK2 Kit: Two (2) Pairs of No. 4 Type Tray Slides To Accommodate (1) 18" x 26" Sheet Pans (equips one full section) TK4 Kit: Four (4) Pairs of Universal Type Tray Slides To Accommodate Either (1) 18" x 26" or (2) 14" x 18" Sheet Pans, or (2) 12" x 20" Steam Table Pans, Adjustable To 4" O.C. Set of Three (3) Chrome Plated Shelves With Shelf Pins LK1 Kit: Set of Four (4) 6" High Adjustable Legs Two Year Service/Labor Warranty Available

·

·

· · ·

NOTE: All optional accessory kits are shipped separately for later installation by others at the jobsite.

All Traulsen solid door G-Series models are ENERGY STAR® listed!

Listed by Underwriters Laboratories Inc., to U.S. and Canadian safety standards and Listed by NSF International.

Approval: ___________________________________

TRAULSEN 4401 BLUE MOUND RD. PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 Website: www.traulsen.com

FT. WORTH, TX 76106 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302

SECTION 4-2

Traulsen

Restaurant Depot #134

Page: 26-1

Traulsen

Model: G22001

Item#: 26

Project Model Specified:

Quantity

Item # CSI Section 11400

Specifications

Construction, Hardware and Insulation Cabinet exterior front, louver assembly and doors are constructed of 20 gauge stainless steel. Cabinet sides (including returns), interior and door liners are constructed of anodized aluminum. The exterior cabinet top, back and bottom are constructed of heavy gauge aluminized steel. A set of four (4) 6" high casters are included. Doors are equipped with a gasket protecting metal door pan, removable plug cylinder locks and guaranteed for life cam-lift, gravity action, self-closing metal, glide hinges with stay open feature at 120 degrees. Hinges include a concealed switch to automatically activate the interior incandescent lighting. Guaranteed for life, work flow door handles are mounted horizontally over recess in door which limits protrusion from door face into aisleways. Easily removable for cleaning, vinyl magnetic door gasket assures tight door seal. Anti condensate heaters are located behind each door opening. Both the cabinet and door(s) are insulated with an average of 2" thick high density, non-CFC, foamed in place polyurethane. Refrigeration System A top mounted, self-contained, balanced refrigeration system using R-404A refrigerant is conveniently located behind the one piece louver assembly. It features an easy to clean front facing condenser, thermostatic expansion valve, air-cooled, hermetic compressor, large, high humidity evaporator coil located outside the food zone and a top mounted non-electric condensate evaporator. A 9' cord and plug is provided. Standard operating temperature is 0 to -5°F. Controller The easy to use water resistant microprocessor control system is supplied standard. It includes a 3-Digit LED Display, and a Fahrenheit or Celsius Temperature Scale Display Capability. Interior Standard interior arrangements include three (3) epoxy coated wire shelves per section, mounted on shelf pins, installed at the factory. Shelves are full-width, and do not have any large gaps between them requiring the use of "bridge" or "junior shelves." Recommended load limit per shelf should not exceed 225 lbs. Warranties Both a one year parts and labor warranty and a five year compressor warranty (selfcontained models only) are provided standard. An optional 2nd year extended parts and labor warranty is also available.

DIMENSIONAL DATA Net capacity cu. ft. Length - overall in. Depth - overall in. Depth - over body in. Depth - door open 90° in. Clear door width in. Clear half-door height in. Clear full-door height in. Height-overall on 6" casters No. Standard Shelves Shelf area sq. ft.1 ELECTRICAL DATA Voltage Feed wires with Ground Full load amperes REFRIGERATION DATA Refrigerant BTU/HR H.P.2 SHIPPING DATA Length - crated in. Depth - crated in. Height - crated in. Volume - crated cu. ft. Net Wt. lbs. Gross Wt. lbs.

1-Section Models 24.2 (686 cu l) 297/8 (75.9 cm) 35 (88.8 cm) 32 (81.3 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 211/8 (53.6 cm) 271/2 (69.9 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 831/4 (211.5 cm) 3 13.5 (1.3 sq m) 115/60/1 3 11.3 R-404A 2160 (1/2 HP) 35 (89 cm) 43 (109 cm) 831/2 (212 cm) 71 (2011 cu l) 320 (145 kg) 410 (186 kg)

2-Section Models 46.0 (1303 cu l) 521/8 (132.4 cm) 35 (88.8 cm) 32 (81.3 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 211/8 (53.6 cm) 271/2 (69.9 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 831/4 (211.5 cm) 6 25.6 (2.4 sq m) 115/60/1 3 14.9 R-404A 3790 (3/4 HP) 63 (160 cm) 43 (109 cm) 831/2 (212 cm) 131 (3711 cu l) 650 (295 kg) 700 (318 kg)

3-Section Models 69.1 (1958 cu l) 765/16 (193.8 cm) 35 (88.8 cm) 32 (81.3 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 211/8 (53.6 cm) 271/2 (69.9 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 831/4 (211.5 cm) 9 39.2 (3.6 sq m) 208-230/115/60/1 4 10.8 R-404A 4710 (1 HP) 91 (231 cm) 43 (109 cm) 831/2 (212 cm) 189 (5354 cu l) 690 (313 kg) 870 (395 kg)

Elevation One-Section

Elevation Two-Section

Elevation Three-Section

NOTES NOTE: Figures in parentheses reflect metric equivalents. 1= Area of standard shelf compliment only, does not include storage area of additional shelves or available on cabinet bottom. 2= Based on a 90 degree F ambient and -10 degree F evaporator.

Plan - One-Section

Plan - Two-Section

1-Section Models equipped with one NEMA 5-15P Plug

3-Section Models equipped with one NEMA L14-20P Plug

2-Section Models equipped with one NEMA 5-20P Plug

REQUIRED CLEARANCES In order to assure optimum performance, the condensing unit MUST have an adequate supply of air for cooling purposes. Therefore, the operating location must either have a minimum of 12" clearance overhead of the condensing unit or allow for unrestricted air flow at the back of the unit. Clearance of at least 12" above is required in order to perform certain maintenance tasks.

NOTE: When ordering please specify: Voltage, Hinging, Door Size, Options and any additional warranties. Continued product development may necessitate specification changes without notice. Part No. TR35788 (revised 1/05)

Plan - Three-Section

Section - All Models

SECTION 4-2

TRAULSEN 4401 BLUE MOUND RD. PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 Website: www.traulsen.com

FT. WORTH, TX 76106 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302

Traulsen

Restaurant Depot #134

Page: 26-2

Traulsen

Model: G22002

Item#: 27

Project Model Specified:

Quantity

Item # CSI Section 11400

G-Series Reach-In Freezers/ Self-Contained

Equipped with an easy to use microprocessor control!

One, Two & Three Section Models, 32" Deep

G

SERIES

Stainless Steel Front & Door(s)

Traulsen's G-Series product line includes one, two and three section reach-in refrigerator and freezer models, available with either full or half length doors and the convenience of a variety of different door hingings to choose from. These products are designed to address several important issues concerning the foodservice operator of today. Such critical issues of concern as: Food Safety, Energy Efficiency and Reliability are all important features of the G-Series overall design philosophy. Built with durable exteriors, reliable controls, balanced, efficient refrigeration systems and a variety of user-friendly features, these products are the right fit for nearly any application. They are designed and built to the highest standards, and epitomize the quality Traulsen is known for.

AVAILABLE MODELS

Single Section

(Formerly Model GLT132WUT)

Two Section

(Formerly Model GLT232NUT)

Three Section

(Formerly Model GLT332NUT)

Model G22010

Model # G12000 G12001 G12010 G12011

Door Half Half Full Full

Hinging Right Left Right Left

Model G31310

Model G12010

Model # G22000 G22001 G22002 G22003 G22010 G22011 G22012 G22013

Door Half Half Half Half Full Full Full Full

Hinging Left-Right Right-Left Right-Right Left-Left Left-Right Right-Left Right-Right Left-Left

Model # G31300 G31301 G31302 G31303 G31310 G31311 G31312 G31313

Door Half Half Half Half Full Full Full Full

Hinging Left-Right-Right Left-Left-Right Right-Right-Right Left-Left-Left Left-Right-Right Left-Left-Right Right-Right-Right Left-Left-Left

Standard Product Features

· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · High Quality Stainless Steel Exterior Front and Door(s) Corrosion Resistant Anodized Aluminum One-Piece Sides Durable Anodized Aluminum Interior Microprocessor Control With LED Temperature Readout Top-Mounted, Balanced, Self-Contained Refrigeration System Large High Humidity Evaporator Coil Outside The Food Zone Full or Half Length Stainless Steel Doors With Locks Self-Closing Doors With Stay Open Feature At 120 Degrees Guaranteed For Life Cam-Lift Hinges Guaranteed For Life Horizontal Work Flow Door Handle(s) Automatically Activated Incandescent Lights Damage Resistant Stainless Steel Breaker Caps Three (3) Adjustable Epoxy Coated Shelves Per Section, Supported On Shelf Pins (installed at the factory) Energy Saving Automatic Non-Electric Condensate Evaporator Magnetic Snap-In Door Gaskets Gasket Protecting Anodized Aluminum Door Liner Anti-Condensate Door Perimeter Heaters Thermostatic Expansion Valve Metering Device Provides Quick Refrigeration Recovery Times Stainless Steel One-Piece Louver Assembly 9' Cord & Plug Attached Set of Four (4) 6" High Casters With Locks One Year Parts And Labor Warranty Five Year Compressor Warranty

Optional Accessory Kits

· · Set of Three (3) Additional Epoxy Coated Shelves With Shelf Pins TK1 Kit: Four (4) Pairs of No. 1 Type Tray Slides To Accommodate either: (1) 18" x 26" or (2) 14" x 18" Sheet Pans, Adjustable To 2" O.C. TK2 Kit: Two (2) Pairs of No. 4 Type Tray Slides To Accommodate (1) 18" x 26" Sheet Pans (equips one full section) TK4 Kit: Four (4) Pairs of Universal Type Tray Slides To Accommodate Either (1) 18" x 26" or (2) 14" x 18" Sheet Pans, or (2) 12" x 20" Steam Table Pans, Adjustable To 4" O.C. Set of Three (3) Chrome Plated Shelves With Shelf Pins LK1 Kit: Set of Four (4) 6" High Adjustable Legs Two Year Service/Labor Warranty Available

·

·

· · ·

NOTE: All optional accessory kits are shipped separately for later installation by others at the jobsite.

All Traulsen solid door G-Series models are ENERGY STAR® listed!

Listed by Underwriters Laboratories Inc., to U.S. and Canadian safety standards and Listed by NSF International.

Approval: ___________________________________

TRAULSEN 4401 BLUE MOUND RD. PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 Website: www.traulsen.com

FT. WORTH, TX 76106 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302

SECTION 4-2

Traulsen

Restaurant Depot #134

Page: 27-1

Traulsen

Model: G22002

Item#: 27

Project Model Specified:

Quantity

Item # CSI Section 11400

Specifications

Construction, Hardware and Insulation Cabinet exterior front, louver assembly and doors are constructed of 20 gauge stainless steel. Cabinet sides (including returns), interior and door liners are constructed of anodized aluminum. The exterior cabinet top, back and bottom are constructed of heavy gauge aluminized steel. A set of four (4) 6" high casters are included. Doors are equipped with a gasket protecting metal door pan, removable plug cylinder locks and guaranteed for life cam-lift, gravity action, self-closing metal, glide hinges with stay open feature at 120 degrees. Hinges include a concealed switch to automatically activate the interior incandescent lighting. Guaranteed for life, work flow door handles are mounted horizontally over recess in door which limits protrusion from door face into aisleways. Easily removable for cleaning, vinyl magnetic door gasket assures tight door seal. Anti condensate heaters are located behind each door opening. Both the cabinet and door(s) are insulated with an average of 2" thick high density, non-CFC, foamed in place polyurethane. Refrigeration System A top mounted, self-contained, balanced refrigeration system using R-404A refrigerant is conveniently located behind the one piece louver assembly. It features an easy to clean front facing condenser, thermostatic expansion valve, air-cooled, hermetic compressor, large, high humidity evaporator coil located outside the food zone and a top mounted non-electric condensate evaporator. A 9' cord and plug is provided. Standard operating temperature is 0 to -5°F. Controller The easy to use water resistant microprocessor control system is supplied standard. It includes a 3-Digit LED Display, and a Fahrenheit or Celsius Temperature Scale Display Capability. Interior Standard interior arrangements include three (3) epoxy coated wire shelves per section, mounted on shelf pins, installed at the factory. Shelves are full-width, and do not have any large gaps between them requiring the use of "bridge" or "junior shelves." Recommended load limit per shelf should not exceed 225 lbs. Warranties Both a one year parts and labor warranty and a five year compressor warranty (selfcontained models only) are provided standard. An optional 2nd year extended parts and labor warranty is also available.

DIMENSIONAL DATA Net capacity cu. ft. Length - overall in. Depth - overall in. Depth - over body in. Depth - door open 90° in. Clear door width in. Clear half-door height in. Clear full-door height in. Height-overall on 6" casters No. Standard Shelves Shelf area sq. ft.1 ELECTRICAL DATA Voltage Feed wires with Ground Full load amperes REFRIGERATION DATA Refrigerant BTU/HR H.P.2 SHIPPING DATA Length - crated in. Depth - crated in. Height - crated in. Volume - crated cu. ft. Net Wt. lbs. Gross Wt. lbs.

1-Section Models 24.2 (686 cu l) 297/8 (75.9 cm) 35 (88.8 cm) 32 (81.3 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 211/8 (53.6 cm) 271/2 (69.9 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 831/4 (211.5 cm) 3 13.5 (1.3 sq m) 115/60/1 3 11.3 R-404A 2160 (1/2 HP) 35 (89 cm) 43 (109 cm) 831/2 (212 cm) 71 (2011 cu l) 320 (145 kg) 410 (186 kg)

2-Section Models 46.0 (1303 cu l) 521/8 (132.4 cm) 35 (88.8 cm) 32 (81.3 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 211/8 (53.6 cm) 271/2 (69.9 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 831/4 (211.5 cm) 6 25.6 (2.4 sq m) 115/60/1 3 14.9 R-404A 3790 (3/4 HP) 63 (160 cm) 43 (109 cm) 831/2 (212 cm) 131 (3711 cu l) 650 (295 kg) 700 (318 kg)

3-Section Models 69.1 (1958 cu l) 765/16 (193.8 cm) 35 (88.8 cm) 32 (81.3 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 211/8 (53.6 cm) 271/2 (69.9 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 831/4 (211.5 cm) 9 39.2 (3.6 sq m) 208-230/115/60/1 4 10.8 R-404A 4710 (1 HP) 91 (231 cm) 43 (109 cm) 831/2 (212 cm) 189 (5354 cu l) 690 (313 kg) 870 (395 kg)

Elevation One-Section

Elevation Two-Section

Elevation Three-Section

NOTES NOTE: Figures in parentheses reflect metric equivalents. 1= Area of standard shelf compliment only, does not include storage area of additional shelves or available on cabinet bottom. 2= Based on a 90 degree F ambient and -10 degree F evaporator.

Plan - One-Section

Plan - Two-Section

1-Section Models equipped with one NEMA 5-15P Plug

3-Section Models equipped with one NEMA L14-20P Plug

2-Section Models equipped with one NEMA 5-20P Plug

REQUIRED CLEARANCES In order to assure optimum performance, the condensing unit MUST have an adequate supply of air for cooling purposes. Therefore, the operating location must either have a minimum of 12" clearance overhead of the condensing unit or allow for unrestricted air flow at the back of the unit. Clearance of at least 12" above is required in order to perform certain maintenance tasks.

NOTE: When ordering please specify: Voltage, Hinging, Door Size, Options and any additional warranties. Continued product development may necessitate specification changes without notice. Part No. TR35788 (revised 1/05)

Plan - Three-Section

Section - All Models

SECTION 4-2

TRAULSEN 4401 BLUE MOUND RD. PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 Website: www.traulsen.com

FT. WORTH, TX 76106 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302

Traulsen

Restaurant Depot #134

Page: 27-2

Traulsen

Model: G22003

Item#: 28

Project Model Specified:

Quantity

Item # CSI Section 11400

G-Series Reach-In Freezers/ Self-Contained

Equipped with an easy to use microprocessor control!

One, Two & Three Section Models, 32" Deep

G

SERIES

Stainless Steel Front & Door(s)

Traulsen's G-Series product line includes one, two and three section reach-in refrigerator and freezer models, available with either full or half length doors and the convenience of a variety of different door hingings to choose from. These products are designed to address several important issues concerning the foodservice operator of today. Such critical issues of concern as: Food Safety, Energy Efficiency and Reliability are all important features of the G-Series overall design philosophy. Built with durable exteriors, reliable controls, balanced, efficient refrigeration systems and a variety of user-friendly features, these products are the right fit for nearly any application. They are designed and built to the highest standards, and epitomize the quality Traulsen is known for.

AVAILABLE MODELS

Single Section

(Formerly Model GLT132WUT)

Two Section

(Formerly Model GLT232NUT)

Three Section

(Formerly Model GLT332NUT)

Model G22010

Model # G12000 G12001 G12010 G12011

Door Half Half Full Full

Hinging Right Left Right Left

Model G31310

Model G12010

Model # G22000 G22001 G22002 G22003 G22010 G22011 G22012 G22013

Door Half Half Half Half Full Full Full Full

Hinging Left-Right Right-Left Right-Right Left-Left Left-Right Right-Left Right-Right Left-Left

Model # G31300 G31301 G31302 G31303 G31310 G31311 G31312 G31313

Door Half Half Half Half Full Full Full Full

Hinging Left-Right-Right Left-Left-Right Right-Right-Right Left-Left-Left Left-Right-Right Left-Left-Right Right-Right-Right Left-Left-Left

Standard Product Features

· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · High Quality Stainless Steel Exterior Front and Door(s) Corrosion Resistant Anodized Aluminum One-Piece Sides Durable Anodized Aluminum Interior Microprocessor Control With LED Temperature Readout Top-Mounted, Balanced, Self-Contained Refrigeration System Large High Humidity Evaporator Coil Outside The Food Zone Full or Half Length Stainless Steel Doors With Locks Self-Closing Doors With Stay Open Feature At 120 Degrees Guaranteed For Life Cam-Lift Hinges Guaranteed For Life Horizontal Work Flow Door Handle(s) Automatically Activated Incandescent Lights Damage Resistant Stainless Steel Breaker Caps Three (3) Adjustable Epoxy Coated Shelves Per Section, Supported On Shelf Pins (installed at the factory) Energy Saving Automatic Non-Electric Condensate Evaporator Magnetic Snap-In Door Gaskets Gasket Protecting Anodized Aluminum Door Liner Anti-Condensate Door Perimeter Heaters Thermostatic Expansion Valve Metering Device Provides Quick Refrigeration Recovery Times Stainless Steel One-Piece Louver Assembly 9' Cord & Plug Attached Set of Four (4) 6" High Casters With Locks One Year Parts And Labor Warranty Five Year Compressor Warranty

Optional Accessory Kits

· · Set of Three (3) Additional Epoxy Coated Shelves With Shelf Pins TK1 Kit: Four (4) Pairs of No. 1 Type Tray Slides To Accommodate either: (1) 18" x 26" or (2) 14" x 18" Sheet Pans, Adjustable To 2" O.C. TK2 Kit: Two (2) Pairs of No. 4 Type Tray Slides To Accommodate (1) 18" x 26" Sheet Pans (equips one full section) TK4 Kit: Four (4) Pairs of Universal Type Tray Slides To Accommodate Either (1) 18" x 26" or (2) 14" x 18" Sheet Pans, or (2) 12" x 20" Steam Table Pans, Adjustable To 4" O.C. Set of Three (3) Chrome Plated Shelves With Shelf Pins LK1 Kit: Set of Four (4) 6" High Adjustable Legs Two Year Service/Labor Warranty Available

·

·

· · ·

NOTE: All optional accessory kits are shipped separately for later installation by others at the jobsite.

All Traulsen solid door G-Series models are ENERGY STAR® listed!

Listed by Underwriters Laboratories Inc., to U.S. and Canadian safety standards and Listed by NSF International.

Approval: ___________________________________

TRAULSEN 4401 BLUE MOUND RD. PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 Website: www.traulsen.com

FT. WORTH, TX 76106 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302

SECTION 4-2

Traulsen

Restaurant Depot #134

Page: 28-1

Traulsen

Model: G22003

Item#: 28

Project Model Specified:

Quantity

Item # CSI Section 11400

Specifications

Construction, Hardware and Insulation Cabinet exterior front, louver assembly and doors are constructed of 20 gauge stainless steel. Cabinet sides (including returns), interior and door liners are constructed of anodized aluminum. The exterior cabinet top, back and bottom are constructed of heavy gauge aluminized steel. A set of four (4) 6" high casters are included. Doors are equipped with a gasket protecting metal door pan, removable plug cylinder locks and guaranteed for life cam-lift, gravity action, self-closing metal, glide hinges with stay open feature at 120 degrees. Hinges include a concealed switch to automatically activate the interior incandescent lighting. Guaranteed for life, work flow door handles are mounted horizontally over recess in door which limits protrusion from door face into aisleways. Easily removable for cleaning, vinyl magnetic door gasket assures tight door seal. Anti condensate heaters are located behind each door opening. Both the cabinet and door(s) are insulated with an average of 2" thick high density, non-CFC, foamed in place polyurethane. Refrigeration System A top mounted, self-contained, balanced refrigeration system using R-404A refrigerant is conveniently located behind the one piece louver assembly. It features an easy to clean front facing condenser, thermostatic expansion valve, air-cooled, hermetic compressor, large, high humidity evaporator coil located outside the food zone and a top mounted non-electric condensate evaporator. A 9' cord and plug is provided. Standard operating temperature is 0 to -5°F. Controller The easy to use water resistant microprocessor control system is supplied standard. It includes a 3-Digit LED Display, and a Fahrenheit or Celsius Temperature Scale Display Capability. Interior Standard interior arrangements include three (3) epoxy coated wire shelves per section, mounted on shelf pins, installed at the factory. Shelves are full-width, and do not have any large gaps between them requiring the use of "bridge" or "junior shelves." Recommended load limit per shelf should not exceed 225 lbs. Warranties Both a one year parts and labor warranty and a five year compressor warranty (selfcontained models only) are provided standard. An optional 2nd year extended parts and labor warranty is also available.

DIMENSIONAL DATA Net capacity cu. ft. Length - overall in. Depth - overall in. Depth - over body in. Depth - door open 90° in. Clear door width in. Clear half-door height in. Clear full-door height in. Height-overall on 6" casters No. Standard Shelves Shelf area sq. ft.1 ELECTRICAL DATA Voltage Feed wires with Ground Full load amperes REFRIGERATION DATA Refrigerant BTU/HR H.P.2 SHIPPING DATA Length - crated in. Depth - crated in. Height - crated in. Volume - crated cu. ft. Net Wt. lbs. Gross Wt. lbs.

1-Section Models 24.2 (686 cu l) 297/8 (75.9 cm) 35 (88.8 cm) 32 (81.3 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 211/8 (53.6 cm) 271/2 (69.9 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 831/4 (211.5 cm) 3 13.5 (1.3 sq m) 115/60/1 3 11.3 R-404A 2160 (1/2 HP) 35 (89 cm) 43 (109 cm) 831/2 (212 cm) 71 (2011 cu l) 320 (145 kg) 410 (186 kg)

2-Section Models 46.0 (1303 cu l) 521/8 (132.4 cm) 35 (88.8 cm) 32 (81.3 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 211/8 (53.6 cm) 271/2 (69.9 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 831/4 (211.5 cm) 6 25.6 (2.4 sq m) 115/60/1 3 14.9 R-404A 3790 (3/4 HP) 63 (160 cm) 43 (109 cm) 831/2 (212 cm) 131 (3711 cu l) 650 (295 kg) 700 (318 kg)

3-Section Models 69.1 (1958 cu l) 765/16 (193.8 cm) 35 (88.8 cm) 32 (81.3 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 211/8 (53.6 cm) 271/2 (69.9 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 831/4 (211.5 cm) 9 39.2 (3.6 sq m) 208-230/115/60/1 4 10.8 R-404A 4710 (1 HP) 91 (231 cm) 43 (109 cm) 831/2 (212 cm) 189 (5354 cu l) 690 (313 kg) 870 (395 kg)

Elevation One-Section

Elevation Two-Section

Elevation Three-Section

NOTES NOTE: Figures in parentheses reflect metric equivalents. 1= Area of standard shelf compliment only, does not include storage area of additional shelves or available on cabinet bottom. 2= Based on a 90 degree F ambient and -10 degree F evaporator.

Plan - One-Section

Plan - Two-Section

1-Section Models equipped with one NEMA 5-15P Plug

3-Section Models equipped with one NEMA L14-20P Plug

2-Section Models equipped with one NEMA 5-20P Plug

REQUIRED CLEARANCES In order to assure optimum performance, the condensing unit MUST have an adequate supply of air for cooling purposes. Therefore, the operating location must either have a minimum of 12" clearance overhead of the condensing unit or allow for unrestricted air flow at the back of the unit. Clearance of at least 12" above is required in order to perform certain maintenance tasks.

NOTE: When ordering please specify: Voltage, Hinging, Door Size, Options and any additional warranties. Continued product development may necessitate specification changes without notice. Part No. TR35788 (revised 1/05)

Plan - Three-Section

Section - All Models

SECTION 4-2

TRAULSEN 4401 BLUE MOUND RD. PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 Website: www.traulsen.com

FT. WORTH, TX 76106 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302

Traulsen

Restaurant Depot #134

Page: 28-2

Traulsen

Model: G22010

Item#: 29

Project Model Specified:

Quantity

Item # CSI Section 11400

G-Series Reach-In Freezers/ Self-Contained

Equipped with an easy to use microprocessor control!

One, Two & Three Section Models, 32" Deep

G

SERIES

Stainless Steel Front & Door(s)

Traulsen's G-Series product line includes one, two and three section reach-in refrigerator and freezer models, available with either full or half length doors and the convenience of a variety of different door hingings to choose from. These products are designed to address several important issues concerning the foodservice operator of today. Such critical issues of concern as: Food Safety, Energy Efficiency and Reliability are all important features of the G-Series overall design philosophy. Built with durable exteriors, reliable controls, balanced, efficient refrigeration systems and a variety of user-friendly features, these products are the right fit for nearly any application. They are designed and built to the highest standards, and epitomize the quality Traulsen is known for.

AVAILABLE MODELS

Single Section

(Formerly Model GLT132WUT)

Two Section

(Formerly Model GLT232NUT)

Three Section

(Formerly Model GLT332NUT)

Model G22010

Model # G12000 G12001 G12010 G12011

Door Half Half Full Full

Hinging Right Left Right Left

Model G31310

Model G12010

Model # G22000 G22001 G22002 G22003 G22010 G22011 G22012 G22013

Door Half Half Half Half Full Full Full Full

Hinging Left-Right Right-Left Right-Right Left-Left Left-Right Right-Left Right-Right Left-Left

Model # G31300 G31301 G31302 G31303 G31310 G31311 G31312 G31313

Door Half Half Half Half Full Full Full Full

Hinging Left-Right-Right Left-Left-Right Right-Right-Right Left-Left-Left Left-Right-Right Left-Left-Right Right-Right-Right Left-Left-Left

Standard Product Features

· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · High Quality Stainless Steel Exterior Front and Door(s) Corrosion Resistant Anodized Aluminum One-Piece Sides Durable Anodized Aluminum Interior Microprocessor Control With LED Temperature Readout Top-Mounted, Balanced, Self-Contained Refrigeration System Large High Humidity Evaporator Coil Outside The Food Zone Full or Half Length Stainless Steel Doors With Locks Self-Closing Doors With Stay Open Feature At 120 Degrees Guaranteed For Life Cam-Lift Hinges Guaranteed For Life Horizontal Work Flow Door Handle(s) Automatically Activated Incandescent Lights Damage Resistant Stainless Steel Breaker Caps Three (3) Adjustable Epoxy Coated Shelves Per Section, Supported On Shelf Pins (installed at the factory) Energy Saving Automatic Non-Electric Condensate Evaporator Magnetic Snap-In Door Gaskets Gasket Protecting Anodized Aluminum Door Liner Anti-Condensate Door Perimeter Heaters Thermostatic Expansion Valve Metering Device Provides Quick Refrigeration Recovery Times Stainless Steel One-Piece Louver Assembly 9' Cord & Plug Attached Set of Four (4) 6" High Casters With Locks One Year Parts And Labor Warranty Five Year Compressor Warranty

Optional Accessory Kits

· · Set of Three (3) Additional Epoxy Coated Shelves With Shelf Pins TK1 Kit: Four (4) Pairs of No. 1 Type Tray Slides To Accommodate either: (1) 18" x 26" or (2) 14" x 18" Sheet Pans, Adjustable To 2" O.C. TK2 Kit: Two (2) Pairs of No. 4 Type Tray Slides To Accommodate (1) 18" x 26" Sheet Pans (equips one full section) TK4 Kit: Four (4) Pairs of Universal Type Tray Slides To Accommodate Either (1) 18" x 26" or (2) 14" x 18" Sheet Pans, or (2) 12" x 20" Steam Table Pans, Adjustable To 4" O.C. Set of Three (3) Chrome Plated Shelves With Shelf Pins LK1 Kit: Set of Four (4) 6" High Adjustable Legs Two Year Service/Labor Warranty Available

·

·

· · ·

NOTE: All optional accessory kits are shipped separately for later installation by others at the jobsite.

All Traulsen solid door G-Series models are ENERGY STAR® listed!

Listed by Underwriters Laboratories Inc., to U.S. and Canadian safety standards and Listed by NSF International.

Approval: ___________________________________

TRAULSEN 4401 BLUE MOUND RD. PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 Website: www.traulsen.com

FT. WORTH, TX 76106 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302

SECTION 4-2

Traulsen

Restaurant Depot #134

Page: 29-1

Traulsen

Model: G22010

Item#: 29

Project Model Specified:

Quantity

Item # CSI Section 11400

Specifications

Construction, Hardware and Insulation Cabinet exterior front, louver assembly and doors are constructed of 20 gauge stainless steel. Cabinet sides (including returns), interior and door liners are constructed of anodized aluminum. The exterior cabinet top, back and bottom are constructed of heavy gauge aluminized steel. A set of four (4) 6" high casters are included. Doors are equipped with a gasket protecting metal door pan, removable plug cylinder locks and guaranteed for life cam-lift, gravity action, self-closing metal, glide hinges with stay open feature at 120 degrees. Hinges include a concealed switch to automatically activate the interior incandescent lighting. Guaranteed for life, work flow door handles are mounted horizontally over recess in door which limits protrusion from door face into aisleways. Easily removable for cleaning, vinyl magnetic door gasket assures tight door seal. Anti condensate heaters are located behind each door opening. Both the cabinet and door(s) are insulated with an average of 2" thick high density, non-CFC, foamed in place polyurethane. Refrigeration System A top mounted, self-contained, balanced refrigeration system using R-404A refrigerant is conveniently located behind the one piece louver assembly. It features an easy to clean front facing condenser, thermostatic expansion valve, air-cooled, hermetic compressor, large, high humidity evaporator coil located outside the food zone and a top mounted non-electric condensate evaporator. A 9' cord and plug is provided. Standard operating temperature is 0 to -5°F. Controller The easy to use water resistant microprocessor control system is supplied standard. It includes a 3-Digit LED Display, and a Fahrenheit or Celsius Temperature Scale Display Capability. Interior Standard interior arrangements include three (3) epoxy coated wire shelves per section, mounted on shelf pins, installed at the factory. Shelves are full-width, and do not have any large gaps between them requiring the use of "bridge" or "junior shelves." Recommended load limit per shelf should not exceed 225 lbs. Warranties Both a one year parts and labor warranty and a five year compressor warranty (selfcontained models only) are provided standard. An optional 2nd year extended parts and labor warranty is also available.

DIMENSIONAL DATA Net capacity cu. ft. Length - overall in. Depth - overall in. Depth - over body in. Depth - door open 90° in. Clear door width in. Clear half-door height in. Clear full-door height in. Height-overall on 6" casters No. Standard Shelves Shelf area sq. ft.1 ELECTRICAL DATA Voltage Feed wires with Ground Full load amperes REFRIGERATION DATA Refrigerant BTU/HR H.P.2 SHIPPING DATA Length - crated in. Depth - crated in. Height - crated in. Volume - crated cu. ft. Net Wt. lbs. Gross Wt. lbs.

1-Section Models 24.2 (686 cu l) 297/8 (75.9 cm) 35 (88.8 cm) 32 (81.3 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 211/8 (53.6 cm) 271/2 (69.9 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 831/4 (211.5 cm) 3 13.5 (1.3 sq m) 115/60/1 3 11.3 R-404A 2160 (1/2 HP) 35 (89 cm) 43 (109 cm) 831/2 (212 cm) 71 (2011 cu l) 320 (145 kg) 410 (186 kg)

2-Section Models 46.0 (1303 cu l) 521/8 (132.4 cm) 35 (88.8 cm) 32 (81.3 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 211/8 (53.6 cm) 271/2 (69.9 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 831/4 (211.5 cm) 6 25.6 (2.4 sq m) 115/60/1 3 14.9 R-404A 3790 (3/4 HP) 63 (160 cm) 43 (109 cm) 831/2 (212 cm) 131 (3711 cu l) 650 (295 kg) 700 (318 kg)

3-Section Models 69.1 (1958 cu l) 765/16 (193.8 cm) 35 (88.8 cm) 32 (81.3 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 211/8 (53.6 cm) 271/2 (69.9 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 831/4 (211.5 cm) 9 39.2 (3.6 sq m) 208-230/115/60/1 4 10.8 R-404A 4710 (1 HP) 91 (231 cm) 43 (109 cm) 831/2 (212 cm) 189 (5354 cu l) 690 (313 kg) 870 (395 kg)

Elevation One-Section

Elevation Two-Section

Elevation Three-Section

NOTES NOTE: Figures in parentheses reflect metric equivalents. 1= Area of standard shelf compliment only, does not include storage area of additional shelves or available on cabinet bottom. 2= Based on a 90 degree F ambient and -10 degree F evaporator.

Plan - One-Section

Plan - Two-Section

1-Section Models equipped with one NEMA 5-15P Plug

3-Section Models equipped with one NEMA L14-20P Plug

2-Section Models equipped with one NEMA 5-20P Plug

REQUIRED CLEARANCES In order to assure optimum performance, the condensing unit MUST have an adequate supply of air for cooling purposes. Therefore, the operating location must either have a minimum of 12" clearance overhead of the condensing unit or allow for unrestricted air flow at the back of the unit. Clearance of at least 12" above is required in order to perform certain maintenance tasks.

NOTE: When ordering please specify: Voltage, Hinging, Door Size, Options and any additional warranties. Continued product development may necessitate specification changes without notice. Part No. TR35788 (revised 1/05)

Plan - Three-Section

Section - All Models

SECTION 4-2

TRAULSEN 4401 BLUE MOUND RD. PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 Website: www.traulsen.com

FT. WORTH, TX 76106 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302

Traulsen

Restaurant Depot #134

Page: 29-2

Traulsen

Model: G22011

Item#: 30

Project Model Specified:

Quantity

Item # CSI Section 11400

G-Series Reach-In Freezers/ Self-Contained

Equipped with an easy to use microprocessor control!

One, Two & Three Section Models, 32" Deep

G

SERIES

Stainless Steel Front & Door(s)

Traulsen's G-Series product line includes one, two and three section reach-in refrigerator and freezer models, available with either full or half length doors and the convenience of a variety of different door hingings to choose from. These products are designed to address several important issues concerning the foodservice operator of today. Such critical issues of concern as: Food Safety, Energy Efficiency and Reliability are all important features of the G-Series overall design philosophy. Built with durable exteriors, reliable controls, balanced, efficient refrigeration systems and a variety of user-friendly features, these products are the right fit for nearly any application. They are designed and built to the highest standards, and epitomize the quality Traulsen is known for.

AVAILABLE MODELS

Single Section

(Formerly Model GLT132WUT)

Two Section

(Formerly Model GLT232NUT)

Three Section

(Formerly Model GLT332NUT)

Model G22010

Model # G12000 G12001 G12010 G12011

Door Half Half Full Full

Hinging Right Left Right Left

Model G31310

Model G12010

Model # G22000 G22001 G22002 G22003 G22010 G22011 G22012 G22013

Door Half Half Half Half Full Full Full Full

Hinging Left-Right Right-Left Right-Right Left-Left Left-Right Right-Left Right-Right Left-Left

Model # G31300 G31301 G31302 G31303 G31310 G31311 G31312 G31313

Door Half Half Half Half Full Full Full Full

Hinging Left-Right-Right Left-Left-Right Right-Right-Right Left-Left-Left Left-Right-Right Left-Left-Right Right-Right-Right Left-Left-Left

Standard Product Features

· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · High Quality Stainless Steel Exterior Front and Door(s) Corrosion Resistant Anodized Aluminum One-Piece Sides Durable Anodized Aluminum Interior Microprocessor Control With LED Temperature Readout Top-Mounted, Balanced, Self-Contained Refrigeration System Large High Humidity Evaporator Coil Outside The Food Zone Full or Half Length Stainless Steel Doors With Locks Self-Closing Doors With Stay Open Feature At 120 Degrees Guaranteed For Life Cam-Lift Hinges Guaranteed For Life Horizontal Work Flow Door Handle(s) Automatically Activated Incandescent Lights Damage Resistant Stainless Steel Breaker Caps Three (3) Adjustable Epoxy Coated Shelves Per Section, Supported On Shelf Pins (installed at the factory) Energy Saving Automatic Non-Electric Condensate Evaporator Magnetic Snap-In Door Gaskets Gasket Protecting Anodized Aluminum Door Liner Anti-Condensate Door Perimeter Heaters Thermostatic Expansion Valve Metering Device Provides Quick Refrigeration Recovery Times Stainless Steel One-Piece Louver Assembly 9' Cord & Plug Attached Set of Four (4) 6" High Casters With Locks One Year Parts And Labor Warranty Five Year Compressor Warranty

Optional Accessory Kits

· · Set of Three (3) Additional Epoxy Coated Shelves With Shelf Pins TK1 Kit: Four (4) Pairs of No. 1 Type Tray Slides To Accommodate either: (1) 18" x 26" or (2) 14" x 18" Sheet Pans, Adjustable To 2" O.C. TK2 Kit: Two (2) Pairs of No. 4 Type Tray Slides To Accommodate (1) 18" x 26" Sheet Pans (equips one full section) TK4 Kit: Four (4) Pairs of Universal Type Tray Slides To Accommodate Either (1) 18" x 26" or (2) 14" x 18" Sheet Pans, or (2) 12" x 20" Steam Table Pans, Adjustable To 4" O.C. Set of Three (3) Chrome Plated Shelves With Shelf Pins LK1 Kit: Set of Four (4) 6" High Adjustable Legs Two Year Service/Labor Warranty Available

·

·

· · ·

NOTE: All optional accessory kits are shipped separately for later installation by others at the jobsite.

All Traulsen solid door G-Series models are ENERGY STAR® listed!

Listed by Underwriters Laboratories Inc., to U.S. and Canadian safety standards and Listed by NSF International.

Approval: ___________________________________

TRAULSEN 4401 BLUE MOUND RD. PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 Website: www.traulsen.com

FT. WORTH, TX 76106 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302

SECTION 4-2

Traulsen

Restaurant Depot #134

Page: 30-1

Traulsen

Model: G22011

Item#: 30

Project Model Specified:

Quantity

Item # CSI Section 11400

Specifications

Construction, Hardware and Insulation Cabinet exterior front, louver assembly and doors are constructed of 20 gauge stainless steel. Cabinet sides (including returns), interior and door liners are constructed of anodized aluminum. The exterior cabinet top, back and bottom are constructed of heavy gauge aluminized steel. A set of four (4) 6" high casters are included. Doors are equipped with a gasket protecting metal door pan, removable plug cylinder locks and guaranteed for life cam-lift, gravity action, self-closing metal, glide hinges with stay open feature at 120 degrees. Hinges include a concealed switch to automatically activate the interior incandescent lighting. Guaranteed for life, work flow door handles are mounted horizontally over recess in door which limits protrusion from door face into aisleways. Easily removable for cleaning, vinyl magnetic door gasket assures tight door seal. Anti condensate heaters are located behind each door opening. Both the cabinet and door(s) are insulated with an average of 2" thick high density, non-CFC, foamed in place polyurethane. Refrigeration System A top mounted, self-contained, balanced refrigeration system using R-404A refrigerant is conveniently located behind the one piece louver assembly. It features an easy to clean front facing condenser, thermostatic expansion valve, air-cooled, hermetic compressor, large, high humidity evaporator coil located outside the food zone and a top mounted non-electric condensate evaporator. A 9' cord and plug is provided. Standard operating temperature is 0 to -5°F. Controller The easy to use water resistant microprocessor control system is supplied standard. It includes a 3-Digit LED Display, and a Fahrenheit or Celsius Temperature Scale Display Capability. Interior Standard interior arrangements include three (3) epoxy coated wire shelves per section, mounted on shelf pins, installed at the factory. Shelves are full-width, and do not have any large gaps between them requiring the use of "bridge" or "junior shelves." Recommended load limit per shelf should not exceed 225 lbs. Warranties Both a one year parts and labor warranty and a five year compressor warranty (selfcontained models only) are provided standard. An optional 2nd year extended parts and labor warranty is also available.

DIMENSIONAL DATA Net capacity cu. ft. Length - overall in. Depth - overall in. Depth - over body in. Depth - door open 90° in. Clear door width in. Clear half-door height in. Clear full-door height in. Height-overall on 6" casters No. Standard Shelves Shelf area sq. ft.1 ELECTRICAL DATA Voltage Feed wires with Ground Full load amperes REFRIGERATION DATA Refrigerant BTU/HR H.P.2 SHIPPING DATA Length - crated in. Depth - crated in. Height - crated in. Volume - crated cu. ft. Net Wt. lbs. Gross Wt. lbs.

1-Section Models 24.2 (686 cu l) 297/8 (75.9 cm) 35 (88.8 cm) 32 (81.3 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 211/8 (53.6 cm) 271/2 (69.9 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 831/4 (211.5 cm) 3 13.5 (1.3 sq m) 115/60/1 3 11.3 R-404A 2160 (1/2 HP) 35 (89 cm) 43 (109 cm) 831/2 (212 cm) 71 (2011 cu l) 320 (145 kg) 410 (186 kg)

2-Section Models 46.0 (1303 cu l) 521/8 (132.4 cm) 35 (88.8 cm) 32 (81.3 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 211/8 (53.6 cm) 271/2 (69.9 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 831/4 (211.5 cm) 6 25.6 (2.4 sq m) 115/60/1 3 14.9 R-404A 3790 (3/4 HP) 63 (160 cm) 43 (109 cm) 831/2 (212 cm) 131 (3711 cu l) 650 (295 kg) 700 (318 kg)

3-Section Models 69.1 (1958 cu l) 765/16 (193.8 cm) 35 (88.8 cm) 32 (81.3 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 211/8 (53.6 cm) 271/2 (69.9 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 831/4 (211.5 cm) 9 39.2 (3.6 sq m) 208-230/115/60/1 4 10.8 R-404A 4710 (1 HP) 91 (231 cm) 43 (109 cm) 831/2 (212 cm) 189 (5354 cu l) 690 (313 kg) 870 (395 kg)

Elevation One-Section

Elevation Two-Section

Elevation Three-Section

NOTES NOTE: Figures in parentheses reflect metric equivalents. 1= Area of standard shelf compliment only, does not include storage area of additional shelves or available on cabinet bottom. 2= Based on a 90 degree F ambient and -10 degree F evaporator.

Plan - One-Section

Plan - Two-Section

1-Section Models equipped with one NEMA 5-15P Plug

3-Section Models equipped with one NEMA L14-20P Plug

2-Section Models equipped with one NEMA 5-20P Plug

REQUIRED CLEARANCES In order to assure optimum performance, the condensing unit MUST have an adequate supply of air for cooling purposes. Therefore, the operating location must either have a minimum of 12" clearance overhead of the condensing unit or allow for unrestricted air flow at the back of the unit. Clearance of at least 12" above is required in order to perform certain maintenance tasks.

NOTE: When ordering please specify: Voltage, Hinging, Door Size, Options and any additional warranties. Continued product development may necessitate specification changes without notice. Part No. TR35788 (revised 1/05)

Plan - Three-Section

Section - All Models

SECTION 4-2

TRAULSEN 4401 BLUE MOUND RD. PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 Website: www.traulsen.com

FT. WORTH, TX 76106 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302

Traulsen

Restaurant Depot #134

Page: 30-2

Traulsen

Model: G22012

Item#: 31

Project Model Specified:

Quantity

Item # CSI Section 11400

G-Series Reach-In Freezers/ Self-Contained

Equipped with an easy to use microprocessor control!

One, Two & Three Section Models, 32" Deep

G

SERIES

Stainless Steel Front & Door(s)

Traulsen's G-Series product line includes one, two and three section reach-in refrigerator and freezer models, available with either full or half length doors and the convenience of a variety of different door hingings to choose from. These products are designed to address several important issues concerning the foodservice operator of today. Such critical issues of concern as: Food Safety, Energy Efficiency and Reliability are all important features of the G-Series overall design philosophy. Built with durable exteriors, reliable controls, balanced, efficient refrigeration systems and a variety of user-friendly features, these products are the right fit for nearly any application. They are designed and built to the highest standards, and epitomize the quality Traulsen is known for.

AVAILABLE MODELS

Single Section

(Formerly Model GLT132WUT)

Two Section

(Formerly Model GLT232NUT)

Three Section

(Formerly Model GLT332NUT)

Model G22010

Model # G12000 G12001 G12010 G12011

Door Half Half Full Full

Hinging Right Left Right Left

Model G31310

Model G12010

Model # G22000 G22001 G22002 G22003 G22010 G22011 G22012 G22013

Door Half Half Half Half Full Full Full Full

Hinging Left-Right Right-Left Right-Right Left-Left Left-Right Right-Left Right-Right Left-Left

Model # G31300 G31301 G31302 G31303 G31310 G31311 G31312 G31313

Door Half Half Half Half Full Full Full Full

Hinging Left-Right-Right Left-Left-Right Right-Right-Right Left-Left-Left Left-Right-Right Left-Left-Right Right-Right-Right Left-Left-Left

Standard Product Features

· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · High Quality Stainless Steel Exterior Front and Door(s) Corrosion Resistant Anodized Aluminum One-Piece Sides Durable Anodized Aluminum Interior Microprocessor Control With LED Temperature Readout Top-Mounted, Balanced, Self-Contained Refrigeration System Large High Humidity Evaporator Coil Outside The Food Zone Full or Half Length Stainless Steel Doors With Locks Self-Closing Doors With Stay Open Feature At 120 Degrees Guaranteed For Life Cam-Lift Hinges Guaranteed For Life Horizontal Work Flow Door Handle(s) Automatically Activated Incandescent Lights Damage Resistant Stainless Steel Breaker Caps Three (3) Adjustable Epoxy Coated Shelves Per Section, Supported On Shelf Pins (installed at the factory) Energy Saving Automatic Non-Electric Condensate Evaporator Magnetic Snap-In Door Gaskets Gasket Protecting Anodized Aluminum Door Liner Anti-Condensate Door Perimeter Heaters Thermostatic Expansion Valve Metering Device Provides Quick Refrigeration Recovery Times Stainless Steel One-Piece Louver Assembly 9' Cord & Plug Attached Set of Four (4) 6" High Casters With Locks One Year Parts And Labor Warranty Five Year Compressor Warranty

Optional Accessory Kits

· · Set of Three (3) Additional Epoxy Coated Shelves With Shelf Pins TK1 Kit: Four (4) Pairs of No. 1 Type Tray Slides To Accommodate either: (1) 18" x 26" or (2) 14" x 18" Sheet Pans, Adjustable To 2" O.C. TK2 Kit: Two (2) Pairs of No. 4 Type Tray Slides To Accommodate (1) 18" x 26" Sheet Pans (equips one full section) TK4 Kit: Four (4) Pairs of Universal Type Tray Slides To Accommodate Either (1) 18" x 26" or (2) 14" x 18" Sheet Pans, or (2) 12" x 20" Steam Table Pans, Adjustable To 4" O.C. Set of Three (3) Chrome Plated Shelves With Shelf Pins LK1 Kit: Set of Four (4) 6" High Adjustable Legs Two Year Service/Labor Warranty Available

·

·

· · ·

NOTE: All optional accessory kits are shipped separately for later installation by others at the jobsite.

All Traulsen solid door G-Series models are ENERGY STAR® listed!

Listed by Underwriters Laboratories Inc., to U.S. and Canadian safety standards and Listed by NSF International.

Approval: ___________________________________

TRAULSEN 4401 BLUE MOUND RD. PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 Website: www.traulsen.com

FT. WORTH, TX 76106 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302

SECTION 4-2

Traulsen

Restaurant Depot #134

Page: 31-1

Traulsen

Model: G22012

Item#: 31

Project Model Specified:

Quantity

Item # CSI Section 11400

Specifications

Construction, Hardware and Insulation Cabinet exterior front, louver assembly and doors are constructed of 20 gauge stainless steel. Cabinet sides (including returns), interior and door liners are constructed of anodized aluminum. The exterior cabinet top, back and bottom are constructed of heavy gauge aluminized steel. A set of four (4) 6" high casters are included. Doors are equipped with a gasket protecting metal door pan, removable plug cylinder locks and guaranteed for life cam-lift, gravity action, self-closing metal, glide hinges with stay open feature at 120 degrees. Hinges include a concealed switch to automatically activate the interior incandescent lighting. Guaranteed for life, work flow door handles are mounted horizontally over recess in door which limits protrusion from door face into aisleways. Easily removable for cleaning, vinyl magnetic door gasket assures tight door seal. Anti condensate heaters are located behind each door opening. Both the cabinet and door(s) are insulated with an average of 2" thick high density, non-CFC, foamed in place polyurethane. Refrigeration System A top mounted, self-contained, balanced refrigeration system using R-404A refrigerant is conveniently located behind the one piece louver assembly. It features an easy to clean front facing condenser, thermostatic expansion valve, air-cooled, hermetic compressor, large, high humidity evaporator coil located outside the food zone and a top mounted non-electric condensate evaporator. A 9' cord and plug is provided. Standard operating temperature is 0 to -5°F. Controller The easy to use water resistant microprocessor control system is supplied standard. It includes a 3-Digit LED Display, and a Fahrenheit or Celsius Temperature Scale Display Capability. Interior Standard interior arrangements include three (3) epoxy coated wire shelves per section, mounted on shelf pins, installed at the factory. Shelves are full-width, and do not have any large gaps between them requiring the use of "bridge" or "junior shelves." Recommended load limit per shelf should not exceed 225 lbs. Warranties Both a one year parts and labor warranty and a five year compressor warranty (selfcontained models only) are provided standard. An optional 2nd year extended parts and labor warranty is also available.

DIMENSIONAL DATA Net capacity cu. ft. Length - overall in. Depth - overall in. Depth - over body in. Depth - door open 90° in. Clear door width in. Clear half-door height in. Clear full-door height in. Height-overall on 6" casters No. Standard Shelves Shelf area sq. ft.1 ELECTRICAL DATA Voltage Feed wires with Ground Full load amperes REFRIGERATION DATA Refrigerant BTU/HR H.P.2 SHIPPING DATA Length - crated in. Depth - crated in. Height - crated in. Volume - crated cu. ft. Net Wt. lbs. Gross Wt. lbs.

1-Section Models 24.2 (686 cu l) 297/8 (75.9 cm) 35 (88.8 cm) 32 (81.3 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 211/8 (53.6 cm) 271/2 (69.9 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 831/4 (211.5 cm) 3 13.5 (1.3 sq m) 115/60/1 3 11.3 R-404A 2160 (1/2 HP) 35 (89 cm) 43 (109 cm) 831/2 (212 cm) 71 (2011 cu l) 320 (145 kg) 410 (186 kg)

2-Section Models 46.0 (1303 cu l) 521/8 (132.4 cm) 35 (88.8 cm) 32 (81.3 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 211/8 (53.6 cm) 271/2 (69.9 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 831/4 (211.5 cm) 6 25.6 (2.4 sq m) 115/60/1 3 14.9 R-404A 3790 (3/4 HP) 63 (160 cm) 43 (109 cm) 831/2 (212 cm) 131 (3711 cu l) 650 (295 kg) 700 (318 kg)

3-Section Models 69.1 (1958 cu l) 765/16 (193.8 cm) 35 (88.8 cm) 32 (81.3 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 211/8 (53.6 cm) 271/2 (69.9 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 831/4 (211.5 cm) 9 39.2 (3.6 sq m) 208-230/115/60/1 4 10.8 R-404A 4710 (1 HP) 91 (231 cm) 43 (109 cm) 831/2 (212 cm) 189 (5354 cu l) 690 (313 kg) 870 (395 kg)

Elevation One-Section

Elevation Two-Section

Elevation Three-Section

NOTES NOTE: Figures in parentheses reflect metric equivalents. 1= Area of standard shelf compliment only, does not include storage area of additional shelves or available on cabinet bottom. 2= Based on a 90 degree F ambient and -10 degree F evaporator.

Plan - One-Section

Plan - Two-Section

1-Section Models equipped with one NEMA 5-15P Plug

3-Section Models equipped with one NEMA L14-20P Plug

2-Section Models equipped with one NEMA 5-20P Plug

REQUIRED CLEARANCES In order to assure optimum performance, the condensing unit MUST have an adequate supply of air for cooling purposes. Therefore, the operating location must either have a minimum of 12" clearance overhead of the condensing unit or allow for unrestricted air flow at the back of the unit. Clearance of at least 12" above is required in order to perform certain maintenance tasks.

NOTE: When ordering please specify: Voltage, Hinging, Door Size, Options and any additional warranties. Continued product development may necessitate specification changes without notice. Part No. TR35788 (revised 1/05)

Plan - Three-Section

Section - All Models

SECTION 4-2

TRAULSEN 4401 BLUE MOUND RD. PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 Website: www.traulsen.com

FT. WORTH, TX 76106 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302

Traulsen

Restaurant Depot #134

Page: 31-2

Traulsen

Model: G22013

Item#: 32

Project Model Specified:

Quantity

Item # CSI Section 11400

G-Series Reach-In Freezers/ Self-Contained

Equipped with an easy to use microprocessor control!

One, Two & Three Section Models, 32" Deep

G

SERIES

Stainless Steel Front & Door(s)

Traulsen's G-Series product line includes one, two and three section reach-in refrigerator and freezer models, available with either full or half length doors and the convenience of a variety of different door hingings to choose from. These products are designed to address several important issues concerning the foodservice operator of today. Such critical issues of concern as: Food Safety, Energy Efficiency and Reliability are all important features of the G-Series overall design philosophy. Built with durable exteriors, reliable controls, balanced, efficient refrigeration systems and a variety of user-friendly features, these products are the right fit for nearly any application. They are designed and built to the highest standards, and epitomize the quality Traulsen is known for.

AVAILABLE MODELS

Single Section

(Formerly Model GLT132WUT)

Two Section

(Formerly Model GLT232NUT)

Three Section

(Formerly Model GLT332NUT)

Model G22010

Model # G12000 G12001 G12010 G12011

Door Half Half Full Full

Hinging Right Left Right Left

Model G31310

Model G12010

Model # G22000 G22001 G22002 G22003 G22010 G22011 G22012 G22013

Door Half Half Half Half Full Full Full Full

Hinging Left-Right Right-Left Right-Right Left-Left Left-Right Right-Left Right-Right Left-Left

Model # G31300 G31301 G31302 G31303 G31310 G31311 G31312 G31313

Door Half Half Half Half Full Full Full Full

Hinging Left-Right-Right Left-Left-Right Right-Right-Right Left-Left-Left Left-Right-Right Left-Left-Right Right-Right-Right Left-Left-Left

Standard Product Features

· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · High Quality Stainless Steel Exterior Front and Door(s) Corrosion Resistant Anodized Aluminum One-Piece Sides Durable Anodized Aluminum Interior Microprocessor Control With LED Temperature Readout Top-Mounted, Balanced, Self-Contained Refrigeration System Large High Humidity Evaporator Coil Outside The Food Zone Full or Half Length Stainless Steel Doors With Locks Self-Closing Doors With Stay Open Feature At 120 Degrees Guaranteed For Life Cam-Lift Hinges Guaranteed For Life Horizontal Work Flow Door Handle(s) Automatically Activated Incandescent Lights Damage Resistant Stainless Steel Breaker Caps Three (3) Adjustable Epoxy Coated Shelves Per Section, Supported On Shelf Pins (installed at the factory) Energy Saving Automatic Non-Electric Condensate Evaporator Magnetic Snap-In Door Gaskets Gasket Protecting Anodized Aluminum Door Liner Anti-Condensate Door Perimeter Heaters Thermostatic Expansion Valve Metering Device Provides Quick Refrigeration Recovery Times Stainless Steel One-Piece Louver Assembly 9' Cord & Plug Attached Set of Four (4) 6" High Casters With Locks One Year Parts And Labor Warranty Five Year Compressor Warranty

Optional Accessory Kits

· · Set of Three (3) Additional Epoxy Coated Shelves With Shelf Pins TK1 Kit: Four (4) Pairs of No. 1 Type Tray Slides To Accommodate either: (1) 18" x 26" or (2) 14" x 18" Sheet Pans, Adjustable To 2" O.C. TK2 Kit: Two (2) Pairs of No. 4 Type Tray Slides To Accommodate (1) 18" x 26" Sheet Pans (equips one full section) TK4 Kit: Four (4) Pairs of Universal Type Tray Slides To Accommodate Either (1) 18" x 26" or (2) 14" x 18" Sheet Pans, or (2) 12" x 20" Steam Table Pans, Adjustable To 4" O.C. Set of Three (3) Chrome Plated Shelves With Shelf Pins LK1 Kit: Set of Four (4) 6" High Adjustable Legs Two Year Service/Labor Warranty Available

·

·

· · ·

NOTE: All optional accessory kits are shipped separately for later installation by others at the jobsite.

All Traulsen solid door G-Series models are ENERGY STAR® listed!

Listed by Underwriters Laboratories Inc., to U.S. and Canadian safety standards and Listed by NSF International.

Approval: ___________________________________

TRAULSEN 4401 BLUE MOUND RD. PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 Website: www.traulsen.com

FT. WORTH, TX 76106 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302

SECTION 4-2

Traulsen

Restaurant Depot #134

Page: 32-1

Traulsen

Model: G22013

Item#: 32

Project Model Specified:

Quantity

Item # CSI Section 11400

Specifications

Construction, Hardware and Insulation Cabinet exterior front, louver assembly and doors are constructed of 20 gauge stainless steel. Cabinet sides (including returns), interior and door liners are constructed of anodized aluminum. The exterior cabinet top, back and bottom are constructed of heavy gauge aluminized steel. A set of four (4) 6" high casters are included. Doors are equipped with a gasket protecting metal door pan, removable plug cylinder locks and guaranteed for life cam-lift, gravity action, self-closing metal, glide hinges with stay open feature at 120 degrees. Hinges include a concealed switch to automatically activate the interior incandescent lighting. Guaranteed for life, work flow door handles are mounted horizontally over recess in door which limits protrusion from door face into aisleways. Easily removable for cleaning, vinyl magnetic door gasket assures tight door seal. Anti condensate heaters are located behind each door opening. Both the cabinet and door(s) are insulated with an average of 2" thick high density, non-CFC, foamed in place polyurethane. Refrigeration System A top mounted, self-contained, balanced refrigeration system using R-404A refrigerant is conveniently located behind the one piece louver assembly. It features an easy to clean front facing condenser, thermostatic expansion valve, air-cooled, hermetic compressor, large, high humidity evaporator coil located outside the food zone and a top mounted non-electric condensate evaporator. A 9' cord and plug is provided. Standard operating temperature is 0 to -5°F. Controller The easy to use water resistant microprocessor control system is supplied standard. It includes a 3-Digit LED Display, and a Fahrenheit or Celsius Temperature Scale Display Capability. Interior Standard interior arrangements include three (3) epoxy coated wire shelves per section, mounted on shelf pins, installed at the factory. Shelves are full-width, and do not have any large gaps between them requiring the use of "bridge" or "junior shelves." Recommended load limit per shelf should not exceed 225 lbs. Warranties Both a one year parts and labor warranty and a five year compressor warranty (selfcontained models only) are provided standard. An optional 2nd year extended parts and labor warranty is also available.

DIMENSIONAL DATA Net capacity cu. ft. Length - overall in. Depth - overall in. Depth - over body in. Depth - door open 90° in. Clear door width in. Clear half-door height in. Clear full-door height in. Height-overall on 6" casters No. Standard Shelves Shelf area sq. ft.1 ELECTRICAL DATA Voltage Feed wires with Ground Full load amperes REFRIGERATION DATA Refrigerant BTU/HR H.P.2 SHIPPING DATA Length - crated in. Depth - crated in. Height - crated in. Volume - crated cu. ft. Net Wt. lbs. Gross Wt. lbs.

1-Section Models 24.2 (686 cu l) 297/8 (75.9 cm) 35 (88.8 cm) 32 (81.3 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 211/8 (53.6 cm) 271/2 (69.9 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 831/4 (211.5 cm) 3 13.5 (1.3 sq m) 115/60/1 3 11.3 R-404A 2160 (1/2 HP) 35 (89 cm) 43 (109 cm) 831/2 (212 cm) 71 (2011 cu l) 320 (145 kg) 410 (186 kg)

2-Section Models 46.0 (1303 cu l) 521/8 (132.4 cm) 35 (88.8 cm) 32 (81.3 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 211/8 (53.6 cm) 271/2 (69.9 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 831/4 (211.5 cm) 6 25.6 (2.4 sq m) 115/60/1 3 14.9 R-404A 3790 (3/4 HP) 63 (160 cm) 43 (109 cm) 831/2 (212 cm) 131 (3711 cu l) 650 (295 kg) 700 (318 kg)

3-Section Models 69.1 (1958 cu l) 765/16 (193.8 cm) 35 (88.8 cm) 32 (81.3 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 211/8 (53.6 cm) 271/2 (69.9 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 831/4 (211.5 cm) 9 39.2 (3.6 sq m) 208-230/115/60/1 4 10.8 R-404A 4710 (1 HP) 91 (231 cm) 43 (109 cm) 831/2 (212 cm) 189 (5354 cu l) 690 (313 kg) 870 (395 kg)

Elevation One-Section

Elevation Two-Section

Elevation Three-Section

NOTES NOTE: Figures in parentheses reflect metric equivalents. 1= Area of standard shelf compliment only, does not include storage area of additional shelves or available on cabinet bottom. 2= Based on a 90 degree F ambient and -10 degree F evaporator.

Plan - One-Section

Plan - Two-Section

1-Section Models equipped with one NEMA 5-15P Plug

3-Section Models equipped with one NEMA L14-20P Plug

2-Section Models equipped with one NEMA 5-20P Plug

REQUIRED CLEARANCES In order to assure optimum performance, the condensing unit MUST have an adequate supply of air for cooling purposes. Therefore, the operating location must either have a minimum of 12" clearance overhead of the condensing unit or allow for unrestricted air flow at the back of the unit. Clearance of at least 12" above is required in order to perform certain maintenance tasks.

NOTE: When ordering please specify: Voltage, Hinging, Door Size, Options and any additional warranties. Continued product development may necessitate specification changes without notice. Part No. TR35788 (revised 1/05)

Plan - Three-Section

Section - All Models

SECTION 4-2

TRAULSEN 4401 BLUE MOUND RD. PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 Website: www.traulsen.com

FT. WORTH, TX 76106 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302

Traulsen

Restaurant Depot #134

Page: 32-2

Traulsen

Model: G31000

Item#: 33

Project Model Specified:

Quantity

Item # CSI Section 11400

G-Series Three Section 115V Storage Freezers/Self-Contained

Equipped with an easy to use microprocessor control!

Three Section Models, 32" Deep

G

SERIES

Stainless Steel Front & Door(s)

Traulsen's G-Series product line also includes three section reach-in storage freezer models designed to operate at 115V. These models are available with either full or half length doors and offer the convenience of a variety of different door hingings to choose from. Built with durable exteriors, reliable controls, balanced, efficient refrigeration systems and a variety of user-friendly features, these products are the right fit for nearly any application. They are designed and built to the highest standards, and epitomize the quality design and construction Traulsen is known for.

AVAILABLE MODELS

Model # G31000 G31001 G31002 G31003 G31010 G31011 G31012 G31013 Door Half Half Half Half Full Full Full Full Hinging Left-Right-Right Left-Left-Right Right-Right-Right Left-Left-Left Left-Right-Right Left-Left-Right Right-Right-Right Left-Left-Left

Model G31010

Standard Product Features

· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · High Quality Stainless Steel Exterior Front and Doors Corrosion Resistant Anodized Aluminum One-Piece Sides Durable Anodized Aluminum Interior Microprocessor Control With LED Temperature Readout Top-Mounted, Balanced, Self-Contained Refrigeration System Large High Humidity Evaporator Coil Outside The Food Zone Full or Half Length Stainless Steel Doors With Locks Self-Closing Doors With Stay Open Feature At 120 Degrees Guaranteed For Life Cam-Lift Hinges Guaranteed For Life Horizontal Work Flow Door Handle Automatically Activated Incandescent Lights Damage Resistant Stainless Steel Breaker Caps Three (3) Adjustable Epoxy Coated Shelves Per Section, Supported On Shelf Pins (installed at the factory) Energy Saving Automatic Non-Electric Condensate Evaporator Magnetic Snap-In Door Gaskets Gasket Protecting Anodized Aluminum Door Liner Anti-Condensate Door Perimeter Heaters Thermostatic Expansion Valve Metering Device Provides Quick Refrigeration Recovery Times Stainless Steel One-Piece Louver Assembly 9' Cord & Plug Attached Set of Four (4) 6" High Casters With Locks One Year Parts And Labor Warranty Five Year Compressor Warranty

Optional Accessory Kits

· · Set of Three (3) Additional Epoxy Coated Shelves With Shelf Pins TK1 Kit: Four (4) Pairs of No. 1 Type Tray Slides To Accommodate either: (1) 18" x 26" or (2) 14" x 18" Sheet Pans, Adjustable To 2" O.C. TK2 Kit: Two (2) Pairs of No. 4 Type Tray Slides To Accommodate (1) 18" x 26" Sheet Pans (equips one full section) TK4 Kit: Four (4) Pairs of Universal Type Tray Slides To Accommodate Either (1) 18" x 26" or (2) 14" x 18" Sheet Pans, or (2) 12" x 20" Steam Table Pans, Adjustable To 4" O.C. Set of Three (3) Chrome Plated Shelves With Shelf Pins LK1 Kit: Set of Four (4) 6" High Adjustable Legs Two Year Service/Labor Warranty Available

·

·

· · ·

NOTE: All optional accessory kits are shipped separately for later installation by others at the jobsite.

Listed by Underwriters Laboratories Inc., to U.S. and Canadian safety standards and Listed by NSF International.

Approval: __________________________________

TRAULSEN 4401 BLUE MOUND RD. PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 Website: www.traulsen.com

FT. WORTH, TX 76106 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302

SECTION 4-4

Traulsen

Restaurant Depot #134

Page: 33-1

Traulsen

Model: G31000

Item#: 33

Project Model Specified:

Quantity

Item # CSI Section 11400

Specifications

Construction, Hardware and Insulation Cabinet exterior front, louver assembly and doors are constructed of 20 gauge stainless steel. Cabinet sides (including returns), interior and door liners are constructed of anodized aluminum. The exterior cabinet top, back and bottom are constructed of heavy gauge aluminized steel. A set of four (4) 6" high casters are included. Doors are equipped with a gasket protecting metal door pan, removable plug cylinder locks and guaranteed for life cam-lift, gravity action, self-closing metal, glide hinges with stay open feature at 120 degrees. Hinges include a concealed switch to automatically activate the interior incandescent lighting. Guaranteed for life, work flow door handles are mounted horizontally over recess in door which limits protrusion from door face into aisleways. Easily removable for cleaning, vinyl magnetic door gasket assures tight door seal. Anti condensate heaters are located behind each door opening. Both the cabinet and door(s) are insulated with an average of 2" thick high density, non-CFC, foamed in place polyurethane. DIMENSIONAL DATA Net Capacity cu. ft. Length Overall in. Depth - Over Body in. G31010, G31011, etc. 69.1 (1958 cu l) 765/16 (193.8 cm) 32 (81.3 cm) Refrigeration System A top mounted, self-contained, balanced refrigeration system using R-404A refrigerant is conveniently located behind the one piece louver assembly. It features an easy to clean front facing condenser, thermostatic expansion valve, air-cooled, semi-hermetic compressor, large, high humidity evaporator coil located outside the food zone and a top mounted non-electric condensate evaporator. A 9' cord and plug is provided. Standard operating temperature is 0 to -5°F. Controller The easy to use water resistant microprocessor control system is supplied standard. It includes a 3-Digit LED Display, and a Fahrenheit or Celsius Temperature Scale Display Capability. Interior Standard interior arrangements include three (3) epoxy coated wire shelves per section, mounted on shelf pins, installed at the factory. Shelves are full-width, and do not have any large gaps between them requiring the use of "bridge" or "junior shelves." Recommended load limit per shelf should not exceed 225 lbs. Warranties Both a one year parts and labor warranty and a five year compressor warranty (selfcontained models only) are provided standard. An optional 2nd year extended parts and labor warranty is also available.

Depth - W/Door Open 90° in. 567/8 (144.5 cm) Depth - Overall in. Clear Door Width in. Clear Half Door Height in. Clear Full Door Height in. Number of shelves Shelf area sq. ft.1 Height - Overall in. ELECTRICAL DATA Voltage Feed Wires with Ground Full Load Amperes REFRIGERATION DATA Refrigerant BTU/HR - HP2 R-404A 5220 (3/4 HP) 91 (231 cm) 43 (109.2 cm) 831/2 (212.1 cm) 189 (5354 cu l) 115/60/1 3 15.8 35 (88.8 cm) 211/8 (53.6 cm) 271/2 (69.9 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 9 39.2 (3.6 sq m) 831/4 (211.5 cm)

Elevation View

Plan View

CARTON DIMENSIONS Domestic Crated Only Length - Crated in. Depth - Crated in. Height - Crated in. Volume - Crated cu. ft. WEIGHT DATA Net Weight - Uncrated lbs. Gross Weight - Crated lbs. 690 (313 kg) 870 (395 kg)

NOTES NOTE: Figures in parentheses reflect metric equivalents. 1= Area of standard shelf compliment only, does not include storage area of additional shelves or available on cabinet bottom. 2= Based on a 90 degree F ambient and -10 degree F evaporator.

Equipped with one NEMA 5-20P Plug

REQUIRED CLEARANCES In order to assure optimum performance, the condensing unit MUST have an adequate supply of air for cooling purposes. Therefore, the operating location must either have a minimum of 12" clearance overhead of the condensing unit or allow for unrestricted air flow at the back of the unit. Clearance of at least 12" above is required in order to perform certain maintenance tasks.

Section View - All Models

NOTE: Freight charges are FOB destination for dock to dock delivery within the continental USA. Liftgate delivery charges are additional. For inside delivery charges, please consult factory.

Continued product development may necessitate specification changes without notice. Part No. TR35849 (revised 1/05)

SECTION 4-4

TRAULSEN 4401 BLUE MOUND RD. PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 Website: www.traulsen.com

FT. WORTH, TX 76106 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302

Traulsen

Restaurant Depot #134

Page: 33-2

Traulsen

Model: G31001

Item#: 34

Project Model Specified:

Quantity

Item # CSI Section 11400

G-Series Three Section 115V Storage Freezers/Self-Contained

Equipped with an easy to use microprocessor control!

Three Section Models, 32" Deep

G

SERIES

Stainless Steel Front & Door(s)

Traulsen's G-Series product line also includes three section reach-in storage freezer models designed to operate at 115V. These models are available with either full or half length doors and offer the convenience of a variety of different door hingings to choose from. Built with durable exteriors, reliable controls, balanced, efficient refrigeration systems and a variety of user-friendly features, these products are the right fit for nearly any application. They are designed and built to the highest standards, and epitomize the quality design and construction Traulsen is known for.

AVAILABLE MODELS

Model # G31000 G31001 G31002 G31003 G31010 G31011 G31012 G31013 Door Half Half Half Half Full Full Full Full Hinging Left-Right-Right Left-Left-Right Right-Right-Right Left-Left-Left Left-Right-Right Left-Left-Right Right-Right-Right Left-Left-Left

Model G31010

Standard Product Features

· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · High Quality Stainless Steel Exterior Front and Doors Corrosion Resistant Anodized Aluminum One-Piece Sides Durable Anodized Aluminum Interior Microprocessor Control With LED Temperature Readout Top-Mounted, Balanced, Self-Contained Refrigeration System Large High Humidity Evaporator Coil Outside The Food Zone Full or Half Length Stainless Steel Doors With Locks Self-Closing Doors With Stay Open Feature At 120 Degrees Guaranteed For Life Cam-Lift Hinges Guaranteed For Life Horizontal Work Flow Door Handle Automatically Activated Incandescent Lights Damage Resistant Stainless Steel Breaker Caps Three (3) Adjustable Epoxy Coated Shelves Per Section, Supported On Shelf Pins (installed at the factory) Energy Saving Automatic Non-Electric Condensate Evaporator Magnetic Snap-In Door Gaskets Gasket Protecting Anodized Aluminum Door Liner Anti-Condensate Door Perimeter Heaters Thermostatic Expansion Valve Metering Device Provides Quick Refrigeration Recovery Times Stainless Steel One-Piece Louver Assembly 9' Cord & Plug Attached Set of Four (4) 6" High Casters With Locks One Year Parts And Labor Warranty Five Year Compressor Warranty

Optional Accessory Kits

· · Set of Three (3) Additional Epoxy Coated Shelves With Shelf Pins TK1 Kit: Four (4) Pairs of No. 1 Type Tray Slides To Accommodate either: (1) 18" x 26" or (2) 14" x 18" Sheet Pans, Adjustable To 2" O.C. TK2 Kit: Two (2) Pairs of No. 4 Type Tray Slides To Accommodate (1) 18" x 26" Sheet Pans (equips one full section) TK4 Kit: Four (4) Pairs of Universal Type Tray Slides To Accommodate Either (1) 18" x 26" or (2) 14" x 18" Sheet Pans, or (2) 12" x 20" Steam Table Pans, Adjustable To 4" O.C. Set of Three (3) Chrome Plated Shelves With Shelf Pins LK1 Kit: Set of Four (4) 6" High Adjustable Legs Two Year Service/Labor Warranty Available

·

·

· · ·

NOTE: All optional accessory kits are shipped separately for later installation by others at the jobsite.

Listed by Underwriters Laboratories Inc., to U.S. and Canadian safety standards and Listed by NSF International.

Approval: __________________________________

TRAULSEN 4401 BLUE MOUND RD. PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 Website: www.traulsen.com

FT. WORTH, TX 76106 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302

SECTION 4-4

Traulsen

Restaurant Depot #134

Page: 34-1

Traulsen

Model: G31001

Item#: 34

Project Model Specified:

Quantity

Item # CSI Section 11400

Specifications

Construction, Hardware and Insulation Cabinet exterior front, louver assembly and doors are constructed of 20 gauge stainless steel. Cabinet sides (including returns), interior and door liners are constructed of anodized aluminum. The exterior cabinet top, back and bottom are constructed of heavy gauge aluminized steel. A set of four (4) 6" high casters are included. Doors are equipped with a gasket protecting metal door pan, removable plug cylinder locks and guaranteed for life cam-lift, gravity action, self-closing metal, glide hinges with stay open feature at 120 degrees. Hinges include a concealed switch to automatically activate the interior incandescent lighting. Guaranteed for life, work flow door handles are mounted horizontally over recess in door which limits protrusion from door face into aisleways. Easily removable for cleaning, vinyl magnetic door gasket assures tight door seal. Anti condensate heaters are located behind each door opening. Both the cabinet and door(s) are insulated with an average of 2" thick high density, non-CFC, foamed in place polyurethane. DIMENSIONAL DATA Net Capacity cu. ft. Length Overall in. Depth - Over Body in. G31010, G31011, etc. 69.1 (1958 cu l) 765/16 (193.8 cm) 32 (81.3 cm) Refrigeration System A top mounted, self-contained, balanced refrigeration system using R-404A refrigerant is conveniently located behind the one piece louver assembly. It features an easy to clean front facing condenser, thermostatic expansion valve, air-cooled, semi-hermetic compressor, large, high humidity evaporator coil located outside the food zone and a top mounted non-electric condensate evaporator. A 9' cord and plug is provided. Standard operating temperature is 0 to -5°F. Controller The easy to use water resistant microprocessor control system is supplied standard. It includes a 3-Digit LED Display, and a Fahrenheit or Celsius Temperature Scale Display Capability. Interior Standard interior arrangements include three (3) epoxy coated wire shelves per section, mounted on shelf pins, installed at the factory. Shelves are full-width, and do not have any large gaps between them requiring the use of "bridge" or "junior shelves." Recommended load limit per shelf should not exceed 225 lbs. Warranties Both a one year parts and labor warranty and a five year compressor warranty (selfcontained models only) are provided standard. An optional 2nd year extended parts and labor warranty is also available.

Depth - W/Door Open 90° in. 567/8 (144.5 cm) Depth - Overall in. Clear Door Width in. Clear Half Door Height in. Clear Full Door Height in. Number of shelves Shelf area sq. ft.1 Height - Overall in. ELECTRICAL DATA Voltage Feed Wires with Ground Full Load Amperes REFRIGERATION DATA Refrigerant BTU/HR - HP2 R-404A 5220 (3/4 HP) 91 (231 cm) 43 (109.2 cm) 831/2 (212.1 cm) 189 (5354 cu l) 115/60/1 3 15.8 35 (88.8 cm) 211/8 (53.6 cm) 271/2 (69.9 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 9 39.2 (3.6 sq m) 831/4 (211.5 cm)

Elevation View

Plan View

CARTON DIMENSIONS Domestic Crated Only Length - Crated in. Depth - Crated in. Height - Crated in. Volume - Crated cu. ft. WEIGHT DATA Net Weight - Uncrated lbs. Gross Weight - Crated lbs. 690 (313 kg) 870 (395 kg)

NOTES NOTE: Figures in parentheses reflect metric equivalents. 1= Area of standard shelf compliment only, does not include storage area of additional shelves or available on cabinet bottom. 2= Based on a 90 degree F ambient and -10 degree F evaporator.

Equipped with one NEMA 5-20P Plug

REQUIRED CLEARANCES In order to assure optimum performance, the condensing unit MUST have an adequate supply of air for cooling purposes. Therefore, the operating location must either have a minimum of 12" clearance overhead of the condensing unit or allow for unrestricted air flow at the back of the unit. Clearance of at least 12" above is required in order to perform certain maintenance tasks.

Section View - All Models

NOTE: Freight charges are FOB destination for dock to dock delivery within the continental USA. Liftgate delivery charges are additional. For inside delivery charges, please consult factory.

Continued product development may necessitate specification changes without notice. Part No. TR35849 (revised 1/05)

SECTION 4-4

TRAULSEN 4401 BLUE MOUND RD. PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 Website: www.traulsen.com

FT. WORTH, TX 76106 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302

Traulsen

Restaurant Depot #134

Page: 34-2

Traulsen

Model: G31002

Item#: 35

Project Model Specified:

Quantity

Item # CSI Section 11400

G-Series Three Section 115V Storage Freezers/Self-Contained

Equipped with an easy to use microprocessor control!

Three Section Models, 32" Deep

G

SERIES

Stainless Steel Front & Door(s)

Traulsen's G-Series product line also includes three section reach-in storage freezer models designed to operate at 115V. These models are available with either full or half length doors and offer the convenience of a variety of different door hingings to choose from. Built with durable exteriors, reliable controls, balanced, efficient refrigeration systems and a variety of user-friendly features, these products are the right fit for nearly any application. They are designed and built to the highest standards, and epitomize the quality design and construction Traulsen is known for.

AVAILABLE MODELS

Model # G31000 G31001 G31002 G31003 G31010 G31011 G31012 G31013 Door Half Half Half Half Full Full Full Full Hinging Left-Right-Right Left-Left-Right Right-Right-Right Left-Left-Left Left-Right-Right Left-Left-Right Right-Right-Right Left-Left-Left

Model G31010

Standard Product Features

· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · High Quality Stainless Steel Exterior Front and Doors Corrosion Resistant Anodized Aluminum One-Piece Sides Durable Anodized Aluminum Interior Microprocessor Control With LED Temperature Readout Top-Mounted, Balanced, Self-Contained Refrigeration System Large High Humidity Evaporator Coil Outside The Food Zone Full or Half Length Stainless Steel Doors With Locks Self-Closing Doors With Stay Open Feature At 120 Degrees Guaranteed For Life Cam-Lift Hinges Guaranteed For Life Horizontal Work Flow Door Handle Automatically Activated Incandescent Lights Damage Resistant Stainless Steel Breaker Caps Three (3) Adjustable Epoxy Coated Shelves Per Section, Supported On Shelf Pins (installed at the factory) Energy Saving Automatic Non-Electric Condensate Evaporator Magnetic Snap-In Door Gaskets Gasket Protecting Anodized Aluminum Door Liner Anti-Condensate Door Perimeter Heaters Thermostatic Expansion Valve Metering Device Provides Quick Refrigeration Recovery Times Stainless Steel One-Piece Louver Assembly 9' Cord & Plug Attached Set of Four (4) 6" High Casters With Locks One Year Parts And Labor Warranty Five Year Compressor Warranty

Optional Accessory Kits

· · Set of Three (3) Additional Epoxy Coated Shelves With Shelf Pins TK1 Kit: Four (4) Pairs of No. 1 Type Tray Slides To Accommodate either: (1) 18" x 26" or (2) 14" x 18" Sheet Pans, Adjustable To 2" O.C. TK2 Kit: Two (2) Pairs of No. 4 Type Tray Slides To Accommodate (1) 18" x 26" Sheet Pans (equips one full section) TK4 Kit: Four (4) Pairs of Universal Type Tray Slides To Accommodate Either (1) 18" x 26" or (2) 14" x 18" Sheet Pans, or (2) 12" x 20" Steam Table Pans, Adjustable To 4" O.C. Set of Three (3) Chrome Plated Shelves With Shelf Pins LK1 Kit: Set of Four (4) 6" High Adjustable Legs Two Year Service/Labor Warranty Available

·

·

· · ·

NOTE: All optional accessory kits are shipped separately for later installation by others at the jobsite.

Listed by Underwriters Laboratories Inc., to U.S. and Canadian safety standards and Listed by NSF International.

Approval: __________________________________

TRAULSEN 4401 BLUE MOUND RD. PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 Website: www.traulsen.com

FT. WORTH, TX 76106 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302

SECTION 4-4

Traulsen

Restaurant Depot #134

Page: 35-1

Traulsen

Model: G31002

Item#: 35

Project Model Specified:

Quantity

Item # CSI Section 11400

Specifications

Construction, Hardware and Insulation Cabinet exterior front, louver assembly and doors are constructed of 20 gauge stainless steel. Cabinet sides (including returns), interior and door liners are constructed of anodized aluminum. The exterior cabinet top, back and bottom are constructed of heavy gauge aluminized steel. A set of four (4) 6" high casters are included. Doors are equipped with a gasket protecting metal door pan, removable plug cylinder locks and guaranteed for life cam-lift, gravity action, self-closing metal, glide hinges with stay open feature at 120 degrees. Hinges include a concealed switch to automatically activate the interior incandescent lighting. Guaranteed for life, work flow door handles are mounted horizontally over recess in door which limits protrusion from door face into aisleways. Easily removable for cleaning, vinyl magnetic door gasket assures tight door seal. Anti condensate heaters are located behind each door opening. Both the cabinet and door(s) are insulated with an average of 2" thick high density, non-CFC, foamed in place polyurethane. DIMENSIONAL DATA Net Capacity cu. ft. Length Overall in. Depth - Over Body in. G31010, G31011, etc. 69.1 (1958 cu l) 765/16 (193.8 cm) 32 (81.3 cm) Refrigeration System A top mounted, self-contained, balanced refrigeration system using R-404A refrigerant is conveniently located behind the one piece louver assembly. It features an easy to clean front facing condenser, thermostatic expansion valve, air-cooled, semi-hermetic compressor, large, high humidity evaporator coil located outside the food zone and a top mounted non-electric condensate evaporator. A 9' cord and plug is provided. Standard operating temperature is 0 to -5°F. Controller The easy to use water resistant microprocessor control system is supplied standard. It includes a 3-Digit LED Display, and a Fahrenheit or Celsius Temperature Scale Display Capability. Interior Standard interior arrangements include three (3) epoxy coated wire shelves per section, mounted on shelf pins, installed at the factory. Shelves are full-width, and do not have any large gaps between them requiring the use of "bridge" or "junior shelves." Recommended load limit per shelf should not exceed 225 lbs. Warranties Both a one year parts and labor warranty and a five year compressor warranty (selfcontained models only) are provided standard. An optional 2nd year extended parts and labor warranty is also available.

Depth - W/Door Open 90° in. 567/8 (144.5 cm) Depth - Overall in. Clear Door Width in. Clear Half Door Height in. Clear Full Door Height in. Number of shelves Shelf area sq. ft.1 Height - Overall in. ELECTRICAL DATA Voltage Feed Wires with Ground Full Load Amperes REFRIGERATION DATA Refrigerant BTU/HR - HP2 R-404A 5220 (3/4 HP) 91 (231 cm) 43 (109.2 cm) 831/2 (212.1 cm) 189 (5354 cu l) 115/60/1 3 15.8 35 (88.8 cm) 211/8 (53.6 cm) 271/2 (69.9 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 9 39.2 (3.6 sq m) 831/4 (211.5 cm)

Elevation View

Plan View

CARTON DIMENSIONS Domestic Crated Only Length - Crated in. Depth - Crated in. Height - Crated in. Volume - Crated cu. ft. WEIGHT DATA Net Weight - Uncrated lbs. Gross Weight - Crated lbs. 690 (313 kg) 870 (395 kg)

NOTES NOTE: Figures in parentheses reflect metric equivalents. 1= Area of standard shelf compliment only, does not include storage area of additional shelves or available on cabinet bottom. 2= Based on a 90 degree F ambient and -10 degree F evaporator.

Equipped with one NEMA 5-20P Plug

REQUIRED CLEARANCES In order to assure optimum performance, the condensing unit MUST have an adequate supply of air for cooling purposes. Therefore, the operating location must either have a minimum of 12" clearance overhead of the condensing unit or allow for unrestricted air flow at the back of the unit. Clearance of at least 12" above is required in order to perform certain maintenance tasks.

Section View - All Models

NOTE: Freight charges are FOB destination for dock to dock delivery within the continental USA. Liftgate delivery charges are additional. For inside delivery charges, please consult factory.

Continued product development may necessitate specification changes without notice. Part No. TR35849 (revised 1/05)

SECTION 4-4

TRAULSEN 4401 BLUE MOUND RD. PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 Website: www.traulsen.com

FT. WORTH, TX 76106 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302

Traulsen

Restaurant Depot #134

Page: 35-2

Traulsen

Model: G31003

Item#: 36

Project Model Specified:

Quantity

Item # CSI Section 11400

G-Series Three Section 115V Storage Freezers/Self-Contained

Equipped with an easy to use microprocessor control!

Three Section Models, 32" Deep

G

SERIES

Stainless Steel Front & Door(s)

Traulsen's G-Series product line also includes three section reach-in storage freezer models designed to operate at 115V. These models are available with either full or half length doors and offer the convenience of a variety of different door hingings to choose from. Built with durable exteriors, reliable controls, balanced, efficient refrigeration systems and a variety of user-friendly features, these products are the right fit for nearly any application. They are designed and built to the highest standards, and epitomize the quality design and construction Traulsen is known for.

AVAILABLE MODELS

Model # G31000 G31001 G31002 G31003 G31010 G31011 G31012 G31013 Door Half Half Half Half Full Full Full Full Hinging Left-Right-Right Left-Left-Right Right-Right-Right Left-Left-Left Left-Right-Right Left-Left-Right Right-Right-Right Left-Left-Left

Model G31010

Standard Product Features

· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · High Quality Stainless Steel Exterior Front and Doors Corrosion Resistant Anodized Aluminum One-Piece Sides Durable Anodized Aluminum Interior Microprocessor Control With LED Temperature Readout Top-Mounted, Balanced, Self-Contained Refrigeration System Large High Humidity Evaporator Coil Outside The Food Zone Full or Half Length Stainless Steel Doors With Locks Self-Closing Doors With Stay Open Feature At 120 Degrees Guaranteed For Life Cam-Lift Hinges Guaranteed For Life Horizontal Work Flow Door Handle Automatically Activated Incandescent Lights Damage Resistant Stainless Steel Breaker Caps Three (3) Adjustable Epoxy Coated Shelves Per Section, Supported On Shelf Pins (installed at the factory) Energy Saving Automatic Non-Electric Condensate Evaporator Magnetic Snap-In Door Gaskets Gasket Protecting Anodized Aluminum Door Liner Anti-Condensate Door Perimeter Heaters Thermostatic Expansion Valve Metering Device Provides Quick Refrigeration Recovery Times Stainless Steel One-Piece Louver Assembly 9' Cord & Plug Attached Set of Four (4) 6" High Casters With Locks One Year Parts And Labor Warranty Five Year Compressor Warranty

Optional Accessory Kits

· · Set of Three (3) Additional Epoxy Coated Shelves With Shelf Pins TK1 Kit: Four (4) Pairs of No. 1 Type Tray Slides To Accommodate either: (1) 18" x 26" or (2) 14" x 18" Sheet Pans, Adjustable To 2" O.C. TK2 Kit: Two (2) Pairs of No. 4 Type Tray Slides To Accommodate (1) 18" x 26" Sheet Pans (equips one full section) TK4 Kit: Four (4) Pairs of Universal Type Tray Slides To Accommodate Either (1) 18" x 26" or (2) 14" x 18" Sheet Pans, or (2) 12" x 20" Steam Table Pans, Adjustable To 4" O.C. Set of Three (3) Chrome Plated Shelves With Shelf Pins LK1 Kit: Set of Four (4) 6" High Adjustable Legs Two Year Service/Labor Warranty Available

·

·

· · ·

NOTE: All optional accessory kits are shipped separately for later installation by others at the jobsite.

Listed by Underwriters Laboratories Inc., to U.S. and Canadian safety standards and Listed by NSF International.

Approval: __________________________________

TRAULSEN 4401 BLUE MOUND RD. PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 Website: www.traulsen.com

FT. WORTH, TX 76106 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302

SECTION 4-4

Traulsen

Restaurant Depot #134

Page: 36-1

Traulsen

Model: G31003

Item#: 36

Project Model Specified:

Quantity

Item # CSI Section 11400

Specifications

Construction, Hardware and Insulation Cabinet exterior front, louver assembly and doors are constructed of 20 gauge stainless steel. Cabinet sides (including returns), interior and door liners are constructed of anodized aluminum. The exterior cabinet top, back and bottom are constructed of heavy gauge aluminized steel. A set of four (4) 6" high casters are included. Doors are equipped with a gasket protecting metal door pan, removable plug cylinder locks and guaranteed for life cam-lift, gravity action, self-closing metal, glide hinges with stay open feature at 120 degrees. Hinges include a concealed switch to automatically activate the interior incandescent lighting. Guaranteed for life, work flow door handles are mounted horizontally over recess in door which limits protrusion from door face into aisleways. Easily removable for cleaning, vinyl magnetic door gasket assures tight door seal. Anti condensate heaters are located behind each door opening. Both the cabinet and door(s) are insulated with an average of 2" thick high density, non-CFC, foamed in place polyurethane. DIMENSIONAL DATA Net Capacity cu. ft. Length Overall in. Depth - Over Body in. G31010, G31011, etc. 69.1 (1958 cu l) 765/16 (193.8 cm) 32 (81.3 cm) Refrigeration System A top mounted, self-contained, balanced refrigeration system using R-404A refrigerant is conveniently located behind the one piece louver assembly. It features an easy to clean front facing condenser, thermostatic expansion valve, air-cooled, semi-hermetic compressor, large, high humidity evaporator coil located outside the food zone and a top mounted non-electric condensate evaporator. A 9' cord and plug is provided. Standard operating temperature is 0 to -5°F. Controller The easy to use water resistant microprocessor control system is supplied standard. It includes a 3-Digit LED Display, and a Fahrenheit or Celsius Temperature Scale Display Capability. Interior Standard interior arrangements include three (3) epoxy coated wire shelves per section, mounted on shelf pins, installed at the factory. Shelves are full-width, and do not have any large gaps between them requiring the use of "bridge" or "junior shelves." Recommended load limit per shelf should not exceed 225 lbs. Warranties Both a one year parts and labor warranty and a five year compressor warranty (selfcontained models only) are provided standard. An optional 2nd year extended parts and labor warranty is also available.

Depth - W/Door Open 90° in. 567/8 (144.5 cm) Depth - Overall in. Clear Door Width in. Clear Half Door Height in. Clear Full Door Height in. Number of shelves Shelf area sq. ft.1 Height - Overall in. ELECTRICAL DATA Voltage Feed Wires with Ground Full Load Amperes REFRIGERATION DATA Refrigerant BTU/HR - HP2 R-404A 5220 (3/4 HP) 91 (231 cm) 43 (109.2 cm) 831/2 (212.1 cm) 189 (5354 cu l) 115/60/1 3 15.8 35 (88.8 cm) 211/8 (53.6 cm) 271/2 (69.9 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 9 39.2 (3.6 sq m) 831/4 (211.5 cm)

Elevation View

Plan View

CARTON DIMENSIONS Domestic Crated Only Length - Crated in. Depth - Crated in. Height - Crated in. Volume - Crated cu. ft. WEIGHT DATA Net Weight - Uncrated lbs. Gross Weight - Crated lbs. 690 (313 kg) 870 (395 kg)

NOTES NOTE: Figures in parentheses reflect metric equivalents. 1= Area of standard shelf compliment only, does not include storage area of additional shelves or available on cabinet bottom. 2= Based on a 90 degree F ambient and -10 degree F evaporator.

Equipped with one NEMA 5-20P Plug

REQUIRED CLEARANCES In order to assure optimum performance, the condensing unit MUST have an adequate supply of air for cooling purposes. Therefore, the operating location must either have a minimum of 12" clearance overhead of the condensing unit or allow for unrestricted air flow at the back of the unit. Clearance of at least 12" above is required in order to perform certain maintenance tasks.

Section View - All Models

NOTE: Freight charges are FOB destination for dock to dock delivery within the continental USA. Liftgate delivery charges are additional. For inside delivery charges, please consult factory.

Continued product development may necessitate specification changes without notice. Part No. TR35849 (revised 1/05)

SECTION 4-4

TRAULSEN 4401 BLUE MOUND RD. PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 Website: www.traulsen.com

FT. WORTH, TX 76106 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302

Traulsen

Restaurant Depot #134

Page: 36-2

Traulsen

Model: G31010

Item#: 37

Project Model Specified:

Quantity

Item # CSI Section 11400

G-Series Three Section 115V Storage Freezers/Self-Contained

Equipped with an easy to use microprocessor control!

Three Section Models, 32" Deep

G

SERIES

Stainless Steel Front & Door(s)

Traulsen's G-Series product line also includes three section reach-in storage freezer models designed to operate at 115V. These models are available with either full or half length doors and offer the convenience of a variety of different door hingings to choose from. Built with durable exteriors, reliable controls, balanced, efficient refrigeration systems and a variety of user-friendly features, these products are the right fit for nearly any application. They are designed and built to the highest standards, and epitomize the quality design and construction Traulsen is known for.

AVAILABLE MODELS

Model # G31000 G31001 G31002 G31003 G31010 G31011 G31012 G31013 Door Half Half Half Half Full Full Full Full Hinging Left-Right-Right Left-Left-Right Right-Right-Right Left-Left-Left Left-Right-Right Left-Left-Right Right-Right-Right Left-Left-Left

Model G31010

Standard Product Features

· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · High Quality Stainless Steel Exterior Front and Doors Corrosion Resistant Anodized Aluminum One-Piece Sides Durable Anodized Aluminum Interior Microprocessor Control With LED Temperature Readout Top-Mounted, Balanced, Self-Contained Refrigeration System Large High Humidity Evaporator Coil Outside The Food Zone Full or Half Length Stainless Steel Doors With Locks Self-Closing Doors With Stay Open Feature At 120 Degrees Guaranteed For Life Cam-Lift Hinges Guaranteed For Life Horizontal Work Flow Door Handle Automatically Activated Incandescent Lights Damage Resistant Stainless Steel Breaker Caps Three (3) Adjustable Epoxy Coated Shelves Per Section, Supported On Shelf Pins (installed at the factory) Energy Saving Automatic Non-Electric Condensate Evaporator Magnetic Snap-In Door Gaskets Gasket Protecting Anodized Aluminum Door Liner Anti-Condensate Door Perimeter Heaters Thermostatic Expansion Valve Metering Device Provides Quick Refrigeration Recovery Times Stainless Steel One-Piece Louver Assembly 9' Cord & Plug Attached Set of Four (4) 6" High Casters With Locks One Year Parts And Labor Warranty Five Year Compressor Warranty

Optional Accessory Kits

· · Set of Three (3) Additional Epoxy Coated Shelves With Shelf Pins TK1 Kit: Four (4) Pairs of No. 1 Type Tray Slides To Accommodate either: (1) 18" x 26" or (2) 14" x 18" Sheet Pans, Adjustable To 2" O.C. TK2 Kit: Two (2) Pairs of No. 4 Type Tray Slides To Accommodate (1) 18" x 26" Sheet Pans (equips one full section) TK4 Kit: Four (4) Pairs of Universal Type Tray Slides To Accommodate Either (1) 18" x 26" or (2) 14" x 18" Sheet Pans, or (2) 12" x 20" Steam Table Pans, Adjustable To 4" O.C. Set of Three (3) Chrome Plated Shelves With Shelf Pins LK1 Kit: Set of Four (4) 6" High Adjustable Legs Two Year Service/Labor Warranty Available

·

·

· · ·

NOTE: All optional accessory kits are shipped separately for later installation by others at the jobsite.

Listed by Underwriters Laboratories Inc., to U.S. and Canadian safety standards and Listed by NSF International.

Approval: __________________________________

TRAULSEN 4401 BLUE MOUND RD. PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 Website: www.traulsen.com

FT. WORTH, TX 76106 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302

SECTION 4-4

Traulsen

Restaurant Depot #134

Page: 37-1

Traulsen

Model: G31010

Item#: 37

Project Model Specified:

Quantity

Item # CSI Section 11400

Specifications

Construction, Hardware and Insulation Cabinet exterior front, louver assembly and doors are constructed of 20 gauge stainless steel. Cabinet sides (including returns), interior and door liners are constructed of anodized aluminum. The exterior cabinet top, back and bottom are constructed of heavy gauge aluminized steel. A set of four (4) 6" high casters are included. Doors are equipped with a gasket protecting metal door pan, removable plug cylinder locks and guaranteed for life cam-lift, gravity action, self-closing metal, glide hinges with stay open feature at 120 degrees. Hinges include a concealed switch to automatically activate the interior incandescent lighting. Guaranteed for life, work flow door handles are mounted horizontally over recess in door which limits protrusion from door face into aisleways. Easily removable for cleaning, vinyl magnetic door gasket assures tight door seal. Anti condensate heaters are located behind each door opening. Both the cabinet and door(s) are insulated with an average of 2" thick high density, non-CFC, foamed in place polyurethane. DIMENSIONAL DATA Net Capacity cu. ft. Length Overall in. Depth - Over Body in. G31010, G31011, etc. 69.1 (1958 cu l) 765/16 (193.8 cm) 32 (81.3 cm) Refrigeration System A top mounted, self-contained, balanced refrigeration system using R-404A refrigerant is conveniently located behind the one piece louver assembly. It features an easy to clean front facing condenser, thermostatic expansion valve, air-cooled, semi-hermetic compressor, large, high humidity evaporator coil located outside the food zone and a top mounted non-electric condensate evaporator. A 9' cord and plug is provided. Standard operating temperature is 0 to -5°F. Controller The easy to use water resistant microprocessor control system is supplied standard. It includes a 3-Digit LED Display, and a Fahrenheit or Celsius Temperature Scale Display Capability. Interior Standard interior arrangements include three (3) epoxy coated wire shelves per section, mounted on shelf pins, installed at the factory. Shelves are full-width, and do not have any large gaps between them requiring the use of "bridge" or "junior shelves." Recommended load limit per shelf should not exceed 225 lbs. Warranties Both a one year parts and labor warranty and a five year compressor warranty (selfcontained models only) are provided standard. An optional 2nd year extended parts and labor warranty is also available.

Depth - W/Door Open 90° in. 567/8 (144.5 cm) Depth - Overall in. Clear Door Width in. Clear Half Door Height in. Clear Full Door Height in. Number of shelves Shelf area sq. ft.1 Height - Overall in. ELECTRICAL DATA Voltage Feed Wires with Ground Full Load Amperes REFRIGERATION DATA Refrigerant BTU/HR - HP2 R-404A 5220 (3/4 HP) 91 (231 cm) 43 (109.2 cm) 831/2 (212.1 cm) 189 (5354 cu l) 115/60/1 3 15.8 35 (88.8 cm) 211/8 (53.6 cm) 271/2 (69.9 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 9 39.2 (3.6 sq m) 831/4 (211.5 cm)

Elevation View

Plan View

CARTON DIMENSIONS Domestic Crated Only Length - Crated in. Depth - Crated in. Height - Crated in. Volume - Crated cu. ft. WEIGHT DATA Net Weight - Uncrated lbs. Gross Weight - Crated lbs. 690 (313 kg) 870 (395 kg)

NOTES NOTE: Figures in parentheses reflect metric equivalents. 1= Area of standard shelf compliment only, does not include storage area of additional shelves or available on cabinet bottom. 2= Based on a 90 degree F ambient and -10 degree F evaporator.

Equipped with one NEMA 5-20P Plug

REQUIRED CLEARANCES In order to assure optimum performance, the condensing unit MUST have an adequate supply of air for cooling purposes. Therefore, the operating location must either have a minimum of 12" clearance overhead of the condensing unit or allow for unrestricted air flow at the back of the unit. Clearance of at least 12" above is required in order to perform certain maintenance tasks.

Section View - All Models

NOTE: Freight charges are FOB destination for dock to dock delivery within the continental USA. Liftgate delivery charges are additional. For inside delivery charges, please consult factory.

Continued product development may necessitate specification changes without notice. Part No. TR35849 (revised 1/05)

SECTION 4-4

TRAULSEN 4401 BLUE MOUND RD. PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 Website: www.traulsen.com

FT. WORTH, TX 76106 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302

Traulsen

Restaurant Depot #134

Page: 37-2

Traulsen

Model: G31011

Item#: 38

Project Model Specified:

Quantity

Item # CSI Section 11400

G-Series Three Section 115V Storage Freezers/Self-Contained

Equipped with an easy to use microprocessor control!

Three Section Models, 32" Deep

G

SERIES

Stainless Steel Front & Door(s)

Traulsen's G-Series product line also includes three section reach-in storage freezer models designed to operate at 115V. These models are available with either full or half length doors and offer the convenience of a variety of different door hingings to choose from. Built with durable exteriors, reliable controls, balanced, efficient refrigeration systems and a variety of user-friendly features, these products are the right fit for nearly any application. They are designed and built to the highest standards, and epitomize the quality design and construction Traulsen is known for.

AVAILABLE MODELS

Model # G31000 G31001 G31002 G31003 G31010 G31011 G31012 G31013 Door Half Half Half Half Full Full Full Full Hinging Left-Right-Right Left-Left-Right Right-Right-Right Left-Left-Left Left-Right-Right Left-Left-Right Right-Right-Right Left-Left-Left

Model G31010

Standard Product Features

· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · High Quality Stainless Steel Exterior Front and Doors Corrosion Resistant Anodized Aluminum One-Piece Sides Durable Anodized Aluminum Interior Microprocessor Control With LED Temperature Readout Top-Mounted, Balanced, Self-Contained Refrigeration System Large High Humidity Evaporator Coil Outside The Food Zone Full or Half Length Stainless Steel Doors With Locks Self-Closing Doors With Stay Open Feature At 120 Degrees Guaranteed For Life Cam-Lift Hinges Guaranteed For Life Horizontal Work Flow Door Handle Automatically Activated Incandescent Lights Damage Resistant Stainless Steel Breaker Caps Three (3) Adjustable Epoxy Coated Shelves Per Section, Supported On Shelf Pins (installed at the factory) Energy Saving Automatic Non-Electric Condensate Evaporator Magnetic Snap-In Door Gaskets Gasket Protecting Anodized Aluminum Door Liner Anti-Condensate Door Perimeter Heaters Thermostatic Expansion Valve Metering Device Provides Quick Refrigeration Recovery Times Stainless Steel One-Piece Louver Assembly 9' Cord & Plug Attached Set of Four (4) 6" High Casters With Locks One Year Parts And Labor Warranty Five Year Compressor Warranty

Optional Accessory Kits

· · Set of Three (3) Additional Epoxy Coated Shelves With Shelf Pins TK1 Kit: Four (4) Pairs of No. 1 Type Tray Slides To Accommodate either: (1) 18" x 26" or (2) 14" x 18" Sheet Pans, Adjustable To 2" O.C. TK2 Kit: Two (2) Pairs of No. 4 Type Tray Slides To Accommodate (1) 18" x 26" Sheet Pans (equips one full section) TK4 Kit: Four (4) Pairs of Universal Type Tray Slides To Accommodate Either (1) 18" x 26" or (2) 14" x 18" Sheet Pans, or (2) 12" x 20" Steam Table Pans, Adjustable To 4" O.C. Set of Three (3) Chrome Plated Shelves With Shelf Pins LK1 Kit: Set of Four (4) 6" High Adjustable Legs Two Year Service/Labor Warranty Available

·

·

· · ·

NOTE: All optional accessory kits are shipped separately for later installation by others at the jobsite.

Listed by Underwriters Laboratories Inc., to U.S. and Canadian safety standards and Listed by NSF International.

Approval: __________________________________

TRAULSEN 4401 BLUE MOUND RD. PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 Website: www.traulsen.com

FT. WORTH, TX 76106 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302

SECTION 4-4

Traulsen

Restaurant Depot #134

Page: 38-1

Traulsen

Model: G31011

Item#: 38

Project Model Specified:

Quantity

Item # CSI Section 11400

Specifications

Construction, Hardware and Insulation Cabinet exterior front, louver assembly and doors are constructed of 20 gauge stainless steel. Cabinet sides (including returns), interior and door liners are constructed of anodized aluminum. The exterior cabinet top, back and bottom are constructed of heavy gauge aluminized steel. A set of four (4) 6" high casters are included. Doors are equipped with a gasket protecting metal door pan, removable plug cylinder locks and guaranteed for life cam-lift, gravity action, self-closing metal, glide hinges with stay open feature at 120 degrees. Hinges include a concealed switch to automatically activate the interior incandescent lighting. Guaranteed for life, work flow door handles are mounted horizontally over recess in door which limits protrusion from door face into aisleways. Easily removable for cleaning, vinyl magnetic door gasket assures tight door seal. Anti condensate heaters are located behind each door opening. Both the cabinet and door(s) are insulated with an average of 2" thick high density, non-CFC, foamed in place polyurethane. DIMENSIONAL DATA Net Capacity cu. ft. Length Overall in. Depth - Over Body in. G31010, G31011, etc. 69.1 (1958 cu l) 765/16 (193.8 cm) 32 (81.3 cm) Refrigeration System A top mounted, self-contained, balanced refrigeration system using R-404A refrigerant is conveniently located behind the one piece louver assembly. It features an easy to clean front facing condenser, thermostatic expansion valve, air-cooled, semi-hermetic compressor, large, high humidity evaporator coil located outside the food zone and a top mounted non-electric condensate evaporator. A 9' cord and plug is provided. Standard operating temperature is 0 to -5°F. Controller The easy to use water resistant microprocessor control system is supplied standard. It includes a 3-Digit LED Display, and a Fahrenheit or Celsius Temperature Scale Display Capability. Interior Standard interior arrangements include three (3) epoxy coated wire shelves per section, mounted on shelf pins, installed at the factory. Shelves are full-width, and do not have any large gaps between them requiring the use of "bridge" or "junior shelves." Recommended load limit per shelf should not exceed 225 lbs. Warranties Both a one year parts and labor warranty and a five year compressor warranty (selfcontained models only) are provided standard. An optional 2nd year extended parts and labor warranty is also available.

Depth - W/Door Open 90° in. 567/8 (144.5 cm) Depth - Overall in. Clear Door Width in. Clear Half Door Height in. Clear Full Door Height in. Number of shelves Shelf area sq. ft.1 Height - Overall in. ELECTRICAL DATA Voltage Feed Wires with Ground Full Load Amperes REFRIGERATION DATA Refrigerant BTU/HR - HP2 R-404A 5220 (3/4 HP) 91 (231 cm) 43 (109.2 cm) 831/2 (212.1 cm) 189 (5354 cu l) 115/60/1 3 15.8 35 (88.8 cm) 211/8 (53.6 cm) 271/2 (69.9 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 9 39.2 (3.6 sq m) 831/4 (211.5 cm)

Elevation View

Plan View

CARTON DIMENSIONS Domestic Crated Only Length - Crated in. Depth - Crated in. Height - Crated in. Volume - Crated cu. ft. WEIGHT DATA Net Weight - Uncrated lbs. Gross Weight - Crated lbs. 690 (313 kg) 870 (395 kg)

NOTES NOTE: Figures in parentheses reflect metric equivalents. 1= Area of standard shelf compliment only, does not include storage area of additional shelves or available on cabinet bottom. 2= Based on a 90 degree F ambient and -10 degree F evaporator.

Equipped with one NEMA 5-20P Plug

REQUIRED CLEARANCES In order to assure optimum performance, the condensing unit MUST have an adequate supply of air for cooling purposes. Therefore, the operating location must either have a minimum of 12" clearance overhead of the condensing unit or allow for unrestricted air flow at the back of the unit. Clearance of at least 12" above is required in order to perform certain maintenance tasks.

Section View - All Models

NOTE: Freight charges are FOB destination for dock to dock delivery within the continental USA. Liftgate delivery charges are additional. For inside delivery charges, please consult factory.

Continued product development may necessitate specification changes without notice. Part No. TR35849 (revised 1/05)

SECTION 4-4

TRAULSEN 4401 BLUE MOUND RD. PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 Website: www.traulsen.com

FT. WORTH, TX 76106 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302

Traulsen

Restaurant Depot #134

Page: 38-2

Traulsen

Model: G31012

Item#: 39

Project Model Specified:

Quantity

Item # CSI Section 11400

G-Series Three Section 115V Storage Freezers/Self-Contained

Equipped with an easy to use microprocessor control!

Three Section Models, 32" Deep

G

SERIES

Stainless Steel Front & Door(s)

Traulsen's G-Series product line also includes three section reach-in storage freezer models designed to operate at 115V. These models are available with either full or half length doors and offer the convenience of a variety of different door hingings to choose from. Built with durable exteriors, reliable controls, balanced, efficient refrigeration systems and a variety of user-friendly features, these products are the right fit for nearly any application. They are designed and built to the highest standards, and epitomize the quality design and construction Traulsen is known for.

AVAILABLE MODELS

Model # G31000 G31001 G31002 G31003 G31010 G31011 G31012 G31013 Door Half Half Half Half Full Full Full Full Hinging Left-Right-Right Left-Left-Right Right-Right-Right Left-Left-Left Left-Right-Right Left-Left-Right Right-Right-Right Left-Left-Left

Model G31010

Standard Product Features

· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · High Quality Stainless Steel Exterior Front and Doors Corrosion Resistant Anodized Aluminum One-Piece Sides Durable Anodized Aluminum Interior Microprocessor Control With LED Temperature Readout Top-Mounted, Balanced, Self-Contained Refrigeration System Large High Humidity Evaporator Coil Outside The Food Zone Full or Half Length Stainless Steel Doors With Locks Self-Closing Doors With Stay Open Feature At 120 Degrees Guaranteed For Life Cam-Lift Hinges Guaranteed For Life Horizontal Work Flow Door Handle Automatically Activated Incandescent Lights Damage Resistant Stainless Steel Breaker Caps Three (3) Adjustable Epoxy Coated Shelves Per Section, Supported On Shelf Pins (installed at the factory) Energy Saving Automatic Non-Electric Condensate Evaporator Magnetic Snap-In Door Gaskets Gasket Protecting Anodized Aluminum Door Liner Anti-Condensate Door Perimeter Heaters Thermostatic Expansion Valve Metering Device Provides Quick Refrigeration Recovery Times Stainless Steel One-Piece Louver Assembly 9' Cord & Plug Attached Set of Four (4) 6" High Casters With Locks One Year Parts And Labor Warranty Five Year Compressor Warranty

Optional Accessory Kits

· · Set of Three (3) Additional Epoxy Coated Shelves With Shelf Pins TK1 Kit: Four (4) Pairs of No. 1 Type Tray Slides To Accommodate either: (1) 18" x 26" or (2) 14" x 18" Sheet Pans, Adjustable To 2" O.C. TK2 Kit: Two (2) Pairs of No. 4 Type Tray Slides To Accommodate (1) 18" x 26" Sheet Pans (equips one full section) TK4 Kit: Four (4) Pairs of Universal Type Tray Slides To Accommodate Either (1) 18" x 26" or (2) 14" x 18" Sheet Pans, or (2) 12" x 20" Steam Table Pans, Adjustable To 4" O.C. Set of Three (3) Chrome Plated Shelves With Shelf Pins LK1 Kit: Set of Four (4) 6" High Adjustable Legs Two Year Service/Labor Warranty Available

·

·

· · ·

NOTE: All optional accessory kits are shipped separately for later installation by others at the jobsite.

Listed by Underwriters Laboratories Inc., to U.S. and Canadian safety standards and Listed by NSF International.

Approval: __________________________________

TRAULSEN 4401 BLUE MOUND RD. PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 Website: www.traulsen.com

FT. WORTH, TX 76106 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302

SECTION 4-4

Traulsen

Restaurant Depot #134

Page: 39-1

Traulsen

Model: G31012

Item#: 39

Project Model Specified:

Quantity

Item # CSI Section 11400

Specifications

Construction, Hardware and Insulation Cabinet exterior front, louver assembly and doors are constructed of 20 gauge stainless steel. Cabinet sides (including returns), interior and door liners are constructed of anodized aluminum. The exterior cabinet top, back and bottom are constructed of heavy gauge aluminized steel. A set of four (4) 6" high casters are included. Doors are equipped with a gasket protecting metal door pan, removable plug cylinder locks and guaranteed for life cam-lift, gravity action, self-closing metal, glide hinges with stay open feature at 120 degrees. Hinges include a concealed switch to automatically activate the interior incandescent lighting. Guaranteed for life, work flow door handles are mounted horizontally over recess in door which limits protrusion from door face into aisleways. Easily removable for cleaning, vinyl magnetic door gasket assures tight door seal. Anti condensate heaters are located behind each door opening. Both the cabinet and door(s) are insulated with an average of 2" thick high density, non-CFC, foamed in place polyurethane. DIMENSIONAL DATA Net Capacity cu. ft. Length Overall in. Depth - Over Body in. G31010, G31011, etc. 69.1 (1958 cu l) 765/16 (193.8 cm) 32 (81.3 cm) Refrigeration System A top mounted, self-contained, balanced refrigeration system using R-404A refrigerant is conveniently located behind the one piece louver assembly. It features an easy to clean front facing condenser, thermostatic expansion valve, air-cooled, semi-hermetic compressor, large, high humidity evaporator coil located outside the food zone and a top mounted non-electric condensate evaporator. A 9' cord and plug is provided. Standard operating temperature is 0 to -5°F. Controller The easy to use water resistant microprocessor control system is supplied standard. It includes a 3-Digit LED Display, and a Fahrenheit or Celsius Temperature Scale Display Capability. Interior Standard interior arrangements include three (3) epoxy coated wire shelves per section, mounted on shelf pins, installed at the factory. Shelves are full-width, and do not have any large gaps between them requiring the use of "bridge" or "junior shelves." Recommended load limit per shelf should not exceed 225 lbs. Warranties Both a one year parts and labor warranty and a five year compressor warranty (selfcontained models only) are provided standard. An optional 2nd year extended parts and labor warranty is also available.

Depth - W/Door Open 90° in. 567/8 (144.5 cm) Depth - Overall in. Clear Door Width in. Clear Half Door Height in. Clear Full Door Height in. Number of shelves Shelf area sq. ft.1 Height - Overall in. ELECTRICAL DATA Voltage Feed Wires with Ground Full Load Amperes REFRIGERATION DATA Refrigerant BTU/HR - HP2 R-404A 5220 (3/4 HP) 91 (231 cm) 43 (109.2 cm) 831/2 (212.1 cm) 189 (5354 cu l) 115/60/1 3 15.8 35 (88.8 cm) 211/8 (53.6 cm) 271/2 (69.9 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 9 39.2 (3.6 sq m) 831/4 (211.5 cm)

Elevation View

Plan View

CARTON DIMENSIONS Domestic Crated Only Length - Crated in. Depth - Crated in. Height - Crated in. Volume - Crated cu. ft. WEIGHT DATA Net Weight - Uncrated lbs. Gross Weight - Crated lbs. 690 (313 kg) 870 (395 kg)

NOTES NOTE: Figures in parentheses reflect metric equivalents. 1= Area of standard shelf compliment only, does not include storage area of additional shelves or available on cabinet bottom. 2= Based on a 90 degree F ambient and -10 degree F evaporator.

Equipped with one NEMA 5-20P Plug

REQUIRED CLEARANCES In order to assure optimum performance, the condensing unit MUST have an adequate supply of air for cooling purposes. Therefore, the operating location must either have a minimum of 12" clearance overhead of the condensing unit or allow for unrestricted air flow at the back of the unit. Clearance of at least 12" above is required in order to perform certain maintenance tasks.

Section View - All Models

NOTE: Freight charges are FOB destination for dock to dock delivery within the continental USA. Liftgate delivery charges are additional. For inside delivery charges, please consult factory.

Continued product development may necessitate specification changes without notice. Part No. TR35849 (revised 1/05)

SECTION 4-4

TRAULSEN 4401 BLUE MOUND RD. PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 Website: www.traulsen.com

FT. WORTH, TX 76106 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302

Traulsen

Restaurant Depot #134

Page: 39-2

Traulsen

Model: G31013

Item#: 40

Project Model Specified:

Quantity

Item # CSI Section 11400

G-Series Three Section 115V Storage Freezers/Self-Contained

Equipped with an easy to use microprocessor control!

Three Section Models, 32" Deep

G

SERIES

Stainless Steel Front & Door(s)

Traulsen's G-Series product line also includes three section reach-in storage freezer models designed to operate at 115V. These models are available with either full or half length doors and offer the convenience of a variety of different door hingings to choose from. Built with durable exteriors, reliable controls, balanced, efficient refrigeration systems and a variety of user-friendly features, these products are the right fit for nearly any application. They are designed and built to the highest standards, and epitomize the quality design and construction Traulsen is known for.

AVAILABLE MODELS

Model # G31000 G31001 G31002 G31003 G31010 G31011 G31012 G31013 Door Half Half Half Half Full Full Full Full Hinging Left-Right-Right Left-Left-Right Right-Right-Right Left-Left-Left Left-Right-Right Left-Left-Right Right-Right-Right Left-Left-Left

Model G31010

Standard Product Features

· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · High Quality Stainless Steel Exterior Front and Doors Corrosion Resistant Anodized Aluminum One-Piece Sides Durable Anodized Aluminum Interior Microprocessor Control With LED Temperature Readout Top-Mounted, Balanced, Self-Contained Refrigeration System Large High Humidity Evaporator Coil Outside The Food Zone Full or Half Length Stainless Steel Doors With Locks Self-Closing Doors With Stay Open Feature At 120 Degrees Guaranteed For Life Cam-Lift Hinges Guaranteed For Life Horizontal Work Flow Door Handle Automatically Activated Incandescent Lights Damage Resistant Stainless Steel Breaker Caps Three (3) Adjustable Epoxy Coated Shelves Per Section, Supported On Shelf Pins (installed at the factory) Energy Saving Automatic Non-Electric Condensate Evaporator Magnetic Snap-In Door Gaskets Gasket Protecting Anodized Aluminum Door Liner Anti-Condensate Door Perimeter Heaters Thermostatic Expansion Valve Metering Device Provides Quick Refrigeration Recovery Times Stainless Steel One-Piece Louver Assembly 9' Cord & Plug Attached Set of Four (4) 6" High Casters With Locks One Year Parts And Labor Warranty Five Year Compressor Warranty

Optional Accessory Kits

· · Set of Three (3) Additional Epoxy Coated Shelves With Shelf Pins TK1 Kit: Four (4) Pairs of No. 1 Type Tray Slides To Accommodate either: (1) 18" x 26" or (2) 14" x 18" Sheet Pans, Adjustable To 2" O.C. TK2 Kit: Two (2) Pairs of No. 4 Type Tray Slides To Accommodate (1) 18" x 26" Sheet Pans (equips one full section) TK4 Kit: Four (4) Pairs of Universal Type Tray Slides To Accommodate Either (1) 18" x 26" or (2) 14" x 18" Sheet Pans, or (2) 12" x 20" Steam Table Pans, Adjustable To 4" O.C. Set of Three (3) Chrome Plated Shelves With Shelf Pins LK1 Kit: Set of Four (4) 6" High Adjustable Legs Two Year Service/Labor Warranty Available

·

·

· · ·

NOTE: All optional accessory kits are shipped separately for later installation by others at the jobsite.

Listed by Underwriters Laboratories Inc., to U.S. and Canadian safety standards and Listed by NSF International.

Approval: __________________________________

TRAULSEN 4401 BLUE MOUND RD. PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 Website: www.traulsen.com

FT. WORTH, TX 76106 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302

SECTION 4-4

Traulsen

Restaurant Depot #134

Page: 40-1

Traulsen

Model: G31013

Item#: 40

Project Model Specified:

Quantity

Item # CSI Section 11400

Specifications

Construction, Hardware and Insulation Cabinet exterior front, louver assembly and doors are constructed of 20 gauge stainless steel. Cabinet sides (including returns), interior and door liners are constructed of anodized aluminum. The exterior cabinet top, back and bottom are constructed of heavy gauge aluminized steel. A set of four (4) 6" high casters are included. Doors are equipped with a gasket protecting metal door pan, removable plug cylinder locks and guaranteed for life cam-lift, gravity action, self-closing metal, glide hinges with stay open feature at 120 degrees. Hinges include a concealed switch to automatically activate the interior incandescent lighting. Guaranteed for life, work flow door handles are mounted horizontally over recess in door which limits protrusion from door face into aisleways. Easily removable for cleaning, vinyl magnetic door gasket assures tight door seal. Anti condensate heaters are located behind each door opening. Both the cabinet and door(s) are insulated with an average of 2" thick high density, non-CFC, foamed in place polyurethane. DIMENSIONAL DATA Net Capacity cu. ft. Length Overall in. Depth - Over Body in. G31010, G31011, etc. 69.1 (1958 cu l) 765/16 (193.8 cm) 32 (81.3 cm) Refrigeration System A top mounted, self-contained, balanced refrigeration system using R-404A refrigerant is conveniently located behind the one piece louver assembly. It features an easy to clean front facing condenser, thermostatic expansion valve, air-cooled, semi-hermetic compressor, large, high humidity evaporator coil located outside the food zone and a top mounted non-electric condensate evaporator. A 9' cord and plug is provided. Standard operating temperature is 0 to -5°F. Controller The easy to use water resistant microprocessor control system is supplied standard. It includes a 3-Digit LED Display, and a Fahrenheit or Celsius Temperature Scale Display Capability. Interior Standard interior arrangements include three (3) epoxy coated wire shelves per section, mounted on shelf pins, installed at the factory. Shelves are full-width, and do not have any large gaps between them requiring the use of "bridge" or "junior shelves." Recommended load limit per shelf should not exceed 225 lbs. Warranties Both a one year parts and labor warranty and a five year compressor warranty (selfcontained models only) are provided standard. An optional 2nd year extended parts and labor warranty is also available.

Depth - W/Door Open 90° in. 567/8 (144.5 cm) Depth - Overall in. Clear Door Width in. Clear Half Door Height in. Clear Full Door Height in. Number of shelves Shelf area sq. ft.1 Height - Overall in. ELECTRICAL DATA Voltage Feed Wires with Ground Full Load Amperes REFRIGERATION DATA Refrigerant BTU/HR - HP2 R-404A 5220 (3/4 HP) 91 (231 cm) 43 (109.2 cm) 831/2 (212.1 cm) 189 (5354 cu l) 115/60/1 3 15.8 35 (88.8 cm) 211/8 (53.6 cm) 271/2 (69.9 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 9 39.2 (3.6 sq m) 831/4 (211.5 cm)

Elevation View

Plan View

CARTON DIMENSIONS Domestic Crated Only Length - Crated in. Depth - Crated in. Height - Crated in. Volume - Crated cu. ft. WEIGHT DATA Net Weight - Uncrated lbs. Gross Weight - Crated lbs. 690 (313 kg) 870 (395 kg)

NOTES NOTE: Figures in parentheses reflect metric equivalents. 1= Area of standard shelf compliment only, does not include storage area of additional shelves or available on cabinet bottom. 2= Based on a 90 degree F ambient and -10 degree F evaporator.

Equipped with one NEMA 5-20P Plug

REQUIRED CLEARANCES In order to assure optimum performance, the condensing unit MUST have an adequate supply of air for cooling purposes. Therefore, the operating location must either have a minimum of 12" clearance overhead of the condensing unit or allow for unrestricted air flow at the back of the unit. Clearance of at least 12" above is required in order to perform certain maintenance tasks.

Section View - All Models

NOTE: Freight charges are FOB destination for dock to dock delivery within the continental USA. Liftgate delivery charges are additional. For inside delivery charges, please consult factory.

Continued product development may necessitate specification changes without notice. Part No. TR35849 (revised 1/05)

SECTION 4-4

TRAULSEN 4401 BLUE MOUND RD. PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 Website: www.traulsen.com

FT. WORTH, TX 76106 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302

Traulsen

Restaurant Depot #134

Page: 40-2

Traulsen

Model: G11000

Item#: 41

Project Model Specified:

Quantity

Item # CSI Section 11400

G-Series Hinged Glass Door Reach-In Refrigerators/Self-Contained

Equipped with an easy to use microprocessor control!

One, Two & Three Section Models, 32" Deep

G

SERIES

Stainless Steel Front & Door(s)

Traulsen's G-Series product line also includes one, two and three section reach-in hinged glass door refrigerator models, available with either full or half length doors and the convenience of a variety of different door hingings to choose from. For additional ease of use, they also include an exterior mounted switch to operate the interior incandescent lighting. Built with durable exteriors, reliable controls, balanced, efficient refrigeration systems and a variety of user-friendly features, these products are the right fit for nearly any application. They are designed and built to the highest standards, and epitomize the quality Traulsen is known for.

AVAILABLE MODELS

Single Section

(Formerly Model GHT132WUTHG)

Two Section

(Formerly Model GHT232NUTHG)

Three Section

(Formerly Model GHT332NUTHG)

Model # G11000 G11001 G11010 G11011

Door Half Half Full Full

Hinging Right Left Right Left

Model G32000

(shown with optional interior arrangements)

Model # G21000 G21001 G21002 G21003 G21010 G21011 G21012 G21013

Door Half Half Half Half Full Full Full Full

Hinging Left-Right Right-Left Right-Right Left-Left Left-Right Right-Left Right-Right Left-Left

Model # G32000 G32001 G32002 G32003 G32010 G32011 G32012 G32013

Door Half Half Half Half Full Full Full Full

Hinging Left-Right-Right Left-Left-Right Right-Right-Right Left-Left-Left Left-Right-Right Left-Left-Right Right-Right-Right Left-Left-Left

Standard Product Features

· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · High Quality Stainless Steel Exterior Front Corrosion Resistant Anodized Aluminum One-Piece Sides Durable Anodized Aluminum Interior Microprocessor Control With LED Temperature Readout Top-Mounted, Balanced, Self-Contained Refrigeration System Large High Humidity Evaporator Coil Outside The Food Zone Full or Half Length Hinged Glass Doors With Locks Self-Closing Doors With Stay Open Feature At 120 Degrees Guaranteed For Life Cam-Lift Hinges Stainless Steel Vertical Door Handle(s) Incandescent Lights With Exterior Switch Damage Resistant Stainless Steel Breaker Caps Three (3) Adjustable Epoxy Coated Shelves Per Section, Supported On Shelf Pins (installed at the factory) Energy Saving Automatic Non-Electric Condensate Evaporator Magnetic Snap-In Door Gaskets Anti-Condensate Door Perimeter Heaters Thermostatic Expansion Valve Metering Device Provides Quick Refrigeration Recovery Times Stainless Steel One-Piece Louver Assembly 9' Cord & Plug Attached Set of Four (4) 6" High Casters With Locks One Year Parts And Labor Warranty Five Year Compressor Warranty

Optional Accessory Kits

· · Set of Three (3) Additional Epoxy Coated Shelves With Shelf Pins TK1 Kit: Four (4) Pairs of No. 1 Type Tray Slides To Accommodate either: (1) 18" x 26" or (2) 14" x 18" Sheet Pans, Adjustable To 2" O.C. TK2 Kit: Two (2) Pairs of No. 4 Type Tray Slides To Accommodate (1) 18" x 26" Sheet Pans (equips one full section) TK4 Kit: Four (4) Pairs of Universal Type Tray Slides To Accommodate Either (1) 18" x 26" or (2) 14" x 18" Sheet Pans, or (2) 12" x 20" Steam Table Pans, Adjustable To 4" O.C. Set of Three (3) Chrome Plated Shelves With Shelf Pins LK1 Kit: Set of Four (4) 6" High Adjustable Legs Two Year Service/Labor Warranty Available

·

·

· · ·

NOTE: All optional accessory kits are shipped separately for later installation by others at the jobsite.

Listed by Underwriters Laboratories Inc., to U.S. and Canadian safety standards and Listed by NSF International.

Approval: ___________________________________

TRAULSEN 4401 BLUE MOUND RD. PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 Website: www.traulsen.com

FT. WORTH, TX 76106 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302

SECTION 4-3

Traulsen

Restaurant Depot #134

Page: 41-1

Traulsen

Model: G11000

Item#: 41

Project Model Specified:

Quantity

Item # CSI Section 11400

Specifications

Construction, Hardware and Insulation Cabinet exterior front and louver assembly are constructed of 20 gauge stainless steel. Cabinet sides (including returns) and interior are constructed of anodized aluminum. The exterior cabinet top, back and bottom are constructed of heavy gauge aluminized steel. A set of four (4) 6" high casters are included. Doors are equipped with removable plug cylinder locks and guaranteed for life camlift, gravity action, self-closing metal, glide hinges with stay open feature at 120 degrees. An exterior mounted switch is provided to operate the interior incandescent lighting. Each door includes a vertically mounted stainless steel handle. Easily removable for cleaning, vinyl magnetic door gasket assures tight door seal. Anti condensate heaters are located behind each door opening. The cabinet is insulated with an average of 2" thick high density, non-CFC, foamed in place polyurethane. Refrigeration System A top mounted, self-contained, balanced refrigeration system using R-134a refrigerant is conveniently located behind the one piece louver assembly. It features an easy to clean front facing condenser, thermostatic expansion valve, air-cooled hermetic compressor, large, high humidity evaporator coil located outside the food zone and a top mounted non-electric condensate evaporator. A 9' cord and plug is provided. Standard operating temperature is 34 to 38°F. Controller The easy to use water resistant microprocessor control system is supplied standard. It includes a 3-Digit LED Display, and a Fahrenheit or Celsius Temperature Scale Display Capability. Interior Standard interior arrangements include three (3) epoxy coated wire shelves per section, mounted on shelf pins, installed at the factory. Shelves are full-width, and do not have any large gaps between them requiring the use of "bridge" or "junior shelves." Recommended load limit per shelf should not exceed 225 lbs. Warranties Both a one year parts and labor warranty and a five year compressor warranty (selfcontained models only) are provided standard. An optional 2nd year extended parts and labor warranty is also available.

DIMENSIONAL DATA Net capacity cu. ft. Length - overall in. Depth - overall in. Depth - over body in. Depth - door open 90° in. Clear door width in. Clear half-door height in. Clear full-door height in. Height-overall on 6" casters No. Standard Shelves Shelf area sq. ft.1 ELECTRICAL DATA Voltage Feed wires with Ground Full load amperes REFRIGERATION DATA Refrigerant BTU/HR H.P.2 SHIPPING DATA Length - crated in. Depth - crated in. Height - crated in. Volume - crated cu. ft. Net Wt. lbs. Gross Wt. lbs.

1-Section Models 23.2 (657 cu l) 297/8 (75.9 cm) 35 (88.8 cm) 32 (81.3 cm) 567/8 (144.5 cm) 211/8 (53.6 cm) 271/2 (69.9 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 831/4 (211.5 cm) 3 13.5 (1.3 sq m) 115/60/1 3 7.0 R-134a 2400 (1/3 HP) 35 (89 cm) 43 (109 cm) 831/2 (212 cm) 71 (2011 cu l) 305 (138 kg) 395 (179 kg)

2-Section Models 47.3 (1340 cu l) 521/8 (132.4 cm) 35 (88.8 cm) 32 (81.3 cm) 567/8 (144.5 cm) 211/8 (53.6 cm) 271/2 (69.9 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 831/4 (211.5 cm) 6 25.6 (2.4 sq m) 115/60/1 3 10.4 R-134a 4360 (1/2 HP) 63 (160 cm) 43 (109 cm) 831/2 (212 cm) 131 (3711 cu l) 450 (204 kg) 590 (268 kg)

3-Section Models 69.1 (1958 cu l) 765/16 (193.8 cm) 35 (88.8 cm) 32 (81.3 cm) 567/8 (144.5 cm) 211/8 (53.6 cm) 271/2 (69.9 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 831/4 (211.5 cm) 9 39.2 (3.6 sq m) 115/60/1 3 15.8 R-134a 5330 (3/4 HP) 91 (231 cm) 43 (109 cm) 831/2 (212 cm) 189 (5354 cu l) 720 (327 kg) 900 (408 kg)

Elevation One-Section

Elevation Two-Section

Elevation Three-Section

NOTES NOTE: Figures in parentheses reflect metric equivalents. 1= Area of standard shelf compliment only, does not include storage area of additional shelves or available on cabinet bottom. 2= Based on a 90 degree F ambient and 20 degree F evaporator.

Plan - One-Section

Plan - Two-Section

Equipped With One NEMA 5-15 P Plug (one & two section models only) Equipped With One NEMA 5-20 P Plug (three section models only)

REQUIRED CLEARANCES In order to assure optimum performance, the condensing unit MUST have an adequate supply of air for cooling purposes. Therefore, the operating location must either have a minimum of 12" clearance overhead of the condensing unit or allow for unrestricted air flow at the back of the unit. Clearance of at least 12" above is required in order to perform certain maintenance tasks.

NOTE: When ordering please specify: Voltage, Hinging, Door Size, Options and any additional warranties. Continued product development may necessitate specification changes without notice. Part No. TR35789 (revised 1/05)

Plan - Three-Section Section - All Models

SECTION 4-3

TRAULSEN 4401 BLUE MOUND RD. PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 Website: www.traulsen.com

FT. WORTH, TX 76106 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302

Traulsen

Restaurant Depot #134

Page: 41-2

Traulsen

Model: G11001

Item#: 42

Project Model Specified:

Quantity

Item # CSI Section 11400

G-Series Hinged Glass Door Reach-In Refrigerators/Self-Contained

Equipped with an easy to use microprocessor control!

One, Two & Three Section Models, 32" Deep

G

SERIES

Stainless Steel Front & Door(s)

Traulsen's G-Series product line also includes one, two and three section reach-in hinged glass door refrigerator models, available with either full or half length doors and the convenience of a variety of different door hingings to choose from. For additional ease of use, they also include an exterior mounted switch to operate the interior incandescent lighting. Built with durable exteriors, reliable controls, balanced, efficient refrigeration systems and a variety of user-friendly features, these products are the right fit for nearly any application. They are designed and built to the highest standards, and epitomize the quality Traulsen is known for.

AVAILABLE MODELS

Single Section

(Formerly Model GHT132WUTHG)

Two Section

(Formerly Model GHT232NUTHG)

Three Section

(Formerly Model GHT332NUTHG)

Model # G11000 G11001 G11010 G11011

Door Half Half Full Full

Hinging Right Left Right Left

Model G32000

(shown with optional interior arrangements)

Model # G21000 G21001 G21002 G21003 G21010 G21011 G21012 G21013

Door Half Half Half Half Full Full Full Full

Hinging Left-Right Right-Left Right-Right Left-Left Left-Right Right-Left Right-Right Left-Left

Model # G32000 G32001 G32002 G32003 G32010 G32011 G32012 G32013

Door Half Half Half Half Full Full Full Full

Hinging Left-Right-Right Left-Left-Right Right-Right-Right Left-Left-Left Left-Right-Right Left-Left-Right Right-Right-Right Left-Left-Left

Standard Product Features

· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · High Quality Stainless Steel Exterior Front Corrosion Resistant Anodized Aluminum One-Piece Sides Durable Anodized Aluminum Interior Microprocessor Control With LED Temperature Readout Top-Mounted, Balanced, Self-Contained Refrigeration System Large High Humidity Evaporator Coil Outside The Food Zone Full or Half Length Hinged Glass Doors With Locks Self-Closing Doors With Stay Open Feature At 120 Degrees Guaranteed For Life Cam-Lift Hinges Stainless Steel Vertical Door Handle(s) Incandescent Lights With Exterior Switch Damage Resistant Stainless Steel Breaker Caps Three (3) Adjustable Epoxy Coated Shelves Per Section, Supported On Shelf Pins (installed at the factory) Energy Saving Automatic Non-Electric Condensate Evaporator Magnetic Snap-In Door Gaskets Anti-Condensate Door Perimeter Heaters Thermostatic Expansion Valve Metering Device Provides Quick Refrigeration Recovery Times Stainless Steel One-Piece Louver Assembly 9' Cord & Plug Attached Set of Four (4) 6" High Casters With Locks One Year Parts And Labor Warranty Five Year Compressor Warranty

Optional Accessory Kits

· · Set of Three (3) Additional Epoxy Coated Shelves With Shelf Pins TK1 Kit: Four (4) Pairs of No. 1 Type Tray Slides To Accommodate either: (1) 18" x 26" or (2) 14" x 18" Sheet Pans, Adjustable To 2" O.C. TK2 Kit: Two (2) Pairs of No. 4 Type Tray Slides To Accommodate (1) 18" x 26" Sheet Pans (equips one full section) TK4 Kit: Four (4) Pairs of Universal Type Tray Slides To Accommodate Either (1) 18" x 26" or (2) 14" x 18" Sheet Pans, or (2) 12" x 20" Steam Table Pans, Adjustable To 4" O.C. Set of Three (3) Chrome Plated Shelves With Shelf Pins LK1 Kit: Set of Four (4) 6" High Adjustable Legs Two Year Service/Labor Warranty Available

·

·

· · ·

NOTE: All optional accessory kits are shipped separately for later installation by others at the jobsite.

Listed by Underwriters Laboratories Inc., to U.S. and Canadian safety standards and Listed by NSF International.

Approval: ___________________________________

TRAULSEN 4401 BLUE MOUND RD. PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 Website: www.traulsen.com

FT. WORTH, TX 76106 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302

SECTION 4-3

Traulsen

Restaurant Depot #134

Page: 42-1

Traulsen

Model: G11001

Item#: 42

Project Model Specified:

Quantity

Item # CSI Section 11400

Specifications

Construction, Hardware and Insulation Cabinet exterior front and louver assembly are constructed of 20 gauge stainless steel. Cabinet sides (including returns) and interior are constructed of anodized aluminum. The exterior cabinet top, back and bottom are constructed of heavy gauge aluminized steel. A set of four (4) 6" high casters are included. Doors are equipped with removable plug cylinder locks and guaranteed for life camlift, gravity action, self-closing metal, glide hinges with stay open feature at 120 degrees. An exterior mounted switch is provided to operate the interior incandescent lighting. Each door includes a vertically mounted stainless steel handle. Easily removable for cleaning, vinyl magnetic door gasket assures tight door seal. Anti condensate heaters are located behind each door opening. The cabinet is insulated with an average of 2" thick high density, non-CFC, foamed in place polyurethane. Refrigeration System A top mounted, self-contained, balanced refrigeration system using R-134a refrigerant is conveniently located behind the one piece louver assembly. It features an easy to clean front facing condenser, thermostatic expansion valve, air-cooled hermetic compressor, large, high humidity evaporator coil located outside the food zone and a top mounted non-electric condensate evaporator. A 9' cord and plug is provided. Standard operating temperature is 34 to 38°F. Controller The easy to use water resistant microprocessor control system is supplied standard. It includes a 3-Digit LED Display, and a Fahrenheit or Celsius Temperature Scale Display Capability. Interior Standard interior arrangements include three (3) epoxy coated wire shelves per section, mounted on shelf pins, installed at the factory. Shelves are full-width, and do not have any large gaps between them requiring the use of "bridge" or "junior shelves." Recommended load limit per shelf should not exceed 225 lbs. Warranties Both a one year parts and labor warranty and a five year compressor warranty (selfcontained models only) are provided standard. An optional 2nd year extended parts and labor warranty is also available.

DIMENSIONAL DATA Net capacity cu. ft. Length - overall in. Depth - overall in. Depth - over body in. Depth - door open 90° in. Clear door width in. Clear half-door height in. Clear full-door height in. Height-overall on 6" casters No. Standard Shelves Shelf area sq. ft.1 ELECTRICAL DATA Voltage Feed wires with Ground Full load amperes REFRIGERATION DATA Refrigerant BTU/HR H.P.2 SHIPPING DATA Length - crated in. Depth - crated in. Height - crated in. Volume - crated cu. ft. Net Wt. lbs. Gross Wt. lbs.

1-Section Models 23.2 (657 cu l) 297/8 (75.9 cm) 35 (88.8 cm) 32 (81.3 cm) 567/8 (144.5 cm) 211/8 (53.6 cm) 271/2 (69.9 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 831/4 (211.5 cm) 3 13.5 (1.3 sq m) 115/60/1 3 7.0 R-134a 2400 (1/3 HP) 35 (89 cm) 43 (109 cm) 831/2 (212 cm) 71 (2011 cu l) 305 (138 kg) 395 (179 kg)

2-Section Models 47.3 (1340 cu l) 521/8 (132.4 cm) 35 (88.8 cm) 32 (81.3 cm) 567/8 (144.5 cm) 211/8 (53.6 cm) 271/2 (69.9 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 831/4 (211.5 cm) 6 25.6 (2.4 sq m) 115/60/1 3 10.4 R-134a 4360 (1/2 HP) 63 (160 cm) 43 (109 cm) 831/2 (212 cm) 131 (3711 cu l) 450 (204 kg) 590 (268 kg)

3-Section Models 69.1 (1958 cu l) 765/16 (193.8 cm) 35 (88.8 cm) 32 (81.3 cm) 567/8 (144.5 cm) 211/8 (53.6 cm) 271/2 (69.9 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 831/4 (211.5 cm) 9 39.2 (3.6 sq m) 115/60/1 3 15.8 R-134a 5330 (3/4 HP) 91 (231 cm) 43 (109 cm) 831/2 (212 cm) 189 (5354 cu l) 720 (327 kg) 900 (408 kg)

Elevation One-Section

Elevation Two-Section

Elevation Three-Section

NOTES NOTE: Figures in parentheses reflect metric equivalents. 1= Area of standard shelf compliment only, does not include storage area of additional shelves or available on cabinet bottom. 2= Based on a 90 degree F ambient and 20 degree F evaporator.

Plan - One-Section

Plan - Two-Section

Equipped With One NEMA 5-15 P Plug (one & two section models only) Equipped With One NEMA 5-20 P Plug (three section models only)

REQUIRED CLEARANCES In order to assure optimum performance, the condensing unit MUST have an adequate supply of air for cooling purposes. Therefore, the operating location must either have a minimum of 12" clearance overhead of the condensing unit or allow for unrestricted air flow at the back of the unit. Clearance of at least 12" above is required in order to perform certain maintenance tasks.

NOTE: When ordering please specify: Voltage, Hinging, Door Size, Options and any additional warranties. Continued product development may necessitate specification changes without notice. Part No. TR35789 (revised 1/05)

Plan - Three-Section Section - All Models

SECTION 4-3

TRAULSEN 4401 BLUE MOUND RD. PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 Website: www.traulsen.com

FT. WORTH, TX 76106 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302

Traulsen

Restaurant Depot #134

Page: 42-2

Traulsen

Model: G11010

Item#: 43

Project Model Specified:

Quantity

Item # CSI Section 11400

G-Series Hinged Glass Door Reach-In Refrigerators/Self-Contained

Equipped with an easy to use microprocessor control!

One, Two & Three Section Models, 32" Deep

G

SERIES

Stainless Steel Front & Door(s)

Traulsen's G-Series product line also includes one, two and three section reach-in hinged glass door refrigerator models, available with either full or half length doors and the convenience of a variety of different door hingings to choose from. For additional ease of use, they also include an exterior mounted switch to operate the interior incandescent lighting. Built with durable exteriors, reliable controls, balanced, efficient refrigeration systems and a variety of user-friendly features, these products are the right fit for nearly any application. They are designed and built to the highest standards, and epitomize the quality Traulsen is known for.

AVAILABLE MODELS

Single Section

(Formerly Model GHT132WUTHG)

Two Section

(Formerly Model GHT232NUTHG)

Three Section

(Formerly Model GHT332NUTHG)

Model # G11000 G11001 G11010 G11011

Door Half Half Full Full

Hinging Right Left Right Left

Model G32000

(shown with optional interior arrangements)

Model # G21000 G21001 G21002 G21003 G21010 G21011 G21012 G21013

Door Half Half Half Half Full Full Full Full

Hinging Left-Right Right-Left Right-Right Left-Left Left-Right Right-Left Right-Right Left-Left

Model # G32000 G32001 G32002 G32003 G32010 G32011 G32012 G32013

Door Half Half Half Half Full Full Full Full

Hinging Left-Right-Right Left-Left-Right Right-Right-Right Left-Left-Left Left-Right-Right Left-Left-Right Right-Right-Right Left-Left-Left

Standard Product Features

· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · High Quality Stainless Steel Exterior Front Corrosion Resistant Anodized Aluminum One-Piece Sides Durable Anodized Aluminum Interior Microprocessor Control With LED Temperature Readout Top-Mounted, Balanced, Self-Contained Refrigeration System Large High Humidity Evaporator Coil Outside The Food Zone Full or Half Length Hinged Glass Doors With Locks Self-Closing Doors With Stay Open Feature At 120 Degrees Guaranteed For Life Cam-Lift Hinges Stainless Steel Vertical Door Handle(s) Incandescent Lights With Exterior Switch Damage Resistant Stainless Steel Breaker Caps Three (3) Adjustable Epoxy Coated Shelves Per Section, Supported On Shelf Pins (installed at the factory) Energy Saving Automatic Non-Electric Condensate Evaporator Magnetic Snap-In Door Gaskets Anti-Condensate Door Perimeter Heaters Thermostatic Expansion Valve Metering Device Provides Quick Refrigeration Recovery Times Stainless Steel One-Piece Louver Assembly 9' Cord & Plug Attached Set of Four (4) 6" High Casters With Locks One Year Parts And Labor Warranty Five Year Compressor Warranty

Optional Accessory Kits

· · Set of Three (3) Additional Epoxy Coated Shelves With Shelf Pins TK1 Kit: Four (4) Pairs of No. 1 Type Tray Slides To Accommodate either: (1) 18" x 26" or (2) 14" x 18" Sheet Pans, Adjustable To 2" O.C. TK2 Kit: Two (2) Pairs of No. 4 Type Tray Slides To Accommodate (1) 18" x 26" Sheet Pans (equips one full section) TK4 Kit: Four (4) Pairs of Universal Type Tray Slides To Accommodate Either (1) 18" x 26" or (2) 14" x 18" Sheet Pans, or (2) 12" x 20" Steam Table Pans, Adjustable To 4" O.C. Set of Three (3) Chrome Plated Shelves With Shelf Pins LK1 Kit: Set of Four (4) 6" High Adjustable Legs Two Year Service/Labor Warranty Available

·

·

· · ·

NOTE: All optional accessory kits are shipped separately for later installation by others at the jobsite.

Listed by Underwriters Laboratories Inc., to U.S. and Canadian safety standards and Listed by NSF International.

Approval: ___________________________________

TRAULSEN 4401 BLUE MOUND RD. PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 Website: www.traulsen.com

FT. WORTH, TX 76106 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302

SECTION 4-3

Traulsen

Restaurant Depot #134

Page: 43-1

Traulsen

Model: G11010

Item#: 43

Project Model Specified:

Quantity

Item # CSI Section 11400

Specifications

Construction, Hardware and Insulation Cabinet exterior front and louver assembly are constructed of 20 gauge stainless steel. Cabinet sides (including returns) and interior are constructed of anodized aluminum. The exterior cabinet top, back and bottom are constructed of heavy gauge aluminized steel. A set of four (4) 6" high casters are included. Doors are equipped with removable plug cylinder locks and guaranteed for life camlift, gravity action, self-closing metal, glide hinges with stay open feature at 120 degrees. An exterior mounted switch is provided to operate the interior incandescent lighting. Each door includes a vertically mounted stainless steel handle. Easily removable for cleaning, vinyl magnetic door gasket assures tight door seal. Anti condensate heaters are located behind each door opening. The cabinet is insulated with an average of 2" thick high density, non-CFC, foamed in place polyurethane. Refrigeration System A top mounted, self-contained, balanced refrigeration system using R-134a refrigerant is conveniently located behind the one piece louver assembly. It features an easy to clean front facing condenser, thermostatic expansion valve, air-cooled hermetic compressor, large, high humidity evaporator coil located outside the food zone and a top mounted non-electric condensate evaporator. A 9' cord and plug is provided. Standard operating temperature is 34 to 38°F. Controller The easy to use water resistant microprocessor control system is supplied standard. It includes a 3-Digit LED Display, and a Fahrenheit or Celsius Temperature Scale Display Capability. Interior Standard interior arrangements include three (3) epoxy coated wire shelves per section, mounted on shelf pins, installed at the factory. Shelves are full-width, and do not have any large gaps between them requiring the use of "bridge" or "junior shelves." Recommended load limit per shelf should not exceed 225 lbs. Warranties Both a one year parts and labor warranty and a five year compressor warranty (selfcontained models only) are provided standard. An optional 2nd year extended parts and labor warranty is also available.

DIMENSIONAL DATA Net capacity cu. ft. Length - overall in. Depth - overall in. Depth - over body in. Depth - door open 90° in. Clear door width in. Clear half-door height in. Clear full-door height in. Height-overall on 6" casters No. Standard Shelves Shelf area sq. ft.1 ELECTRICAL DATA Voltage Feed wires with Ground Full load amperes REFRIGERATION DATA Refrigerant BTU/HR H.P.2 SHIPPING DATA Length - crated in. Depth - crated in. Height - crated in. Volume - crated cu. ft. Net Wt. lbs. Gross Wt. lbs.

1-Section Models 23.2 (657 cu l) 297/8 (75.9 cm) 35 (88.8 cm) 32 (81.3 cm) 567/8 (144.5 cm) 211/8 (53.6 cm) 271/2 (69.9 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 831/4 (211.5 cm) 3 13.5 (1.3 sq m) 115/60/1 3 7.0 R-134a 2400 (1/3 HP) 35 (89 cm) 43 (109 cm) 831/2 (212 cm) 71 (2011 cu l) 305 (138 kg) 395 (179 kg)

2-Section Models 47.3 (1340 cu l) 521/8 (132.4 cm) 35 (88.8 cm) 32 (81.3 cm) 567/8 (144.5 cm) 211/8 (53.6 cm) 271/2 (69.9 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 831/4 (211.5 cm) 6 25.6 (2.4 sq m) 115/60/1 3 10.4 R-134a 4360 (1/2 HP) 63 (160 cm) 43 (109 cm) 831/2 (212 cm) 131 (3711 cu l) 450 (204 kg) 590 (268 kg)

3-Section Models 69.1 (1958 cu l) 765/16 (193.8 cm) 35 (88.8 cm) 32 (81.3 cm) 567/8 (144.5 cm) 211/8 (53.6 cm) 271/2 (69.9 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 831/4 (211.5 cm) 9 39.2 (3.6 sq m) 115/60/1 3 15.8 R-134a 5330 (3/4 HP) 91 (231 cm) 43 (109 cm) 831/2 (212 cm) 189 (5354 cu l) 720 (327 kg) 900 (408 kg)

Elevation One-Section

Elevation Two-Section

Elevation Three-Section

NOTES NOTE: Figures in parentheses reflect metric equivalents. 1= Area of standard shelf compliment only, does not include storage area of additional shelves or available on cabinet bottom. 2= Based on a 90 degree F ambient and 20 degree F evaporator.

Plan - One-Section

Plan - Two-Section

Equipped With One NEMA 5-15 P Plug (one & two section models only) Equipped With One NEMA 5-20 P Plug (three section models only)

REQUIRED CLEARANCES In order to assure optimum performance, the condensing unit MUST have an adequate supply of air for cooling purposes. Therefore, the operating location must either have a minimum of 12" clearance overhead of the condensing unit or allow for unrestricted air flow at the back of the unit. Clearance of at least 12" above is required in order to perform certain maintenance tasks.

NOTE: When ordering please specify: Voltage, Hinging, Door Size, Options and any additional warranties. Continued product development may necessitate specification changes without notice. Part No. TR35789 (revised 1/05)

Plan - Three-Section Section - All Models

SECTION 4-3

TRAULSEN 4401 BLUE MOUND RD. PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 Website: www.traulsen.com

FT. WORTH, TX 76106 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302

Traulsen

Restaurant Depot #134

Page: 43-2

Traulsen

Model: G11011

Item#: 44

Project Model Specified:

Quantity

Item # CSI Section 11400

G-Series Hinged Glass Door Reach-In Refrigerators/Self-Contained

Equipped with an easy to use microprocessor control!

One, Two & Three Section Models, 32" Deep

G

SERIES

Stainless Steel Front & Door(s)

Traulsen's G-Series product line also includes one, two and three section reach-in hinged glass door refrigerator models, available with either full or half length doors and the convenience of a variety of different door hingings to choose from. For additional ease of use, they also include an exterior mounted switch to operate the interior incandescent lighting. Built with durable exteriors, reliable controls, balanced, efficient refrigeration systems and a variety of user-friendly features, these products are the right fit for nearly any application. They are designed and built to the highest standards, and epitomize the quality Traulsen is known for.

AVAILABLE MODELS

Single Section

(Formerly Model GHT132WUTHG)

Two Section

(Formerly Model GHT232NUTHG)

Three Section

(Formerly Model GHT332NUTHG)

Model # G11000 G11001 G11010 G11011

Door Half Half Full Full

Hinging Right Left Right Left

Model G32000

(shown with optional interior arrangements)

Model # G21000 G21001 G21002 G21003 G21010 G21011 G21012 G21013

Door Half Half Half Half Full Full Full Full

Hinging Left-Right Right-Left Right-Right Left-Left Left-Right Right-Left Right-Right Left-Left

Model # G32000 G32001 G32002 G32003 G32010 G32011 G32012 G32013

Door Half Half Half Half Full Full Full Full

Hinging Left-Right-Right Left-Left-Right Right-Right-Right Left-Left-Left Left-Right-Right Left-Left-Right Right-Right-Right Left-Left-Left

Standard Product Features

· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · High Quality Stainless Steel Exterior Front Corrosion Resistant Anodized Aluminum One-Piece Sides Durable Anodized Aluminum Interior Microprocessor Control With LED Temperature Readout Top-Mounted, Balanced, Self-Contained Refrigeration System Large High Humidity Evaporator Coil Outside The Food Zone Full or Half Length Hinged Glass Doors With Locks Self-Closing Doors With Stay Open Feature At 120 Degrees Guaranteed For Life Cam-Lift Hinges Stainless Steel Vertical Door Handle(s) Incandescent Lights With Exterior Switch Damage Resistant Stainless Steel Breaker Caps Three (3) Adjustable Epoxy Coated Shelves Per Section, Supported On Shelf Pins (installed at the factory) Energy Saving Automatic Non-Electric Condensate Evaporator Magnetic Snap-In Door Gaskets Anti-Condensate Door Perimeter Heaters Thermostatic Expansion Valve Metering Device Provides Quick Refrigeration Recovery Times Stainless Steel One-Piece Louver Assembly 9' Cord & Plug Attached Set of Four (4) 6" High Casters With Locks One Year Parts And Labor Warranty Five Year Compressor Warranty

Optional Accessory Kits

· · Set of Three (3) Additional Epoxy Coated Shelves With Shelf Pins TK1 Kit: Four (4) Pairs of No. 1 Type Tray Slides To Accommodate either: (1) 18" x 26" or (2) 14" x 18" Sheet Pans, Adjustable To 2" O.C. TK2 Kit: Two (2) Pairs of No. 4 Type Tray Slides To Accommodate (1) 18" x 26" Sheet Pans (equips one full section) TK4 Kit: Four (4) Pairs of Universal Type Tray Slides To Accommodate Either (1) 18" x 26" or (2) 14" x 18" Sheet Pans, or (2) 12" x 20" Steam Table Pans, Adjustable To 4" O.C. Set of Three (3) Chrome Plated Shelves With Shelf Pins LK1 Kit: Set of Four (4) 6" High Adjustable Legs Two Year Service/Labor Warranty Available

·

·

· · ·

NOTE: All optional accessory kits are shipped separately for later installation by others at the jobsite.

Listed by Underwriters Laboratories Inc., to U.S. and Canadian safety standards and Listed by NSF International.

Approval: ___________________________________

TRAULSEN 4401 BLUE MOUND RD. PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 Website: www.traulsen.com

FT. WORTH, TX 76106 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302

SECTION 4-3

Traulsen

Restaurant Depot #134

Page: 44-1

Traulsen

Model: G11011

Item#: 44

Project Model Specified:

Quantity

Item # CSI Section 11400

Specifications

Construction, Hardware and Insulation Cabinet exterior front and louver assembly are constructed of 20 gauge stainless steel. Cabinet sides (including returns) and interior are constructed of anodized aluminum. The exterior cabinet top, back and bottom are constructed of heavy gauge aluminized steel. A set of four (4) 6" high casters are included. Doors are equipped with removable plug cylinder locks and guaranteed for life camlift, gravity action, self-closing metal, glide hinges with stay open feature at 120 degrees. An exterior mounted switch is provided to operate the interior incandescent lighting. Each door includes a vertically mounted stainless steel handle. Easily removable for cleaning, vinyl magnetic door gasket assures tight door seal. Anti condensate heaters are located behind each door opening. The cabinet is insulated with an average of 2" thick high density, non-CFC, foamed in place polyurethane. Refrigeration System A top mounted, self-contained, balanced refrigeration system using R-134a refrigerant is conveniently located behind the one piece louver assembly. It features an easy to clean front facing condenser, thermostatic expansion valve, air-cooled hermetic compressor, large, high humidity evaporator coil located outside the food zone and a top mounted non-electric condensate evaporator. A 9' cord and plug is provided. Standard operating temperature is 34 to 38°F. Controller The easy to use water resistant microprocessor control system is supplied standard. It includes a 3-Digit LED Display, and a Fahrenheit or Celsius Temperature Scale Display Capability. Interior Standard interior arrangements include three (3) epoxy coated wire shelves per section, mounted on shelf pins, installed at the factory. Shelves are full-width, and do not have any large gaps between them requiring the use of "bridge" or "junior shelves." Recommended load limit per shelf should not exceed 225 lbs. Warranties Both a one year parts and labor warranty and a five year compressor warranty (selfcontained models only) are provided standard. An optional 2nd year extended parts and labor warranty is also available.

DIMENSIONAL DATA Net capacity cu. ft. Length - overall in. Depth - overall in. Depth - over body in. Depth - door open 90° in. Clear door width in. Clear half-door height in. Clear full-door height in. Height-overall on 6" casters No. Standard Shelves Shelf area sq. ft.1 ELECTRICAL DATA Voltage Feed wires with Ground Full load amperes REFRIGERATION DATA Refrigerant BTU/HR H.P.2 SHIPPING DATA Length - crated in. Depth - crated in. Height - crated in. Volume - crated cu. ft. Net Wt. lbs. Gross Wt. lbs.

1-Section Models 23.2 (657 cu l) 297/8 (75.9 cm) 35 (88.8 cm) 32 (81.3 cm) 567/8 (144.5 cm) 211/8 (53.6 cm) 271/2 (69.9 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 831/4 (211.5 cm) 3 13.5 (1.3 sq m) 115/60/1 3 7.0 R-134a 2400 (1/3 HP) 35 (89 cm) 43 (109 cm) 831/2 (212 cm) 71 (2011 cu l) 305 (138 kg) 395 (179 kg)

2-Section Models 47.3 (1340 cu l) 521/8 (132.4 cm) 35 (88.8 cm) 32 (81.3 cm) 567/8 (144.5 cm) 211/8 (53.6 cm) 271/2 (69.9 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 831/4 (211.5 cm) 6 25.6 (2.4 sq m) 115/60/1 3 10.4 R-134a 4360 (1/2 HP) 63 (160 cm) 43 (109 cm) 831/2 (212 cm) 131 (3711 cu l) 450 (204 kg) 590 (268 kg)

3-Section Models 69.1 (1958 cu l) 765/16 (193.8 cm) 35 (88.8 cm) 32 (81.3 cm) 567/8 (144.5 cm) 211/8 (53.6 cm) 271/2 (69.9 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 831/4 (211.5 cm) 9 39.2 (3.6 sq m) 115/60/1 3 15.8 R-134a 5330 (3/4 HP) 91 (231 cm) 43 (109 cm) 831/2 (212 cm) 189 (5354 cu l) 720 (327 kg) 900 (408 kg)

Elevation One-Section

Elevation Two-Section

Elevation Three-Section

NOTES NOTE: Figures in parentheses reflect metric equivalents. 1= Area of standard shelf compliment only, does not include storage area of additional shelves or available on cabinet bottom. 2= Based on a 90 degree F ambient and 20 degree F evaporator.

Plan - One-Section

Plan - Two-Section

Equipped With One NEMA 5-15 P Plug (one & two section models only) Equipped With One NEMA 5-20 P Plug (three section models only)

REQUIRED CLEARANCES In order to assure optimum performance, the condensing unit MUST have an adequate supply of air for cooling purposes. Therefore, the operating location must either have a minimum of 12" clearance overhead of the condensing unit or allow for unrestricted air flow at the back of the unit. Clearance of at least 12" above is required in order to perform certain maintenance tasks.

NOTE: When ordering please specify: Voltage, Hinging, Door Size, Options and any additional warranties. Continued product development may necessitate specification changes without notice. Part No. TR35789 (revised 1/05)

Plan - Three-Section Section - All Models

SECTION 4-3

TRAULSEN 4401 BLUE MOUND RD. PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 Website: www.traulsen.com

FT. WORTH, TX 76106 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302

Traulsen

Restaurant Depot #134

Page: 44-2

Traulsen

Model: G21000

Item#: 45

Project Model Specified:

Quantity

Item # CSI Section 11400

G-Series Hinged Glass Door Reach-In Refrigerators/Self-Contained

Equipped with an easy to use microprocessor control!

One, Two & Three Section Models, 32" Deep

G

SERIES

Stainless Steel Front & Door(s)

Traulsen's G-Series product line also includes one, two and three section reach-in hinged glass door refrigerator models, available with either full or half length doors and the convenience of a variety of different door hingings to choose from. For additional ease of use, they also include an exterior mounted switch to operate the interior incandescent lighting. Built with durable exteriors, reliable controls, balanced, efficient refrigeration systems and a variety of user-friendly features, these products are the right fit for nearly any application. They are designed and built to the highest standards, and epitomize the quality Traulsen is known for.

AVAILABLE MODELS

Single Section

(Formerly Model GHT132WUTHG)

Two Section

(Formerly Model GHT232NUTHG)

Three Section

(Formerly Model GHT332NUTHG)

Model # G11000 G11001 G11010 G11011

Door Half Half Full Full

Hinging Right Left Right Left

Model G32000

(shown with optional interior arrangements)

Model # G21000 G21001 G21002 G21003 G21010 G21011 G21012 G21013

Door Half Half Half Half Full Full Full Full

Hinging Left-Right Right-Left Right-Right Left-Left Left-Right Right-Left Right-Right Left-Left

Model # G32000 G32001 G32002 G32003 G32010 G32011 G32012 G32013

Door Half Half Half Half Full Full Full Full

Hinging Left-Right-Right Left-Left-Right Right-Right-Right Left-Left-Left Left-Right-Right Left-Left-Right Right-Right-Right Left-Left-Left

Standard Product Features

· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · High Quality Stainless Steel Exterior Front Corrosion Resistant Anodized Aluminum One-Piece Sides Durable Anodized Aluminum Interior Microprocessor Control With LED Temperature Readout Top-Mounted, Balanced, Self-Contained Refrigeration System Large High Humidity Evaporator Coil Outside The Food Zone Full or Half Length Hinged Glass Doors With Locks Self-Closing Doors With Stay Open Feature At 120 Degrees Guaranteed For Life Cam-Lift Hinges Stainless Steel Vertical Door Handle(s) Incandescent Lights With Exterior Switch Damage Resistant Stainless Steel Breaker Caps Three (3) Adjustable Epoxy Coated Shelves Per Section, Supported On Shelf Pins (installed at the factory) Energy Saving Automatic Non-Electric Condensate Evaporator Magnetic Snap-In Door Gaskets Anti-Condensate Door Perimeter Heaters Thermostatic Expansion Valve Metering Device Provides Quick Refrigeration Recovery Times Stainless Steel One-Piece Louver Assembly 9' Cord & Plug Attached Set of Four (4) 6" High Casters With Locks One Year Parts And Labor Warranty Five Year Compressor Warranty

Optional Accessory Kits

· · Set of Three (3) Additional Epoxy Coated Shelves With Shelf Pins TK1 Kit: Four (4) Pairs of No. 1 Type Tray Slides To Accommodate either: (1) 18" x 26" or (2) 14" x 18" Sheet Pans, Adjustable To 2" O.C. TK2 Kit: Two (2) Pairs of No. 4 Type Tray Slides To Accommodate (1) 18" x 26" Sheet Pans (equips one full section) TK4 Kit: Four (4) Pairs of Universal Type Tray Slides To Accommodate Either (1) 18" x 26" or (2) 14" x 18" Sheet Pans, or (2) 12" x 20" Steam Table Pans, Adjustable To 4" O.C. Set of Three (3) Chrome Plated Shelves With Shelf Pins LK1 Kit: Set of Four (4) 6" High Adjustable Legs Two Year Service/Labor Warranty Available

·

·

· · ·

NOTE: All optional accessory kits are shipped separately for later installation by others at the jobsite.

Listed by Underwriters Laboratories Inc., to U.S. and Canadian safety standards and Listed by NSF International.

Approval: ___________________________________

TRAULSEN 4401 BLUE MOUND RD. PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 Website: www.traulsen.com

FT. WORTH, TX 76106 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302

SECTION 4-3

Traulsen

Restaurant Depot #134

Page: 45-1

Traulsen

Model: G21000

Item#: 45

Project Model Specified:

Quantity

Item # CSI Section 11400

Specifications

Construction, Hardware and Insulation Cabinet exterior front and louver assembly are constructed of 20 gauge stainless steel. Cabinet sides (including returns) and interior are constructed of anodized aluminum. The exterior cabinet top, back and bottom are constructed of heavy gauge aluminized steel. A set of four (4) 6" high casters are included. Doors are equipped with removable plug cylinder locks and guaranteed for life camlift, gravity action, self-closing metal, glide hinges with stay open feature at 120 degrees. An exterior mounted switch is provided to operate the interior incandescent lighting. Each door includes a vertically mounted stainless steel handle. Easily removable for cleaning, vinyl magnetic door gasket assures tight door seal. Anti condensate heaters are located behind each door opening. The cabinet is insulated with an average of 2" thick high density, non-CFC, foamed in place polyurethane. Refrigeration System A top mounted, self-contained, balanced refrigeration system using R-134a refrigerant is conveniently located behind the one piece louver assembly. It features an easy to clean front facing condenser, thermostatic expansion valve, air-cooled hermetic compressor, large, high humidity evaporator coil located outside the food zone and a top mounted non-electric condensate evaporator. A 9' cord and plug is provided. Standard operating temperature is 34 to 38°F. Controller The easy to use water resistant microprocessor control system is supplied standard. It includes a 3-Digit LED Display, and a Fahrenheit or Celsius Temperature Scale Display Capability. Interior Standard interior arrangements include three (3) epoxy coated wire shelves per section, mounted on shelf pins, installed at the factory. Shelves are full-width, and do not have any large gaps between them requiring the use of "bridge" or "junior shelves." Recommended load limit per shelf should not exceed 225 lbs. Warranties Both a one year parts and labor warranty and a five year compressor warranty (selfcontained models only) are provided standard. An optional 2nd year extended parts and labor warranty is also available.

DIMENSIONAL DATA Net capacity cu. ft. Length - overall in. Depth - overall in. Depth - over body in. Depth - door open 90° in. Clear door width in. Clear half-door height in. Clear full-door height in. Height-overall on 6" casters No. Standard Shelves Shelf area sq. ft.1 ELECTRICAL DATA Voltage Feed wires with Ground Full load amperes REFRIGERATION DATA Refrigerant BTU/HR H.P.2 SHIPPING DATA Length - crated in. Depth - crated in. Height - crated in. Volume - crated cu. ft. Net Wt. lbs. Gross Wt. lbs.

1-Section Models 23.2 (657 cu l) 297/8 (75.9 cm) 35 (88.8 cm) 32 (81.3 cm) 567/8 (144.5 cm) 211/8 (53.6 cm) 271/2 (69.9 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 831/4 (211.5 cm) 3 13.5 (1.3 sq m) 115/60/1 3 7.0 R-134a 2400 (1/3 HP) 35 (89 cm) 43 (109 cm) 831/2 (212 cm) 71 (2011 cu l) 305 (138 kg) 395 (179 kg)

2-Section Models 47.3 (1340 cu l) 521/8 (132.4 cm) 35 (88.8 cm) 32 (81.3 cm) 567/8 (144.5 cm) 211/8 (53.6 cm) 271/2 (69.9 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 831/4 (211.5 cm) 6 25.6 (2.4 sq m) 115/60/1 3 10.4 R-134a 4360 (1/2 HP) 63 (160 cm) 43 (109 cm) 831/2 (212 cm) 131 (3711 cu l) 450 (204 kg) 590 (268 kg)

3-Section Models 69.1 (1958 cu l) 765/16 (193.8 cm) 35 (88.8 cm) 32 (81.3 cm) 567/8 (144.5 cm) 211/8 (53.6 cm) 271/2 (69.9 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 831/4 (211.5 cm) 9 39.2 (3.6 sq m) 115/60/1 3 15.8 R-134a 5330 (3/4 HP) 91 (231 cm) 43 (109 cm) 831/2 (212 cm) 189 (5354 cu l) 720 (327 kg) 900 (408 kg)

Elevation One-Section

Elevation Two-Section

Elevation Three-Section

NOTES NOTE: Figures in parentheses reflect metric equivalents. 1= Area of standard shelf compliment only, does not include storage area of additional shelves or available on cabinet bottom. 2= Based on a 90 degree F ambient and 20 degree F evaporator.

Plan - One-Section

Plan - Two-Section

Equipped With One NEMA 5-15 P Plug (one & two section models only) Equipped With One NEMA 5-20 P Plug (three section models only)

REQUIRED CLEARANCES In order to assure optimum performance, the condensing unit MUST have an adequate supply of air for cooling purposes. Therefore, the operating location must either have a minimum of 12" clearance overhead of the condensing unit or allow for unrestricted air flow at the back of the unit. Clearance of at least 12" above is required in order to perform certain maintenance tasks.

NOTE: When ordering please specify: Voltage, Hinging, Door Size, Options and any additional warranties. Continued product development may necessitate specification changes without notice. Part No. TR35789 (revised 1/05)

Plan - Three-Section Section - All Models

SECTION 4-3

TRAULSEN 4401 BLUE MOUND RD. PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 Website: www.traulsen.com

FT. WORTH, TX 76106 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302

Traulsen

Restaurant Depot #134

Page: 45-2

Traulsen

Model: G21001

Item#: 46

Project Model Specified:

Quantity

Item # CSI Section 11400

G-Series Hinged Glass Door Reach-In Refrigerators/Self-Contained

Equipped with an easy to use microprocessor control!

One, Two & Three Section Models, 32" Deep

G

SERIES

Stainless Steel Front & Door(s)

Traulsen's G-Series product line also includes one, two and three section reach-in hinged glass door refrigerator models, available with either full or half length doors and the convenience of a variety of different door hingings to choose from. For additional ease of use, they also include an exterior mounted switch to operate the interior incandescent lighting. Built with durable exteriors, reliable controls, balanced, efficient refrigeration systems and a variety of user-friendly features, these products are the right fit for nearly any application. They are designed and built to the highest standards, and epitomize the quality Traulsen is known for.

AVAILABLE MODELS

Single Section

(Formerly Model GHT132WUTHG)

Two Section

(Formerly Model GHT232NUTHG)

Three Section

(Formerly Model GHT332NUTHG)

Model # G11000 G11001 G11010 G11011

Door Half Half Full Full

Hinging Right Left Right Left

Model G32000

(shown with optional interior arrangements)

Model # G21000 G21001 G21002 G21003 G21010 G21011 G21012 G21013

Door Half Half Half Half Full Full Full Full

Hinging Left-Right Right-Left Right-Right Left-Left Left-Right Right-Left Right-Right Left-Left

Model # G32000 G32001 G32002 G32003 G32010 G32011 G32012 G32013

Door Half Half Half Half Full Full Full Full

Hinging Left-Right-Right Left-Left-Right Right-Right-Right Left-Left-Left Left-Right-Right Left-Left-Right Right-Right-Right Left-Left-Left

Standard Product Features

· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · High Quality Stainless Steel Exterior Front Corrosion Resistant Anodized Aluminum One-Piece Sides Durable Anodized Aluminum Interior Microprocessor Control With LED Temperature Readout Top-Mounted, Balanced, Self-Contained Refrigeration System Large High Humidity Evaporator Coil Outside The Food Zone Full or Half Length Hinged Glass Doors With Locks Self-Closing Doors With Stay Open Feature At 120 Degrees Guaranteed For Life Cam-Lift Hinges Stainless Steel Vertical Door Handle(s) Incandescent Lights With Exterior Switch Damage Resistant Stainless Steel Breaker Caps Three (3) Adjustable Epoxy Coated Shelves Per Section, Supported On Shelf Pins (installed at the factory) Energy Saving Automatic Non-Electric Condensate Evaporator Magnetic Snap-In Door Gaskets Anti-Condensate Door Perimeter Heaters Thermostatic Expansion Valve Metering Device Provides Quick Refrigeration Recovery Times Stainless Steel One-Piece Louver Assembly 9' Cord & Plug Attached Set of Four (4) 6" High Casters With Locks One Year Parts And Labor Warranty Five Year Compressor Warranty

Optional Accessory Kits

· · Set of Three (3) Additional Epoxy Coated Shelves With Shelf Pins TK1 Kit: Four (4) Pairs of No. 1 Type Tray Slides To Accommodate either: (1) 18" x 26" or (2) 14" x 18" Sheet Pans, Adjustable To 2" O.C. TK2 Kit: Two (2) Pairs of No. 4 Type Tray Slides To Accommodate (1) 18" x 26" Sheet Pans (equips one full section) TK4 Kit: Four (4) Pairs of Universal Type Tray Slides To Accommodate Either (1) 18" x 26" or (2) 14" x 18" Sheet Pans, or (2) 12" x 20" Steam Table Pans, Adjustable To 4" O.C. Set of Three (3) Chrome Plated Shelves With Shelf Pins LK1 Kit: Set of Four (4) 6" High Adjustable Legs Two Year Service/Labor Warranty Available

·

·

· · ·

NOTE: All optional accessory kits are shipped separately for later installation by others at the jobsite.

Listed by Underwriters Laboratories Inc., to U.S. and Canadian safety standards and Listed by NSF International.

Approval: ___________________________________

TRAULSEN 4401 BLUE MOUND RD. PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 Website: www.traulsen.com

FT. WORTH, TX 76106 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302

SECTION 4-3

Traulsen

Restaurant Depot #134

Page: 46-1

Traulsen

Model: G21001

Item#: 46

Project Model Specified:

Quantity

Item # CSI Section 11400

Specifications

Construction, Hardware and Insulation Cabinet exterior front and louver assembly are constructed of 20 gauge stainless steel. Cabinet sides (including returns) and interior are constructed of anodized aluminum. The exterior cabinet top, back and bottom are constructed of heavy gauge aluminized steel. A set of four (4) 6" high casters are included. Doors are equipped with removable plug cylinder locks and guaranteed for life camlift, gravity action, self-closing metal, glide hinges with stay open feature at 120 degrees. An exterior mounted switch is provided to operate the interior incandescent lighting. Each door includes a vertically mounted stainless steel handle. Easily removable for cleaning, vinyl magnetic door gasket assures tight door seal. Anti condensate heaters are located behind each door opening. The cabinet is insulated with an average of 2" thick high density, non-CFC, foamed in place polyurethane. Refrigeration System A top mounted, self-contained, balanced refrigeration system using R-134a refrigerant is conveniently located behind the one piece louver assembly. It features an easy to clean front facing condenser, thermostatic expansion valve, air-cooled hermetic compressor, large, high humidity evaporator coil located outside the food zone and a top mounted non-electric condensate evaporator. A 9' cord and plug is provided. Standard operating temperature is 34 to 38°F. Controller The easy to use water resistant microprocessor control system is supplied standard. It includes a 3-Digit LED Display, and a Fahrenheit or Celsius Temperature Scale Display Capability. Interior Standard interior arrangements include three (3) epoxy coated wire shelves per section, mounted on shelf pins, installed at the factory. Shelves are full-width, and do not have any large gaps between them requiring the use of "bridge" or "junior shelves." Recommended load limit per shelf should not exceed 225 lbs. Warranties Both a one year parts and labor warranty and a five year compressor warranty (selfcontained models only) are provided standard. An optional 2nd year extended parts and labor warranty is also available.

DIMENSIONAL DATA Net capacity cu. ft. Length - overall in. Depth - overall in. Depth - over body in. Depth - door open 90° in. Clear door width in. Clear half-door height in. Clear full-door height in. Height-overall on 6" casters No. Standard Shelves Shelf area sq. ft.1 ELECTRICAL DATA Voltage Feed wires with Ground Full load amperes REFRIGERATION DATA Refrigerant BTU/HR H.P.2 SHIPPING DATA Length - crated in. Depth - crated in. Height - crated in. Volume - crated cu. ft. Net Wt. lbs. Gross Wt. lbs.

1-Section Models 23.2 (657 cu l) 297/8 (75.9 cm) 35 (88.8 cm) 32 (81.3 cm) 567/8 (144.5 cm) 211/8 (53.6 cm) 271/2 (69.9 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 831/4 (211.5 cm) 3 13.5 (1.3 sq m) 115/60/1 3 7.0 R-134a 2400 (1/3 HP) 35 (89 cm) 43 (109 cm) 831/2 (212 cm) 71 (2011 cu l) 305 (138 kg) 395 (179 kg)

2-Section Models 47.3 (1340 cu l) 521/8 (132.4 cm) 35 (88.8 cm) 32 (81.3 cm) 567/8 (144.5 cm) 211/8 (53.6 cm) 271/2 (69.9 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 831/4 (211.5 cm) 6 25.6 (2.4 sq m) 115/60/1 3 10.4 R-134a 4360 (1/2 HP) 63 (160 cm) 43 (109 cm) 831/2 (212 cm) 131 (3711 cu l) 450 (204 kg) 590 (268 kg)

3-Section Models 69.1 (1958 cu l) 765/16 (193.8 cm) 35 (88.8 cm) 32 (81.3 cm) 567/8 (144.5 cm) 211/8 (53.6 cm) 271/2 (69.9 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 831/4 (211.5 cm) 9 39.2 (3.6 sq m) 115/60/1 3 15.8 R-134a 5330 (3/4 HP) 91 (231 cm) 43 (109 cm) 831/2 (212 cm) 189 (5354 cu l) 720 (327 kg) 900 (408 kg)

Elevation One-Section

Elevation Two-Section

Elevation Three-Section

NOTES NOTE: Figures in parentheses reflect metric equivalents. 1= Area of standard shelf compliment only, does not include storage area of additional shelves or available on cabinet bottom. 2= Based on a 90 degree F ambient and 20 degree F evaporator.

Plan - One-Section

Plan - Two-Section

Equipped With One NEMA 5-15 P Plug (one & two section models only) Equipped With One NEMA 5-20 P Plug (three section models only)

REQUIRED CLEARANCES In order to assure optimum performance, the condensing unit MUST have an adequate supply of air for cooling purposes. Therefore, the operating location must either have a minimum of 12" clearance overhead of the condensing unit or allow for unrestricted air flow at the back of the unit. Clearance of at least 12" above is required in order to perform certain maintenance tasks.

NOTE: When ordering please specify: Voltage, Hinging, Door Size, Options and any additional warranties. Continued product development may necessitate specification changes without notice. Part No. TR35789 (revised 1/05)

Plan - Three-Section Section - All Models

SECTION 4-3

TRAULSEN 4401 BLUE MOUND RD. PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 Website: www.traulsen.com

FT. WORTH, TX 76106 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302

Traulsen

Restaurant Depot #134

Page: 46-2

Traulsen

Model: G21002

Item#: 47

Project Model Specified:

Quantity

Item # CSI Section 11400

G-Series Hinged Glass Door Reach-In Refrigerators/Self-Contained

Equipped with an easy to use microprocessor control!

One, Two & Three Section Models, 32" Deep

G

SERIES

Stainless Steel Front & Door(s)

Traulsen's G-Series product line also includes one, two and three section reach-in hinged glass door refrigerator models, available with either full or half length doors and the convenience of a variety of different door hingings to choose from. For additional ease of use, they also include an exterior mounted switch to operate the interior incandescent lighting. Built with durable exteriors, reliable controls, balanced, efficient refrigeration systems and a variety of user-friendly features, these products are the right fit for nearly any application. They are designed and built to the highest standards, and epitomize the quality Traulsen is known for.

AVAILABLE MODELS

Single Section

(Formerly Model GHT132WUTHG)

Two Section

(Formerly Model GHT232NUTHG)

Three Section

(Formerly Model GHT332NUTHG)

Model # G11000 G11001 G11010 G11011

Door Half Half Full Full

Hinging Right Left Right Left

Model G32000

(shown with optional interior arrangements)

Model # G21000 G21001 G21002 G21003 G21010 G21011 G21012 G21013

Door Half Half Half Half Full Full Full Full

Hinging Left-Right Right-Left Right-Right Left-Left Left-Right Right-Left Right-Right Left-Left

Model # G32000 G32001 G32002 G32003 G32010 G32011 G32012 G32013

Door Half Half Half Half Full Full Full Full

Hinging Left-Right-Right Left-Left-Right Right-Right-Right Left-Left-Left Left-Right-Right Left-Left-Right Right-Right-Right Left-Left-Left

Standard Product Features

· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · High Quality Stainless Steel Exterior Front Corrosion Resistant Anodized Aluminum One-Piece Sides Durable Anodized Aluminum Interior Microprocessor Control With LED Temperature Readout Top-Mounted, Balanced, Self-Contained Refrigeration System Large High Humidity Evaporator Coil Outside The Food Zone Full or Half Length Hinged Glass Doors With Locks Self-Closing Doors With Stay Open Feature At 120 Degrees Guaranteed For Life Cam-Lift Hinges Stainless Steel Vertical Door Handle(s) Incandescent Lights With Exterior Switch Damage Resistant Stainless Steel Breaker Caps Three (3) Adjustable Epoxy Coated Shelves Per Section, Supported On Shelf Pins (installed at the factory) Energy Saving Automatic Non-Electric Condensate Evaporator Magnetic Snap-In Door Gaskets Anti-Condensate Door Perimeter Heaters Thermostatic Expansion Valve Metering Device Provides Quick Refrigeration Recovery Times Stainless Steel One-Piece Louver Assembly 9' Cord & Plug Attached Set of Four (4) 6" High Casters With Locks One Year Parts And Labor Warranty Five Year Compressor Warranty

Optional Accessory Kits

· · Set of Three (3) Additional Epoxy Coated Shelves With Shelf Pins TK1 Kit: Four (4) Pairs of No. 1 Type Tray Slides To Accommodate either: (1) 18" x 26" or (2) 14" x 18" Sheet Pans, Adjustable To 2" O.C. TK2 Kit: Two (2) Pairs of No. 4 Type Tray Slides To Accommodate (1) 18" x 26" Sheet Pans (equips one full section) TK4 Kit: Four (4) Pairs of Universal Type Tray Slides To Accommodate Either (1) 18" x 26" or (2) 14" x 18" Sheet Pans, or (2) 12" x 20" Steam Table Pans, Adjustable To 4" O.C. Set of Three (3) Chrome Plated Shelves With Shelf Pins LK1 Kit: Set of Four (4) 6" High Adjustable Legs Two Year Service/Labor Warranty Available

·

·

· · ·

NOTE: All optional accessory kits are shipped separately for later installation by others at the jobsite.

Listed by Underwriters Laboratories Inc., to U.S. and Canadian safety standards and Listed by NSF International.

Approval: ___________________________________

TRAULSEN 4401 BLUE MOUND RD. PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 Website: www.traulsen.com

FT. WORTH, TX 76106 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302

SECTION 4-3

Traulsen

Restaurant Depot #134

Page: 47-1

Traulsen

Model: G21002

Item#: 47

Project Model Specified:

Quantity

Item # CSI Section 11400

Specifications

Construction, Hardware and Insulation Cabinet exterior front and louver assembly are constructed of 20 gauge stainless steel. Cabinet sides (including returns) and interior are constructed of anodized aluminum. The exterior cabinet top, back and bottom are constructed of heavy gauge aluminized steel. A set of four (4) 6" high casters are included. Doors are equipped with removable plug cylinder locks and guaranteed for life camlift, gravity action, self-closing metal, glide hinges with stay open feature at 120 degrees. An exterior mounted switch is provided to operate the interior incandescent lighting. Each door includes a vertically mounted stainless steel handle. Easily removable for cleaning, vinyl magnetic door gasket assures tight door seal. Anti condensate heaters are located behind each door opening. The cabinet is insulated with an average of 2" thick high density, non-CFC, foamed in place polyurethane. Refrigeration System A top mounted, self-contained, balanced refrigeration system using R-134a refrigerant is conveniently located behind the one piece louver assembly. It features an easy to clean front facing condenser, thermostatic expansion valve, air-cooled hermetic compressor, large, high humidity evaporator coil located outside the food zone and a top mounted non-electric condensate evaporator. A 9' cord and plug is provided. Standard operating temperature is 34 to 38°F. Controller The easy to use water resistant microprocessor control system is supplied standard. It includes a 3-Digit LED Display, and a Fahrenheit or Celsius Temperature Scale Display Capability. Interior Standard interior arrangements include three (3) epoxy coated wire shelves per section, mounted on shelf pins, installed at the factory. Shelves are full-width, and do not have any large gaps between them requiring the use of "bridge" or "junior shelves." Recommended load limit per shelf should not exceed 225 lbs. Warranties Both a one year parts and labor warranty and a five year compressor warranty (selfcontained models only) are provided standard. An optional 2nd year extended parts and labor warranty is also available.

DIMENSIONAL DATA Net capacity cu. ft. Length - overall in. Depth - overall in. Depth - over body in. Depth - door open 90° in. Clear door width in. Clear half-door height in. Clear full-door height in. Height-overall on 6" casters No. Standard Shelves Shelf area sq. ft.1 ELECTRICAL DATA Voltage Feed wires with Ground Full load amperes REFRIGERATION DATA Refrigerant BTU/HR H.P.2 SHIPPING DATA Length - crated in. Depth - crated in. Height - crated in. Volume - crated cu. ft. Net Wt. lbs. Gross Wt. lbs.

1-Section Models 23.2 (657 cu l) 297/8 (75.9 cm) 35 (88.8 cm) 32 (81.3 cm) 567/8 (144.5 cm) 211/8 (53.6 cm) 271/2 (69.9 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 831/4 (211.5 cm) 3 13.5 (1.3 sq m) 115/60/1 3 7.0 R-134a 2400 (1/3 HP) 35 (89 cm) 43 (109 cm) 831/2 (212 cm) 71 (2011 cu l) 305 (138 kg) 395 (179 kg)

2-Section Models 47.3 (1340 cu l) 521/8 (132.4 cm) 35 (88.8 cm) 32 (81.3 cm) 567/8 (144.5 cm) 211/8 (53.6 cm) 271/2 (69.9 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 831/4 (211.5 cm) 6 25.6 (2.4 sq m) 115/60/1 3 10.4 R-134a 4360 (1/2 HP) 63 (160 cm) 43 (109 cm) 831/2 (212 cm) 131 (3711 cu l) 450 (204 kg) 590 (268 kg)

3-Section Models 69.1 (1958 cu l) 765/16 (193.8 cm) 35 (88.8 cm) 32 (81.3 cm) 567/8 (144.5 cm) 211/8 (53.6 cm) 271/2 (69.9 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 831/4 (211.5 cm) 9 39.2 (3.6 sq m) 115/60/1 3 15.8 R-134a 5330 (3/4 HP) 91 (231 cm) 43 (109 cm) 831/2 (212 cm) 189 (5354 cu l) 720 (327 kg) 900 (408 kg)

Elevation One-Section

Elevation Two-Section

Elevation Three-Section

NOTES NOTE: Figures in parentheses reflect metric equivalents. 1= Area of standard shelf compliment only, does not include storage area of additional shelves or available on cabinet bottom. 2= Based on a 90 degree F ambient and 20 degree F evaporator.

Plan - One-Section

Plan - Two-Section

Equipped With One NEMA 5-15 P Plug (one & two section models only) Equipped With One NEMA 5-20 P Plug (three section models only)

REQUIRED CLEARANCES In order to assure optimum performance, the condensing unit MUST have an adequate supply of air for cooling purposes. Therefore, the operating location must either have a minimum of 12" clearance overhead of the condensing unit or allow for unrestricted air flow at the back of the unit. Clearance of at least 12" above is required in order to perform certain maintenance tasks.

NOTE: When ordering please specify: Voltage, Hinging, Door Size, Options and any additional warranties. Continued product development may necessitate specification changes without notice. Part No. TR35789 (revised 1/05)

Plan - Three-Section Section - All Models

SECTION 4-3

TRAULSEN 4401 BLUE MOUND RD. PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 Website: www.traulsen.com

FT. WORTH, TX 76106 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302

Traulsen

Restaurant Depot #134

Page: 47-2

Traulsen

Model: G21003

Item#: 48

Project Model Specified:

Quantity

Item # CSI Section 11400

G-Series Hinged Glass Door Reach-In Refrigerators/Self-Contained

Equipped with an easy to use microprocessor control!

One, Two & Three Section Models, 32" Deep

G

SERIES

Stainless Steel Front & Door(s)

Traulsen's G-Series product line also includes one, two and three section reach-in hinged glass door refrigerator models, available with either full or half length doors and the convenience of a variety of different door hingings to choose from. For additional ease of use, they also include an exterior mounted switch to operate the interior incandescent lighting. Built with durable exteriors, reliable controls, balanced, efficient refrigeration systems and a variety of user-friendly features, these products are the right fit for nearly any application. They are designed and built to the highest standards, and epitomize the quality Traulsen is known for.

AVAILABLE MODELS

Single Section

(Formerly Model GHT132WUTHG)

Two Section

(Formerly Model GHT232NUTHG)

Three Section

(Formerly Model GHT332NUTHG)

Model # G11000 G11001 G11010 G11011

Door Half Half Full Full

Hinging Right Left Right Left

Model G32000

(shown with optional interior arrangements)

Model # G21000 G21001 G21002 G21003 G21010 G21011 G21012 G21013

Door Half Half Half Half Full Full Full Full

Hinging Left-Right Right-Left Right-Right Left-Left Left-Right Right-Left Right-Right Left-Left

Model # G32000 G32001 G32002 G32003 G32010 G32011 G32012 G32013

Door Half Half Half Half Full Full Full Full

Hinging Left-Right-Right Left-Left-Right Right-Right-Right Left-Left-Left Left-Right-Right Left-Left-Right Right-Right-Right Left-Left-Left

Standard Product Features

· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · High Quality Stainless Steel Exterior Front Corrosion Resistant Anodized Aluminum One-Piece Sides Durable Anodized Aluminum Interior Microprocessor Control With LED Temperature Readout Top-Mounted, Balanced, Self-Contained Refrigeration System Large High Humidity Evaporator Coil Outside The Food Zone Full or Half Length Hinged Glass Doors With Locks Self-Closing Doors With Stay Open Feature At 120 Degrees Guaranteed For Life Cam-Lift Hinges Stainless Steel Vertical Door Handle(s) Incandescent Lights With Exterior Switch Damage Resistant Stainless Steel Breaker Caps Three (3) Adjustable Epoxy Coated Shelves Per Section, Supported On Shelf Pins (installed at the factory) Energy Saving Automatic Non-Electric Condensate Evaporator Magnetic Snap-In Door Gaskets Anti-Condensate Door Perimeter Heaters Thermostatic Expansion Valve Metering Device Provides Quick Refrigeration Recovery Times Stainless Steel One-Piece Louver Assembly 9' Cord & Plug Attached Set of Four (4) 6" High Casters With Locks One Year Parts And Labor Warranty Five Year Compressor Warranty

Optional Accessory Kits

· · Set of Three (3) Additional Epoxy Coated Shelves With Shelf Pins TK1 Kit: Four (4) Pairs of No. 1 Type Tray Slides To Accommodate either: (1) 18" x 26" or (2) 14" x 18" Sheet Pans, Adjustable To 2" O.C. TK2 Kit: Two (2) Pairs of No. 4 Type Tray Slides To Accommodate (1) 18" x 26" Sheet Pans (equips one full section) TK4 Kit: Four (4) Pairs of Universal Type Tray Slides To Accommodate Either (1) 18" x 26" or (2) 14" x 18" Sheet Pans, or (2) 12" x 20" Steam Table Pans, Adjustable To 4" O.C. Set of Three (3) Chrome Plated Shelves With Shelf Pins LK1 Kit: Set of Four (4) 6" High Adjustable Legs Two Year Service/Labor Warranty Available

·

·

· · ·

NOTE: All optional accessory kits are shipped separately for later installation by others at the jobsite.

Listed by Underwriters Laboratories Inc., to U.S. and Canadian safety standards and Listed by NSF International.

Approval: ___________________________________

TRAULSEN 4401 BLUE MOUND RD. PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 Website: www.traulsen.com

FT. WORTH, TX 76106 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302

SECTION 4-3

Traulsen

Restaurant Depot #134

Page: 48-1

Traulsen

Model: G21003

Item#: 48

Project Model Specified:

Quantity

Item # CSI Section 11400

Specifications

Construction, Hardware and Insulation Cabinet exterior front and louver assembly are constructed of 20 gauge stainless steel. Cabinet sides (including returns) and interior are constructed of anodized aluminum. The exterior cabinet top, back and bottom are constructed of heavy gauge aluminized steel. A set of four (4) 6" high casters are included. Doors are equipped with removable plug cylinder locks and guaranteed for life camlift, gravity action, self-closing metal, glide hinges with stay open feature at 120 degrees. An exterior mounted switch is provided to operate the interior incandescent lighting. Each door includes a vertically mounted stainless steel handle. Easily removable for cleaning, vinyl magnetic door gasket assures tight door seal. Anti condensate heaters are located behind each door opening. The cabinet is insulated with an average of 2" thick high density, non-CFC, foamed in place polyurethane. Refrigeration System A top mounted, self-contained, balanced refrigeration system using R-134a refrigerant is conveniently located behind the one piece louver assembly. It features an easy to clean front facing condenser, thermostatic expansion valve, air-cooled hermetic compressor, large, high humidity evaporator coil located outside the food zone and a top mounted non-electric condensate evaporator. A 9' cord and plug is provided. Standard operating temperature is 34 to 38°F. Controller The easy to use water resistant microprocessor control system is supplied standard. It includes a 3-Digit LED Display, and a Fahrenheit or Celsius Temperature Scale Display Capability. Interior Standard interior arrangements include three (3) epoxy coated wire shelves per section, mounted on shelf pins, installed at the factory. Shelves are full-width, and do not have any large gaps between them requiring the use of "bridge" or "junior shelves." Recommended load limit per shelf should not exceed 225 lbs. Warranties Both a one year parts and labor warranty and a five year compressor warranty (selfcontained models only) are provided standard. An optional 2nd year extended parts and labor warranty is also available.

DIMENSIONAL DATA Net capacity cu. ft. Length - overall in. Depth - overall in. Depth - over body in. Depth - door open 90° in. Clear door width in. Clear half-door height in. Clear full-door height in. Height-overall on 6" casters No. Standard Shelves Shelf area sq. ft.1 ELECTRICAL DATA Voltage Feed wires with Ground Full load amperes REFRIGERATION DATA Refrigerant BTU/HR H.P.2 SHIPPING DATA Length - crated in. Depth - crated in. Height - crated in. Volume - crated cu. ft. Net Wt. lbs. Gross Wt. lbs.

1-Section Models 23.2 (657 cu l) 297/8 (75.9 cm) 35 (88.8 cm) 32 (81.3 cm) 567/8 (144.5 cm) 211/8 (53.6 cm) 271/2 (69.9 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 831/4 (211.5 cm) 3 13.5 (1.3 sq m) 115/60/1 3 7.0 R-134a 2400 (1/3 HP) 35 (89 cm) 43 (109 cm) 831/2 (212 cm) 71 (2011 cu l) 305 (138 kg) 395 (179 kg)

2-Section Models 47.3 (1340 cu l) 521/8 (132.4 cm) 35 (88.8 cm) 32 (81.3 cm) 567/8 (144.5 cm) 211/8 (53.6 cm) 271/2 (69.9 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 831/4 (211.5 cm) 6 25.6 (2.4 sq m) 115/60/1 3 10.4 R-134a 4360 (1/2 HP) 63 (160 cm) 43 (109 cm) 831/2 (212 cm) 131 (3711 cu l) 450 (204 kg) 590 (268 kg)

3-Section Models 69.1 (1958 cu l) 765/16 (193.8 cm) 35 (88.8 cm) 32 (81.3 cm) 567/8 (144.5 cm) 211/8 (53.6 cm) 271/2 (69.9 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 831/4 (211.5 cm) 9 39.2 (3.6 sq m) 115/60/1 3 15.8 R-134a 5330 (3/4 HP) 91 (231 cm) 43 (109 cm) 831/2 (212 cm) 189 (5354 cu l) 720 (327 kg) 900 (408 kg)

Elevation One-Section

Elevation Two-Section

Elevation Three-Section

NOTES NOTE: Figures in parentheses reflect metric equivalents. 1= Area of standard shelf compliment only, does not include storage area of additional shelves or available on cabinet bottom. 2= Based on a 90 degree F ambient and 20 degree F evaporator.

Plan - One-Section

Plan - Two-Section

Equipped With One NEMA 5-15 P Plug (one & two section models only) Equipped With One NEMA 5-20 P Plug (three section models only)

REQUIRED CLEARANCES In order to assure optimum performance, the condensing unit MUST have an adequate supply of air for cooling purposes. Therefore, the operating location must either have a minimum of 12" clearance overhead of the condensing unit or allow for unrestricted air flow at the back of the unit. Clearance of at least 12" above is required in order to perform certain maintenance tasks.

NOTE: When ordering please specify: Voltage, Hinging, Door Size, Options and any additional warranties. Continued product development may necessitate specification changes without notice. Part No. TR35789 (revised 1/05)

Plan - Three-Section Section - All Models

SECTION 4-3

TRAULSEN 4401 BLUE MOUND RD. PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 Website: www.traulsen.com

FT. WORTH, TX 76106 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302

Traulsen

Restaurant Depot #134

Page: 48-2

Traulsen

Model: G21010

Item#: 49

Project Model Specified:

Quantity

Item # CSI Section 11400

G-Series Hinged Glass Door Reach-In Refrigerators/Self-Contained

Equipped with an easy to use microprocessor control!

One, Two & Three Section Models, 32" Deep

G

SERIES

Stainless Steel Front & Door(s)

Traulsen's G-Series product line also includes one, two and three section reach-in hinged glass door refrigerator models, available with either full or half length doors and the convenience of a variety of different door hingings to choose from. For additional ease of use, they also include an exterior mounted switch to operate the interior incandescent lighting. Built with durable exteriors, reliable controls, balanced, efficient refrigeration systems and a variety of user-friendly features, these products are the right fit for nearly any application. They are designed and built to the highest standards, and epitomize the quality Traulsen is known for.

AVAILABLE MODELS

Single Section

(Formerly Model GHT132WUTHG)

Two Section

(Formerly Model GHT232NUTHG)

Three Section

(Formerly Model GHT332NUTHG)

Model # G11000 G11001 G11010 G11011

Door Half Half Full Full

Hinging Right Left Right Left

Model G32000

(shown with optional interior arrangements)

Model # G21000 G21001 G21002 G21003 G21010 G21011 G21012 G21013

Door Half Half Half Half Full Full Full Full

Hinging Left-Right Right-Left Right-Right Left-Left Left-Right Right-Left Right-Right Left-Left

Model # G32000 G32001 G32002 G32003 G32010 G32011 G32012 G32013

Door Half Half Half Half Full Full Full Full

Hinging Left-Right-Right Left-Left-Right Right-Right-Right Left-Left-Left Left-Right-Right Left-Left-Right Right-Right-Right Left-Left-Left

Standard Product Features

· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · High Quality Stainless Steel Exterior Front Corrosion Resistant Anodized Aluminum One-Piece Sides Durable Anodized Aluminum Interior Microprocessor Control With LED Temperature Readout Top-Mounted, Balanced, Self-Contained Refrigeration System Large High Humidity Evaporator Coil Outside The Food Zone Full or Half Length Hinged Glass Doors With Locks Self-Closing Doors With Stay Open Feature At 120 Degrees Guaranteed For Life Cam-Lift Hinges Stainless Steel Vertical Door Handle(s) Incandescent Lights With Exterior Switch Damage Resistant Stainless Steel Breaker Caps Three (3) Adjustable Epoxy Coated Shelves Per Section, Supported On Shelf Pins (installed at the factory) Energy Saving Automatic Non-Electric Condensate Evaporator Magnetic Snap-In Door Gaskets Anti-Condensate Door Perimeter Heaters Thermostatic Expansion Valve Metering Device Provides Quick Refrigeration Recovery Times Stainless Steel One-Piece Louver Assembly 9' Cord & Plug Attached Set of Four (4) 6" High Casters With Locks One Year Parts And Labor Warranty Five Year Compressor Warranty

Optional Accessory Kits

· · Set of Three (3) Additional Epoxy Coated Shelves With Shelf Pins TK1 Kit: Four (4) Pairs of No. 1 Type Tray Slides To Accommodate either: (1) 18" x 26" or (2) 14" x 18" Sheet Pans, Adjustable To 2" O.C. TK2 Kit: Two (2) Pairs of No. 4 Type Tray Slides To Accommodate (1) 18" x 26" Sheet Pans (equips one full section) TK4 Kit: Four (4) Pairs of Universal Type Tray Slides To Accommodate Either (1) 18" x 26" or (2) 14" x 18" Sheet Pans, or (2) 12" x 20" Steam Table Pans, Adjustable To 4" O.C. Set of Three (3) Chrome Plated Shelves With Shelf Pins LK1 Kit: Set of Four (4) 6" High Adjustable Legs Two Year Service/Labor Warranty Available

·

·

· · ·

NOTE: All optional accessory kits are shipped separately for later installation by others at the jobsite.

Listed by Underwriters Laboratories Inc., to U.S. and Canadian safety standards and Listed by NSF International.

Approval: ___________________________________

TRAULSEN 4401 BLUE MOUND RD. PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 Website: www.traulsen.com

FT. WORTH, TX 76106 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302

SECTION 4-3

Traulsen

Restaurant Depot #134

Page: 49-1

Traulsen

Model: G21010

Item#: 49

Project Model Specified:

Quantity

Item # CSI Section 11400

Specifications

Construction, Hardware and Insulation Cabinet exterior front and louver assembly are constructed of 20 gauge stainless steel. Cabinet sides (including returns) and interior are constructed of anodized aluminum. The exterior cabinet top, back and bottom are constructed of heavy gauge aluminized steel. A set of four (4) 6" high casters are included. Doors are equipped with removable plug cylinder locks and guaranteed for life camlift, gravity action, self-closing metal, glide hinges with stay open feature at 120 degrees. An exterior mounted switch is provided to operate the interior incandescent lighting. Each door includes a vertically mounted stainless steel handle. Easily removable for cleaning, vinyl magnetic door gasket assures tight door seal. Anti condensate heaters are located behind each door opening. The cabinet is insulated with an average of 2" thick high density, non-CFC, foamed in place polyurethane. Refrigeration System A top mounted, self-contained, balanced refrigeration system using R-134a refrigerant is conveniently located behind the one piece louver assembly. It features an easy to clean front facing condenser, thermostatic expansion valve, air-cooled hermetic compressor, large, high humidity evaporator coil located outside the food zone and a top mounted non-electric condensate evaporator. A 9' cord and plug is provided. Standard operating temperature is 34 to 38°F. Controller The easy to use water resistant microprocessor control system is supplied standard. It includes a 3-Digit LED Display, and a Fahrenheit or Celsius Temperature Scale Display Capability. Interior Standard interior arrangements include three (3) epoxy coated wire shelves per section, mounted on shelf pins, installed at the factory. Shelves are full-width, and do not have any large gaps between them requiring the use of "bridge" or "junior shelves." Recommended load limit per shelf should not exceed 225 lbs. Warranties Both a one year parts and labor warranty and a five year compressor warranty (selfcontained models only) are provided standard. An optional 2nd year extended parts and labor warranty is also available.

DIMENSIONAL DATA Net capacity cu. ft. Length - overall in. Depth - overall in. Depth - over body in. Depth - door open 90° in. Clear door width in. Clear half-door height in. Clear full-door height in. Height-overall on 6" casters No. Standard Shelves Shelf area sq. ft.1 ELECTRICAL DATA Voltage Feed wires with Ground Full load amperes REFRIGERATION DATA Refrigerant BTU/HR H.P.2 SHIPPING DATA Length - crated in. Depth - crated in. Height - crated in. Volume - crated cu. ft. Net Wt. lbs. Gross Wt. lbs.

1-Section Models 23.2 (657 cu l) 297/8 (75.9 cm) 35 (88.8 cm) 32 (81.3 cm) 567/8 (144.5 cm) 211/8 (53.6 cm) 271/2 (69.9 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 831/4 (211.5 cm) 3 13.5 (1.3 sq m) 115/60/1 3 7.0 R-134a 2400 (1/3 HP) 35 (89 cm) 43 (109 cm) 831/2 (212 cm) 71 (2011 cu l) 305 (138 kg) 395 (179 kg)

2-Section Models 47.3 (1340 cu l) 521/8 (132.4 cm) 35 (88.8 cm) 32 (81.3 cm) 567/8 (144.5 cm) 211/8 (53.6 cm) 271/2 (69.9 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 831/4 (211.5 cm) 6 25.6 (2.4 sq m) 115/60/1 3 10.4 R-134a 4360 (1/2 HP) 63 (160 cm) 43 (109 cm) 831/2 (212 cm) 131 (3711 cu l) 450 (204 kg) 590 (268 kg)

3-Section Models 69.1 (1958 cu l) 765/16 (193.8 cm) 35 (88.8 cm) 32 (81.3 cm) 567/8 (144.5 cm) 211/8 (53.6 cm) 271/2 (69.9 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 831/4 (211.5 cm) 9 39.2 (3.6 sq m) 115/60/1 3 15.8 R-134a 5330 (3/4 HP) 91 (231 cm) 43 (109 cm) 831/2 (212 cm) 189 (5354 cu l) 720 (327 kg) 900 (408 kg)

Elevation One-Section

Elevation Two-Section

Elevation Three-Section

NOTES NOTE: Figures in parentheses reflect metric equivalents. 1= Area of standard shelf compliment only, does not include storage area of additional shelves or available on cabinet bottom. 2= Based on a 90 degree F ambient and 20 degree F evaporator.

Plan - One-Section

Plan - Two-Section

Equipped With One NEMA 5-15 P Plug (one & two section models only) Equipped With One NEMA 5-20 P Plug (three section models only)

REQUIRED CLEARANCES In order to assure optimum performance, the condensing unit MUST have an adequate supply of air for cooling purposes. Therefore, the operating location must either have a minimum of 12" clearance overhead of the condensing unit or allow for unrestricted air flow at the back of the unit. Clearance of at least 12" above is required in order to perform certain maintenance tasks.

NOTE: When ordering please specify: Voltage, Hinging, Door Size, Options and any additional warranties. Continued product development may necessitate specification changes without notice. Part No. TR35789 (revised 1/05)

Plan - Three-Section Section - All Models

SECTION 4-3

TRAULSEN 4401 BLUE MOUND RD. PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 Website: www.traulsen.com

FT. WORTH, TX 76106 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302

Traulsen

Restaurant Depot #134

Page: 49-2

Traulsen

Model: G21011

Item#: 50

Project Model Specified:

Quantity

Item # CSI Section 11400

G-Series Hinged Glass Door Reach-In Refrigerators/Self-Contained

Equipped with an easy to use microprocessor control!

One, Two & Three Section Models, 32" Deep

G

SERIES

Stainless Steel Front & Door(s)

Traulsen's G-Series product line also includes one, two and three section reach-in hinged glass door refrigerator models, available with either full or half length doors and the convenience of a variety of different door hingings to choose from. For additional ease of use, they also include an exterior mounted switch to operate the interior incandescent lighting. Built with durable exteriors, reliable controls, balanced, efficient refrigeration systems and a variety of user-friendly features, these products are the right fit for nearly any application. They are designed and built to the highest standards, and epitomize the quality Traulsen is known for.

AVAILABLE MODELS

Single Section

(Formerly Model GHT132WUTHG)

Two Section

(Formerly Model GHT232NUTHG)

Three Section

(Formerly Model GHT332NUTHG)

Model # G11000 G11001 G11010 G11011

Door Half Half Full Full

Hinging Right Left Right Left

Model G32000

(shown with optional interior arrangements)

Model # G21000 G21001 G21002 G21003 G21010 G21011 G21012 G21013

Door Half Half Half Half Full Full Full Full

Hinging Left-Right Right-Left Right-Right Left-Left Left-Right Right-Left Right-Right Left-Left

Model # G32000 G32001 G32002 G32003 G32010 G32011 G32012 G32013

Door Half Half Half Half Full Full Full Full

Hinging Left-Right-Right Left-Left-Right Right-Right-Right Left-Left-Left Left-Right-Right Left-Left-Right Right-Right-Right Left-Left-Left

Standard Product Features

· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · High Quality Stainless Steel Exterior Front Corrosion Resistant Anodized Aluminum One-Piece Sides Durable Anodized Aluminum Interior Microprocessor Control With LED Temperature Readout Top-Mounted, Balanced, Self-Contained Refrigeration System Large High Humidity Evaporator Coil Outside The Food Zone Full or Half Length Hinged Glass Doors With Locks Self-Closing Doors With Stay Open Feature At 120 Degrees Guaranteed For Life Cam-Lift Hinges Stainless Steel Vertical Door Handle(s) Incandescent Lights With Exterior Switch Damage Resistant Stainless Steel Breaker Caps Three (3) Adjustable Epoxy Coated Shelves Per Section, Supported On Shelf Pins (installed at the factory) Energy Saving Automatic Non-Electric Condensate Evaporator Magnetic Snap-In Door Gaskets Anti-Condensate Door Perimeter Heaters Thermostatic Expansion Valve Metering Device Provides Quick Refrigeration Recovery Times Stainless Steel One-Piece Louver Assembly 9' Cord & Plug Attached Set of Four (4) 6" High Casters With Locks One Year Parts And Labor Warranty Five Year Compressor Warranty

Optional Accessory Kits

· · Set of Three (3) Additional Epoxy Coated Shelves With Shelf Pins TK1 Kit: Four (4) Pairs of No. 1 Type Tray Slides To Accommodate either: (1) 18" x 26" or (2) 14" x 18" Sheet Pans, Adjustable To 2" O.C. TK2 Kit: Two (2) Pairs of No. 4 Type Tray Slides To Accommodate (1) 18" x 26" Sheet Pans (equips one full section) TK4 Kit: Four (4) Pairs of Universal Type Tray Slides To Accommodate Either (1) 18" x 26" or (2) 14" x 18" Sheet Pans, or (2) 12" x 20" Steam Table Pans, Adjustable To 4" O.C. Set of Three (3) Chrome Plated Shelves With Shelf Pins LK1 Kit: Set of Four (4) 6" High Adjustable Legs Two Year Service/Labor Warranty Available

·

·

· · ·

NOTE: All optional accessory kits are shipped separately for later installation by others at the jobsite.

Listed by Underwriters Laboratories Inc., to U.S. and Canadian safety standards and Listed by NSF International.

Approval: ___________________________________

TRAULSEN 4401 BLUE MOUND RD. PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 Website: www.traulsen.com

FT. WORTH, TX 76106 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302

SECTION 4-3

Traulsen

Restaurant Depot #134

Page: 50-1

Traulsen

Model: G21011

Item#: 50

Project Model Specified:

Quantity

Item # CSI Section 11400

Specifications

Construction, Hardware and Insulation Cabinet exterior front and louver assembly are constructed of 20 gauge stainless steel. Cabinet sides (including returns) and interior are constructed of anodized aluminum. The exterior cabinet top, back and bottom are constructed of heavy gauge aluminized steel. A set of four (4) 6" high casters are included. Doors are equipped with removable plug cylinder locks and guaranteed for life camlift, gravity action, self-closing metal, glide hinges with stay open feature at 120 degrees. An exterior mounted switch is provided to operate the interior incandescent lighting. Each door includes a vertically mounted stainless steel handle. Easily removable for cleaning, vinyl magnetic door gasket assures tight door seal. Anti condensate heaters are located behind each door opening. The cabinet is insulated with an average of 2" thick high density, non-CFC, foamed in place polyurethane. Refrigeration System A top mounted, self-contained, balanced refrigeration system using R-134a refrigerant is conveniently located behind the one piece louver assembly. It features an easy to clean front facing condenser, thermostatic expansion valve, air-cooled hermetic compressor, large, high humidity evaporator coil located outside the food zone and a top mounted non-electric condensate evaporator. A 9' cord and plug is provided. Standard operating temperature is 34 to 38°F. Controller The easy to use water resistant microprocessor control system is supplied standard. It includes a 3-Digit LED Display, and a Fahrenheit or Celsius Temperature Scale Display Capability. Interior Standard interior arrangements include three (3) epoxy coated wire shelves per section, mounted on shelf pins, installed at the factory. Shelves are full-width, and do not have any large gaps between them requiring the use of "bridge" or "junior shelves." Recommended load limit per shelf should not exceed 225 lbs. Warranties Both a one year parts and labor warranty and a five year compressor warranty (selfcontained models only) are provided standard. An optional 2nd year extended parts and labor warranty is also available.

DIMENSIONAL DATA Net capacity cu. ft. Length - overall in. Depth - overall in. Depth - over body in. Depth - door open 90° in. Clear door width in. Clear half-door height in. Clear full-door height in. Height-overall on 6" casters No. Standard Shelves Shelf area sq. ft.1 ELECTRICAL DATA Voltage Feed wires with Ground Full load amperes REFRIGERATION DATA Refrigerant BTU/HR H.P.2 SHIPPING DATA Length - crated in. Depth - crated in. Height - crated in. Volume - crated cu. ft. Net Wt. lbs. Gross Wt. lbs.

1-Section Models 23.2 (657 cu l) 297/8 (75.9 cm) 35 (88.8 cm) 32 (81.3 cm) 567/8 (144.5 cm) 211/8 (53.6 cm) 271/2 (69.9 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 831/4 (211.5 cm) 3 13.5 (1.3 sq m) 115/60/1 3 7.0 R-134a 2400 (1/3 HP) 35 (89 cm) 43 (109 cm) 831/2 (212 cm) 71 (2011 cu l) 305 (138 kg) 395 (179 kg)

2-Section Models 47.3 (1340 cu l) 521/8 (132.4 cm) 35 (88.8 cm) 32 (81.3 cm) 567/8 (144.5 cm) 211/8 (53.6 cm) 271/2 (69.9 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 831/4 (211.5 cm) 6 25.6 (2.4 sq m) 115/60/1 3 10.4 R-134a 4360 (1/2 HP) 63 (160 cm) 43 (109 cm) 831/2 (212 cm) 131 (3711 cu l) 450 (204 kg) 590 (268 kg)

3-Section Models 69.1 (1958 cu l) 765/16 (193.8 cm) 35 (88.8 cm) 32 (81.3 cm) 567/8 (144.5 cm) 211/8 (53.6 cm) 271/2 (69.9 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 831/4 (211.5 cm) 9 39.2 (3.6 sq m) 115/60/1 3 15.8 R-134a 5330 (3/4 HP) 91 (231 cm) 43 (109 cm) 831/2 (212 cm) 189 (5354 cu l) 720 (327 kg) 900 (408 kg)

Elevation One-Section

Elevation Two-Section

Elevation Three-Section

NOTES NOTE: Figures in parentheses reflect metric equivalents. 1= Area of standard shelf compliment only, does not include storage area of additional shelves or available on cabinet bottom. 2= Based on a 90 degree F ambient and 20 degree F evaporator.

Plan - One-Section

Plan - Two-Section

Equipped With One NEMA 5-15 P Plug (one & two section models only) Equipped With One NEMA 5-20 P Plug (three section models only)

REQUIRED CLEARANCES In order to assure optimum performance, the condensing unit MUST have an adequate supply of air for cooling purposes. Therefore, the operating location must either have a minimum of 12" clearance overhead of the condensing unit or allow for unrestricted air flow at the back of the unit. Clearance of at least 12" above is required in order to perform certain maintenance tasks.

NOTE: When ordering please specify: Voltage, Hinging, Door Size, Options and any additional warranties. Continued product development may necessitate specification changes without notice. Part No. TR35789 (revised 1/05)

Plan - Three-Section Section - All Models

SECTION 4-3

TRAULSEN 4401 BLUE MOUND RD. PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 Website: www.traulsen.com

FT. WORTH, TX 76106 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302

Traulsen

Restaurant Depot #134

Page: 50-2

Traulsen

Model: G21012

Item#: 51

Project Model Specified:

Quantity

Item # CSI Section 11400

G-Series Hinged Glass Door Reach-In Refrigerators/Self-Contained

Equipped with an easy to use microprocessor control!

One, Two & Three Section Models, 32" Deep

G

SERIES

Stainless Steel Front & Door(s)

Traulsen's G-Series product line also includes one, two and three section reach-in hinged glass door refrigerator models, available with either full or half length doors and the convenience of a variety of different door hingings to choose from. For additional ease of use, they also include an exterior mounted switch to operate the interior incandescent lighting. Built with durable exteriors, reliable controls, balanced, efficient refrigeration systems and a variety of user-friendly features, these products are the right fit for nearly any application. They are designed and built to the highest standards, and epitomize the quality Traulsen is known for.

AVAILABLE MODELS

Single Section

(Formerly Model GHT132WUTHG)

Two Section

(Formerly Model GHT232NUTHG)

Three Section

(Formerly Model GHT332NUTHG)

Model # G11000 G11001 G11010 G11011

Door Half Half Full Full

Hinging Right Left Right Left

Model G32000

(shown with optional interior arrangements)

Model # G21000 G21001 G21002 G21003 G21010 G21011 G21012 G21013

Door Half Half Half Half Full Full Full Full

Hinging Left-Right Right-Left Right-Right Left-Left Left-Right Right-Left Right-Right Left-Left

Model # G32000 G32001 G32002 G32003 G32010 G32011 G32012 G32013

Door Half Half Half Half Full Full Full Full

Hinging Left-Right-Right Left-Left-Right Right-Right-Right Left-Left-Left Left-Right-Right Left-Left-Right Right-Right-Right Left-Left-Left

Standard Product Features

· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · High Quality Stainless Steel Exterior Front Corrosion Resistant Anodized Aluminum One-Piece Sides Durable Anodized Aluminum Interior Microprocessor Control With LED Temperature Readout Top-Mounted, Balanced, Self-Contained Refrigeration System Large High Humidity Evaporator Coil Outside The Food Zone Full or Half Length Hinged Glass Doors With Locks Self-Closing Doors With Stay Open Feature At 120 Degrees Guaranteed For Life Cam-Lift Hinges Stainless Steel Vertical Door Handle(s) Incandescent Lights With Exterior Switch Damage Resistant Stainless Steel Breaker Caps Three (3) Adjustable Epoxy Coated Shelves Per Section, Supported On Shelf Pins (installed at the factory) Energy Saving Automatic Non-Electric Condensate Evaporator Magnetic Snap-In Door Gaskets Anti-Condensate Door Perimeter Heaters Thermostatic Expansion Valve Metering Device Provides Quick Refrigeration Recovery Times Stainless Steel One-Piece Louver Assembly 9' Cord & Plug Attached Set of Four (4) 6" High Casters With Locks One Year Parts And Labor Warranty Five Year Compressor Warranty

Optional Accessory Kits

· · Set of Three (3) Additional Epoxy Coated Shelves With Shelf Pins TK1 Kit: Four (4) Pairs of No. 1 Type Tray Slides To Accommodate either: (1) 18" x 26" or (2) 14" x 18" Sheet Pans, Adjustable To 2" O.C. TK2 Kit: Two (2) Pairs of No. 4 Type Tray Slides To Accommodate (1) 18" x 26" Sheet Pans (equips one full section) TK4 Kit: Four (4) Pairs of Universal Type Tray Slides To Accommodate Either (1) 18" x 26" or (2) 14" x 18" Sheet Pans, or (2) 12" x 20" Steam Table Pans, Adjustable To 4" O.C. Set of Three (3) Chrome Plated Shelves With Shelf Pins LK1 Kit: Set of Four (4) 6" High Adjustable Legs Two Year Service/Labor Warranty Available

·

·

· · ·

NOTE: All optional accessory kits are shipped separately for later installation by others at the jobsite.

Listed by Underwriters Laboratories Inc., to U.S. and Canadian safety standards and Listed by NSF International.

Approval: ___________________________________

TRAULSEN 4401 BLUE MOUND RD. PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 Website: www.traulsen.com

FT. WORTH, TX 76106 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302

SECTION 4-3

Traulsen

Restaurant Depot #134

Page: 51-1

Traulsen

Model: G21012

Item#: 51

Project Model Specified:

Quantity

Item # CSI Section 11400

Specifications

Construction, Hardware and Insulation Cabinet exterior front and louver assembly are constructed of 20 gauge stainless steel. Cabinet sides (including returns) and interior are constructed of anodized aluminum. The exterior cabinet top, back and bottom are constructed of heavy gauge aluminized steel. A set of four (4) 6" high casters are included. Doors are equipped with removable plug cylinder locks and guaranteed for life camlift, gravity action, self-closing metal, glide hinges with stay open feature at 120 degrees. An exterior mounted switch is provided to operate the interior incandescent lighting. Each door includes a vertically mounted stainless steel handle. Easily removable for cleaning, vinyl magnetic door gasket assures tight door seal. Anti condensate heaters are located behind each door opening. The cabinet is insulated with an average of 2" thick high density, non-CFC, foamed in place polyurethane. Refrigeration System A top mounted, self-contained, balanced refrigeration system using R-134a refrigerant is conveniently located behind the one piece louver assembly. It features an easy to clean front facing condenser, thermostatic expansion valve, air-cooled hermetic compressor, large, high humidity evaporator coil located outside the food zone and a top mounted non-electric condensate evaporator. A 9' cord and plug is provided. Standard operating temperature is 34 to 38°F. Controller The easy to use water resistant microprocessor control system is supplied standard. It includes a 3-Digit LED Display, and a Fahrenheit or Celsius Temperature Scale Display Capability. Interior Standard interior arrangements include three (3) epoxy coated wire shelves per section, mounted on shelf pins, installed at the factory. Shelves are full-width, and do not have any large gaps between them requiring the use of "bridge" or "junior shelves." Recommended load limit per shelf should not exceed 225 lbs. Warranties Both a one year parts and labor warranty and a five year compressor warranty (selfcontained models only) are provided standard. An optional 2nd year extended parts and labor warranty is also available.

DIMENSIONAL DATA Net capacity cu. ft. Length - overall in. Depth - overall in. Depth - over body in. Depth - door open 90° in. Clear door width in. Clear half-door height in. Clear full-door height in. Height-overall on 6" casters No. Standard Shelves Shelf area sq. ft.1 ELECTRICAL DATA Voltage Feed wires with Ground Full load amperes REFRIGERATION DATA Refrigerant BTU/HR H.P.2 SHIPPING DATA Length - crated in. Depth - crated in. Height - crated in. Volume - crated cu. ft. Net Wt. lbs. Gross Wt. lbs.

1-Section Models 23.2 (657 cu l) 297/8 (75.9 cm) 35 (88.8 cm) 32 (81.3 cm) 567/8 (144.5 cm) 211/8 (53.6 cm) 271/2 (69.9 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 831/4 (211.5 cm) 3 13.5 (1.3 sq m) 115/60/1 3 7.0 R-134a 2400 (1/3 HP) 35 (89 cm) 43 (109 cm) 831/2 (212 cm) 71 (2011 cu l) 305 (138 kg) 395 (179 kg)

2-Section Models 47.3 (1340 cu l) 521/8 (132.4 cm) 35 (88.8 cm) 32 (81.3 cm) 567/8 (144.5 cm) 211/8 (53.6 cm) 271/2 (69.9 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 831/4 (211.5 cm) 6 25.6 (2.4 sq m) 115/60/1 3 10.4 R-134a 4360 (1/2 HP) 63 (160 cm) 43 (109 cm) 831/2 (212 cm) 131 (3711 cu l) 450 (204 kg) 590 (268 kg)

3-Section Models 69.1 (1958 cu l) 765/16 (193.8 cm) 35 (88.8 cm) 32 (81.3 cm) 567/8 (144.5 cm) 211/8 (53.6 cm) 271/2 (69.9 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 831/4 (211.5 cm) 9 39.2 (3.6 sq m) 115/60/1 3 15.8 R-134a 5330 (3/4 HP) 91 (231 cm) 43 (109 cm) 831/2 (212 cm) 189 (5354 cu l) 720 (327 kg) 900 (408 kg)

Elevation One-Section

Elevation Two-Section

Elevation Three-Section

NOTES NOTE: Figures in parentheses reflect metric equivalents. 1= Area of standard shelf compliment only, does not include storage area of additional shelves or available on cabinet bottom. 2= Based on a 90 degree F ambient and 20 degree F evaporator.

Plan - One-Section

Plan - Two-Section

Equipped With One NEMA 5-15 P Plug (one & two section models only) Equipped With One NEMA 5-20 P Plug (three section models only)

REQUIRED CLEARANCES In order to assure optimum performance, the condensing unit MUST have an adequate supply of air for cooling purposes. Therefore, the operating location must either have a minimum of 12" clearance overhead of the condensing unit or allow for unrestricted air flow at the back of the unit. Clearance of at least 12" above is required in order to perform certain maintenance tasks.

NOTE: When ordering please specify: Voltage, Hinging, Door Size, Options and any additional warranties. Continued product development may necessitate specification changes without notice. Part No. TR35789 (revised 1/05)

Plan - Three-Section Section - All Models

SECTION 4-3

TRAULSEN 4401 BLUE MOUND RD. PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 Website: www.traulsen.com

FT. WORTH, TX 76106 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302

Traulsen

Restaurant Depot #134

Page: 51-2

Traulsen

Model: G21013

Item#: 52

Project Model Specified:

Quantity

Item # CSI Section 11400

G-Series Hinged Glass Door Reach-In Refrigerators/Self-Contained

Equipped with an easy to use microprocessor control!

One, Two & Three Section Models, 32" Deep

G

SERIES

Stainless Steel Front & Door(s)

Traulsen's G-Series product line also includes one, two and three section reach-in hinged glass door refrigerator models, available with either full or half length doors and the convenience of a variety of different door hingings to choose from. For additional ease of use, they also include an exterior mounted switch to operate the interior incandescent lighting. Built with durable exteriors, reliable controls, balanced, efficient refrigeration systems and a variety of user-friendly features, these products are the right fit for nearly any application. They are designed and built to the highest standards, and epitomize the quality Traulsen is known for.

AVAILABLE MODELS

Single Section

(Formerly Model GHT132WUTHG)

Two Section

(Formerly Model GHT232NUTHG)

Three Section

(Formerly Model GHT332NUTHG)

Model # G11000 G11001 G11010 G11011

Door Half Half Full Full

Hinging Right Left Right Left

Model G32000

(shown with optional interior arrangements)

Model # G21000 G21001 G21002 G21003 G21010 G21011 G21012 G21013

Door Half Half Half Half Full Full Full Full

Hinging Left-Right Right-Left Right-Right Left-Left Left-Right Right-Left Right-Right Left-Left

Model # G32000 G32001 G32002 G32003 G32010 G32011 G32012 G32013

Door Half Half Half Half Full Full Full Full

Hinging Left-Right-Right Left-Left-Right Right-Right-Right Left-Left-Left Left-Right-Right Left-Left-Right Right-Right-Right Left-Left-Left

Standard Product Features

· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · High Quality Stainless Steel Exterior Front Corrosion Resistant Anodized Aluminum One-Piece Sides Durable Anodized Aluminum Interior Microprocessor Control With LED Temperature Readout Top-Mounted, Balanced, Self-Contained Refrigeration System Large High Humidity Evaporator Coil Outside The Food Zone Full or Half Length Hinged Glass Doors With Locks Self-Closing Doors With Stay Open Feature At 120 Degrees Guaranteed For Life Cam-Lift Hinges Stainless Steel Vertical Door Handle(s) Incandescent Lights With Exterior Switch Damage Resistant Stainless Steel Breaker Caps Three (3) Adjustable Epoxy Coated Shelves Per Section, Supported On Shelf Pins (installed at the factory) Energy Saving Automatic Non-Electric Condensate Evaporator Magnetic Snap-In Door Gaskets Anti-Condensate Door Perimeter Heaters Thermostatic Expansion Valve Metering Device Provides Quick Refrigeration Recovery Times Stainless Steel One-Piece Louver Assembly 9' Cord & Plug Attached Set of Four (4) 6" High Casters With Locks One Year Parts And Labor Warranty Five Year Compressor Warranty

Optional Accessory Kits

· · Set of Three (3) Additional Epoxy Coated Shelves With Shelf Pins TK1 Kit: Four (4) Pairs of No. 1 Type Tray Slides To Accommodate either: (1) 18" x 26" or (2) 14" x 18" Sheet Pans, Adjustable To 2" O.C. TK2 Kit: Two (2) Pairs of No. 4 Type Tray Slides To Accommodate (1) 18" x 26" Sheet Pans (equips one full section) TK4 Kit: Four (4) Pairs of Universal Type Tray Slides To Accommodate Either (1) 18" x 26" or (2) 14" x 18" Sheet Pans, or (2) 12" x 20" Steam Table Pans, Adjustable To 4" O.C. Set of Three (3) Chrome Plated Shelves With Shelf Pins LK1 Kit: Set of Four (4) 6" High Adjustable Legs Two Year Service/Labor Warranty Available

·

·

· · ·

NOTE: All optional accessory kits are shipped separately for later installation by others at the jobsite.

Listed by Underwriters Laboratories Inc., to U.S. and Canadian safety standards and Listed by NSF International.

Approval: ___________________________________

TRAULSEN 4401 BLUE MOUND RD. PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 Website: www.traulsen.com

FT. WORTH, TX 76106 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302

SECTION 4-3

Traulsen

Restaurant Depot #134

Page: 52-1

Traulsen

Model: G21013

Item#: 52

Project Model Specified:

Quantity

Item # CSI Section 11400

Specifications

Construction, Hardware and Insulation Cabinet exterior front and louver assembly are constructed of 20 gauge stainless steel. Cabinet sides (including returns) and interior are constructed of anodized aluminum. The exterior cabinet top, back and bottom are constructed of heavy gauge aluminized steel. A set of four (4) 6" high casters are included. Doors are equipped with removable plug cylinder locks and guaranteed for life camlift, gravity action, self-closing metal, glide hinges with stay open feature at 120 degrees. An exterior mounted switch is provided to operate the interior incandescent lighting. Each door includes a vertically mounted stainless steel handle. Easily removable for cleaning, vinyl magnetic door gasket assures tight door seal. Anti condensate heaters are located behind each door opening. The cabinet is insulated with an average of 2" thick high density, non-CFC, foamed in place polyurethane. Refrigeration System A top mounted, self-contained, balanced refrigeration system using R-134a refrigerant is conveniently located behind the one piece louver assembly. It features an easy to clean front facing condenser, thermostatic expansion valve, air-cooled hermetic compressor, large, high humidity evaporator coil located outside the food zone and a top mounted non-electric condensate evaporator. A 9' cord and plug is provided. Standard operating temperature is 34 to 38°F. Controller The easy to use water resistant microprocessor control system is supplied standard. It includes a 3-Digit LED Display, and a Fahrenheit or Celsius Temperature Scale Display Capability. Interior Standard interior arrangements include three (3) epoxy coated wire shelves per section, mounted on shelf pins, installed at the factory. Shelves are full-width, and do not have any large gaps between them requiring the use of "bridge" or "junior shelves." Recommended load limit per shelf should not exceed 225 lbs. Warranties Both a one year parts and labor warranty and a five year compressor warranty (selfcontained models only) are provided standard. An optional 2nd year extended parts and labor warranty is also available.

DIMENSIONAL DATA Net capacity cu. ft. Length - overall in. Depth - overall in. Depth - over body in. Depth - door open 90° in. Clear door width in. Clear half-door height in. Clear full-door height in. Height-overall on 6" casters No. Standard Shelves Shelf area sq. ft.1 ELECTRICAL DATA Voltage Feed wires with Ground Full load amperes REFRIGERATION DATA Refrigerant BTU/HR H.P.2 SHIPPING DATA Length - crated in. Depth - crated in. Height - crated in. Volume - crated cu. ft. Net Wt. lbs. Gross Wt. lbs.

1-Section Models 23.2 (657 cu l) 297/8 (75.9 cm) 35 (88.8 cm) 32 (81.3 cm) 567/8 (144.5 cm) 211/8 (53.6 cm) 271/2 (69.9 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 831/4 (211.5 cm) 3 13.5 (1.3 sq m) 115/60/1 3 7.0 R-134a 2400 (1/3 HP) 35 (89 cm) 43 (109 cm) 831/2 (212 cm) 71 (2011 cu l) 305 (138 kg) 395 (179 kg)

2-Section Models 47.3 (1340 cu l) 521/8 (132.4 cm) 35 (88.8 cm) 32 (81.3 cm) 567/8 (144.5 cm) 211/8 (53.6 cm) 271/2 (69.9 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 831/4 (211.5 cm) 6 25.6 (2.4 sq m) 115/60/1 3 10.4 R-134a 4360 (1/2 HP) 63 (160 cm) 43 (109 cm) 831/2 (212 cm) 131 (3711 cu l) 450 (204 kg) 590 (268 kg)

3-Section Models 69.1 (1958 cu l) 765/16 (193.8 cm) 35 (88.8 cm) 32 (81.3 cm) 567/8 (144.5 cm) 211/8 (53.6 cm) 271/2 (69.9 cm) 575/8 (146.3 cm) 831/4 (211.5 cm) 9 39.2 (3.6 sq m) 115/60/1 3 15.8 R-134a 5330 (3/4 HP) 91 (231 cm) 43 (109 cm) 831/2 (212 cm) 189 (5354 cu l) 720 (327 kg) 900 (408 kg)

Elevation One-Section

Elevation Two-Section

Elevation Three-Section

NOTES NOTE: Figures in parentheses reflect metric equivalents. 1= Area of standard shelf compliment only, does not include storage area of additional shelves or available on cabinet bottom. 2= Based on a 90 degree F ambient and 20 degree F evaporator.

Plan - One-Section

Plan - Two-Section

Equipped With One NEMA 5-15 P Plug (one & two section models only) Equipped With One NEMA 5-20 P Plug (three section models only)

REQUIRED CLEARANCES In order to assure optimum performance, the condensing unit MUST have an adequate supply of air for cooling purposes. Therefore, the operating location must either have a minimum of 12" clearance overhead of the condensing unit or allow for unrestricted air flow at the back of the unit. Clearance of at least 12" above is required in order to perform certain maintenance tasks.

NOTE: When ordering please specify: Voltage, Hinging, Door Size, Options and any additional warranties. Continued product development may necessitate specification changes without notice. Part No. TR35789 (revised 1/05)

Plan - Three-Section Section - All Models

SECTION 4-3

TRAULSEN 4401 BLUE MOUND RD. PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 Website: www.traulsen.com

FT. WORTH, TX 76106 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302

Traulsen

Restaurant Depot #134

Page: 52-2

Traulsen

Model: UHT27-L

Item#: 53

Project Model Specified:

Quantity

Item # CSI Section 11400

Compact Undercounter Refrigerators/ Self-Contained

27", 48" & 60" Wide Models

UHT

SERIES

Stainless Exterior, Anodized Aluminum Interior

27" Wide One Door Model 48" Wide Two Door Model 60" Wide Two Door Model

UHT27 UHT48 UHT60

Finally there is a compact undercounter product worthy of the Traulsen name. Their rugged construction and high quality components make these units capable of standing up to the demanding environment of any foodservice kitchen. Each unit is built with a high quality stainless steel exterior and durable anodized aluminum interior. They are also designed for high performance, providing accurate temperature maintenance. Fresh, safe food is assured, even under the most demanding conditions. Their front breathing design allows for "zero-clearance" installation. As a result they can be placed right up against the backwall and alongside other kitchen equipment, saving valuable floor space. Additionally, they offer a wide range of optional accessories to choose from, and are ideal for use with many different type applications.

Left To Right Models UHT60, UHT48 & UHT27

(shown with optional casters)

Standard Product Features

· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · Stainless Steel Exterior Top, Sides & Door(s) Anodized Aluminum Interior Front Breathing Self-Contained Refrigeration System Environmentally Friendly R-134a Refrigerant Self-Closing Stainless Steel Door(s) With Stay Open Feature At 105 Degrees Horizontal Work Flow Door Handle Anodized Aluminum Interior Door Liner Standard Door Hinging: UHT27 = Left, UHT48 = Left/Right, UHT60 = Left/Right (other hingings available) Interior Mounted Thermometer Two (2) Powder Coated Shelves Per Door, Mounted On Pilasters Automatic Non-Electric Condensate Evaporator Magnetic Snap-In Door Gasket(s) 8' Cord & Plug Attached Set of Four (4) 6" High Adjustable Legs (6 for model UHT60) One Year Parts And Labor Warranty Five Year Compressor Warranty

Options & Accessories

· · · · · · · · · · 22 Gauge Stainless Steel Worktop With 4" High Backsplash Stainless Steel Finished Back Additional Powder Coated Shelves 6" Overall Height Casters (for use in lieu of legs) 4" Overall Height Casters (for use in lieu of legs) 3-1/2" Overall Height Casters (for use in lieu of legs) 2-1/2" Overall Height Casters (for use in lieu of legs, 27" models only) 4" High Stainless Steel Utility Base (for use in lieu of legs) Compact Undercounter Stacking Kit (for use in stacking two 27" units one on top of the other) Two Year Service/Labor Warranty Available

Listed by Underwriters Laboratories Inc., to U.S. and Canadian safety standards and Listed by NSF International.

Approval: ___________________________________

TRAULSEN 4401 BLUE MOUND RD. PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 Website: www.traulsen.com

FT. WORTH, TX 76106 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302

SECTION 9-1

Traulsen

Restaurant Depot #134

Page: 53-1

Traulsen

Model: UHT27-L

Item#: 53

Project Model Specified:

Quantity

Item # CSI Section 11400

Elevation - UHT27

Plan - UHT27

Elevation - UHT48

Plan - UHT48

SECTION 9-1

TRAULSEN 4401 BLUE MOUND RD. PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 Website: www.traulsen.com

FT. WORTH, TX 76106 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302

Traulsen

Restaurant Depot #134

Page: 53-2

Traulsen

Model: UHT27-L

Item#: 53

Project Model Specified:

Quantity

Item # CSI Section 11400

Section - 27" & 60" Models

Section - 48" Models

Elevation - UHT60

Plan - UHT60 TRAULSEN 4401 BLUE MOUND RD. PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 Website: www.traulsen.com

FT. WORTH, TX 76106 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302

SECTION 9-1

Traulsen

Restaurant Depot #134

Page: 53-3

Traulsen

Model: UHT27-L

Item#: 53

Project Model Specified:

Quantity

Item # CSI Section 11400

Specifications

Construction, Hardware and Insulation Cabinet exterior front, one piece sides, louver assembly and doors are constructed of 22 gauge stainless steel. Cabinet interior and door liners are constructed of anodized aluminum. The exterior cabinet back and bottom are constructed of galvanized steel. A stainless steel door with a recessed work-flow handle and anodized aluminum liner is provided. The door self closes at less than 90 degrees and also includes a stay open feature at 105 degrees. Easily removable for cleaning, vinyl magnetic door gasket assures tight door seal. Both the cabinet and door(s) are insulated with an average of 2" thick high density, non-CFC, foamed in place polyurethane. Refrigeration System A balanced, rear mounted, front breathing, self-contained refrigeration system using R-134a refrigerant is provided. It features a capillary tube metering device, air-cooled hermetic compressor, a forced air evaporator coil and a non-electric condensate evaporator. An 8' cord and plug is provided. Standard operating temperature is 34 to 38°F. Interior Standard interior arrangements include two (2) powder coated wire shelves per door, mounted on pilasters. These are adjustable in 1/2" increments, allowing for a minimum of 1-1/2" spacing between shelves. Warranties Both a one year parts and labor warranty and a five year compressor warranty (selfcontained models only) are provided standard. An optional 2nd year extended parts and labor warranty is also available.

DIMENSIONAL DATA Net capacity cu. ft. Length - overall in. Depth - overall in. Depth - with door open 90° Clear door height in. Clear door width in. Height - overall on 6" legs in. Number of shelves - total Shelf area sq. ft. ELECTRICAL DATA Voltage Full Load Amperes Wattage REFRIGERATION DATA Refrigerant BTU/HR - H.P.1 SHIPPING DATA Net Wt. lbs. Gross Wt. lbs.

1=

UHT27 7.1 27 307/8 545/8 241/8 22 /4 351/2 2 4.88 115/60/1 3.3 225 R-134a 889 (1/6 HP) 250 275

3

UHT48 13.1 48 307/8 50 241/8 18 /4 351/2 4 10.3 115/60/1 5.7 480 R-134a

1

UHT60 16.7 60 307/8 543/8 241/8 223/4 351/2 4 13.2 115/60/1 5.7 480 R-134a

1869 (1/4 HP) 1869 (1/4 HP) 265 290 355 380

NOTES Based on a 90 degree F ambient and 20 degree F evaporator.

Equipped With One NEMA 5-15 P Plug

NOTE: When ordering please specify: Voltage, Hinging, Optional Accessories and any additional warranties. Continued product development may necessitate specification changes without notice. Part No. TR35819 (revised 9/03)

NOTE: Freight charges are FOB destination for dock to dock delivery within the continental USA. Liftgate delivery charges are additional. For inside delivery charges, please consult factory.

SECTION 9-1

TRAULSEN 4401 BLUE MOUND RD. PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 Website: www.traulsen.com

FT. WORTH, TX 76106 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302

Traulsen

Restaurant Depot #134

Page: 53-4

Traulsen

Model: UHT27-R

Item#: 54

Project Model Specified:

Quantity

Item # CSI Section 11400

Compact Undercounter Refrigerators/ Self-Contained

27", 48" & 60" Wide Models

UHT

SERIES

Stainless Exterior, Anodized Aluminum Interior

27" Wide One Door Model 48" Wide Two Door Model 60" Wide Two Door Model

UHT27 UHT48 UHT60

Finally there is a compact undercounter product worthy of the Traulsen name. Their rugged construction and high quality components make these units capable of standing up to the demanding environment of any foodservice kitchen. Each unit is built with a high quality stainless steel exterior and durable anodized aluminum interior. They are also designed for high performance, providing accurate temperature maintenance. Fresh, safe food is assured, even under the most demanding conditions. Their front breathing design allows for "zero-clearance" installation. As a result they can be placed right up against the backwall and alongside other kitchen equipment, saving valuable floor space. Additionally, they offer a wide range of optional accessories to choose from, and are ideal for use with many different type applications.

Left To Right Models UHT60, UHT48 & UHT27

(shown with optional casters)

Standard Product Features

· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · Stainless Steel Exterior Top, Sides & Door(s) Anodized Aluminum Interior Front Breathing Self-Contained Refrigeration System Environmentally Friendly R-134a Refrigerant Self-Closing Stainless Steel Door(s) With Stay Open Feature At 105 Degrees Horizontal Work Flow Door Handle Anodized Aluminum Interior Door Liner Standard Door Hinging: UHT27 = Left, UHT48 = Left/Right, UHT60 = Left/Right (other hingings available) Interior Mounted Thermometer Two (2) Powder Coated Shelves Per Door, Mounted On Pilasters Automatic Non-Electric Condensate Evaporator Magnetic Snap-In Door Gasket(s) 8' Cord & Plug Attached Set of Four (4) 6" High Adjustable Legs (6 for model UHT60) One Year Parts And Labor Warranty Five Year Compressor Warranty

Options & Accessories

· · · · · · · · · · 22 Gauge Stainless Steel Worktop With 4" High Backsplash Stainless Steel Finished Back Additional Powder Coated Shelves 6" Overall Height Casters (for use in lieu of legs) 4" Overall Height Casters (for use in lieu of legs) 3-1/2" Overall Height Casters (for use in lieu of legs) 2-1/2" Overall Height Casters (for use in lieu of legs, 27" models only) 4" High Stainless Steel Utility Base (for use in lieu of legs) Compact Undercounter Stacking Kit (for use in stacking two 27" units one on top of the other) Two Year Service/Labor Warranty Available

Listed by Underwriters Laboratories Inc., to U.S. and Canadian safety standards and Listed by NSF International.

Approval: ___________________________________

TRAULSEN 4401 BLUE MOUND RD. PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 Website: www.traulsen.com

FT. WORTH, TX 76106 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302

SECTION 9-1

Traulsen

Restaurant Depot #134

Page: 54-1

Traulsen

Model: UHT27-R

Item#: 54

Project Model Specified:

Quantity

Item # CSI Section 11400

Elevation - UHT27

Plan - UHT27

Elevation - UHT48

Plan - UHT48

SECTION 9-1

TRAULSEN 4401 BLUE MOUND RD. PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 Website: www.traulsen.com

FT. WORTH, TX 76106 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302

Traulsen

Restaurant Depot #134

Page: 54-2

Traulsen

Model: UHT27-R

Item#: 54

Project Model Specified:

Quantity

Item # CSI Section 11400

Section - 27" & 60" Models

Section - 48" Models

Elevation - UHT60

Plan - UHT60 TRAULSEN 4401 BLUE MOUND RD. PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 Website: www.traulsen.com

FT. WORTH, TX 76106 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302

SECTION 9-1

Traulsen

Restaurant Depot #134

Page: 54-3

Traulsen

Model: UHT27-R

Item#: 54

Project Model Specified:

Quantity

Item # CSI Section 11400

Specifications

Construction, Hardware and Insulation Cabinet exterior front, one piece sides, louver assembly and doors are constructed of 22 gauge stainless steel. Cabinet interior and door liners are constructed of anodized aluminum. The exterior cabinet back and bottom are constructed of galvanized steel. A stainless steel door with a recessed work-flow handle and anodized aluminum liner is provided. The door self closes at less than 90 degrees and also includes a stay open feature at 105 degrees. Easily removable for cleaning, vinyl magnetic door gasket assures tight door seal. Both the cabinet and door(s) are insulated with an average of 2" thick high density, non-CFC, foamed in place polyurethane. Refrigeration System A balanced, rear mounted, front breathing, self-contained refrigeration system using R-134a refrigerant is provided. It features a capillary tube metering device, air-cooled hermetic compressor, a forced air evaporator coil and a non-electric condensate evaporator. An 8' cord and plug is provided. Standard operating temperature is 34 to 38°F. Interior Standard interior arrangements include two (2) powder coated wire shelves per door, mounted on pilasters. These are adjustable in 1/2" increments, allowing for a minimum of 1-1/2" spacing between shelves. Warranties Both a one year parts and labor warranty and a five year compressor warranty (selfcontained models only) are provided standard. An optional 2nd year extended parts and labor warranty is also available.

DIMENSIONAL DATA Net capacity cu. ft. Length - overall in. Depth - overall in. Depth - with door open 90° Clear door height in. Clear door width in. Height - overall on 6" legs in. Number of shelves - total Shelf area sq. ft. ELECTRICAL DATA Voltage Full Load Amperes Wattage REFRIGERATION DATA Refrigerant BTU/HR - H.P.1 SHIPPING DATA Net Wt. lbs. Gross Wt. lbs.

1=

UHT27 7.1 27 307/8 545/8 241/8 22 /4 351/2 2 4.88 115/60/1 3.3 225 R-134a 889 (1/6 HP) 250 275

3

UHT48 13.1 48 307/8 50 241/8 18 /4 351/2 4 10.3 115/60/1 5.7 480 R-134a

1

UHT60 16.7 60 307/8 543/8 241/8 223/4 351/2 4 13.2 115/60/1 5.7 480 R-134a

1869 (1/4 HP) 1869 (1/4 HP) 265 290 355 380

NOTES Based on a 90 degree F ambient and 20 degree F evaporator.

Equipped With One NEMA 5-15 P Plug

NOTE: When ordering please specify: Voltage, Hinging, Optional Accessories and any additional warranties. Continued product development may necessitate specification changes without notice. Part No. TR35819 (revised 9/03)

NOTE: Freight charges are FOB destination for dock to dock delivery within the continental USA. Liftgate delivery charges are additional. For inside delivery charges, please consult factory.

SECTION 9-1

TRAULSEN 4401 BLUE MOUND RD. PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 Website: www.traulsen.com

FT. WORTH, TX 76106 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302

Traulsen

Restaurant Depot #134

Page: 54-4

Traulsen

Model: UHT48-LR

Item#: 55

Project Model Specified:

Quantity

Item # CSI Section 11400

Compact Undercounter Refrigerators/ Self-Contained

27", 48" & 60" Wide Models

UHT

SERIES

Stainless Exterior, Anodized Aluminum Interior

27" Wide One Door Model 48" Wide Two Door Model 60" Wide Two Door Model

UHT27 UHT48 UHT60

Finally there is a compact undercounter product worthy of the Traulsen name. Their rugged construction and high quality components make these units capable of standing up to the demanding environment of any foodservice kitchen. Each unit is built with a high quality stainless steel exterior and durable anodized aluminum interior. They are also designed for high performance, providing accurate temperature maintenance. Fresh, safe food is assured, even under the most demanding conditions. Their front breathing design allows for "zero-clearance" installation. As a result they can be placed right up against the backwall and alongside other kitchen equipment, saving valuable floor space. Additionally, they offer a wide range of optional accessories to choose from, and are ideal for use with many different type applications.

Left To Right Models UHT60, UHT48 & UHT27

(shown with optional casters)

Standard Product Features

· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · Stainless Steel Exterior Top, Sides & Door(s) Anodized Aluminum Interior Front Breathing Self-Contained Refrigeration System Environmentally Friendly R-134a Refrigerant Self-Closing Stainless Steel Door(s) With Stay Open Feature At 105 Degrees Horizontal Work Flow Door Handle Anodized Aluminum Interior Door Liner Standard Door Hinging: UHT27 = Left, UHT48 = Left/Right, UHT60 = Left/Right (other hingings available) Interior Mounted Thermometer Two (2) Powder Coated Shelves Per Door, Mounted On Pilasters Automatic Non-Electric Condensate Evaporator Magnetic Snap-In Door Gasket(s) 8' Cord & Plug Attached Set of Four (4) 6" High Adjustable Legs (6 for model UHT60) One Year Parts And Labor Warranty Five Year Compressor Warranty

Options & Accessories

· · · · · · · · · · 22 Gauge Stainless Steel Worktop With 4" High Backsplash Stainless Steel Finished Back Additional Powder Coated Shelves 6" Overall Height Casters (for use in lieu of legs) 4" Overall Height Casters (for use in lieu of legs) 3-1/2" Overall Height Casters (for use in lieu of legs) 2-1/2" Overall Height Casters (for use in lieu of legs, 27" models only) 4" High Stainless Steel Utility Base (for use in lieu of legs) Compact Undercounter Stacking Kit (for use in stacking two 27" units one on top of the other) Two Year Service/Labor Warranty Available

Listed by Underwriters Laboratories Inc., to U.S. and Canadian safety standards and Listed by NSF International.

Approval: ___________________________________

TRAULSEN 4401 BLUE MOUND RD. PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 Website: www.traulsen.com

FT. WORTH, TX 76106 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302

SECTION 9-1

Traulsen

Restaurant Depot #134

Page: 55-1

Traulsen

Model: UHT48-LR

Item#: 55

Project Model Specified:

Quantity

Item # CSI Section 11400

Elevation - UHT27

Plan - UHT27

Elevation - UHT48

Plan - UHT48

SECTION 9-1

TRAULSEN 4401 BLUE MOUND RD. PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 Website: www.traulsen.com

FT. WORTH, TX 76106 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302

Traulsen

Restaurant Depot #134

Page: 55-2

Traulsen

Model: UHT48-LR

Item#: 55

Project Model Specified:

Quantity

Item # CSI Section 11400

Section - 27" & 60" Models

Section - 48" Models

Elevation - UHT60

Plan - UHT60 TRAULSEN 4401 BLUE MOUND RD. PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 Website: www.traulsen.com

FT. WORTH, TX 76106 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302

SECTION 9-1

Traulsen

Restaurant Depot #134

Page: 55-3

Traulsen

Model: UHT48-LR

Item#: 55

Project Model Specified:

Quantity

Item # CSI Section 11400

Specifications

Construction, Hardware and Insulation Cabinet exterior front, one piece sides, louver assembly and doors are constructed of 22 gauge stainless steel. Cabinet interior and door liners are constructed of anodized aluminum. The exterior cabinet back and bottom are constructed of galvanized steel. A stainless steel door with a recessed work-flow handle and anodized aluminum liner is provided. The door self closes at less than 90 degrees and also includes a stay open feature at 105 degrees. Easily removable for cleaning, vinyl magnetic door gasket assures tight door seal. Both the cabinet and door(s) are insulated with an average of 2" thick high density, non-CFC, foamed in place polyurethane. Refrigeration System A balanced, rear mounted, front breathing, self-contained refrigeration system using R-134a refrigerant is provided. It features a capillary tube metering device, air-cooled hermetic compressor, a forced air evaporator coil and a non-electric condensate evaporator. An 8' cord and plug is provided. Standard operating temperature is 34 to 38°F. Interior Standard interior arrangements include two (2) powder coated wire shelves per door, mounted on pilasters. These are adjustable in 1/2" increments, allowing for a minimum of 1-1/2" spacing between shelves. Warranties Both a one year parts and labor warranty and a five year compressor warranty (selfcontained models only) are provided standard. An optional 2nd year extended parts and labor warranty is also available.

DIMENSIONAL DATA Net capacity cu. ft. Length - overall in. Depth - overall in. Depth - with door open 90° Clear door height in. Clear door width in. Height - overall on 6" legs in. Number of shelves - total Shelf area sq. ft. ELECTRICAL DATA Voltage Full Load Amperes Wattage REFRIGERATION DATA Refrigerant BTU/HR - H.P.1 SHIPPING DATA Net Wt. lbs. Gross Wt. lbs.

1=

UHT27 7.1 27 307/8 545/8 241/8 22 /4 351/2 2 4.88 115/60/1 3.3 225 R-134a 889 (1/6 HP) 250 275

3

UHT48 13.1 48 307/8 50 241/8 18 /4 351/2 4 10.3 115/60/1 5.7 480 R-134a

1

UHT60 16.7 60 307/8 543/8 241/8 223/4 351/2 4 13.2 115/60/1 5.7 480 R-134a

1869 (1/4 HP) 1869 (1/4 HP) 265 290 355 380

NOTES Based on a 90 degree F ambient and 20 degree F evaporator.

Equipped With One NEMA 5-15 P Plug

NOTE: When ordering please specify: Voltage, Hinging, Optional Accessories and any additional warranties. Continued product development may necessitate specification changes without notice. Part No. TR35819 (revised 9/03)

NOTE: Freight charges are FOB destination for dock to dock delivery within the continental USA. Liftgate delivery charges are additional. For inside delivery charges, please consult factory.

SECTION 9-1

TRAULSEN 4401 BLUE MOUND RD. PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 Website: www.traulsen.com

FT. WORTH, TX 76106 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302

Traulsen

Restaurant Depot #134

Page: 55-4

Traulsen

Model: UHT60-LR

Item#: 56

Project Model Specified:

Quantity

Item # CSI Section 11400

Compact Undercounter Refrigerators/ Self-Contained

27", 48" & 60" Wide Models

UHT

SERIES

Stainless Exterior, Anodized Aluminum Interior

27" Wide One Door Model 48" Wide Two Door Model 60" Wide Two Door Model

UHT27 UHT48 UHT60

Finally there is a compact undercounter product worthy of the Traulsen name. Their rugged construction and high quality components make these units capable of standing up to the demanding environment of any foodservice kitchen. Each unit is built with a high quality stainless steel exterior and durable anodized aluminum interior. They are also designed for high performance, providing accurate temperature maintenance. Fresh, safe food is assured, even under the most demanding conditions. Their front breathing design allows for "zero-clearance" installation. As a result they can be placed right up against the backwall and alongside other kitchen equipment, saving valuable floor space. Additionally, they offer a wide range of optional accessories to choose from, and are ideal for use with many different type applications.

Left To Right Models UHT60, UHT48 & UHT27

(shown with optional casters)

Standard Product Features

· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · Stainless Steel Exterior Top, Sides & Door(s) Anodized Aluminum Interior Front Breathing Self-Contained Refrigeration System Environmentally Friendly R-134a Refrigerant Self-Closing Stainless Steel Door(s) With Stay Open Feature At 105 Degrees Horizontal Work Flow Door Handle Anodized Aluminum Interior Door Liner Standard Door Hinging: UHT27 = Left, UHT48 = Left/Right, UHT60 = Left/Right (other hingings available) Interior Mounted Thermometer Two (2) Powder Coated Shelves Per Door, Mounted On Pilasters Automatic Non-Electric Condensate Evaporator Magnetic Snap-In Door Gasket(s) 8' Cord & Plug Attached Set of Four (4) 6" High Adjustable Legs (6 for model UHT60) One Year Parts And Labor Warranty Five Year Compressor Warranty

Options & Accessories

· · · · · · · · · · 22 Gauge Stainless Steel Worktop With 4" High Backsplash Stainless Steel Finished Back Additional Powder Coated Shelves 6" Overall Height Casters (for use in lieu of legs) 4" Overall Height Casters (for use in lieu of legs) 3-1/2" Overall Height Casters (for use in lieu of legs) 2-1/2" Overall Height Casters (for use in lieu of legs, 27" models only) 4" High Stainless Steel Utility Base (for use in lieu of legs) Compact Undercounter Stacking Kit (for use in stacking two 27" units one on top of the other) Two Year Service/Labor Warranty Available

Listed by Underwriters Laboratories Inc., to U.S. and Canadian safety standards and Listed by NSF International.

Approval: ___________________________________

TRAULSEN 4401 BLUE MOUND RD. PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 Website: www.traulsen.com

FT. WORTH, TX 76106 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302

SECTION 9-1

Traulsen

Restaurant Depot #134

Page: 56-1

Traulsen

Model: UHT60-LR

Item#: 56

Project Model Specified:

Quantity

Item # CSI Section 11400

Elevation - UHT27

Plan - UHT27

Elevation - UHT48

Plan - UHT48

SECTION 9-1

TRAULSEN 4401 BLUE MOUND RD. PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 Website: www.traulsen.com

FT. WORTH, TX 76106 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302

Traulsen

Restaurant Depot #134

Page: 56-2

Traulsen

Model: UHT60-LR

Item#: 56

Project Model Specified:

Quantity

Item # CSI Section 11400

Section - 27" & 60" Models

Section - 48" Models

Elevation - UHT60

Plan - UHT60 TRAULSEN 4401 BLUE MOUND RD. PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 Website: www.traulsen.com

FT. WORTH, TX 76106 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302

SECTION 9-1

Traulsen

Restaurant Depot #134

Page: 56-3

Traulsen

Model: UHT60-LR

Item#: 56

Project Model Specified:

Quantity

Item # CSI Section 11400

Specifications

Construction, Hardware and Insulation Cabinet exterior front, one piece sides, louver assembly and doors are constructed of 22 gauge stainless steel. Cabinet interior and door liners are constructed of anodized aluminum. The exterior cabinet back and bottom are constructed of galvanized steel. A stainless steel door with a recessed work-flow handle and anodized aluminum liner is provided. The door self closes at less than 90 degrees and also includes a stay open feature at 105 degrees. Easily removable for cleaning, vinyl magnetic door gasket assures tight door seal. Both the cabinet and door(s) are insulated with an average of 2" thick high density, non-CFC, foamed in place polyurethane. Refrigeration System A balanced, rear mounted, front breathing, self-contained refrigeration system using R-134a refrigerant is provided. It features a capillary tube metering device, air-cooled hermetic compressor, a forced air evaporator coil and a non-electric condensate evaporator. An 8' cord and plug is provided. Standard operating temperature is 34 to 38°F. Interior Standard interior arrangements include two (2) powder coated wire shelves per door, mounted on pilasters. These are adjustable in 1/2" increments, allowing for a minimum of 1-1/2" spacing between shelves. Warranties Both a one year parts and labor warranty and a five year compressor warranty (selfcontained models only) are provided standard. An optional 2nd year extended parts and labor warranty is also available.

DIMENSIONAL DATA Net capacity cu. ft. Length - overall in. Depth - overall in. Depth - with door open 90° Clear door height in. Clear door width in. Height - overall on 6" legs in. Number of shelves - total Shelf area sq. ft. ELECTRICAL DATA Voltage Full Load Amperes Wattage REFRIGERATION DATA Refrigerant BTU/HR - H.P.1 SHIPPING DATA Net Wt. lbs. Gross Wt. lbs.

1=

UHT27 7.1 27 307/8 545/8 241/8 22 /4 351/2 2 4.88 115/60/1 3.3 225 R-134a 889 (1/6 HP) 250 275

3

UHT48 13.1 48 307/8 50 241/8 18 /4 351/2 4 10.3 115/60/1 5.7 480 R-134a

1

UHT60 16.7 60 307/8 543/8 241/8 223/4 351/2 4 13.2 115/60/1 5.7 480 R-134a

1869 (1/4 HP) 1869 (1/4 HP) 265 290 355 380

NOTES Based on a 90 degree F ambient and 20 degree F evaporator.

Equipped With One NEMA 5-15 P Plug

NOTE: When ordering please specify: Voltage, Hinging, Optional Accessories and any additional warranties. Continued product development may necessitate specification changes without notice. Part No. TR35819 (revised 9/03)

NOTE: Freight charges are FOB destination for dock to dock delivery within the continental USA. Liftgate delivery charges are additional. For inside delivery charges, please consult factory.

SECTION 9-1

TRAULSEN 4401 BLUE MOUND RD. PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 Website: www.traulsen.com

FT. WORTH, TX 76106 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302

Traulsen

Restaurant Depot #134

Page: 56-4

Traulsen

Model: ULT27-L

Item#: 57

Project Model Specified:

Quantity

Item # CSI Section 11400

Compact Undercounter Freezers/ Self-Contained

27", 48" & 60" Wide Models

ULT

SERIES

Stainless Exterior, Anodized Aluminum Interior

27" Wide One Door Model 48" Wide Two Door Model 60" Wide Two Door Model

ULT27 ULT48 ULT60

Finally there is a compact undercounter product worthy of the Traulsen name. Their rugged construction and high quality components make these units capable of standing up to the demanding environment of any foodservice kitchen. Each unit is built with a high quality stainless steel exterior and durable anodized aluminum interior. They are also designed for high performance, providing accurate temperature maintenance. Fresh, safe food is assured, even under the most demanding conditions. Their front breathing design allows for "zero-clearance" installation. As a result they can be placed right up against the backwall and alongside other kitchen equipment, saving valuable floor space. Additionally, they offer a wide range of optional accessories to choose from, and are ideal for use with many different type applications.

Left To Right Models ULT60, ULT48 & ULT27

(shown with optional casters)

Standard Product Features

· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · Stainless Steel Exterior Top, Sides & Door(s) Anodized Aluminum Interior Front Breathing Self-Contained Refrigeration System Environmentally Friendly R-404A Refrigerant Self-Closing Stainless Steel Door(s) With Stay Open Feature At 105 Degrees Horizontal Work Flow Door Handle Anodized Aluminum Interior Door Liner Standard Door Hinging: ULT27 = Left, ULT48 = Left/Right, ULT60 = Left/Right (other hingings available) Interior Mounted Thermometer Two (2) Powder Coated Shelves Per Door, Mounted On Pilasters Automatic Non-Electric Condensate Evaporator Magnetic Snap-In Door Gasket(s) 8' Cord & Plug Attached Set of Four (4) 6" High Adjustable Legs (6 for model ULT60) One Year Parts And Labor Warranty Five Year Compressor Warranty

Options & Accessories

· · · · · · · · · · 22 Gauge Stainless Steel Worktop With 4" High Backsplash Stainless Steel Finished Back Additional Powder Coated Shelves 6" Overall Height Casters (for use in lieu of legs) 4" Overall Height Casters (for use in lieu of legs) 3-1/2" Overall Height Casters (for use in lieu of legs) 2-1/2" Overall Height Casters (for use in lieu of legs, 27" models only) 4" High Stainless Steel Utility Base (for use in lieu of legs) Compact Undercounter Stacking Kit (for use in stacking two 27" units one on top of the other) Two Year Service/Labor Warranty Available

Listed by Underwriters Laboratories Inc., to U.S. and Canadian safety standards and Listed by NSF International.

Approval: ___________________________________

TRAULSEN 4401 BLUE MOUND RD. PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 Website: www.traulsen.com

FT. WORTH, TX 76106 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302

SECTION 9-2

Traulsen

Restaurant Depot #134

Page: 57-1

Traulsen

Model: ULT27-L

Item#: 57

Project Model Specified:

Quantity

Item # CSI Section 11400

Elevation - ULT27

Plan - ULT27

Elevation - ULT48

Plan - ULT48

SECTION 9-2

TRAULSEN 4401 BLUE MOUND RD. PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 Website: www.traulsen.com

FT. WORTH, TX 76106 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302

Traulsen

Restaurant Depot #134

Page: 57-2

Traulsen

Model: ULT27-L

Item#: 57

Project Model Specified:

Quantity

Item # CSI Section 11400

Section - 27" & 60" Models

Section - 48" Models

Elevation - ULT60

Plan - ULT60 TRAULSEN 4401 BLUE MOUND RD. PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 Website: www.traulsen.com

FT. WORTH, TX 76106 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302

SECTION 9-2

Traulsen

Restaurant Depot #134

Page: 57-3

Traulsen

Model: ULT27-L

Item#: 57

Project Model Specified:

Quantity

Item # CSI Section 11400

Specifications

Construction, Hardware and Insulation Cabinet exterior front, one piece sides, louver assembly and doors are constructed of 22 gauge stainless steel. Cabinet interior and door liners are constructed of anodized aluminum. The exterior cabinet back and bottom are constructed of galvanized steel. A stainless steel door with a recessed work-flow handle and anodized aluminum liner is provided. The door self closes at less than 90 degrees and also includes a stay open feature at 105 degrees. Easily removable for cleaning, vinyl magnetic door gasket assures tight door seal. Both the cabinet and door(s) are insulated with an average of 2" thick high density, non-CFC, foamed in place polyurethane. Refrigeration System A balanced, rear mounted, front breathing, self-contained refrigeration system using R-404A refrigerant is provided. It features a capillary tube metering device, air-cooled hermetic compressor, a forced air evaporator coil and a non-electric condensate evaporator. An 8' cord and plug is provided. Standard operating temperature is 0 to -5°F. Interior Standard interior arrangements include two (2) powder coated wire shelves per door, mounted on pilasters. These are adjustable in 1/2" increments, allowing for a minimum of 1-1/2" spacing between shelves. Warranties Both a one year parts and labor warranty and a five year compressor warranty (selfcontained models only) are provided standard. An optional 2nd year extended parts and labor warranty is also available.

DIMENSIONAL DATA Net capacity cu. ft. Length - overall in. Depth - overall in. Depth - with door open 90° Clear door height in. Clear door width in. Height - overall on 6" legs in. Number of shelves - total Shelf area sq. ft. ELECTRICAL DATA Voltage Full Load Amperes Wattage REFRIGERATION DATA Refrigerant BTU/HR - H.P.1 SHIPPING DATA Net Wt. lbs. Gross Wt. lbs.

1=

ULT27 7.1 27 307/8 545/8 241/8 22 /4 351/2 2 4.88 115/60/1 6.3 510 R-404A

3

ULT48 13.1 48 307/8 50 241/8 18 /4 351/2 4 10.3 115/60/1 7.7 603 R-404A

1

ULT60 16.7 60 307/8 543/8 241/8 223/4 351/2 4 13.2 115/60/1 8.7 730 R-404A

1450 (1/3 HP) 1610 (1/3 HP) 2160 (1/2 HP) 260 285 275 300 365 390

NOTES Based on a 90 degree F ambient and -10 degree F evaporator.

Equipped With One NEMA 5-15 P Plug

NOTE: When ordering please specify: Voltage, Hinging, Optional Accessories and any additional warranties. Continued product development may necessitate specification changes without notice. Part No. TR35820 (revised 9/03)

NOTE: Freight charges are FOB destination for dock to dock delivery within the continental USA. Liftgate delivery charges are additional. For inside delivery charges, please consult factory.

SECTION 9-2

TRAULSEN 4401 BLUE MOUND RD. PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 Website: www.traulsen.com

FT. WORTH, TX 76106 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302

Traulsen

Restaurant Depot #134

Page: 57-4

Traulsen

Model: ULT27-R

Item#: 58

Project Model Specified:

Quantity

Item # CSI Section 11400

Compact Undercounter Freezers/ Self-Contained

27", 48" & 60" Wide Models

ULT

SERIES

Stainless Exterior, Anodized Aluminum Interior

27" Wide One Door Model 48" Wide Two Door Model 60" Wide Two Door Model

ULT27 ULT48 ULT60

Finally there is a compact undercounter product worthy of the Traulsen name. Their rugged construction and high quality components make these units capable of standing up to the demanding environment of any foodservice kitchen. Each unit is built with a high quality stainless steel exterior and durable anodized aluminum interior. They are also designed for high performance, providing accurate temperature maintenance. Fresh, safe food is assured, even under the most demanding conditions. Their front breathing design allows for "zero-clearance" installation. As a result they can be placed right up against the backwall and alongside other kitchen equipment, saving valuable floor space. Additionally, they offer a wide range of optional accessories to choose from, and are ideal for use with many different type applications.

Left To Right Models ULT60, ULT48 & ULT27

(shown with optional casters)

Standard Product Features

· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · Stainless Steel Exterior Top, Sides & Door(s) Anodized Aluminum Interior Front Breathing Self-Contained Refrigeration System Environmentally Friendly R-404A Refrigerant Self-Closing Stainless Steel Door(s) With Stay Open Feature At 105 Degrees Horizontal Work Flow Door Handle Anodized Aluminum Interior Door Liner Standard Door Hinging: ULT27 = Left, ULT48 = Left/Right, ULT60 = Left/Right (other hingings available) Interior Mounted Thermometer Two (2) Powder Coated Shelves Per Door, Mounted On Pilasters Automatic Non-Electric Condensate Evaporator Magnetic Snap-In Door Gasket(s) 8' Cord & Plug Attached Set of Four (4) 6" High Adjustable Legs (6 for model ULT60) One Year Parts And Labor Warranty Five Year Compressor Warranty

Options & Accessories

· · · · · · · · · · 22 Gauge Stainless Steel Worktop With 4" High Backsplash Stainless Steel Finished Back Additional Powder Coated Shelves 6" Overall Height Casters (for use in lieu of legs) 4" Overall Height Casters (for use in lieu of legs) 3-1/2" Overall Height Casters (for use in lieu of legs) 2-1/2" Overall Height Casters (for use in lieu of legs, 27" models only) 4" High Stainless Steel Utility Base (for use in lieu of legs) Compact Undercounter Stacking Kit (for use in stacking two 27" units one on top of the other) Two Year Service/Labor Warranty Available

Listed by Underwriters Laboratories Inc., to U.S. and Canadian safety standards and Listed by NSF International.

Approval: ___________________________________

TRAULSEN 4401 BLUE MOUND RD. PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 Website: www.traulsen.com

FT. WORTH, TX 76106 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302

SECTION 9-2

Traulsen

Restaurant Depot #134

Page: 58-1

Traulsen

Model: ULT27-R

Item#: 58

Project Model Specified:

Quantity

Item # CSI Section 11400

Elevation - ULT27

Plan - ULT27

Elevation - ULT48

Plan - ULT48

SECTION 9-2

TRAULSEN 4401 BLUE MOUND RD. PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 Website: www.traulsen.com

FT. WORTH, TX 76106 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302

Traulsen

Restaurant Depot #134

Page: 58-2

Traulsen

Model: ULT27-R

Item#: 58

Project Model Specified:

Quantity

Item # CSI Section 11400

Section - 27" & 60" Models

Section - 48" Models

Elevation - ULT60

Plan - ULT60 TRAULSEN 4401 BLUE MOUND RD. PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 Website: www.traulsen.com

FT. WORTH, TX 76106 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302

SECTION 9-2

Traulsen

Restaurant Depot #134

Page: 58-3

Traulsen

Model: ULT27-R

Item#: 58

Project Model Specified:

Quantity

Item # CSI Section 11400

Specifications

Construction, Hardware and Insulation Cabinet exterior front, one piece sides, louver assembly and doors are constructed of 22 gauge stainless steel. Cabinet interior and door liners are constructed of anodized aluminum. The exterior cabinet back and bottom are constructed of galvanized steel. A stainless steel door with a recessed work-flow handle and anodized aluminum liner is provided. The door self closes at less than 90 degrees and also includes a stay open feature at 105 degrees. Easily removable for cleaning, vinyl magnetic door gasket assures tight door seal. Both the cabinet and door(s) are insulated with an average of 2" thick high density, non-CFC, foamed in place polyurethane. Refrigeration System A balanced, rear mounted, front breathing, self-contained refrigeration system using R-404A refrigerant is provided. It features a capillary tube metering device, air-cooled hermetic compressor, a forced air evaporator coil and a non-electric condensate evaporator. An 8' cord and plug is provided. Standard operating temperature is 0 to -5°F. Interior Standard interior arrangements include two (2) powder coated wire shelves per door, mounted on pilasters. These are adjustable in 1/2" increments, allowing for a minimum of 1-1/2" spacing between shelves. Warranties Both a one year parts and labor warranty and a five year compressor warranty (selfcontained models only) are provided standard. An optional 2nd year extended parts and labor warranty is also available.

DIMENSIONAL DATA Net capacity cu. ft. Length - overall in. Depth - overall in. Depth - with door open 90° Clear door height in. Clear door width in. Height - overall on 6" legs in. Number of shelves - total Shelf area sq. ft. ELECTRICAL DATA Voltage Full Load Amperes Wattage REFRIGERATION DATA Refrigerant BTU/HR - H.P.1 SHIPPING DATA Net Wt. lbs. Gross Wt. lbs.

1=

ULT27 7.1 27 307/8 545/8 241/8 22 /4 351/2 2 4.88 115/60/1 6.3 510 R-404A

3

ULT48 13.1 48 307/8 50 241/8 18 /4 351/2 4 10.3 115/60/1 7.7 603 R-404A

1

ULT60 16.7 60 307/8 543/8 241/8 223/4 351/2 4 13.2 115/60/1 8.7 730 R-404A

1450 (1/3 HP) 1610 (1/3 HP) 2160 (1/2 HP) 260 285 275 300 365 390

NOTES Based on a 90 degree F ambient and -10 degree F evaporator.

Equipped With One NEMA 5-15 P Plug

NOTE: When ordering please specify: Voltage, Hinging, Optional Accessories and any additional warranties. Continued product development may necessitate specification changes without notice. Part No. TR35820 (revised 9/03)

NOTE: Freight charges are FOB destination for dock to dock delivery within the continental USA. Liftgate delivery charges are additional. For inside delivery charges, please consult factory.

SECTION 9-2

TRAULSEN 4401 BLUE MOUND RD. PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 Website: www.traulsen.com

FT. WORTH, TX 76106 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302

Traulsen

Restaurant Depot #134

Page: 58-4

Traulsen

Model: ULT48-LR

Item#: 59

Project Model Specified:

Quantity

Item # CSI Section 11400

Compact Undercounter Freezers/ Self-Contained

27", 48" & 60" Wide Models

ULT

SERIES

Stainless Exterior, Anodized Aluminum Interior

27" Wide One Door Model 48" Wide Two Door Model 60" Wide Two Door Model

ULT27 ULT48 ULT60

Finally there is a compact undercounter product worthy of the Traulsen name. Their rugged construction and high quality components make these units capable of standing up to the demanding environment of any foodservice kitchen. Each unit is built with a high quality stainless steel exterior and durable anodized aluminum interior. They are also designed for high performance, providing accurate temperature maintenance. Fresh, safe food is assured, even under the most demanding conditions. Their front breathing design allows for "zero-clearance" installation. As a result they can be placed right up against the backwall and alongside other kitchen equipment, saving valuable floor space. Additionally, they offer a wide range of optional accessories to choose from, and are ideal for use with many different type applications.

Left To Right Models ULT60, ULT48 & ULT27

(shown with optional casters)

Standard Product Features

· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · Stainless Steel Exterior Top, Sides & Door(s) Anodized Aluminum Interior Front Breathing Self-Contained Refrigeration System Environmentally Friendly R-404A Refrigerant Self-Closing Stainless Steel Door(s) With Stay Open Feature At 105 Degrees Horizontal Work Flow Door Handle Anodized Aluminum Interior Door Liner Standard Door Hinging: ULT27 = Left, ULT48 = Left/Right, ULT60 = Left/Right (other hingings available) Interior Mounted Thermometer Two (2) Powder Coated Shelves Per Door, Mounted On Pilasters Automatic Non-Electric Condensate Evaporator Magnetic Snap-In Door Gasket(s) 8' Cord & Plug Attached Set of Four (4) 6" High Adjustable Legs (6 for model ULT60) One Year Parts And Labor Warranty Five Year Compressor Warranty

Options & Accessories

· · · · · · · · · · 22 Gauge Stainless Steel Worktop With 4" High Backsplash Stainless Steel Finished Back Additional Powder Coated Shelves 6" Overall Height Casters (for use in lieu of legs) 4" Overall Height Casters (for use in lieu of legs) 3-1/2" Overall Height Casters (for use in lieu of legs) 2-1/2" Overall Height Casters (for use in lieu of legs, 27" models only) 4" High Stainless Steel Utility Base (for use in lieu of legs) Compact Undercounter Stacking Kit (for use in stacking two 27" units one on top of the other) Two Year Service/Labor Warranty Available

Listed by Underwriters Laboratories Inc., to U.S. and Canadian safety standards and Listed by NSF International.

Approval: ___________________________________

TRAULSEN 4401 BLUE MOUND RD. PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 Website: www.traulsen.com

FT. WORTH, TX 76106 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302

SECTION 9-2

Traulsen

Restaurant Depot #134

Page: 59-1

Traulsen

Model: ULT48-LR

Item#: 59

Project Model Specified:

Quantity

Item # CSI Section 11400

Elevation - ULT27

Plan - ULT27

Elevation - ULT48

Plan - ULT48

SECTION 9-2

TRAULSEN 4401 BLUE MOUND RD. PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 Website: www.traulsen.com

FT. WORTH, TX 76106 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302

Traulsen

Restaurant Depot #134

Page: 59-2

Traulsen

Model: ULT48-LR

Item#: 59

Project Model Specified:

Quantity

Item # CSI Section 11400

Section - 27" & 60" Models

Section - 48" Models

Elevation - ULT60

Plan - ULT60 TRAULSEN 4401 BLUE MOUND RD. PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 Website: www.traulsen.com

FT. WORTH, TX 76106 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302

SECTION 9-2

Traulsen

Restaurant Depot #134

Page: 59-3

Traulsen

Model: ULT48-LR

Item#: 59

Project Model Specified:

Quantity

Item # CSI Section 11400

Specifications

Construction, Hardware and Insulation Cabinet exterior front, one piece sides, louver assembly and doors are constructed of 22 gauge stainless steel. Cabinet interior and door liners are constructed of anodized aluminum. The exterior cabinet back and bottom are constructed of galvanized steel. A stainless steel door with a recessed work-flow handle and anodized aluminum liner is provided. The door self closes at less than 90 degrees and also includes a stay open feature at 105 degrees. Easily removable for cleaning, vinyl magnetic door gasket assures tight door seal. Both the cabinet and door(s) are insulated with an average of 2" thick high density, non-CFC, foamed in place polyurethane. Refrigeration System A balanced, rear mounted, front breathing, self-contained refrigeration system using R-404A refrigerant is provided. It features a capillary tube metering device, air-cooled hermetic compressor, a forced air evaporator coil and a non-electric condensate evaporator. An 8' cord and plug is provided. Standard operating temperature is 0 to -5°F. Interior Standard interior arrangements include two (2) powder coated wire shelves per door, mounted on pilasters. These are adjustable in 1/2" increments, allowing for a minimum of 1-1/2" spacing between shelves. Warranties Both a one year parts and labor warranty and a five year compressor warranty (selfcontained models only) are provided standard. An optional 2nd year extended parts and labor warranty is also available.

DIMENSIONAL DATA Net capacity cu. ft. Length - overall in. Depth - overall in. Depth - with door open 90° Clear door height in. Clear door width in. Height - overall on 6" legs in. Number of shelves - total Shelf area sq. ft. ELECTRICAL DATA Voltage Full Load Amperes Wattage REFRIGERATION DATA Refrigerant BTU/HR - H.P.1 SHIPPING DATA Net Wt. lbs. Gross Wt. lbs.

1=

ULT27 7.1 27 307/8 545/8 241/8 22 /4 351/2 2 4.88 115/60/1 6.3 510 R-404A

3

ULT48 13.1 48 307/8 50 241/8 18 /4 351/2 4 10.3 115/60/1 7.7 603 R-404A

1

ULT60 16.7 60 307/8 543/8 241/8 223/4 351/2 4 13.2 115/60/1 8.7 730 R-404A

1450 (1/3 HP) 1610 (1/3 HP) 2160 (1/2 HP) 260 285 275 300 365 390

NOTES Based on a 90 degree F ambient and -10 degree F evaporator.

Equipped With One NEMA 5-15 P Plug

NOTE: When ordering please specify: Voltage, Hinging, Optional Accessories and any additional warranties. Continued product development may necessitate specification changes without notice. Part No. TR35820 (revised 9/03)

NOTE: Freight charges are FOB destination for dock to dock delivery within the continental USA. Liftgate delivery charges are additional. For inside delivery charges, please consult factory.

SECTION 9-2

TRAULSEN 4401 BLUE MOUND RD. PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 Website: www.traulsen.com

FT. WORTH, TX 76106 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302

Traulsen

Restaurant Depot #134

Page: 59-4

Traulsen

Model: ULT60-LR

Item#: 60

Project Model Specified:

Quantity

Item # CSI Section 11400

Compact Undercounter Freezers/ Self-Contained

27", 48" & 60" Wide Models

ULT

SERIES

Stainless Exterior, Anodized Aluminum Interior

27" Wide One Door Model 48" Wide Two Door Model 60" Wide Two Door Model

ULT27 ULT48 ULT60

Finally there is a compact undercounter product worthy of the Traulsen name. Their rugged construction and high quality components make these units capable of standing up to the demanding environment of any foodservice kitchen. Each unit is built with a high quality stainless steel exterior and durable anodized aluminum interior. They are also designed for high performance, providing accurate temperature maintenance. Fresh, safe food is assured, even under the most demanding conditions. Their front breathing design allows for "zero-clearance" installation. As a result they can be placed right up against the backwall and alongside other kitchen equipment, saving valuable floor space. Additionally, they offer a wide range of optional accessories to choose from, and are ideal for use with many different type applications.

Left To Right Models ULT60, ULT48 & ULT27

(shown with optional casters)

Standard Product Features

· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · Stainless Steel Exterior Top, Sides & Door(s) Anodized Aluminum Interior Front Breathing Self-Contained Refrigeration System Environmentally Friendly R-404A Refrigerant Self-Closing Stainless Steel Door(s) With Stay Open Feature At 105 Degrees Horizontal Work Flow Door Handle Anodized Aluminum Interior Door Liner Standard Door Hinging: ULT27 = Left, ULT48 = Left/Right, ULT60 = Left/Right (other hingings available) Interior Mounted Thermometer Two (2) Powder Coated Shelves Per Door, Mounted On Pilasters Automatic Non-Electric Condensate Evaporator Magnetic Snap-In Door Gasket(s) 8' Cord & Plug Attached Set of Four (4) 6" High Adjustable Legs (6 for model ULT60) One Year Parts And Labor Warranty Five Year Compressor Warranty

Options & Accessories

· · · · · · · · · · 22 Gauge Stainless Steel Worktop With 4" High Backsplash Stainless Steel Finished Back Additional Powder Coated Shelves 6" Overall Height Casters (for use in lieu of legs) 4" Overall Height Casters (for use in lieu of legs) 3-1/2" Overall Height Casters (for use in lieu of legs) 2-1/2" Overall Height Casters (for use in lieu of legs, 27" models only) 4" High Stainless Steel Utility Base (for use in lieu of legs) Compact Undercounter Stacking Kit (for use in stacking two 27" units one on top of the other) Two Year Service/Labor Warranty Available

Listed by Underwriters Laboratories Inc., to U.S. and Canadian safety standards and Listed by NSF International.

Approval: ___________________________________

TRAULSEN 4401 BLUE MOUND RD. PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 Website: www.traulsen.com

FT. WORTH, TX 76106 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302

SECTION 9-2

Traulsen

Restaurant Depot #134

Page: 60-1

Traulsen

Model: ULT60-LR

Item#: 60

Project Model Specified:

Quantity

Item # CSI Section 11400

Elevation - ULT27

Plan - ULT27

Elevation - ULT48

Plan - ULT48

SECTION 9-2

TRAULSEN 4401 BLUE MOUND RD. PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 Website: www.traulsen.com

FT. WORTH, TX 76106 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302

Traulsen

Restaurant Depot #134

Page: 60-2

Traulsen

Model: ULT60-LR

Item#: 60

Project Model Specified:

Quantity

Item # CSI Section 11400

Section - 27" & 60" Models

Section - 48" Models

Elevation - ULT60

Plan - ULT60 TRAULSEN 4401 BLUE MOUND RD. PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 Website: www.traulsen.com

FT. WORTH, TX 76106 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302

SECTION 9-2

Traulsen

Restaurant Depot #134

Page: 60-3

Traulsen

Model: ULT60-LR

Item#: 60

Project Model Specified:

Quantity

Item # CSI Section 11400

Specifications

Construction, Hardware and Insulation Cabinet exterior front, one piece sides, louver assembly and doors are constructed of 22 gauge stainless steel. Cabinet interior and door liners are constructed of anodized aluminum. The exterior cabinet back and bottom are constructed of galvanized steel. A stainless steel door with a recessed work-flow handle and anodized aluminum liner is provided. The door self closes at less than 90 degrees and also includes a stay open feature at 105 degrees. Easily removable for cleaning, vinyl magnetic door gasket assures tight door seal. Both the cabinet and door(s) are insulated with an average of 2" thick high density, non-CFC, foamed in place polyurethane. Refrigeration System A balanced, rear mounted, front breathing, self-contained refrigeration system using R-404A refrigerant is provided. It features a capillary tube metering device, air-cooled hermetic compressor, a forced air evaporator coil and a non-electric condensate evaporator. An 8' cord and plug is provided. Standard operating temperature is 0 to -5°F. Interior Standard interior arrangements include two (2) powder coated wire shelves per door, mounted on pilasters. These are adjustable in 1/2" increments, allowing for a minimum of 1-1/2" spacing between shelves. Warranties Both a one year parts and labor warranty and a five year compressor warranty (selfcontained models only) are provided standard. An optional 2nd year extended parts and labor warranty is also available.

DIMENSIONAL DATA Net capacity cu. ft. Length - overall in. Depth - overall in. Depth - with door open 90° Clear door height in. Clear door width in. Height - overall on 6" legs in. Number of shelves - total Shelf area sq. ft. ELECTRICAL DATA Voltage Full Load Amperes Wattage REFRIGERATION DATA Refrigerant BTU/HR - H.P.1 SHIPPING DATA Net Wt. lbs. Gross Wt. lbs.

1=

ULT27 7.1 27 307/8 545/8 241/8 22 /4 351/2 2 4.88 115/60/1 6.3 510 R-404A

3

ULT48 13.1 48 307/8 50 241/8 18 /4 351/2 4 10.3 115/60/1 7.7 603 R-404A

1

ULT60 16.7 60 307/8 543/8 241/8 223/4 351/2 4 13.2 115/60/1 8.7 730 R-404A

1450 (1/3 HP) 1610 (1/3 HP) 2160 (1/2 HP) 260 285 275 300 365 390

NOTES Based on a 90 degree F ambient and -10 degree F evaporator.

Equipped With One NEMA 5-15 P Plug

NOTE: When ordering please specify: Voltage, Hinging, Optional Accessories and any additional warranties. Continued product development may necessitate specification changes without notice. Part No. TR35820 (revised 9/03)

NOTE: Freight charges are FOB destination for dock to dock delivery within the continental USA. Liftgate delivery charges are additional. For inside delivery charges, please consult factory.

SECTION 9-2

TRAULSEN 4401 BLUE MOUND RD. PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 Website: www.traulsen.com

FT. WORTH, TX 76106 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302

Traulsen

Restaurant Depot #134

Page: 60-4

Traulsen

Model: UPT279-L

Item#: 61

Project Model Specified:

Quantity

Item # CSI Section 11400

Compact Prep Table Refrigerators/ Self-Contained

27" Wide Models

UPT

SERIES

Stainless Exterior, Anodized Aluminum Interior

27" Wide Six Pan Capacity Model 27" Wide Nine Pan Capacity Model

UPT276 UPT279

Finally there is a compact prep table product worthy of the Traulsen name. Their rugged construction and high quality components make these units capable of standing up to the demanding environment of any foodservice kitchen. Each unit is built with a high quality stainless steel exterior and durable anodized aluminum interior. They are also designed for high performance, providing accurate temperature maintenance within NSF Standard 7 guidelines. Fresh, safe food is assured, even under the most demanding conditions. Their front breathing design allows for "zero-clearance" installation. As a result they can be placed right up against the backwall and alongside other kitchen equipment, saving valuable floor space. Additionally, they are supplied with top cut-outs in order to accommodate sixth size food pans. A full compliment of 4" deep sixth size plastic pans is provided.

Model UPT276

(shown with optional casters)

Standard Product Features

· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · Stainless Steel Exterior Top, Sides & Door Anodized Aluminum Interior Front Breathing Self-Contained Refrigeration System Environmentally Friendly R-134a Refrigerant Top Cut-Outs To Accommodate Sixth Size Pans Full Compliment Of Plastic Sixth Size Pans Provided Removable Stainless Steel Pan Cover With Pivoting Front Lid Reversible Full Length Nylon Cutting Board Self-Closing Stainless Steel Door With Stay Open Feature At 105 Degrees Horizontal Work Flow Door Handle Anodized Aluminum Interior Door Liner Standard Door Hinging: UPT276 = Left, UPT279 = Left (optional right hand hinging also available) Interior Mounted Thermometer Two (2) Powder Coated Shelves, Mounted On Pilasters Automatic Non-Electric Condensate Evaporator Magnetic Snap-In Door Gasket 8' Cord & Plug Attached Set of Four (4) 6" High Adjustable Legs One Year Parts And Labor Warranty Five Year Compressor Warranty

Options & Accessories

· · · · · · · · Stainless Steel Finished Back Additional Powder Coated Shelves 6" Overall Height Casters (for use in lieu of legs) 4" Overall Height Casters (for use in lieu of legs) 3-1/2" Overall Height Casters (for use in lieu of legs) 2-1/2" Overall Height Casters (for use in lieu of legs) 4" High Stainless Steel Utility Base (for use in lieu of legs) Two Year Service/Labor Warranty Available

Listed by Underwriters Laboratories Inc., to U.S. and Canadian safety standards and Listed by NSF International in accordance with ANSI/NSF7.

Approval: ___________________________________

TRAULSEN 4401 BLUE MOUND RD. PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 Website: www.traulsen.com

FT. WORTH, TX 76106 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302

SECTION 9-3

Traulsen

Restaurant Depot #134

Page: 61-1

Traulsen

Model: UPT279-L

Item#: 61

Project Model Specified:

Quantity

Item # CSI Section 11400

Model UPT276

Six (6) Sixth Size Pan Capacity Compact Undercounter Refrigerator Model

(six 4" deep sixth size plastic pans provided)

Elevation - UPT276

Plan - UPT276

Section - UPT276

SECTION 9-3

TRAULSEN 4401 BLUE MOUND RD. PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 Website: www.traulsen.com

FT. WORTH, TX 76106 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302

Traulsen

Restaurant Depot #134

Page: 61-2

Traulsen

Model: UPT279-L

Item#: 61

Project Model Specified:

Quantity

Item # CSI Section 11400

Model UPT279

Nine (9) Sixth Size Pan Capacity Compact Undercounter Refrigerator Model

(nine 4" deep sixth size plastic pans provided)

Elevation - UPT279

Plan - UPT279

Section - UPT279

TRAULSEN 4401 BLUE MOUND RD. PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 Website: www.traulsen.com

FT. WORTH, TX 76106 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302

SECTION 9-3

Traulsen

Restaurant Depot #134

Page: 61-3

Traulsen

Model: UPT279-L

Item#: 61

Project Model Specified:

Quantity

Item # CSI Section 11400

Specifications

Construction, Hardware and Insulation Cabinet exterior front, one piece sides, louver assembly and doors are constructed of 22 gauge stainless steel. Cabinet interior and door liners are constructed of anodized aluminum. The exterior cabinet back and bottom are constructed of galvanized steel. A stainless steel door with a recessed work-flow handle and anodized aluminum liner is provided. The door self closes at less than 90 degrees and also includes a stay open feature at 105 degrees. Easily removable for cleaning, vinyl magnetic door gasket assures tight door seal. Both the cabinet and door(s) are insulated with an average of 2" thick high density, non-CFC, foamed in place polyurethane. A full length reversible nylon cutting board, 12" wide (for model UPT276) or 8" wide (for model UPT279) is supplied standard. Pans & Cover Each model is supplied standard with its full compliment of 4" deep plastic sixth size pans and stainless steel pan dividers. The pivoting pan cover is constructed of stainless steel, and is removable for cleaning. Refrigeration System A balanced, rear mounted, front breathing, self-contained refrigeration system using R-134a refrigerant is provided. It features a capillary tube metering device, air-cooled hermetic compressor, a forced air evaporator coil and a non-electric condensate evaporator. An 8' cord and plug is provided. Standard operating temperature is 34 to 38°F. Interior Standard interior arrangements include two (2) powder coated wire shelves per door, mounted on pilasters. These are adjustable in 1/2" increments, allowing for a minimum of 1-1/2" spacing between shelves. Warranties Both a one year parts and labor warranty and a five year compressor warranty (selfcontained models only) are provided standard. An optional 2nd year extended parts and labor warranty is also available.

DIMENSIONAL DATA Net capacity cu. ft. Length - overall in. Depth - overall in.1 Depth - with door open 90° Clear door height in. Clear door width in. Height - overall on 6" legs in. Number of shelves - total Shelf area sq. ft. Pan Capacity - Sixth Size ELECTRICAL DATA Voltage Full Load Amperes Wattage REFRIGERATION DATA Refrigerant BTU/HR - H.P.2 SHIPPING DATA Net Wt. lbs. Gross Wt. lbs.

1= 2=

UPT276 7.1 27 333/8 545/8 241/8 22 /4 443/4 2 4.88 6 115/60/1 4.5 345 R-134a

3

UPT279 7.1 27 333/8 543/8 241/8 223/4 46 2 4.88 9 115/60/1 4.5 345 R-134a

1020 (1/5 HP) 1020 (1/5 HP) 270 280 270 280

NOTES Overall depth figure includes standard cutting board. Based on a 90 degree F ambient and 20 degree F evaporator.

Equipped With One NEMA 5-15 P Plug

NOTE: When ordering please specify: Voltage, Hinging, Optional Accessories and any additional warranties. Continued product development may necessitate specification changes without notice. Part No. TR35821 (revised 9/03)

NOTE: Freight charges are FOB destination for dock to dock delivery within the continental USA. Liftgate delivery charges are additional. For inside delivery charges, please consult factory.

SECTION 9-3

TRAULSEN 4401 BLUE MOUND RD. PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 Website: www.traulsen.com

FT. WORTH, TX 76106 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302

Traulsen

Restaurant Depot #134

Page: 61-4

Traulsen

Model: UPT279-R

Item#: 62

Project Model Specified:

Quantity

Item # CSI Section 11400

Compact Prep Table Refrigerators/ Self-Contained

27" Wide Models

UPT

SERIES

Stainless Exterior, Anodized Aluminum Interior

27" Wide Six Pan Capacity Model 27" Wide Nine Pan Capacity Model

UPT276 UPT279

Finally there is a compact prep table product worthy of the Traulsen name. Their rugged construction and high quality components make these units capable of standing up to the demanding environment of any foodservice kitchen. Each unit is built with a high quality stainless steel exterior and durable anodized aluminum interior. They are also designed for high performance, providing accurate temperature maintenance within NSF Standard 7 guidelines. Fresh, safe food is assured, even under the most demanding conditions. Their front breathing design allows for "zero-clearance" installation. As a result they can be placed right up against the backwall and alongside other kitchen equipment, saving valuable floor space. Additionally, they are supplied with top cut-outs in order to accommodate sixth size food pans. A full compliment of 4" deep sixth size plastic pans is provided.

Model UPT276

(shown with optional casters)

Standard Product Features

· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · Stainless Steel Exterior Top, Sides & Door Anodized Aluminum Interior Front Breathing Self-Contained Refrigeration System Environmentally Friendly R-134a Refrigerant Top Cut-Outs To Accommodate Sixth Size Pans Full Compliment Of Plastic Sixth Size Pans Provided Removable Stainless Steel Pan Cover With Pivoting Front Lid Reversible Full Length Nylon Cutting Board Self-Closing Stainless Steel Door With Stay Open Feature At 105 Degrees Horizontal Work Flow Door Handle Anodized Aluminum Interior Door Liner Standard Door Hinging: UPT276 = Left, UPT279 = Left (optional right hand hinging also available) Interior Mounted Thermometer Two (2) Powder Coated Shelves, Mounted On Pilasters Automatic Non-Electric Condensate Evaporator Magnetic Snap-In Door Gasket 8' Cord & Plug Attached Set of Four (4) 6" High Adjustable Legs One Year Parts And Labor Warranty Five Year Compressor Warranty

Options & Accessories

· · · · · · · · Stainless Steel Finished Back Additional Powder Coated Shelves 6" Overall Height Casters (for use in lieu of legs) 4" Overall Height Casters (for use in lieu of legs) 3-1/2" Overall Height Casters (for use in lieu of legs) 2-1/2" Overall Height Casters (for use in lieu of legs) 4" High Stainless Steel Utility Base (for use in lieu of legs) Two Year Service/Labor Warranty Available

Listed by Underwriters Laboratories Inc., to U.S. and Canadian safety standards and Listed by NSF International in accordance with ANSI/NSF7.

Approval: ___________________________________

TRAULSEN 4401 BLUE MOUND RD. PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 Website: www.traulsen.com

FT. WORTH, TX 76106 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302

SECTION 9-3

Traulsen

Restaurant Depot #134

Page: 62-1

Traulsen

Model: UPT279-R

Item#: 62

Project Model Specified:

Quantity

Item # CSI Section 11400

Model UPT276

Six (6) Sixth Size Pan Capacity Compact Undercounter Refrigerator Model

(six 4" deep sixth size plastic pans provided)

Elevation - UPT276

Plan - UPT276

Section - UPT276

SECTION 9-3

TRAULSEN 4401 BLUE MOUND RD. PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 Website: www.traulsen.com

FT. WORTH, TX 76106 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302

Traulsen

Restaurant Depot #134

Page: 62-2

Traulsen

Model: UPT279-R

Item#: 62

Project Model Specified:

Quantity

Item # CSI Section 11400

Model UPT279

Nine (9) Sixth Size Pan Capacity Compact Undercounter Refrigerator Model

(nine 4" deep sixth size plastic pans provided)

Elevation - UPT279

Plan - UPT279

Section - UPT279

TRAULSEN 4401 BLUE MOUND RD. PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 Website: www.traulsen.com

FT. WORTH, TX 76106 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302

SECTION 9-3

Traulsen

Restaurant Depot #134

Page: 62-3

Traulsen

Model: UPT279-R

Item#: 62

Project Model Specified:

Quantity

Item # CSI Section 11400

Specifications

Construction, Hardware and Insulation Cabinet exterior front, one piece sides, louver assembly and doors are constructed of 22 gauge stainless steel. Cabinet interior and door liners are constructed of anodized aluminum. The exterior cabinet back and bottom are constructed of galvanized steel. A stainless steel door with a recessed work-flow handle and anodized aluminum liner is provided. The door self closes at less than 90 degrees and also includes a stay open feature at 105 degrees. Easily removable for cleaning, vinyl magnetic door gasket assures tight door seal. Both the cabinet and door(s) are insulated with an average of 2" thick high density, non-CFC, foamed in place polyurethane. A full length reversible nylon cutting board, 12" wide (for model UPT276) or 8" wide (for model UPT279) is supplied standard. Pans & Cover Each model is supplied standard with its full compliment of 4" deep plastic sixth size pans and stainless steel pan dividers. The pivoting pan cover is constructed of stainless steel, and is removable for cleaning. Refrigeration System A balanced, rear mounted, front breathing, self-contained refrigeration system using R-134a refrigerant is provided. It features a capillary tube metering device, air-cooled hermetic compressor, a forced air evaporator coil and a non-electric condensate evaporator. An 8' cord and plug is provided. Standard operating temperature is 34 to 38°F. Interior Standard interior arrangements include two (2) powder coated wire shelves per door, mounted on pilasters. These are adjustable in 1/2" increments, allowing for a minimum of 1-1/2" spacing between shelves. Warranties Both a one year parts and labor warranty and a five year compressor warranty (selfcontained models only) are provided standard. An optional 2nd year extended parts and labor warranty is also available.

DIMENSIONAL DATA Net capacity cu. ft. Length - overall in. Depth - overall in.1 Depth - with door open 90° Clear door height in. Clear door width in. Height - overall on 6" legs in. Number of shelves - total Shelf area sq. ft. Pan Capacity - Sixth Size ELECTRICAL DATA Voltage Full Load Amperes Wattage REFRIGERATION DATA Refrigerant BTU/HR - H.P.2 SHIPPING DATA Net Wt. lbs. Gross Wt. lbs.

1= 2=

UPT276 7.1 27 333/8 545/8 241/8 22 /4 443/4 2 4.88 6 115/60/1 4.5 345 R-134a

3

UPT279 7.1 27 333/8 543/8 241/8 223/4 46 2 4.88 9 115/60/1 4.5 345 R-134a

1020 (1/5 HP) 1020 (1/5 HP) 270 280 270 280

NOTES Overall depth figure includes standard cutting board. Based on a 90 degree F ambient and 20 degree F evaporator.

Equipped With One NEMA 5-15 P Plug

NOTE: When ordering please specify: Voltage, Hinging, Optional Accessories and any additional warranties. Continued product development may necessitate specification changes without notice. Part No. TR35821 (revised 9/03)

NOTE: Freight charges are FOB destination for dock to dock delivery within the continental USA. Liftgate delivery charges are additional. For inside delivery charges, please consult factory.

SECTION 9-3

TRAULSEN 4401 BLUE MOUND RD. PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 Website: www.traulsen.com

FT. WORTH, TX 76106 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302

Traulsen

Restaurant Depot #134

Page: 62-4

Traulsen

Model: UPT4812-LR

Item#: 63

Project Model Specified:

Quantity

Item # CSI Section 11400

Compact Prep Table Refrigerators/ Self-Contained

48" Wide Models

UPT

SERIES

Stainless Exterior, Anodized Aluminum Interior

48" Wide Eight Pan Capacity Model 48" Wide Twelve Pan Capacity Model 48" Wide Eighteen Pan Capacity Model

UPT488 UPT4812 UPT4818

Finally there is a compact prep table product worthy of the Traulsen name. Their rugged construction and high quality components make these units capable of standing up to the demanding environment of any foodservice kitchen. Each unit is built with a high quality stainless steel exterior and durable anodized aluminum interior. They are also designed for high performance, providing accurate temperature maintenance within NSF Standard 7 guidelines. Fresh, safe food is assured, even under the most demanding conditions. Their front breathing design allows for "zero-clearance" installation. As a result they can be placed right up against the backwall and alongside other kitchen equipment, saving valuable floor space. Additionally, they are supplied with top cut-outs in order to accommodate sixth size food pans. A full compliment of 4" deep sixth size plastic pans is provided.

Model UPT4812

(shown with optional casters)

Standard Product Features

· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · Stainless Steel Exterior Top, Sides & Doors Anodized Aluminum Interior Front Breathing Self-Contained Refrigeration System Environmentally Friendly R-134a Refrigerant Top Cut-Outs To Accommodate Sixth Size Pans Full Compliment Of Plastic Sixth Size Pans Provided Removable Stainless Steel Pan Cover With Pivoting Front Lid Reversible Full Length Nylon Cutting Board Self-Closing Stainless Steel Doors With Stay Open Feature At 105 Degrees Horizontal Work Flow Door Handles Anodized Aluminum Interior Door Liners Standard Door Hinging, All Models: Left/Right (other hingings also available) Interior Mounted Thermometer Two (2) Powder Coated Shelves Per Door, Mounted On Pilasters Automatic Non-Electric Condensate Evaporator Magnetic Snap-In Door Gaskets 8' Cord & Plug Attached Set of Four (4) 6" High Adjustable Legs One Year Parts And Labor Warranty Five Year Compressor Warranty

Options & Accessories

· · · · · · · Stainless Steel Finished Back Additional Powder Coated Shelves 6" Overall Height Casters (for use in lieu of legs) 4" Overall Height Casters (for use in lieu of legs) 3-1/2" Overall Height Casters (for use in lieu of legs) 4" High Stainless Steel Utility Base (for use in lieu of legs) Two Year Service/Labor Warranty Available

Listed by Underwriters Laboratories Inc., to U.S. and Canadian safety standards and Listed by NSF International in accordance with ANSI/NSF7.

Approval: ___________________________________

TRAULSEN 4401 BLUE MOUND RD. PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 Website: www.traulsen.com

FT. WORTH, TX 76106 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302

SECTION 9-4

Traulsen

Restaurant Depot #134

Page: 63-1

Traulsen

Model: UPT4812-LR

Item#: 63

Project Model Specified:

Quantity

Item # CSI Section 11400

Model UPT488

Eight (8) Sixth Size Pan Capacity Compact Undercounter Refrigerator Model

(eight 4" deep sixth size plastic pans provided)

Elevation - UPT488

Plan - UPT488

Model UPT4812

Twelve (12) Sixth Size Pan Capacity Compact Undercounter Refrigerator Model

(twelve 4" deep sixth size plastic pans provided)

Elevation - UPT4812

Plan - UPT4812

Section - UPT488

Section - UPT4812

SECTION 9-4

TRAULSEN 4401 BLUE MOUND RD. PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 Website: www.traulsen.com

FT. WORTH, TX 76106 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302

Traulsen

Restaurant Depot #134

Page: 63-2

Traulsen

Model: UPT4812-LR

Item#: 63

Project Model Specified:

Quantity

Item # CSI Section 11400

Model UPT4818

Eighteen (18) Sixth Size Pan Capacity Compact Undercounter Refrigerator Model

(eighteen 4" deep sixth size plastic pans provided)

Elevation - UPT4818

Plan - UPT4818

Section - UPT4818

TRAULSEN 4401 BLUE MOUND RD. PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 Website: www.traulsen.com

FT. WORTH, TX 76106 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302

SECTION 9-4

Traulsen

Restaurant Depot #134

Page: 63-3

Traulsen

Model: UPT4812-LR

Item#: 63

Project Model Specified:

Quantity

Item # CSI Section 11400

Specifications

Construction, Hardware and Insulation Cabinet exterior front, one piece sides, louver assembly and doors are constructed of 22 gauge stainless steel. Cabinet interior and door liners are constructed of anodized aluminum. The exterior cabinet back and bottom are constructed of galvanized steel. A stainless steel door with a recessed work-flow handle and anodized aluminum liner is provided. The door self closes at less than 90 degrees and also includes a stay open feature at 105 degrees. Easily removable for cleaning, vinyl magnetic door gasket assures tight door seal. Both the cabinet and door(s) are insulated with an average of 2" thick high density, non-CFC, foamed in place polyurethane. A full length reversible nylon cutting board, 12" wide (for models UPT488 and UPT4812) or 8" wide (for model UPT4818) is supplied standard. Pans & Cover Each model is supplied standard with its full compliment of 4" deep plastic sixth size pans and stainless steel pan dividers. The pivoting pan cover is constructed of stainless steel, and is removable for cleaning. Refrigeration System A balanced, rear mounted, front breathing, self-contained refrigeration system using R-134a refrigerant is provided. It features a capillary tube metering device, air-cooled hermetic compressor, a forced air evaporator coil and a non-electric condensate evaporator. An 8' cord and plug is provided. Standard operating temperature is 34 to 38°F. Interior Standard interior arrangements include two (2) powder coated wire shelves per door, mounted on pilasters. These are adjustable in 1/2" increments, allowing for a minimum of 1-1/2" spacing between shelves. Warranties Both a one year parts and labor warranty and a five year compressor warranty (selfcontained models only) are provided standard. An optional 2nd year extended parts and labor warranty is also available.

DIMENSIONAL DATA Net capacity cu. ft. Length - overall in. Depth - overall in.1 Depth - with door open 90° Clear door height in. Clear door width in. Height - overall on 6" legs in. Number of shelves - total Shelf area sq. ft. Pan Capacity - Sixth Size ELECTRICAL DATA Voltage Full Load Amperes Wattage REFRIGERATION DATA Refrigerant BTU/HR - H.P.2 SHIPPING DATA Net Wt. lbs. Gross Wt. lbs.

1= 2=

UPT488 13.1 48 333/8 50 241/8 181/4 443/4 4 10.3 8 115/60/1 6.3 520 R-134a

UPT4812 13.1 48 333/8 50 241/8 181/4 443/4 4 10.3 12 115/60/1 6.3 520 R-134a

UPT4818 13.1 48 333/8 50 241/8 181/4 46 4 10.3 18 115/60/1 6.3 520 R-134a

1600 (1/4 HP) 1600 (1/4 HP) 1600 (1/4 HP) 285 300 285 300 285 300

NOTES Overall depth figure includes standard cutting board. Based on a 90 degree F ambient and 20 degree F evaporator.

Equipped With One NEMA 5-15 P Plug

NOTE: When ordering please specify: Voltage, Hinging, Optional Accessories and any additional warranties. Continued product development may necessitate specification changes without notice. Part No. TR35822 (revised 9/03)

NOTE: Freight charges are FOB destination for dock to dock delivery within the continental USA. Liftgate delivery charges are additional. For inside delivery charges, please consult factory.

SECTION 9-4

TRAULSEN 4401 BLUE MOUND RD. PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 Website: www.traulsen.com

FT. WORTH, TX 76106 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302

Traulsen

Restaurant Depot #134

Page: 63-4

Traulsen

Model: UPT4818-LR

Item#: 64

Project Model Specified:

Quantity

Item # CSI Section 11400

Compact Prep Table Refrigerators/ Self-Contained

48" Wide Models

UPT

SERIES

Stainless Exterior, Anodized Aluminum Interior

48" Wide Eight Pan Capacity Model 48" Wide Twelve Pan Capacity Model 48" Wide Eighteen Pan Capacity Model

UPT488 UPT4812 UPT4818

Finally there is a compact prep table product worthy of the Traulsen name. Their rugged construction and high quality components make these units capable of standing up to the demanding environment of any foodservice kitchen. Each unit is built with a high quality stainless steel exterior and durable anodized aluminum interior. They are also designed for high performance, providing accurate temperature maintenance within NSF Standard 7 guidelines. Fresh, safe food is assured, even under the most demanding conditions. Their front breathing design allows for "zero-clearance" installation. As a result they can be placed right up against the backwall and alongside other kitchen equipment, saving valuable floor space. Additionally, they are supplied with top cut-outs in order to accommodate sixth size food pans. A full compliment of 4" deep sixth size plastic pans is provided.

Model UPT4812

(shown with optional casters)

Standard Product Features

· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · Stainless Steel Exterior Top, Sides & Doors Anodized Aluminum Interior Front Breathing Self-Contained Refrigeration System Environmentally Friendly R-134a Refrigerant Top Cut-Outs To Accommodate Sixth Size Pans Full Compliment Of Plastic Sixth Size Pans Provided Removable Stainless Steel Pan Cover With Pivoting Front Lid Reversible Full Length Nylon Cutting Board Self-Closing Stainless Steel Doors With Stay Open Feature At 105 Degrees Horizontal Work Flow Door Handles Anodized Aluminum Interior Door Liners Standard Door Hinging, All Models: Left/Right (other hingings also available) Interior Mounted Thermometer Two (2) Powder Coated Shelves Per Door, Mounted On Pilasters Automatic Non-Electric Condensate Evaporator Magnetic Snap-In Door Gaskets 8' Cord & Plug Attached Set of Four (4) 6" High Adjustable Legs One Year Parts And Labor Warranty Five Year Compressor Warranty

Options & Accessories

· · · · · · · Stainless Steel Finished Back Additional Powder Coated Shelves 6" Overall Height Casters (for use in lieu of legs) 4" Overall Height Casters (for use in lieu of legs) 3-1/2" Overall Height Casters (for use in lieu of legs) 4" High Stainless Steel Utility Base (for use in lieu of legs) Two Year Service/Labor Warranty Available

Listed by Underwriters Laboratories Inc., to U.S. and Canadian safety standards and Listed by NSF International in accordance with ANSI/NSF7.

Approval: ___________________________________

TRAULSEN 4401 BLUE MOUND RD. PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 Website: www.traulsen.com

FT. WORTH, TX 76106 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302

SECTION 9-4

Traulsen

Restaurant Depot #134

Page: 64-1

Traulsen

Model: UPT4818-LR

Item#: 64

Project Model Specified:

Quantity

Item # CSI Section 11400

Model UPT488

Eight (8) Sixth Size Pan Capacity Compact Undercounter Refrigerator Model

(eight 4" deep sixth size plastic pans provided)

Elevation - UPT488

Plan - UPT488

Model UPT4812

Twelve (12) Sixth Size Pan Capacity Compact Undercounter Refrigerator Model

(twelve 4" deep sixth size plastic pans provided)

Elevation - UPT4812

Plan - UPT4812

Section - UPT488

Section - UPT4812

SECTION 9-4

TRAULSEN 4401 BLUE MOUND RD. PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 Website: www.traulsen.com

FT. WORTH, TX 76106 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302

Traulsen

Restaurant Depot #134

Page: 64-2

Traulsen

Model: UPT4818-LR

Item#: 64

Project Model Specified:

Quantity

Item # CSI Section 11400

Model UPT4818

Eighteen (18) Sixth Size Pan Capacity Compact Undercounter Refrigerator Model

(eighteen 4" deep sixth size plastic pans provided)

Elevation - UPT4818

Plan - UPT4818

Section - UPT4818

TRAULSEN 4401 BLUE MOUND RD. PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 Website: www.traulsen.com

FT. WORTH, TX 76106 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302

SECTION 9-4

Traulsen

Restaurant Depot #134

Page: 64-3

Traulsen

Model: UPT4818-LR

Item#: 64

Project Model Specified:

Quantity

Item # CSI Section 11400

Specifications

Construction, Hardware and Insulation Cabinet exterior front, one piece sides, louver assembly and doors are constructed of 22 gauge stainless steel. Cabinet interior and door liners are constructed of anodized aluminum. The exterior cabinet back and bottom are constructed of galvanized steel. A stainless steel door with a recessed work-flow handle and anodized aluminum liner is provided. The door self closes at less than 90 degrees and also includes a stay open feature at 105 degrees. Easily removable for cleaning, vinyl magnetic door gasket assures tight door seal. Both the cabinet and door(s) are insulated with an average of 2" thick high density, non-CFC, foamed in place polyurethane. A full length reversible nylon cutting board, 12" wide (for models UPT488 and UPT4812) or 8" wide (for model UPT4818) is supplied standard. Pans & Cover Each model is supplied standard with its full compliment of 4" deep plastic sixth size pans and stainless steel pan dividers. The pivoting pan cover is constructed of stainless steel, and is removable for cleaning. Refrigeration System A balanced, rear mounted, front breathing, self-contained refrigeration system using R-134a refrigerant is provided. It features a capillary tube metering device, air-cooled hermetic compressor, a forced air evaporator coil and a non-electric condensate evaporator. An 8' cord and plug is provided. Standard operating temperature is 34 to 38°F. Interior Standard interior arrangements include two (2) powder coated wire shelves per door, mounted on pilasters. These are adjustable in 1/2" increments, allowing for a minimum of 1-1/2" spacing between shelves. Warranties Both a one year parts and labor warranty and a five year compressor warranty (selfcontained models only) are provided standard. An optional 2nd year extended parts and labor warranty is also available.

DIMENSIONAL DATA Net capacity cu. ft. Length - overall in. Depth - overall in.1 Depth - with door open 90° Clear door height in. Clear door width in. Height - overall on 6" legs in. Number of shelves - total Shelf area sq. ft. Pan Capacity - Sixth Size ELECTRICAL DATA Voltage Full Load Amperes Wattage REFRIGERATION DATA Refrigerant BTU/HR - H.P.2 SHIPPING DATA Net Wt. lbs. Gross Wt. lbs.

1= 2=

UPT488 13.1 48 333/8 50 241/8 181/4 443/4 4 10.3 8 115/60/1 6.3 520 R-134a

UPT4812 13.1 48 333/8 50 241/8 181/4 443/4 4 10.3 12 115/60/1 6.3 520 R-134a

UPT4818 13.1 48 333/8 50 241/8 181/4 46 4 10.3 18 115/60/1 6.3 520 R-134a

1600 (1/4 HP) 1600 (1/4 HP) 1600 (1/4 HP) 285 300 285 300 285 300

NOTES Overall depth figure includes standard cutting board. Based on a 90 degree F ambient and 20 degree F evaporator.

Equipped With One NEMA 5-15 P Plug

NOTE: When ordering please specify: Voltage, Hinging, Optional Accessories and any additional warranties. Continued product development may necessitate specification changes without notice. Part No. TR35822 (revised 9/03)

NOTE: Freight charges are FOB destination for dock to dock delivery within the continental USA. Liftgate delivery charges are additional. For inside delivery charges, please consult factory.

SECTION 9-4

TRAULSEN 4401 BLUE MOUND RD. PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 Website: www.traulsen.com

FT. WORTH, TX 76106 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302

Traulsen

Restaurant Depot #134

Page: 64-4

Traulsen

Model: UPT6012-LR

Item#: 65

Project Model Specified:

Quantity

Item # CSI Section 11400

Compact Prep Table Refrigerators/ Self-Contained

60" Wide Models

UPT

SERIES

Stainless Exterior, Anodized Aluminum Interior

60" Wide Twelve Pan Capacity Model 60" Wide Twenty Four Pan Capacity Model

UPT6012 UPT6024

Finally there is a compact prep table product worthy of the Traulsen name. Their rugged construction and high quality components make these units capable of standing up to the demanding environment of any foodservice kitchen. Each unit is built with a high quality stainless steel exterior and durable anodized aluminum interior. They are also designed for high performance, providing accurate temperature maintenance within NSF Standard 7 guidelines. Fresh, safe food is assured, even under the most demanding conditions. Their front breathing design allows for "zero-clearance" installation. As a result they can be placed right up against the backwall and alongside other kitchen equipment, saving valuable floor space. Additionally, they are supplied with top cut-outs in order to accommodate sixth size food pans. A full compliment of 4" deep sixth size plastic pans is provided.

Model UPT6024

(shown with optional casters)

Standard Product Features

· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · Stainless Steel Exterior Top, Sides & Doors Anodized Aluminum Interior Front Breathing Self-Contained Refrigeration System Environmentally Friendly R-134a Refrigerant Top Cut-Outs To Accommodate Sixth Size Pans Full Compliment Of Plastic Sixth Size Pans Provided Removable Stainless Steel Pan Cover With Pivoting Front Lid Reversible Full Length Nylon Cutting Board Self-Closing Stainless Steel Doors With Stay Open Feature At 105 Degrees Horizontal Work Flow Door Handles Anodized Aluminum Interior Door Liners Standard Door Hinging, All Models: Left/Right (other hingings also available) Interior Mounted Thermometer Two (2) Powder Coated Shelves Per Door, Mounted On Pilasters Automatic Non-Electric Condensate Evaporator Magnetic Snap-In Door Gaskets 8' Cord & Plug Attached Set of Six (6) 6" High Adjustable Legs One Year Parts And Labor Warranty Five Year Compressor Warranty

Options & Accessories

· · · · · · · Stainless Steel Finished Back Additional Powder Coated Shelves 6" Overall Height Casters (for use in lieu of legs) 4" Overall Height Casters (for use in lieu of legs) 3-1/2" Overall Height Casters (for use in lieu of legs) 4" High Stainless Steel Utility Base (for use in lieu of legs) Two Year Service/Labor Warranty Available

Listed by Underwriters Laboratories Inc., to U.S. and Canadian safety standards and Listed by NSF International in accordance with ANSI/NSF7.

Approval: ___________________________________

TRAULSEN 4401 BLUE MOUND RD. PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 Website: www.traulsen.com

FT. WORTH, TX 76106 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302

SECTION 9-5

Traulsen

Restaurant Depot #134

Page: 65-1

Traulsen

Model: UPT6012-LR

Item#: 65

Project Model Specified:

Quantity

Item # CSI Section 11400

Model UPT6012

Twelve (12) Sixth Size Pan Capacity Compact Undercounter Refrigerator Model

(twelve 4" deep sixth size plastic pans provided)

Elevation - UPT6012

Plan - UPT6012

Section - UPT6012

SECTION 9-5

TRAULSEN 4401 BLUE MOUND RD. PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 Website: www.traulsen.com

FT. WORTH, TX 76106 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302

Traulsen

Restaurant Depot #134

Page: 65-2

Traulsen

Model: UPT6012-LR

Item#: 65

Project Model Specified:

Quantity

Item # CSI Section 11400

Model UPT6024

Twenty Four (24) Sixth Size Pan Capacity Compact Undercounter Refrigerator Model

(twenty four 4" deep sixth size plastic pans provided)

Elevation - UPT6024

Plan - UPT6024

Section - UPT6024

TRAULSEN 4401 BLUE MOUND RD. PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 Website: www.traulsen.com

FT. WORTH, TX 76106 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302

SECTION 9-5

Traulsen

Restaurant Depot #134

Page: 65-3

Traulsen

Model: UPT6012-LR

Item#: 65

Project Model Specified:

Quantity

Item # CSI Section 11400

Specifications

Construction, Hardware and Insulation Cabinet exterior front, one piece sides, louver assembly and doors are constructed of 22 gauge stainless steel. Cabinet interior and door liners are constructed of anodized aluminum. The exterior cabinet back and bottom are constructed of galvanized steel. A stainless steel door with a recessed work-flow handle and anodized aluminum liner is provided. The door self closes at less than 90 degrees and also includes a stay open feature at 105 degrees. Easily removable for cleaning, vinyl magnetic door gasket assures tight door seal. Both the cabinet and door(s) are insulated with an average of 2" thick high density, non-CFC, foamed in place polyurethane. A full length reversible nylon cutting board, 12" wide (for model UPT6012) or 8" wide (for model UPT6024) is supplied standard. Pans & Cover Each model is supplied standard with its full compliment of 4" deep plastic sixth size pans and stainless steel pan dividers. The pivoting pan cover is constructed of stainless steel, and is removable for cleaning. Refrigeration System A balanced, rear mounted, front breathing, self-contained refrigeration system using R-134a refrigerant is provided. It features a capillary tube metering device, air-cooled hermetic compressor, a forced air evaporator coil and a non-electric condensate evaporator. An 8' cord and plug is provided. Standard operating temperature is 34 to 38°F. Interior Standard interior arrangements include two (2) powder coated wire shelves per door, mounted on pilasters. These are adjustable in 1/2" increments, allowing for a minimum of 1-1/2" spacing between shelves. Warranties Both a one year parts and labor warranty and a five year compressor warranty (selfcontained models only) are provided standard. An optional 2nd year extended parts and labor warranty is also available.

DIMENSIONAL DATA Net capacity cu. ft. Length - overall in. Depth - overall in.1 Depth - with door open 90° Clear door height in. Clear door width in. Height - overall on 6" legs in. Number of shelves - total Shelf area sq. ft. Pan Capacity - Sixth Size ELECTRICAL DATA Voltage Full Load Amperes Wattage REFRIGERATION DATA Refrigerant BTU/HR - H.P.2 SHIPPING DATA Net Wt. lbs. Gross Wt. lbs.

1= 2=

UPT6012 16.7 60 333/8 543/8 241/8 22 /4 443/4 4 13.2 12 115/60/1 6.3 520 R-134a 1600 (1/4 HP) 375 400

3

UPT6024 16.7 60 333/8 543/8 241/8 223/4 46 4 13.2 24 115/60/1 6.3 520 R-134a 1600 (1/4 HP) 375 400

NOTES Overall depth figure includes standard cutting board. Based on a 90 degree F ambient and 20 degree F evaporator.

Equipped With One NEMA 5-15 P Plug

NOTE: When ordering please specify: Voltage, Hinging, Optional Accessories and any additional warranties. Continued product development may necessitate specification changes without notice. Part No. TR35823 (revised 1/05)

NOTE: Freight charges are FOB destination for dock to dock delivery within the continental USA. Liftgate delivery charges are additional. For inside delivery charges, please consult factory.

SECTION 9-5

TRAULSEN 4401 BLUE MOUND RD. PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 Website: www.traulsen.com

FT. WORTH, TX 76106 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302

Traulsen

Restaurant Depot #134

Page: 65-4

Traulsen

Model: UPT6024-LR

Item#: 66

Project Model Specified:

Quantity

Item # CSI Section 11400

Compact Prep Table Refrigerators/ Self-Contained

60" Wide Models

UPT

SERIES

Stainless Exterior, Anodized Aluminum Interior

60" Wide Twelve Pan Capacity Model 60" Wide Twenty Four Pan Capacity Model

UPT6012 UPT6024

Finally there is a compact prep table product worthy of the Traulsen name. Their rugged construction and high quality components make these units capable of standing up to the demanding environment of any foodservice kitchen. Each unit is built with a high quality stainless steel exterior and durable anodized aluminum interior. They are also designed for high performance, providing accurate temperature maintenance within NSF Standard 7 guidelines. Fresh, safe food is assured, even under the most demanding conditions. Their front breathing design allows for "zero-clearance" installation. As a result they can be placed right up against the backwall and alongside other kitchen equipment, saving valuable floor space. Additionally, they are supplied with top cut-outs in order to accommodate sixth size food pans. A full compliment of 4" deep sixth size plastic pans is provided.

Model UPT6024

(shown with optional casters)

Standard Product Features

· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · Stainless Steel Exterior Top, Sides & Doors Anodized Aluminum Interior Front Breathing Self-Contained Refrigeration System Environmentally Friendly R-134a Refrigerant Top Cut-Outs To Accommodate Sixth Size Pans Full Compliment Of Plastic Sixth Size Pans Provided Removable Stainless Steel Pan Cover With Pivoting Front Lid Reversible Full Length Nylon Cutting Board Self-Closing Stainless Steel Doors With Stay Open Feature At 105 Degrees Horizontal Work Flow Door Handles Anodized Aluminum Interior Door Liners Standard Door Hinging, All Models: Left/Right (other hingings also available) Interior Mounted Thermometer Two (2) Powder Coated Shelves Per Door, Mounted On Pilasters Automatic Non-Electric Condensate Evaporator Magnetic Snap-In Door Gaskets 8' Cord & Plug Attached Set of Six (6) 6" High Adjustable Legs One Year Parts And Labor Warranty Five Year Compressor Warranty

Options & Accessories

· · · · · · · Stainless Steel Finished Back Additional Powder Coated Shelves 6" Overall Height Casters (for use in lieu of legs) 4" Overall Height Casters (for use in lieu of legs) 3-1/2" Overall Height Casters (for use in lieu of legs) 4" High Stainless Steel Utility Base (for use in lieu of legs) Two Year Service/Labor Warranty Available

Listed by Underwriters Laboratories Inc., to U.S. and Canadian safety standards and Listed by NSF International in accordance with ANSI/NSF7.

Approval: ___________________________________

TRAULSEN 4401 BLUE MOUND RD. PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 Website: www.traulsen.com

FT. WORTH, TX 76106 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302

SECTION 9-5

Traulsen

Restaurant Depot #134

Page: 66-1

Traulsen

Model: UPT6024-LR

Item#: 66

Project Model Specified:

Quantity

Item # CSI Section 11400

Model UPT6012

Twelve (12) Sixth Size Pan Capacity Compact Undercounter Refrigerator Model

(twelve 4" deep sixth size plastic pans provided)

Elevation - UPT6012

Plan - UPT6012

Section - UPT6012

SECTION 9-5

TRAULSEN 4401 BLUE MOUND RD. PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 Website: www.traulsen.com

FT. WORTH, TX 76106 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302

Traulsen

Restaurant Depot #134

Page: 66-2

Traulsen

Model: UPT6024-LR

Item#: 66

Project Model Specified:

Quantity

Item # CSI Section 11400

Model UPT6024

Twenty Four (24) Sixth Size Pan Capacity Compact Undercounter Refrigerator Model

(twenty four 4" deep sixth size plastic pans provided)

Elevation - UPT6024

Plan - UPT6024

Section - UPT6024

TRAULSEN 4401 BLUE MOUND RD. PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 Website: www.traulsen.com

FT. WORTH, TX 76106 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302

SECTION 9-5

Traulsen

Restaurant Depot #134

Page: 66-3

Traulsen

Model: UPT6024-LR

Item#: 66

Project Model Specified:

Quantity

Item # CSI Section 11400

Specifications

Construction, Hardware and Insulation Cabinet exterior front, one piece sides, louver assembly and doors are constructed of 22 gauge stainless steel. Cabinet interior and door liners are constructed of anodized aluminum. The exterior cabinet back and bottom are constructed of galvanized steel. A stainless steel door with a recessed work-flow handle and anodized aluminum liner is provided. The door self closes at less than 90 degrees and also includes a stay open feature at 105 degrees. Easily removable for cleaning, vinyl magnetic door gasket assures tight door seal. Both the cabinet and door(s) are insulated with an average of 2" thick high density, non-CFC, foamed in place polyurethane. A full length reversible nylon cutting board, 12" wide (for model UPT6012) or 8" wide (for model UPT6024) is supplied standard. Pans & Cover Each model is supplied standard with its full compliment of 4" deep plastic sixth size pans and stainless steel pan dividers. The pivoting pan cover is constructed of stainless steel, and is removable for cleaning. Refrigeration System A balanced, rear mounted, front breathing, self-contained refrigeration system using R-134a refrigerant is provided. It features a capillary tube metering device, air-cooled hermetic compressor, a forced air evaporator coil and a non-electric condensate evaporator. An 8' cord and plug is provided. Standard operating temperature is 34 to 38°F. Interior Standard interior arrangements include two (2) powder coated wire shelves per door, mounted on pilasters. These are adjustable in 1/2" increments, allowing for a minimum of 1-1/2" spacing between shelves. Warranties Both a one year parts and labor warranty and a five year compressor warranty (selfcontained models only) are provided standard. An optional 2nd year extended parts and labor warranty is also available.

DIMENSIONAL DATA Net capacity cu. ft. Length - overall in. Depth - overall in.1 Depth - with door open 90° Clear door height in. Clear door width in. Height - overall on 6" legs in. Number of shelves - total Shelf area sq. ft. Pan Capacity - Sixth Size ELECTRICAL DATA Voltage Full Load Amperes Wattage REFRIGERATION DATA Refrigerant BTU/HR - H.P.2 SHIPPING DATA Net Wt. lbs. Gross Wt. lbs.

1= 2=

UPT6012 16.7 60 333/8 543/8 241/8 22 /4 443/4 4 13.2 12 115/60/1 6.3 520 R-134a 1600 (1/4 HP) 375 400

3

UPT6024 16.7 60 333/8 543/8 241/8 223/4 46 4 13.2 24 115/60/1 6.3 520 R-134a 1600 (1/4 HP) 375 400

NOTES Overall depth figure includes standard cutting board. Based on a 90 degree F ambient and 20 degree F evaporator.

Equipped With One NEMA 5-15 P Plug

NOTE: When ordering please specify: Voltage, Hinging, Optional Accessories and any additional warranties. Continued product development may necessitate specification changes without notice. Part No. TR35823 (revised 1/05)

NOTE: Freight charges are FOB destination for dock to dock delivery within the continental USA. Liftgate delivery charges are additional. For inside delivery charges, please consult factory.

SECTION 9-5

TRAULSEN 4401 BLUE MOUND RD. PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 Website: www.traulsen.com

FT. WORTH, TX 76106 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302

Traulsen

Restaurant Depot #134

Page: 66-4

Traulsen

Model: VPS48S

Item#: 67

Project Model Specified:

Quantity

Item # CSI Section 11400

VPS Full Size Pizza Prep Tables/ Self-Contained

48", 54", 66", 72", 90" & 114" Wide Models

VPS

SERIES

MODELS VPS48S, VPS54S, VPS66S, VPS72S, VPS90S & VPS114S

Traulsen's Venturi Plenum System (VPS) pizza prep tables are designed to keep all foods fresh within NSF Standard 7 guidelines. Both high fat and high water content products are maintained equally well, at even temperatures, without freezing. The VPS system accomplishes this through use of ducted air, which surrounds the product pans with cold air, both top to bottom and on all sides, without drying the ingredients. This provides for better product appearance and extended shelf life, while eliminating the need to stir products or rotate pans. These models are also designed to include several time and labor saving benefits for the operator. For instance the daily clean-up routine typically associated with the frost build-up and condensation found in traditional "cold wall" designs is eliminated. In addition product can be safely stored overnight right in the rail by simply covering the food pans with plastic wrap and then lowering the rail cover, expediting start-up each morning.

Model VPS72S

(72" wide standard rail pizza prep table)

The standard 12" front to back raised rail is designed for pans to be placed in full view, making them easy to reach. These are all gently sloped, allowing them to be completely filled, further reducing the labor required to operate.

Standard Product Features

· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · Exclusive VPS Self-Contained Refrigeration System Exceeds NSF Standard 7 Performance Guidelines High Quality Stainless Steel Exterior Construction, Including: Work Surface, Rail & Covers, Front, Sides and Louvers Durable Coved Stainless Steel Interior Low Profile 12" Front To Back Raised Ingredient Rail Hinged Stainless Steel LIFT-UP Rail Covers With Two Convenient Open Positions (45° or 90°) Accommodates Industry Standard Full, Half or Third Size Pans Without The Use Of Adapter Bars (pans provided by others) Self-Closing Stainless Steel Doors Damage Resistant Stainless Steel Interior Door Liners Magnetic Snap-In Door Gaskets For Tight Door Seal One (1) Powder Coated Shelf Per Door, Mounted On Shelf Pins - Removable Without The Use Of Tools Energy Saving Automatic Non-Electric Condensate Evaporator Easy To Remove One-Piece Lift-Off Louver Panel CFC Free R-404A Refrigerant Interior Mounted Thermometer 8" High Heavy Duty Casters - Two With Brakes Horizontally Adjustable Caster/Leg Channel Mounting System Provides Ease Of Installation Cord & Plug Attached One Year Service Labor Warranty Five Year Compressor Warranty

Options & Accessories

· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · Stainless Steel Finished Back Additional Powder Coated Shelves (maximum one additional shelf per door) No. 5 Type Tray Slides For 18" x 26" Pans - Maximum Quantity Five Per Door (n/a for 48" or 54" models) 6" or 8" High Stainless Steel Legs (in lieu of casters) Low-Profile 6-1/4" High Casters (in lieu of standard casters) BI-FOLD or LIFT-OFF Rail Covers (in lieu of standard lift-up type rail covers) Full Length White Plastic Cutting Board, 1/2" H x 18" D Full Length Composite Cutting Board, 1/2" H x 18" D Counter Top Garnish Rack, 12" D x 1-3/4" H (pans supplied by others) Door Locks 16 Gauge Stainless Steel Single Overshelf (16-1/4" deep) Interior Mounted Light Fixture (one for 2-door models, two for 3-door models and three for 4-door models) Digital Thermometer (mounted above louvers) Adapter Bar Package (allows the use of fractional equivalent size pans) Stainless Steel Removable Scale Shelf (accommodates scales with base dimensions of up to 7" x 7") Two Year Service/Labor Warranty

R

Listed by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. and the NSF International in accordance with ANSI/NSF7.

Approval: __________________________________

TRAULSEN 4401 BLUE MOUND RD. PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 Website: www.traulsen.com

FT. WORTH, TX 76106 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302

SECTION 10-1

Traulsen

Restaurant Depot #134

Page: 67-1

Traulsen

Model: VPS48S

Item#: 67

Elevation - VPS48S

Elevation - VPS54S

Elevation - VPS66S

Elevation - VPS72S

Elevation - VPS90S

Elevation - VPS114S

Plan - VPS48S TRAULSEN 4401 BLUE MOUND RD. PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 Website: www.traulsen.com

Plan - VPS54S

SECTION 10-1

FT. WORTH, TX 76106 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302

Traulsen

Restaurant Depot #134

Page: 67-2

Traulsen

Model: VPS48S

Item#: 67

Plan - VPS66S

Plan - VPS72S

Plan - VPS90S

Section - All Models

Models VPS48S and VPS54S have clear door widths of only 133/4" and so cannot accommodate 18" x 26" pans. NOTE: Rail cover, when open at a 45° position extends to a height of 121/2" (31.75 cm). Rail cover, when open at a 90° position extends to a height of 161/2" (41.91 cm).

TRAULSEN 4401 BLUE MOUND RD. PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 Website: www.traulsen.com

Plan - VPS114S

FT. WORTH, TX 76106 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302

SECTION 10-1

Traulsen

Restaurant Depot #134

Page: 67-3

Traulsen

Model: VPS48S

Item#: 67

Project Model Specified:

Quantity

Item # CSI Section 11400

Specifications

CONSTRUCTION, HARDWARE AND INSULATION Unit exterior top, front and sides are constructed of #300 series stainless steel. Cabinet interior is constructed of coved 24 gauge stainless steel, insulated with 2" insulation on the top, bottom and all sides. The 12" wide raised ingredient rail is designed to accommodate standard full, half or third size pans (pans supplied by others). Other size pans require use of adapter bars (pans supplied by others, adapter bars available as an option). It is covered by a stainless steel lift-up rail cover, which when opened can be set in either the 45° or fully open position. The doors are each equipped with a horizontal handle which does not protrude beyond the front work surface apron. Each includes an easily removable for cleaning, vinyl magnetic door gasket which assures a tight door seal. Breaker caps are constructed of 5/16" ABS plastic. INTERIOR ARRANGEMENTS & SUPPORTS Unit includes one (1) powder coated shelf per door, mounted on shelf pins. Cabinet is mounted on a set of 8" high heavy-duty casters. REFRIGERATION SYSTEM The self-contained refrigeration system cools the cabinet interior, as well as the raised ingredient rail through use of a "Venturi Plenum System" (VPS). VPS refers to the exclusive ducting system which creates a layer of cold air over the pans, as well as all sides and bottom of the pans. This, along with the chambered blower coil(s), distributes cold air from top to bottom, keeping the pans cold without freezing product. The condensing unit utilizes a hermetically sealed compressor, which is easily accessible behind the louvers. A hot gas type condensate evaporator is provided, precluding the need for a drain or electric heater. A cord and plug is supplied standard. Standard interior cabinet operating temperature is 34 to 38°F. WARRANTIES Both a one year parts and labor warranty and a five year compressor warranty are provided standard. An optional 2nd year extended parts and labor warranty is also available.

DIMENSIONAL DATA Net Capacity cu. ft. Number of Pans (third size) Number of Pans (full size) Length - Overall in. Depth - Overall in. Clear Door Width in. Clear Door Height in. Door Hinging Number of Shelves Shelf Area1 Work Surface Height in. Height - Overall in. ELECTRICAL DATA Voltage Full Load Amperes NEMA Plug REFRIGERATION DATA Refrigerant BTU/HR2 Compressor HP WEIGHT DATA Gross Weight - Crated lbs. Net Weight - Uncrated lbs.

NOTES

VPS48S 9.5 (269 cu l) 6 2 48 (121.9 cm) 33 (83.8 cm) 133/4 (34.9 cm) 19 (48.3 cm) L/R 2 5.4 (.5 sq m) 36 (91.4 cm) 447/8 (114 cm) 115/60/1 12.0 5-15P R-404A 2130 1/3 HP 500 (226 kg) 460 (226 kg)

VPS54S 9.5 (269 cu l) 7 2-1/3 54 (137.2 cm) 33 (83.8 cm) 133/4 (34.9 cm) 19 (48.3 cm) L/R 2 5.4 (.5 sq m) 36 (91.4 cm) 447/8 (114 cm) 115/60/1 12.0 5-15P R-404A 2130 1/3 HP 550 (249 kg) 510 (249 kg)

VPS66S 13 (368 cu l) 9 3 66 (167.6 cm) 33 (83.8 cm) 193/4 (50.2 cm) 19 (48.3 cm) L/R 2 7.4 (.7 sq m) 36 (91.4 cm) 447/8 (114 cm) 115/60/1 12.0 5-15P R-404A 3670 1/2 HP 600 (272 kg) 560 (272 kg)

VPS72S 13 (368 cu l) 10 3-1/3 72 (182.9 cm) 33 (83.8 cm) 193/4 (50.2 cm) 19 (48.3 cm) L/R 2 7.4 (.7 sq m) 36 (91.4 cm) 447/8 (114 cm) 115/60/1 12.0 5-15P R-404A 3670 1/2 HP 650 (295 kg) 610 (295 kg)

VPS90S 20 (566 cu l) 12 4 90 (228.6 cm) 33 (83.8 cm) 193/4 (50.2 cm) 19 (48.3 cm) L/R/R 3 11.1 (1 sq m) 36 (91.4 cm) 447/8 (114 cm) 115/60/1 12.0 5-15P R-404A 3670 1/2 HP 775 (352 kg) 735 (352 kg)

VPS114S 27 (765 cu l) 16 5-1/3 114 (289.6 cm) 33 (83.8 cm) 193/4 (50.2 cm) 19 (48.3 cm) L/L/R/R 4 14.8 (1.3 sq m) 36 (91.4 cm) 447/8 (114 cm) 115/60/1 16.0 5-20P R-404A 6280 3/4 HP 950 (431 kg) 910 (431 kg)

NOTE: Figures in parentheses reflect metric equivalents. 1= Area of standard shelf compliment only, does not include storage area of additional shelves or available on cabinet bottom. 2= Based on a 90 degree F ambient and 20 degree F evaporator.

Equipped With One NEMA 5-15 P Plug (except model VPS114S) Equipped With One NEMA 5-20 P Plug (model VPS114S only)

NOTE: When ordering please specify: Voltage, Hinging, Door Size, Options and any additional warranties. Continued product development may necessitate specification changes without notice. Part No. TR35824 (revised 2/04)

NOTE: Freight charges are FOB destination for dock to dock delivery within the continental USA. Liftgate delivery charges are additional. For inside delivery charges, please consult fac

SECTION 10-1

TRAULSEN 4401 BLUE MOUND RD. PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 Website: www.traulsen.com

FT. WORTH, TX 76106 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302

Traulsen

Restaurant Depot #134

Page: 67-4

Traulsen

Model: VPS54S

Item#: 68

Project Model Specified:

Quantity

Item # CSI Section 11400

VPS Full Size Pizza Prep Tables/ Self-Contained

48", 54", 66", 72", 90" & 114" Wide Models

VPS

SERIES

MODELS VPS48S, VPS54S, VPS66S, VPS72S, VPS90S & VPS114S

Traulsen's Venturi Plenum System (VPS) pizza prep tables are designed to keep all foods fresh within NSF Standard 7 guidelines. Both high fat and high water content products are maintained equally well, at even temperatures, without freezing. The VPS system accomplishes this through use of ducted air, which surrounds the product pans with cold air, both top to bottom and on all sides, without drying the ingredients. This provides for better product appearance and extended shelf life, while eliminating the need to stir products or rotate pans. These models are also designed to include several time and labor saving benefits for the operator. For instance the daily clean-up routine typically associated with the frost build-up and condensation found in traditional "cold wall" designs is eliminated. In addition product can be safely stored overnight right in the rail by simply covering the food pans with plastic wrap and then lowering the rail cover, expediting start-up each morning.

Model VPS72S

(72" wide standard rail pizza prep table)

The standard 12" front to back raised rail is designed for pans to be placed in full view, making them easy to reach. These are all gently sloped, allowing them to be completely filled, further reducing the labor required to operate.

Standard Product Features

· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · Exclusive VPS Self-Contained Refrigeration System Exceeds NSF Standard 7 Performance Guidelines High Quality Stainless Steel Exterior Construction, Including: Work Surface, Rail & Covers, Front, Sides and Louvers Durable Coved Stainless Steel Interior Low Profile 12" Front To Back Raised Ingredient Rail Hinged Stainless Steel LIFT-UP Rail Covers With Two Convenient Open Positions (45° or 90°) Accommodates Industry Standard Full, Half or Third Size Pans Without The Use Of Adapter Bars (pans provided by others) Self-Closing Stainless Steel Doors Damage Resistant Stainless Steel Interior Door Liners Magnetic Snap-In Door Gaskets For Tight Door Seal One (1) Powder Coated Shelf Per Door, Mounted On Shelf Pins - Removable Without The Use Of Tools Energy Saving Automatic Non-Electric Condensate Evaporator Easy To Remove One-Piece Lift-Off Louver Panel CFC Free R-404A Refrigerant Interior Mounted Thermometer 8" High Heavy Duty Casters - Two With Brakes Horizontally Adjustable Caster/Leg Channel Mounting System Provides Ease Of Installation Cord & Plug Attached One Year Service Labor Warranty Five Year Compressor Warranty

Options & Accessories

· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · Stainless Steel Finished Back Additional Powder Coated Shelves (maximum one additional shelf per door) No. 5 Type Tray Slides For 18" x 26" Pans - Maximum Quantity Five Per Door (n/a for 48" or 54" models) 6" or 8" High Stainless Steel Legs (in lieu of casters) Low-Profile 6-1/4" High Casters (in lieu of standard casters) BI-FOLD or LIFT-OFF Rail Covers (in lieu of standard lift-up type rail covers) Full Length White Plastic Cutting Board, 1/2" H x 18" D Full Length Composite Cutting Board, 1/2" H x 18" D Counter Top Garnish Rack, 12" D x 1-3/4" H (pans supplied by others) Door Locks 16 Gauge Stainless Steel Single Overshelf (16-1/4" deep) Interior Mounted Light Fixture (one for 2-door models, two for 3-door models and three for 4-door models) Digital Thermometer (mounted above louvers) Adapter Bar Package (allows the use of fractional equivalent size pans) Stainless Steel Removable Scale Shelf (accommodates scales with base dimensions of up to 7" x 7") Two Year Service/Labor Warranty

R

Listed by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. and the NSF International in accordance with ANSI/NSF7.

Approval: __________________________________

TRAULSEN 4401 BLUE MOUND RD. PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 Website: www.traulsen.com

FT. WORTH, TX 76106 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302

SECTION 10-1

Traulsen

Restaurant Depot #134

Page: 68-1

Traulsen

Model: VPS54S

Item#: 68

Elevation - VPS48S

Elevation - VPS54S

Elevation - VPS66S

Elevation - VPS72S

Elevation - VPS90S

Elevation - VPS114S

Plan - VPS48S TRAULSEN 4401 BLUE MOUND RD. PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 Website: www.traulsen.com

Plan - VPS54S

SECTION 10-1

FT. WORTH, TX 76106 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302

Traulsen

Restaurant Depot #134

Page: 68-2

Traulsen

Model: VPS54S

Item#: 68

Plan - VPS66S

Plan - VPS72S

Plan - VPS90S

Section - All Models

Models VPS48S and VPS54S have clear door widths of only 133/4" and so cannot accommodate 18" x 26" pans. NOTE: Rail cover, when open at a 45° position extends to a height of 121/2" (31.75 cm). Rail cover, when open at a 90° position extends to a height of 161/2" (41.91 cm).

TRAULSEN 4401 BLUE MOUND RD. PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 Website: www.traulsen.com

Plan - VPS114S

FT. WORTH, TX 76106 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302

SECTION 10-1

Traulsen

Restaurant Depot #134

Page: 68-3

Traulsen

Model: VPS54S

Item#: 68

Project Model Specified:

Quantity

Item # CSI Section 11400

Specifications

CONSTRUCTION, HARDWARE AND INSULATION Unit exterior top, front and sides are constructed of #300 series stainless steel. Cabinet interior is constructed of coved 24 gauge stainless steel, insulated with 2" insulation on the top, bottom and all sides. The 12" wide raised ingredient rail is designed to accommodate standard full, half or third size pans (pans supplied by others). Other size pans require use of adapter bars (pans supplied by others, adapter bars available as an option). It is covered by a stainless steel lift-up rail cover, which when opened can be set in either the 45° or fully open position. The doors are each equipped with a horizontal handle which does not protrude beyond the front work surface apron. Each includes an easily removable for cleaning, vinyl magnetic door gasket which assures a tight door seal. Breaker caps are constructed of 5/16" ABS plastic. INTERIOR ARRANGEMENTS & SUPPORTS Unit includes one (1) powder coated shelf per door, mounted on shelf pins. Cabinet is mounted on a set of 8" high heavy-duty casters. REFRIGERATION SYSTEM The self-contained refrigeration system cools the cabinet interior, as well as the raised ingredient rail through use of a "Venturi Plenum System" (VPS). VPS refers to the exclusive ducting system which creates a layer of cold air over the pans, as well as all sides and bottom of the pans. This, along with the chambered blower coil(s), distributes cold air from top to bottom, keeping the pans cold without freezing product. The condensing unit utilizes a hermetically sealed compressor, which is easily accessible behind the louvers. A hot gas type condensate evaporator is provided, precluding the need for a drain or electric heater. A cord and plug is supplied standard. Standard interior cabinet operating temperature is 34 to 38°F. WARRANTIES Both a one year parts and labor warranty and a five year compressor warranty are provided standard. An optional 2nd year extended parts and labor warranty is also available.

DIMENSIONAL DATA Net Capacity cu. ft. Number of Pans (third size) Number of Pans (full size) Length - Overall in. Depth - Overall in. Clear Door Width in. Clear Door Height in. Door Hinging Number of Shelves Shelf Area1 Work Surface Height in. Height - Overall in. ELECTRICAL DATA Voltage Full Load Amperes NEMA Plug REFRIGERATION DATA Refrigerant BTU/HR2 Compressor HP WEIGHT DATA Gross Weight - Crated lbs. Net Weight - Uncrated lbs.

NOTES

VPS48S 9.5 (269 cu l) 6 2 48 (121.9 cm) 33 (83.8 cm) 133/4 (34.9 cm) 19 (48.3 cm) L/R 2 5.4 (.5 sq m) 36 (91.4 cm) 447/8 (114 cm) 115/60/1 12.0 5-15P R-404A 2130 1/3 HP 500 (226 kg) 460 (226 kg)

VPS54S 9.5 (269 cu l) 7 2-1/3 54 (137.2 cm) 33 (83.8 cm) 133/4 (34.9 cm) 19 (48.3 cm) L/R 2 5.4 (.5 sq m) 36 (91.4 cm) 447/8 (114 cm) 115/60/1 12.0 5-15P R-404A 2130 1/3 HP 550 (249 kg) 510 (249 kg)

VPS66S 13 (368 cu l) 9 3 66 (167.6 cm) 33 (83.8 cm) 193/4 (50.2 cm) 19 (48.3 cm) L/R 2 7.4 (.7 sq m) 36 (91.4 cm) 447/8 (114 cm) 115/60/1 12.0 5-15P R-404A 3670 1/2 HP 600 (272 kg) 560 (272 kg)

VPS72S 13 (368 cu l) 10 3-1/3 72 (182.9 cm) 33 (83.8 cm) 193/4 (50.2 cm) 19 (48.3 cm) L/R 2 7.4 (.7 sq m) 36 (91.4 cm) 447/8 (114 cm) 115/60/1 12.0 5-15P R-404A 3670 1/2 HP 650 (295 kg) 610 (295 kg)

VPS90S 20 (566 cu l) 12 4 90 (228.6 cm) 33 (83.8 cm) 193/4 (50.2 cm) 19 (48.3 cm) L/R/R 3 11.1 (1 sq m) 36 (91.4 cm) 447/8 (114 cm) 115/60/1 12.0 5-15P R-404A 3670 1/2 HP 775 (352 kg) 735 (352 kg)

VPS114S 27 (765 cu l) 16 5-1/3 114 (289.6 cm) 33 (83.8 cm) 193/4 (50.2 cm) 19 (48.3 cm) L/L/R/R 4 14.8 (1.3 sq m) 36 (91.4 cm) 447/8 (114 cm) 115/60/1 16.0 5-20P R-404A 6280 3/4 HP 950 (431 kg) 910 (431 kg)

NOTE: Figures in parentheses reflect metric equivalents. 1= Area of standard shelf compliment only, does not include storage area of additional shelves or available on cabinet bottom. 2= Based on a 90 degree F ambient and 20 degree F evaporator.

Equipped With One NEMA 5-15 P Plug (except model VPS114S) Equipped With One NEMA 5-20 P Plug (model VPS114S only)

NOTE: When ordering please specify: Voltage, Hinging, Door Size, Options and any additional warranties. Continued product development may necessitate specification changes without notice. Part No. TR35824 (revised 2/04)

NOTE: Freight charges are FOB destination for dock to dock delivery within the continental USA. Liftgate delivery charges are additional. For inside delivery charges, please consult fac

SECTION 10-1

TRAULSEN 4401 BLUE MOUND RD. PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 Website: www.traulsen.com

FT. WORTH, TX 76106 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302

Traulsen

Restaurant Depot #134

Page: 68-4

Traulsen

Model: VPS66S

Item#: 69

Project Model Specified:

Quantity

Item # CSI Section 11400

VPS Full Size Pizza Prep Tables/ Self-Contained

48", 54", 66", 72", 90" & 114" Wide Models

VPS

SERIES

MODELS VPS48S, VPS54S, VPS66S, VPS72S, VPS90S & VPS114S

Traulsen's Venturi Plenum System (VPS) pizza prep tables are designed to keep all foods fresh within NSF Standard 7 guidelines. Both high fat and high water content products are maintained equally well, at even temperatures, without freezing. The VPS system accomplishes this through use of ducted air, which surrounds the product pans with cold air, both top to bottom and on all sides, without drying the ingredients. This provides for better product appearance and extended shelf life, while eliminating the need to stir products or rotate pans. These models are also designed to include several time and labor saving benefits for the operator. For instance the daily clean-up routine typically associated with the frost build-up and condensation found in traditional "cold wall" designs is eliminated. In addition product can be safely stored overnight right in the rail by simply covering the food pans with plastic wrap and then lowering the rail cover, expediting start-up each morning.

Model VPS72S

(72" wide standard rail pizza prep table)

The standard 12" front to back raised rail is designed for pans to be placed in full view, making them easy to reach. These are all gently sloped, allowing them to be completely filled, further reducing the labor required to operate.

Standard Product Features

· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · Exclusive VPS Self-Contained Refrigeration System Exceeds NSF Standard 7 Performance Guidelines High Quality Stainless Steel Exterior Construction, Including: Work Surface, Rail & Covers, Front, Sides and Louvers Durable Coved Stainless Steel Interior Low Profile 12" Front To Back Raised Ingredient Rail Hinged Stainless Steel LIFT-UP Rail Covers With Two Convenient Open Positions (45° or 90°) Accommodates Industry Standard Full, Half or Third Size Pans Without The Use Of Adapter Bars (pans provided by others) Self-Closing Stainless Steel Doors Damage Resistant Stainless Steel Interior Door Liners Magnetic Snap-In Door Gaskets For Tight Door Seal One (1) Powder Coated Shelf Per Door, Mounted On Shelf Pins - Removable Without The Use Of Tools Energy Saving Automatic Non-Electric Condensate Evaporator Easy To Remove One-Piece Lift-Off Louver Panel CFC Free R-404A Refrigerant Interior Mounted Thermometer 8" High Heavy Duty Casters - Two With Brakes Horizontally Adjustable Caster/Leg Channel Mounting System Provides Ease Of Installation Cord & Plug Attached One Year Service Labor Warranty Five Year Compressor Warranty

Options & Accessories

· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · Stainless Steel Finished Back Additional Powder Coated Shelves (maximum one additional shelf per door) No. 5 Type Tray Slides For 18" x 26" Pans - Maximum Quantity Five Per Door (n/a for 48" or 54" models) 6" or 8" High Stainless Steel Legs (in lieu of casters) Low-Profile 6-1/4" High Casters (in lieu of standard casters) BI-FOLD or LIFT-OFF Rail Covers (in lieu of standard lift-up type rail covers) Full Length White Plastic Cutting Board, 1/2" H x 18" D Full Length Composite Cutting Board, 1/2" H x 18" D Counter Top Garnish Rack, 12" D x 1-3/4" H (pans supplied by others) Door Locks 16 Gauge Stainless Steel Single Overshelf (16-1/4" deep) Interior Mounted Light Fixture (one for 2-door models, two for 3-door models and three for 4-door models) Digital Thermometer (mounted above louvers) Adapter Bar Package (allows the use of fractional equivalent size pans) Stainless Steel Removable Scale Shelf (accommodates scales with base dimensions of up to 7" x 7") Two Year Service/Labor Warranty

R

Listed by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. and the NSF International in accordance with ANSI/NSF7.

Approval: __________________________________

TRAULSEN 4401 BLUE MOUND RD. PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 Website: www.traulsen.com

FT. WORTH, TX 76106 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302

SECTION 10-1

Traulsen

Restaurant Depot #134

Page: 69-1

Traulsen

Model: VPS66S

Item#: 69

Elevation - VPS48S

Elevation - VPS54S

Elevation - VPS66S

Elevation - VPS72S

Elevation - VPS90S

Elevation - VPS114S

Plan - VPS48S TRAULSEN 4401 BLUE MOUND RD. PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 Website: www.traulsen.com

Plan - VPS54S

SECTION 10-1

FT. WORTH, TX 76106 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302

Traulsen

Restaurant Depot #134

Page: 69-2

Traulsen

Model: VPS66S

Item#: 69

Plan - VPS66S

Plan - VPS72S

Plan - VPS90S

Section - All Models

Models VPS48S and VPS54S have clear door widths of only 133/4" and so cannot accommodate 18" x 26" pans. NOTE: Rail cover, when open at a 45° position extends to a height of 121/2" (31.75 cm). Rail cover, when open at a 90° position extends to a height of 161/2" (41.91 cm).

TRAULSEN 4401 BLUE MOUND RD. PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 Website: www.traulsen.com

Plan - VPS114S

FT. WORTH, TX 76106 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302

SECTION 10-1

Traulsen

Restaurant Depot #134

Page: 69-3

Traulsen

Model: VPS66S

Item#: 69

Project Model Specified:

Quantity

Item # CSI Section 11400

Specifications

CONSTRUCTION, HARDWARE AND INSULATION Unit exterior top, front and sides are constructed of #300 series stainless steel. Cabinet interior is constructed of coved 24 gauge stainless steel, insulated with 2" insulation on the top, bottom and all sides. The 12" wide raised ingredient rail is designed to accommodate standard full, half or third size pans (pans supplied by others). Other size pans require use of adapter bars (pans supplied by others, adapter bars available as an option). It is covered by a stainless steel lift-up rail cover, which when opened can be set in either the 45° or fully open position. The doors are each equipped with a horizontal handle which does not protrude beyond the front work surface apron. Each includes an easily removable for cleaning, vinyl magnetic door gasket which assures a tight door seal. Breaker caps are constructed of 5/16" ABS plastic. INTERIOR ARRANGEMENTS & SUPPORTS Unit includes one (1) powder coated shelf per door, mounted on shelf pins. Cabinet is mounted on a set of 8" high heavy-duty casters. REFRIGERATION SYSTEM The self-contained refrigeration system cools the cabinet interior, as well as the raised ingredient rail through use of a "Venturi Plenum System" (VPS). VPS refers to the exclusive ducting system which creates a layer of cold air over the pans, as well as all sides and bottom of the pans. This, along with the chambered blower coil(s), distributes cold air from top to bottom, keeping the pans cold without freezing product. The condensing unit utilizes a hermetically sealed compressor, which is easily accessible behind the louvers. A hot gas type condensate evaporator is provided, precluding the need for a drain or electric heater. A cord and plug is supplied standard. Standard interior cabinet operating temperature is 34 to 38°F. WARRANTIES Both a one year parts and labor warranty and a five year compressor warranty are provided standard. An optional 2nd year extended parts and labor warranty is also available.

DIMENSIONAL DATA Net Capacity cu. ft. Number of Pans (third size) Number of Pans (full size) Length - Overall in. Depth - Overall in. Clear Door Width in. Clear Door Height in. Door Hinging Number of Shelves Shelf Area1 Work Surface Height in. Height - Overall in. ELECTRICAL DATA Voltage Full Load Amperes NEMA Plug REFRIGERATION DATA Refrigerant BTU/HR2 Compressor HP WEIGHT DATA Gross Weight - Crated lbs. Net Weight - Uncrated lbs.

NOTES

VPS48S 9.5 (269 cu l) 6 2 48 (121.9 cm) 33 (83.8 cm) 133/4 (34.9 cm) 19 (48.3 cm) L/R 2 5.4 (.5 sq m) 36 (91.4 cm) 447/8 (114 cm) 115/60/1 12.0 5-15P R-404A 2130 1/3 HP 500 (226 kg) 460 (226 kg)

VPS54S 9.5 (269 cu l) 7 2-1/3 54 (137.2 cm) 33 (83.8 cm) 133/4 (34.9 cm) 19 (48.3 cm) L/R 2 5.4 (.5 sq m) 36 (91.4 cm) 447/8 (114 cm) 115/60/1 12.0 5-15P R-404A 2130 1/3 HP 550 (249 kg) 510 (249 kg)

VPS66S 13 (368 cu l) 9 3 66 (167.6 cm) 33 (83.8 cm) 193/4 (50.2 cm) 19 (48.3 cm) L/R 2 7.4 (.7 sq m) 36 (91.4 cm) 447/8 (114 cm) 115/60/1 12.0 5-15P R-404A 3670 1/2 HP 600 (272 kg) 560 (272 kg)

VPS72S 13 (368 cu l) 10 3-1/3 72 (182.9 cm) 33 (83.8 cm) 193/4 (50.2 cm) 19 (48.3 cm) L/R 2 7.4 (.7 sq m) 36 (91.4 cm) 447/8 (114 cm) 115/60/1 12.0 5-15P R-404A 3670 1/2 HP 650 (295 kg) 610 (295 kg)

VPS90S 20 (566 cu l) 12 4 90 (228.6 cm) 33 (83.8 cm) 193/4 (50.2 cm) 19 (48.3 cm) L/R/R 3 11.1 (1 sq m) 36 (91.4 cm) 447/8 (114 cm) 115/60/1 12.0 5-15P R-404A 3670 1/2 HP 775 (352 kg) 735 (352 kg)

VPS114S 27 (765 cu l) 16 5-1/3 114 (289.6 cm) 33 (83.8 cm) 193/4 (50.2 cm) 19 (48.3 cm) L/L/R/R 4 14.8 (1.3 sq m) 36 (91.4 cm) 447/8 (114 cm) 115/60/1 16.0 5-20P R-404A 6280 3/4 HP 950 (431 kg) 910 (431 kg)

NOTE: Figures in parentheses reflect metric equivalents. 1= Area of standard shelf compliment only, does not include storage area of additional shelves or available on cabinet bottom. 2= Based on a 90 degree F ambient and 20 degree F evaporator.

Equipped With One NEMA 5-15 P Plug (except model VPS114S) Equipped With One NEMA 5-20 P Plug (model VPS114S only)

NOTE: When ordering please specify: Voltage, Hinging, Door Size, Options and any additional warranties. Continued product development may necessitate specification changes without notice. Part No. TR35824 (revised 2/04)

NOTE: Freight charges are FOB destination for dock to dock delivery within the continental USA. Liftgate delivery charges are additional. For inside delivery charges, please consult fac

SECTION 10-1

TRAULSEN 4401 BLUE MOUND RD. PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 Website: www.traulsen.com

FT. WORTH, TX 76106 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302

Traulsen

Restaurant Depot #134

Page: 69-4

Traulsen

Model: VPS72S

Item#: 70

Project Model Specified:

Quantity

Item # CSI Section 11400

VPS Full Size Pizza Prep Tables/ Self-Contained

48", 54", 66", 72", 90" & 114" Wide Models

VPS

SERIES

MODELS VPS48S, VPS54S, VPS66S, VPS72S, VPS90S & VPS114S

Traulsen's Venturi Plenum System (VPS) pizza prep tables are designed to keep all foods fresh within NSF Standard 7 guidelines. Both high fat and high water content products are maintained equally well, at even temperatures, without freezing. The VPS system accomplishes this through use of ducted air, which surrounds the product pans with cold air, both top to bottom and on all sides, without drying the ingredients. This provides for better product appearance and extended shelf life, while eliminating the need to stir products or rotate pans. These models are also designed to include several time and labor saving benefits for the operator. For instance the daily clean-up routine typically associated with the frost build-up and condensation found in traditional "cold wall" designs is eliminated. In addition product can be safely stored overnight right in the rail by simply covering the food pans with plastic wrap and then lowering the rail cover, expediting start-up each morning.

Model VPS72S

(72" wide standard rail pizza prep table)

The standard 12" front to back raised rail is designed for pans to be placed in full view, making them easy to reach. These are all gently sloped, allowing them to be completely filled, further reducing the labor required to operate.

Standard Product Features

· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · Exclusive VPS Self-Contained Refrigeration System Exceeds NSF Standard 7 Performance Guidelines High Quality Stainless Steel Exterior Construction, Including: Work Surface, Rail & Covers, Front, Sides and Louvers Durable Coved Stainless Steel Interior Low Profile 12" Front To Back Raised Ingredient Rail Hinged Stainless Steel LIFT-UP Rail Covers With Two Convenient Open Positions (45° or 90°) Accommodates Industry Standard Full, Half or Third Size Pans Without The Use Of Adapter Bars (pans provided by others) Self-Closing Stainless Steel Doors Damage Resistant Stainless Steel Interior Door Liners Magnetic Snap-In Door Gaskets For Tight Door Seal One (1) Powder Coated Shelf Per Door, Mounted On Shelf Pins - Removable Without The Use Of Tools Energy Saving Automatic Non-Electric Condensate Evaporator Easy To Remove One-Piece Lift-Off Louver Panel CFC Free R-404A Refrigerant Interior Mounted Thermometer 8" High Heavy Duty Casters - Two With Brakes Horizontally Adjustable Caster/Leg Channel Mounting System Provides Ease Of Installation Cord & Plug Attached One Year Service Labor Warranty Five Year Compressor Warranty

Options & Accessories

· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · Stainless Steel Finished Back Additional Powder Coated Shelves (maximum one additional shelf per door) No. 5 Type Tray Slides For 18" x 26" Pans - Maximum Quantity Five Per Door (n/a for 48" or 54" models) 6" or 8" High Stainless Steel Legs (in lieu of casters) Low-Profile 6-1/4" High Casters (in lieu of standard casters) BI-FOLD or LIFT-OFF Rail Covers (in lieu of standard lift-up type rail covers) Full Length White Plastic Cutting Board, 1/2" H x 18" D Full Length Composite Cutting Board, 1/2" H x 18" D Counter Top Garnish Rack, 12" D x 1-3/4" H (pans supplied by others) Door Locks 16 Gauge Stainless Steel Single Overshelf (16-1/4" deep) Interior Mounted Light Fixture (one for 2-door models, two for 3-door models and three for 4-door models) Digital Thermometer (mounted above louvers) Adapter Bar Package (allows the use of fractional equivalent size pans) Stainless Steel Removable Scale Shelf (accommodates scales with base dimensions of up to 7" x 7") Two Year Service/Labor Warranty

R

Listed by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. and the NSF International in accordance with ANSI/NSF7.

Approval: __________________________________

TRAULSEN 4401 BLUE MOUND RD. PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 Website: www.traulsen.com

FT. WORTH, TX 76106 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302

SECTION 10-1

Traulsen

Restaurant Depot #134

Page: 70-1

Traulsen

Model: VPS72S

Item#: 70

Elevation - VPS48S

Elevation - VPS54S

Elevation - VPS66S

Elevation - VPS72S

Elevation - VPS90S

Elevation - VPS114S

Plan - VPS48S TRAULSEN 4401 BLUE MOUND RD. PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 Website: www.traulsen.com

Plan - VPS54S

SECTION 10-1

FT. WORTH, TX 76106 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302

Traulsen

Restaurant Depot #134

Page: 70-2

Traulsen

Model: VPS72S

Item#: 70

Plan - VPS66S

Plan - VPS72S

Plan - VPS90S

Section - All Models

Models VPS48S and VPS54S have clear door widths of only 133/4" and so cannot accommodate 18" x 26" pans. NOTE: Rail cover, when open at a 45° position extends to a height of 121/2" (31.75 cm). Rail cover, when open at a 90° position extends to a height of 161/2" (41.91 cm).

TRAULSEN 4401 BLUE MOUND RD. PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 Website: www.traulsen.com

Plan - VPS114S

FT. WORTH, TX 76106 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302

SECTION 10-1

Traulsen

Restaurant Depot #134

Page: 70-3

Traulsen

Model: VPS72S

Item#: 70

Project Model Specified:

Quantity

Item # CSI Section 11400

Specifications

CONSTRUCTION, HARDWARE AND INSULATION Unit exterior top, front and sides are constructed of #300 series stainless steel. Cabinet interior is constructed of coved 24 gauge stainless steel, insulated with 2" insulation on the top, bottom and all sides. The 12" wide raised ingredient rail is designed to accommodate standard full, half or third size pans (pans supplied by others). Other size pans require use of adapter bars (pans supplied by others, adapter bars available as an option). It is covered by a stainless steel lift-up rail cover, which when opened can be set in either the 45° or fully open position. The doors are each equipped with a horizontal handle which does not protrude beyond the front work surface apron. Each includes an easily removable for cleaning, vinyl magnetic door gasket which assures a tight door seal. Breaker caps are constructed of 5/16" ABS plastic. INTERIOR ARRANGEMENTS & SUPPORTS Unit includes one (1) powder coated shelf per door, mounted on shelf pins. Cabinet is mounted on a set of 8" high heavy-duty casters. REFRIGERATION SYSTEM The self-contained refrigeration system cools the cabinet interior, as well as the raised ingredient rail through use of a "Venturi Plenum System" (VPS). VPS refers to the exclusive ducting system which creates a layer of cold air over the pans, as well as all sides and bottom of the pans. This, along with the chambered blower coil(s), distributes cold air from top to bottom, keeping the pans cold without freezing product. The condensing unit utilizes a hermetically sealed compressor, which is easily accessible behind the louvers. A hot gas type condensate evaporator is provided, precluding the need for a drain or electric heater. A cord and plug is supplied standard. Standard interior cabinet operating temperature is 34 to 38°F. WARRANTIES Both a one year parts and labor warranty and a five year compressor warranty are provided standard. An optional 2nd year extended parts and labor warranty is also available.

DIMENSIONAL DATA Net Capacity cu. ft. Number of Pans (third size) Number of Pans (full size) Length - Overall in. Depth - Overall in. Clear Door Width in. Clear Door Height in. Door Hinging Number of Shelves Shelf Area1 Work Surface Height in. Height - Overall in. ELECTRICAL DATA Voltage Full Load Amperes NEMA Plug REFRIGERATION DATA Refrigerant BTU/HR2 Compressor HP WEIGHT DATA Gross Weight - Crated lbs. Net Weight - Uncrated lbs.

NOTES

VPS48S 9.5 (269 cu l) 6 2 48 (121.9 cm) 33 (83.8 cm) 133/4 (34.9 cm) 19 (48.3 cm) L/R 2 5.4 (.5 sq m) 36 (91.4 cm) 447/8 (114 cm) 115/60/1 12.0 5-15P R-404A 2130 1/3 HP 500 (226 kg) 460 (226 kg)

VPS54S 9.5 (269 cu l) 7 2-1/3 54 (137.2 cm) 33 (83.8 cm) 133/4 (34.9 cm) 19 (48.3 cm) L/R 2 5.4 (.5 sq m) 36 (91.4 cm) 447/8 (114 cm) 115/60/1 12.0 5-15P R-404A 2130 1/3 HP 550 (249 kg) 510 (249 kg)

VPS66S 13 (368 cu l) 9 3 66 (167.6 cm) 33 (83.8 cm) 193/4 (50.2 cm) 19 (48.3 cm) L/R 2 7.4 (.7 sq m) 36 (91.4 cm) 447/8 (114 cm) 115/60/1 12.0 5-15P R-404A 3670 1/2 HP 600 (272 kg) 560 (272 kg)

VPS72S 13 (368 cu l) 10 3-1/3 72 (182.9 cm) 33 (83.8 cm) 193/4 (50.2 cm) 19 (48.3 cm) L/R 2 7.4 (.7 sq m) 36 (91.4 cm) 447/8 (114 cm) 115/60/1 12.0 5-15P R-404A 3670 1/2 HP 650 (295 kg) 610 (295 kg)

VPS90S 20 (566 cu l) 12 4 90 (228.6 cm) 33 (83.8 cm) 193/4 (50.2 cm) 19 (48.3 cm) L/R/R 3 11.1 (1 sq m) 36 (91.4 cm) 447/8 (114 cm) 115/60/1 12.0 5-15P R-404A 3670 1/2 HP 775 (352 kg) 735 (352 kg)

VPS114S 27 (765 cu l) 16 5-1/3 114 (289.6 cm) 33 (83.8 cm) 193/4 (50.2 cm) 19 (48.3 cm) L/L/R/R 4 14.8 (1.3 sq m) 36 (91.4 cm) 447/8 (114 cm) 115/60/1 16.0 5-20P R-404A 6280 3/4 HP 950 (431 kg) 910 (431 kg)

NOTE: Figures in parentheses reflect metric equivalents. 1= Area of standard shelf compliment only, does not include storage area of additional shelves or available on cabinet bottom. 2= Based on a 90 degree F ambient and 20 degree F evaporator.

Equipped With One NEMA 5-15 P Plug (except model VPS114S) Equipped With One NEMA 5-20 P Plug (model VPS114S only)

NOTE: When ordering please specify: Voltage, Hinging, Door Size, Options and any additional warranties. Continued product development may necessitate specification changes without notice. Part No. TR35824 (revised 2/04)

NOTE: Freight charges are FOB destination for dock to dock delivery within the continental USA. Liftgate delivery charges are additional. For inside delivery charges, please consult fac

SECTION 10-1

TRAULSEN 4401 BLUE MOUND RD. PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 Website: www.traulsen.com

FT. WORTH, TX 76106 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302

Traulsen

Restaurant Depot #134

Page: 70-4

Traulsen

Model: VPS90S

Item#: 71

Project Model Specified:

Quantity

Item # CSI Section 11400

VPS Full Size Pizza Prep Tables/ Self-Contained

48", 54", 66", 72", 90" & 114" Wide Models

VPS

SERIES

MODELS VPS48S, VPS54S, VPS66S, VPS72S, VPS90S & VPS114S

Traulsen's Venturi Plenum System (VPS) pizza prep tables are designed to keep all foods fresh within NSF Standard 7 guidelines. Both high fat and high water content products are maintained equally well, at even temperatures, without freezing. The VPS system accomplishes this through use of ducted air, which surrounds the product pans with cold air, both top to bottom and on all sides, without drying the ingredients. This provides for better product appearance and extended shelf life, while eliminating the need to stir products or rotate pans. These models are also designed to include several time and labor saving benefits for the operator. For instance the daily clean-up routine typically associated with the frost build-up and condensation found in traditional "cold wall" designs is eliminated. In addition product can be safely stored overnight right in the rail by simply covering the food pans with plastic wrap and then lowering the rail cover, expediting start-up each morning.

Model VPS72S

(72" wide standard rail pizza prep table)

The standard 12" front to back raised rail is designed for pans to be placed in full view, making them easy to reach. These are all gently sloped, allowing them to be completely filled, further reducing the labor required to operate.

Standard Product Features

· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · Exclusive VPS Self-Contained Refrigeration System Exceeds NSF Standard 7 Performance Guidelines High Quality Stainless Steel Exterior Construction, Including: Work Surface, Rail & Covers, Front, Sides and Louvers Durable Coved Stainless Steel Interior Low Profile 12" Front To Back Raised Ingredient Rail Hinged Stainless Steel LIFT-UP Rail Covers With Two Convenient Open Positions (45° or 90°) Accommodates Industry Standard Full, Half or Third Size Pans Without The Use Of Adapter Bars (pans provided by others) Self-Closing Stainless Steel Doors Damage Resistant Stainless Steel Interior Door Liners Magnetic Snap-In Door Gaskets For Tight Door Seal One (1) Powder Coated Shelf Per Door, Mounted On Shelf Pins - Removable Without The Use Of Tools Energy Saving Automatic Non-Electric Condensate Evaporator Easy To Remove One-Piece Lift-Off Louver Panel CFC Free R-404A Refrigerant Interior Mounted Thermometer 8" High Heavy Duty Casters - Two With Brakes Horizontally Adjustable Caster/Leg Channel Mounting System Provides Ease Of Installation Cord & Plug Attached One Year Service Labor Warranty Five Year Compressor Warranty

Options & Accessories

· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · Stainless Steel Finished Back Additional Powder Coated Shelves (maximum one additional shelf per door) No. 5 Type Tray Slides For 18" x 26" Pans - Maximum Quantity Five Per Door (n/a for 48" or 54" models) 6" or 8" High Stainless Steel Legs (in lieu of casters) Low-Profile 6-1/4" High Casters (in lieu of standard casters) BI-FOLD or LIFT-OFF Rail Covers (in lieu of standard lift-up type rail covers) Full Length White Plastic Cutting Board, 1/2" H x 18" D Full Length Composite Cutting Board, 1/2" H x 18" D Counter Top Garnish Rack, 12" D x 1-3/4" H (pans supplied by others) Door Locks 16 Gauge Stainless Steel Single Overshelf (16-1/4" deep) Interior Mounted Light Fixture (one for 2-door models, two for 3-door models and three for 4-door models) Digital Thermometer (mounted above louvers) Adapter Bar Package (allows the use of fractional equivalent size pans) Stainless Steel Removable Scale Shelf (accommodates scales with base dimensions of up to 7" x 7") Two Year Service/Labor Warranty

R

Listed by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. and the NSF International in accordance with ANSI/NSF7.

Approval: __________________________________

TRAULSEN 4401 BLUE MOUND RD. PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 Website: www.traulsen.com

FT. WORTH, TX 76106 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302

SECTION 10-1

Traulsen

Restaurant Depot #134

Page: 71-1

Traulsen

Model: VPS90S

Item#: 71

Elevation - VPS48S

Elevation - VPS54S

Elevation - VPS66S

Elevation - VPS72S

Elevation - VPS90S

Elevation - VPS114S

Plan - VPS48S TRAULSEN 4401 BLUE MOUND RD. PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 Website: www.traulsen.com

Plan - VPS54S

SECTION 10-1

FT. WORTH, TX 76106 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302

Traulsen

Restaurant Depot #134

Page: 71-2

Traulsen

Model: VPS90S

Item#: 71

Plan - VPS66S

Plan - VPS72S

Plan - VPS90S

Section - All Models

Models VPS48S and VPS54S have clear door widths of only 133/4" and so cannot accommodate 18" x 26" pans. NOTE: Rail cover, when open at a 45° position extends to a height of 121/2" (31.75 cm). Rail cover, when open at a 90° position extends to a height of 161/2" (41.91 cm).

TRAULSEN 4401 BLUE MOUND RD. PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 Website: www.traulsen.com

Plan - VPS114S

FT. WORTH, TX 76106 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302

SECTION 10-1

Traulsen

Restaurant Depot #134

Page: 71-3

Traulsen

Model: VPS90S

Item#: 71

Project Model Specified:

Quantity

Item # CSI Section 11400

Specifications

CONSTRUCTION, HARDWARE AND INSULATION Unit exterior top, front and sides are constructed of #300 series stainless steel. Cabinet interior is constructed of coved 24 gauge stainless steel, insulated with 2" insulation on the top, bottom and all sides. The 12" wide raised ingredient rail is designed to accommodate standard full, half or third size pans (pans supplied by others). Other size pans require use of adapter bars (pans supplied by others, adapter bars available as an option). It is covered by a stainless steel lift-up rail cover, which when opened can be set in either the 45° or fully open position. The doors are each equipped with a horizontal handle which does not protrude beyond the front work surface apron. Each includes an easily removable for cleaning, vinyl magnetic door gasket which assures a tight door seal. Breaker caps are constructed of 5/16" ABS plastic. INTERIOR ARRANGEMENTS & SUPPORTS Unit includes one (1) powder coated shelf per door, mounted on shelf pins. Cabinet is mounted on a set of 8" high heavy-duty casters. REFRIGERATION SYSTEM The self-contained refrigeration system cools the cabinet interior, as well as the raised ingredient rail through use of a "Venturi Plenum System" (VPS). VPS refers to the exclusive ducting system which creates a layer of cold air over the pans, as well as all sides and bottom of the pans. This, along with the chambered blower coil(s), distributes cold air from top to bottom, keeping the pans cold without freezing product. The condensing unit utilizes a hermetically sealed compressor, which is easily accessible behind the louvers. A hot gas type condensate evaporator is provided, precluding the need for a drain or electric heater. A cord and plug is supplied standard. Standard interior cabinet operating temperature is 34 to 38°F. WARRANTIES Both a one year parts and labor warranty and a five year compressor warranty are provided standard. An optional 2nd year extended parts and labor warranty is also available.

DIMENSIONAL DATA Net Capacity cu. ft. Number of Pans (third size) Number of Pans (full size) Length - Overall in. Depth - Overall in. Clear Door Width in. Clear Door Height in. Door Hinging Number of Shelves Shelf Area1 Work Surface Height in. Height - Overall in. ELECTRICAL DATA Voltage Full Load Amperes NEMA Plug REFRIGERATION DATA Refrigerant BTU/HR2 Compressor HP WEIGHT DATA Gross Weight - Crated lbs. Net Weight - Uncrated lbs.

NOTES

VPS48S 9.5 (269 cu l) 6 2 48 (121.9 cm) 33 (83.8 cm) 133/4 (34.9 cm) 19 (48.3 cm) L/R 2 5.4 (.5 sq m) 36 (91.4 cm) 447/8 (114 cm) 115/60/1 12.0 5-15P R-404A 2130 1/3 HP 500 (226 kg) 460 (226 kg)

VPS54S 9.5 (269 cu l) 7 2-1/3 54 (137.2 cm) 33 (83.8 cm) 133/4 (34.9 cm) 19 (48.3 cm) L/R 2 5.4 (.5 sq m) 36 (91.4 cm) 447/8 (114 cm) 115/60/1 12.0 5-15P R-404A 2130 1/3 HP 550 (249 kg) 510 (249 kg)

VPS66S 13 (368 cu l) 9 3 66 (167.6 cm) 33 (83.8 cm) 193/4 (50.2 cm) 19 (48.3 cm) L/R 2 7.4 (.7 sq m) 36 (91.4 cm) 447/8 (114 cm) 115/60/1 12.0 5-15P R-404A 3670 1/2 HP 600 (272 kg) 560 (272 kg)

VPS72S 13 (368 cu l) 10 3-1/3 72 (182.9 cm) 33 (83.8 cm) 193/4 (50.2 cm) 19 (48.3 cm) L/R 2 7.4 (.7 sq m) 36 (91.4 cm) 447/8 (114 cm) 115/60/1 12.0 5-15P R-404A 3670 1/2 HP 650 (295 kg) 610 (295 kg)

VPS90S 20 (566 cu l) 12 4 90 (228.6 cm) 33 (83.8 cm) 193/4 (50.2 cm) 19 (48.3 cm) L/R/R 3 11.1 (1 sq m) 36 (91.4 cm) 447/8 (114 cm) 115/60/1 12.0 5-15P R-404A 3670 1/2 HP 775 (352 kg) 735 (352 kg)

VPS114S 27 (765 cu l) 16 5-1/3 114 (289.6 cm) 33 (83.8 cm) 193/4 (50.2 cm) 19 (48.3 cm) L/L/R/R 4 14.8 (1.3 sq m) 36 (91.4 cm) 447/8 (114 cm) 115/60/1 16.0 5-20P R-404A 6280 3/4 HP 950 (431 kg) 910 (431 kg)

NOTE: Figures in parentheses reflect metric equivalents. 1= Area of standard shelf compliment only, does not include storage area of additional shelves or available on cabinet bottom. 2= Based on a 90 degree F ambient and 20 degree F evaporator.

Equipped With One NEMA 5-15 P Plug (except model VPS114S) Equipped With One NEMA 5-20 P Plug (model VPS114S only)

NOTE: When ordering please specify: Voltage, Hinging, Door Size, Options and any additional warranties. Continued product development may necessitate specification changes without notice. Part No. TR35824 (revised 2/04)

NOTE: Freight charges are FOB destination for dock to dock delivery within the continental USA. Liftgate delivery charges are additional. For inside delivery charges, please consult fac

SECTION 10-1

TRAULSEN 4401 BLUE MOUND RD. PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 Website: www.traulsen.com

FT. WORTH, TX 76106 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302

Traulsen

Restaurant Depot #134

Page: 71-4

Traulsen

Model: VPS114S

Item#: 72

Project Model Specified:

Quantity

Item # CSI Section 11400

VPS Full Size Pizza Prep Tables/ Self-Contained

48", 54", 66", 72", 90" & 114" Wide Models

VPS

SERIES

MODELS VPS48S, VPS54S, VPS66S, VPS72S, VPS90S & VPS114S

Traulsen's Venturi Plenum System (VPS) pizza prep tables are designed to keep all foods fresh within NSF Standard 7 guidelines. Both high fat and high water content products are maintained equally well, at even temperatures, without freezing. The VPS system accomplishes this through use of ducted air, which surrounds the product pans with cold air, both top to bottom and on all sides, without drying the ingredients. This provides for better product appearance and extended shelf life, while eliminating the need to stir products or rotate pans. These models are also designed to include several time and labor saving benefits for the operator. For instance the daily clean-up routine typically associated with the frost build-up and condensation found in traditional "cold wall" designs is eliminated. In addition product can be safely stored overnight right in the rail by simply covering the food pans with plastic wrap and then lowering the rail cover, expediting start-up each morning.

Model VPS72S

(72" wide standard rail pizza prep table)

The standard 12" front to back raised rail is designed for pans to be placed in full view, making them easy to reach. These are all gently sloped, allowing them to be completely filled, further reducing the labor required to operate.

Standard Product Features

· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · Exclusive VPS Self-Contained Refrigeration System Exceeds NSF Standard 7 Performance Guidelines High Quality Stainless Steel Exterior Construction, Including: Work Surface, Rail & Covers, Front, Sides and Louvers Durable Coved Stainless Steel Interior Low Profile 12" Front To Back Raised Ingredient Rail Hinged Stainless Steel LIFT-UP Rail Covers With Two Convenient Open Positions (45° or 90°) Accommodates Industry Standard Full, Half or Third Size Pans Without The Use Of Adapter Bars (pans provided by others) Self-Closing Stainless Steel Doors Damage Resistant Stainless Steel Interior Door Liners Magnetic Snap-In Door Gaskets For Tight Door Seal One (1) Powder Coated Shelf Per Door, Mounted On Shelf Pins - Removable Without The Use Of Tools Energy Saving Automatic Non-Electric Condensate Evaporator Easy To Remove One-Piece Lift-Off Louver Panel CFC Free R-404A Refrigerant Interior Mounted Thermometer 8" High Heavy Duty Casters - Two With Brakes Horizontally Adjustable Caster/Leg Channel Mounting System Provides Ease Of Installation Cord & Plug Attached One Year Service Labor Warranty Five Year Compressor Warranty

Options & Accessories

· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · Stainless Steel Finished Back Additional Powder Coated Shelves (maximum one additional shelf per door) No. 5 Type Tray Slides For 18" x 26" Pans - Maximum Quantity Five Per Door (n/a for 48" or 54" models) 6" or 8" High Stainless Steel Legs (in lieu of casters) Low-Profile 6-1/4" High Casters (in lieu of standard casters) BI-FOLD or LIFT-OFF Rail Covers (in lieu of standard lift-up type rail covers) Full Length White Plastic Cutting Board, 1/2" H x 18" D Full Length Composite Cutting Board, 1/2" H x 18" D Counter Top Garnish Rack, 12" D x 1-3/4" H (pans supplied by others) Door Locks 16 Gauge Stainless Steel Single Overshelf (16-1/4" deep) Interior Mounted Light Fixture (one for 2-door models, two for 3-door models and three for 4-door models) Digital Thermometer (mounted above louvers) Adapter Bar Package (allows the use of fractional equivalent size pans) Stainless Steel Removable Scale Shelf (accommodates scales with base dimensions of up to 7" x 7") Two Year Service/Labor Warranty

R

Listed by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. and the NSF International in accordance with ANSI/NSF7.

Approval: __________________________________

TRAULSEN 4401 BLUE MOUND RD. PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 Website: www.traulsen.com

FT. WORTH, TX 76106 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302

SECTION 10-1

Traulsen

Restaurant Depot #134

Page: 72-1

Traulsen

Model: VPS114S

Item#: 72

Elevation - VPS48S

Elevation - VPS54S

Elevation - VPS66S

Elevation - VPS72S

Elevation - VPS90S

Elevation - VPS114S

Plan - VPS48S TRAULSEN 4401 BLUE MOUND RD. PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 Website: www.traulsen.com

Plan - VPS54S

SECTION 10-1

FT. WORTH, TX 76106 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302

Traulsen

Restaurant Depot #134

Page: 72-2

Traulsen

Model: VPS114S

Item#: 72

Plan - VPS66S

Plan - VPS72S

Plan - VPS90S

Section - All Models

Models VPS48S and VPS54S have clear door widths of only 133/4" and so cannot accommodate 18" x 26" pans. NOTE: Rail cover, when open at a 45° position extends to a height of 121/2" (31.75 cm). Rail cover, when open at a 90° position extends to a height of 161/2" (41.91 cm).

TRAULSEN 4401 BLUE MOUND RD. PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 Website: www.traulsen.com

Plan - VPS114S

FT. WORTH, TX 76106 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302

SECTION 10-1

Traulsen

Restaurant Depot #134

Page: 72-3

Traulsen

Model: VPS114S

Item#: 72

Project Model Specified:

Quantity

Item # CSI Section 11400

Specifications

CONSTRUCTION, HARDWARE AND INSULATION Unit exterior top, front and sides are constructed of #300 series stainless steel. Cabinet interior is constructed of coved 24 gauge stainless steel, insulated with 2" insulation on the top, bottom and all sides. The 12" wide raised ingredient rail is designed to accommodate standard full, half or third size pans (pans supplied by others). Other size pans require use of adapter bars (pans supplied by others, adapter bars available as an option). It is covered by a stainless steel lift-up rail cover, which when opened can be set in either the 45° or fully open position. The doors are each equipped with a horizontal handle which does not protrude beyond the front work surface apron. Each includes an easily removable for cleaning, vinyl magnetic door gasket which assures a tight door seal. Breaker caps are constructed of 5/16" ABS plastic. INTERIOR ARRANGEMENTS & SUPPORTS Unit includes one (1) powder coated shelf per door, mounted on shelf pins. Cabinet is mounted on a set of 8" high heavy-duty casters. REFRIGERATION SYSTEM The self-contained refrigeration system cools the cabinet interior, as well as the raised ingredient rail through use of a "Venturi Plenum System" (VPS). VPS refers to the exclusive ducting system which creates a layer of cold air over the pans, as well as all sides and bottom of the pans. This, along with the chambered blower coil(s), distributes cold air from top to bottom, keeping the pans cold without freezing product. The condensing unit utilizes a hermetically sealed compressor, which is easily accessible behind the louvers. A hot gas type condensate evaporator is provided, precluding the need for a drain or electric heater. A cord and plug is supplied standard. Standard interior cabinet operating temperature is 34 to 38°F. WARRANTIES Both a one year parts and labor warranty and a five year compressor warranty are provided standard. An optional 2nd year extended parts and labor warranty is also available.

DIMENSIONAL DATA Net Capacity cu. ft. Number of Pans (third size) Number of Pans (full size) Length - Overall in. Depth - Overall in. Clear Door Width in. Clear Door Height in. Door Hinging Number of Shelves Shelf Area1 Work Surface Height in. Height - Overall in. ELECTRICAL DATA Voltage Full Load Amperes NEMA Plug REFRIGERATION DATA Refrigerant BTU/HR2 Compressor HP WEIGHT DATA Gross Weight - Crated lbs. Net Weight - Uncrated lbs.

NOTES

VPS48S 9.5 (269 cu l) 6 2 48 (121.9 cm) 33 (83.8 cm) 133/4 (34.9 cm) 19 (48.3 cm) L/R 2 5.4 (.5 sq m) 36 (91.4 cm) 447/8 (114 cm) 115/60/1 12.0 5-15P R-404A 2130 1/3 HP 500 (226 kg) 460 (226 kg)

VPS54S 9.5 (269 cu l) 7 2-1/3 54 (137.2 cm) 33 (83.8 cm) 133/4 (34.9 cm) 19 (48.3 cm) L/R 2 5.4 (.5 sq m) 36 (91.4 cm) 447/8 (114 cm) 115/60/1 12.0 5-15P R-404A 2130 1/3 HP 550 (249 kg) 510 (249 kg)

VPS66S 13 (368 cu l) 9 3 66 (167.6 cm) 33 (83.8 cm) 193/4 (50.2 cm) 19 (48.3 cm) L/R 2 7.4 (.7 sq m) 36 (91.4 cm) 447/8 (114 cm) 115/60/1 12.0 5-15P R-404A 3670 1/2 HP 600 (272 kg) 560 (272 kg)

VPS72S 13 (368 cu l) 10 3-1/3 72 (182.9 cm) 33 (83.8 cm) 193/4 (50.2 cm) 19 (48.3 cm) L/R 2 7.4 (.7 sq m) 36 (91.4 cm) 447/8 (114 cm) 115/60/1 12.0 5-15P R-404A 3670 1/2 HP 650 (295 kg) 610 (295 kg)

VPS90S 20 (566 cu l) 12 4 90 (228.6 cm) 33 (83.8 cm) 193/4 (50.2 cm) 19 (48.3 cm) L/R/R 3 11.1 (1 sq m) 36 (91.4 cm) 447/8 (114 cm) 115/60/1 12.0 5-15P R-404A 3670 1/2 HP 775 (352 kg) 735 (352 kg)

VPS114S 27 (765 cu l) 16 5-1/3 114 (289.6 cm) 33 (83.8 cm) 193/4 (50.2 cm) 19 (48.3 cm) L/L/R/R 4 14.8 (1.3 sq m) 36 (91.4 cm) 447/8 (114 cm) 115/60/1 16.0 5-20P R-404A 6280 3/4 HP 950 (431 kg) 910 (431 kg)

NOTE: Figures in parentheses reflect metric equivalents. 1= Area of standard shelf compliment only, does not include storage area of additional shelves or available on cabinet bottom. 2= Based on a 90 degree F ambient and 20 degree F evaporator.

Equipped With One NEMA 5-15 P Plug (except model VPS114S) Equipped With One NEMA 5-20 P Plug (model VPS114S only)

NOTE: When ordering please specify: Voltage, Hinging, Door Size, Options and any additional warranties. Continued product development may necessitate specification changes without notice. Part No. TR35824 (revised 2/04)

NOTE: Freight charges are FOB destination for dock to dock delivery within the continental USA. Liftgate delivery charges are additional. For inside delivery charges, please consult fac

SECTION 10-1

TRAULSEN 4401 BLUE MOUND RD. PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 Website: www.traulsen.com

FT. WORTH, TX 76106 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302

Traulsen

Restaurant Depot #134

Page: 72-4

Information

Traulsen.pdf

184 pages

Report File (DMCA)

Our content is added by our users. We aim to remove reported files within 1 working day. Please use this link to notify us:

Report this file as copyright or inappropriate

170701